Chola

AUGMENTING PHYSICAL PRESENCE WITH DIGITAL LEADERSHIP
Annual Report 2018 - 19

Note: Across this report, the word ‘Chola’ refers to ‘Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited.’
Forward-looking statement
In this Annual Report we may have disclosed forward-looking information to enable investors to comprehend our prospects and take informed
investment decisions. This report and other statements - written and oral - that we periodically make, may contain forward-looking statements that set
out anticipated results based on the management’s plans and assumptions. We have tried wherever possible to identify such statements by using
words such as ‘anticipates’, ‘estimates’, ‘expects’, ‘projects’, ‘intends’, ‘plans’, ‘believes’ and words of similar substance in connection with any discussion of
future performance.
We cannot guarantee that these forward-looking statements will be realised, although we believe we have been prudent in our assumptions. The
achievement of results is subject to risks, uncertainties and inaccurate assumptions. Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialise or
should underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, our actual results could vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Readers
should bear this in mind.
We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
GOING PHYGITAL
Chola has built its reputation over the past four decades by carefully nurturing relationships within the eco system. The
organization has been engaging closely with customers, manufacturers, dealers and channel partners with a strong
personal touch which has been the cornerstone of its success. The strength of its portfolio has been built through
constant personal interactions across the customer life cycle. As Chola looks to grow to scale it has become necessary to
combine the personal touch with more convenience to ensure better customer experience. A smooth experience helps
engaging with all stakeholders effectively and forms the base for building and further strengthening relationships.
The new world of digitally enabled services helps Chola deliver this personalized experience at scale. The combined
experience is what we call as the “Phygital” experience. Digitization is redefining customer behaviour and affinity to a
brand. Chola has put in place a well-defined roadmap to bring digitization to all its processes.
The businesses and functions at Chola are aligned towards going Phygital. Focus is primarily on the digital on-boarding
of customers that will set the stage to how the organization is preparing for the future. Technology will be leveraged
without losing touch of the need to be in constant personal contact with the customers. Digitization across all functions
and processes will bring this into play. Focus will be on enhancing our underwriting skills at the time of onboarding the
customers and monitoring customer behaviour throughout the lifetime of our relationship with them. Data Analytics will
be leveraged to draw insights into customer behaviour and taking proactive steps in real time. Risk Management will
build resilience with better monitoring and tracking of potential risks. Operations will focus on improving turnaround
time with digitized processes and platforms. Work environment will be improved for employees through enhanced
employee satisfaction derived from empowerment and transparent processes.
By going Phygital, Chola will aspire to build an operating model which thrives on pioneering digital leadership and
thereby augmenting our existing strong relationship in the physical world. In this new journey, Chola is well positioned
to leverage the best of physical and digital worlds.
While digital helps build connections, it’s the physical that will determine the experience. The future for Chola is Phygital.
Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
CONTENTS
CORPORATE OVERVIEW MANAGEMENT REPORTS
02 Corporate Information 26 Board’s Report
05 Message From The Chairman 56 Management Discussion and Analysis
06 Message From The Executive Director 64 Report on Corporate Governance
08 Board of Directors 76 General Shareholders Information
10 Business Highlights 82 Business Responsibility Report
12 Business Review FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
22 CSR Initiatives 87 Standalone Financial Statements
24 Financial Highlights 183 Consolidated Financial Statements
GLOSSARY
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CORPORATE INFORMATION
BOARD OF DIRECTORS REGISTERED OFFICE
Mr. M.M. Murugappan Ms. Bharati Rao Dare House, No. 2, N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys,
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan Chennai - 600 001
Mr. Rohan Verma Mr. Arun Alagappan
SECRETARY CORPORATE IDENTITY NUMBER
Ms. P. Sujatha L65993TN1978PLC007576

Phone: 044 - 40907172 (B) 40907055 (D)
Fax: 044 - 25346464,
E-mail: sujathap@chola.murugappa.com
AUDITORS REGISTRAR & SHARE TRANSFER AGENT
M/s. S.R. Batliboi & Associates LLP Karvy Fintech Private Limited
Chartered Accountants, 6th & 7th Floor, Karvy Selenium Tower B, Plot 31-32, Gachibowli,
“A” Block, Tidel Park, (Module 601, 701 & 702) Financial District, Nanakramguda, Hyderabad - 500 032
No.4 Rajiv Gandhi Salai, Taramani, Chennai - 600 113 Phone: 040 - 67161514 Fax: 040 - 23420814
Phone: 044 - 66548100 Toll-free No.: 1800-345-4001
Fax: 044 - 22540120 E-mail: einward.ris@karvy.com
2
Management Reports Financial Statements
Corporate Overview
ABOUT CHOLA
Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited (Chola), was incorporated in 1978 as the financial services arm
of the Murugappa Group. Chola commenced business as an equipment financing company and has today emerged as a
comprehensive financial services provider offering vehicle finance, home loans, home equity loans, SME loans, investment
advisory services, stock broking and a variety of other financial services to customers.
Chola operates from 911 branches across India with assets under management of INR 57,560 Crores and has two
subsidiaries, namely Cholamandalam Securities Limited and Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited.
The vision of Chola is to enable its customers enter a better life. Chola has a growing clientele of over 11 lakh happy
customers across the nation. Ever since its inception and all through its growth, the company has kept a clear sight of its
values. The basic tenet of these values is a strict adherence to ethics and a responsibility to all those who come within its
corporate ambit - customers, shareholders, employees and society.
OUR VISION
Enable customers to enter a better life.
OUR MISSION
CUSTOMER FIRST : Switch from product focus to customer focus
IMPROVING EFFICIENCIES : Long term customer focus requires profitability and sustainability
PEOPLE POWER : People are our Primary Asset. Happier People = Happier Customers
PRODUCTS WE OFFER
COMMERCIAL PASSENGER VEHICLE TWO WHEELER TRACTOR LOANS CONSTRUCTION

VEHICLE LOANS LOANS LOANS EQUIPMENT LOANS
3
ABOUT MURUGAPPA GROUP

Founded in 1900, the INR 369 Billion (36,893 Crores) Murugappa Group is one of India's leading business conglomerates. The
Group has 28 businesses including nine listed Companies traded in NSE & BSE. Headquartered in Chennai, the major
Companies of the Group include Carborundum Universal Ltd., Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Ltd., Cholamandalam
Investment and Finance Company Ltd., Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Ltd., Coromandel International
Ltd., Coromandel Engineering Company Ltd., E.I.D. Parry (India) Ltd., Parry Agro Industries Ltd., Shanthi Gears Ltd., Tube
Investments of India Ltd., and Wendt (India) Ltd.
Market leaders in served segments including Abrasives, Auto Components, Transmission systems, Cycles, Sugar, Farm
Inputs, Fertilisers, Plantations, Bioproducts and Nutraceuticals, the Group has forged strong alliances with leading
international companies such as Groupe Chimique Tunisien, Foskor, Mitsui Sumitomo, Morgan Advanced Materials,
Sociedad Química y Minera de Chile (SQM),Yanmar & Co. and Compagnie Des Phosphat De Gafsa (CPG). The Group has a
wide geographical presence all over India and spanning 6 continents.
Renowned brands like BSA, Hercules, Montra, Mach City, Ballmaster, Ajax, Parry’s, Chola, Gromor, Shanthi Gears and
Paramfos are from the Murugappa stable. The Group fosters an environment of professionalism and has a workforce of over
50,000 employees.
For more details, visit www.murugappa.com
VALUES & BELIEFS

The Spirit of Murugappa Group comprises “The Five Lights”, each light
representing one value of the Group.
INTEGRITY : We value professional and personal integrity above all else.

We achieve our goals by being honest and straightforward with all our
stakeholders. We earn trust with every action, every minute of every day.
PASSION : We play to win. We have a healthy desire to stretch, to achieve

personal goals and accelerate business growth. We strive constantly to
improve and be energetic in everything that we do.
QUALITY : We take ownership of our work. We unfailingly meet high

standards of quality in both what we do and the way we do it. We take pride
in excellence.
RESPECT : We respect the dignity of every individual. We are open and

transparent with each other. We inspire and enable people to achieve high
standards and challenging goals. We provide everyone equal opportunities
to progress and grow.
RESPONSIBILITY : We are responsible corporate citizens. We believe we

can help make a difference to our environment and change lives for the
better. We will do this in a manner that benefits our size and also reflects
our humility.
4
Corporate Overview
MESSAGE FROM THE CHAIRMAN

Dear Shareholders,
The Financial Year (FY 18 - 19) started off very well with strong Gross Domestic
Product and growth numbers driven by healthy demand across sectors during first
half of FY 19. During the second half of FY 19, stress in the financial system became
apparent with industry facing liquidity constraints due to restrictive supply of
market funds and was also impacted by auto and real estate sectors slow down.
However, your company did not face any negative impact supported by existing
strong relationships with banks and financial institutions that enabled us to
procure sufficient funds to disburse.
The Profit after Tax for the year was ` 1,186 Crores, a growth of 29%. Our Asset
Under Management (AUM) grew by 32% and disbursements grew by 21%. Our
AUM stood at ` 57,560 Crores with a post - tax Return on Total Asset at 2.4% and
Return on Equity at 20.9%. The Company continued to strengthen its asset quality
and reduced its Non - performing assets (Gross Stage 3) to 2.7% from 3.4% last
year. The company also transitioned from Indian Generally Accepted Accounting
End to end digitization Principles to Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) during this year. Therefore,
will improve overall financial results for the year are as per Ind AS. Consequently, for comparison
customer experience purposes, the company has reinstated previous year figures as per Ind AS as well.
through paperless and During second half of FY 19, Non - Banking Financial Companies faced liquidity
automated processes concerns arising out of tight market conditions. Your company had traditionally
adopted a conservative Asset Liability Management policy ensuring that there are
no negative mismatches in any of the time buckets in its structural liquidity statement which ensured the company was
completely insulated from the liquidity tightness in the market. The company shifted its stance in long term borrowings moving
from market borrowings to bank borrowings. To further strengthen this position, the company maintained a high level of liquid
assets to ensure meeting its maturities.
Further, in FY 19, your company started to embed a suite of digital and analytics based capabilities within our three businesses.
There are three key focus areas which the company has identified in this regard - advanced analytics, end to end digitization and
partnerships expansions. Advanced analytics will enable data driven decision making across the value chain through pre -
approved loans, automated underwriting models, cross sell analytics, early warning systems etc. End to end digitization will
improve overall customer experience through paperless and automated processes while reducing our operating expenses.
Partnership expansion will help us achieve scale and offer compelling products and terms to customers.
With strong macro - economic fundamentals, inflation under control, Reserve Bank of India’s (RBI) continued support to boost
liquidity and possible advancement in vehicle purchases due to Bharat Stage - VI implementation next year, the company expects
the industry to bounce back in the FY 20. Your company is committed to sustain the growth levels with superior asset quality.
I would like to take this opportunity to thank all our employees for their sustained contribution. Further, I would like to thank the
Board and RBI for their guidance and support. I would also like to thank our shareholders, bankers and business partners for their
continued support for our company over the years. We will continue to strengthen our core and deliver strong value for all our
stakeholders.
Best Wishes,
M.M. Murugappan
5
MESSAGE FROM THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Dear Shareholders,
It gives me immense pleasure to share with you the key highlights of the
year gone by.
The year saw Chola manage growth and also handle a special situation very
deftly. Between September - October 2018 the industry faced a turbulent
liquidity market situation triggered by the downgrade in the non banking
space. Most of our competitors were impacted by this liquidity squeeze but
your company responded quickly and increased its liquidity enabling
business to function as usual without any disruption.
Notwithstanding the above event, your company scaled new heights of

performance across the enterprise not just in the various lines of our
businesses but also in strengthening our capabilities in the support
functions. In addition to delivering strong financial results, we have set for
ourselves a path of growth by preparing for the future. I am also proud to
In addition to delivering share that your company has crossed a significant milestone of ` 50,000
crores Assets Under Management (AUM) and a branch footprint of 900 plus
strong financial results,
across the country. Our employee headcount is over 7000 and we also
we have set for ourselves additionally have around 16,000 people who assist in various business
a path of growth by activities, with majority being in the tier 3 and tier 4 towns.
preparing for the future The flagship Vehicle Finance Business delivered strong growth with
disbursements of ` 24,807 crores resulting in a growth of 21% over the previous year. The business adeptly maneuvred its
portfolio mix to include higher yielding products and lower risk. Our relatively new portfolios of Two Wheeler and Tractor
have also performed well in early vintage metrics with good yields.
The Home Equity Business made a comeback from the previous year with solid recoveries from delinquent accounts. The
use of the Securitization and Reconstruction of Financial Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest (SARFAESI) processes
have enabled strong writebacks of provisions. Disbursements grew by 26 % as compared to the previous period with our
focus clearly on the Self Occupied Residential Property segment. This segment contributes to 82% of the total Home
Equity assets. This enabled us to contain and bring down our Gross Stage 3 Assets level significantly during the year.
Considering the stress in the real estate markets and overall industry performance this improvement is laudable.
In the Home Loans Business we doubled our total assets during the year from ` 978 crores to ` 1,912 crores. FALCON which
is our own proprietary platform enables us to deliver a home loan approval to the client within 15 minutes and deliver
doorstep service to our target customers. This coupled with a presence in 9 states across 132 locations will help us
penetrate the Affordable Housing Segment which is also a National Priority for the Government. During the year we
submitted our application for a licence to set up a Housing Finance Company (HFC) to The National Housing Bank (NHB).
This licence is in the final stages of approval and we expect to receive the same during FY 20.
Your company with its continuous focus on strengthening asset quality, have brought down the Gross Stage 3 Assets to
Total Gross Assets Ratio from 3.4% in March 2018 to 2.7% in March 2019. Gross Stage 3 Assets was reduced from ` 1,476
crores in March 2018 to ` 1,439 crores in March 2019. Similarly the Net Credit Loss to Average Assets ratio improved from
0.8% in FY 18 to 0.6% in FY 19. Your company will endeavour to improve the asset quality in the coming years as well.
6
Corporate Overview
As part of our Long Term Strategy, we embarked on a number of initiatives that will help us tap the growing opportunities
in the coming years. A brief summary of these include the following:
For the Vehicle Finance Business which already has 9 different segments and a large footprint across manufacturers and
models, we have embarked on strengthening the sustainability of the market share and improving process and customer
experience with 4 different initiatives:
 Sales Excellence in Lead Generation and Conversion Funnel
 Credit and Operational Process Improvements with Automation and Digitization
 Strengthening our Vehicle Finance Portal, “GaadiBazaar.in”, for buying and selling new and used vehicles
 Exploring business adjacencies in Co - origination with Banks and Leasing
These initiatives will help us address the market segments better as well as diversify our market and portfolio
risk across the assets and liabilities side.
For the Home Equity Business similar initiatives in the entire customer lifecycle is being planned along with digitization
of our processes.
The Home Loans Business will consolidate its growth by ensuring location level penetration and portfolio management.
In addition to these we have also initiated changes to our support functions:
 Strengthened our Analytics Function to help deliver value to the businesses across sourcing and
underwriting processes. This includes an Early Warning System for detecting portfolio deterioration and
enabling early action
 Equipped our Information Technology Function with a business focus to enable the automation and
data analytics needed to run the portfolios efficiently. To augment our data analytics initiatives we are
building a Digital Data Lake to capture all moving metrics to enable real time /near real time decisions
for the business
 Track Enterprise Risk with the monitoring of Credit Market and Operational Risks with
functional performance indices. These include early indicators that help detect incidents that are likely
to lead to impact on our businesses across the company. We are working to implement a Governance,
Risk and Compliance (GRC) suite that will help monitor these on realtime / near realtime basis
 Setup a Digital Human Resources (HR) System that helps us to monitor and run all our HR processes
smoothly with strong data protection and privacy controls
 On the capital and liabilities management side we have embarked on a number of initiatives to diversify
our funding base to reduce dependence on a few sources
All of these will be rolled out during FY 20.
I am confident that with all these initiatives along with the expected economic growth, your company will forge ahead
and continue to provide value to the nation, the people and the environment. On behalf of the Board of Directors,
I would like to express my sincere gratitude to all the shareholders and our customers for their trust and confidence in
Chola. I look forward to a great year ahead.
Best Wishes,
Arun Alagappan
7
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 Is the Executive Chairman of Murugappa Corporate Advisory Board

 Has over 40 years of experience in diverse areas including strategy & business
development, technology and human resources
 Holds a Bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering from the AC College of Technology,

University of Madras, India and a Master of Science Degree in Chemical Engineering from
the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Michigan, USA
 Is the non - executive Chairman of Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited,

Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited, Coromandel International
Limited, Tube Investments of India Limited and Carborundum Universal Limited
 Is a non - executive Director on the boards of Mahindra & Mahindra Ltd. and Cyient Ltd
Mr. M.M. Murugappan
(63 years) DIN: 00170478  Served on the Board of governors of IIT Madras, for six years till November, 2011 and has
enabled many industry academic partnerships. Now serves on the board of the IIT - Madras
Chairman & Non - Executive Director Research Park and is a mentor to many companies incubated there
 Is a Trustee of the Group’s AMM Foundation, actively involved in the development of various citizenship initiatives, particularly in
education, health care, performing arts and sports
 Has been a non - executive Director of Chola since 31 May, 2018 and Chairman of the Board since 26 July, 2018. Prior to that he had
served the Board of Chola as a non - executive Director from January, 2015 till October, 2017
 Is a Post Graduate in Economics and a Certified Associate of the Indian Institute of Banking & Finance
 Has over 46 years of varied experience in the fields of project finance, international Operations, credit
and risk management
 Retired as the Deputy Managing Director and Chief Development Officer of SBI
 Held concurrent charge of SBI’s associate banks and non - banking subsidiaries and an advisor for
mergers and acquisitions
 Is on the Boards of various companies including Carborundum Universal Limited, Can Fin Homes
Limited, SBI Capital Markets Ltd., SBICAP Securities Ltd., SBI Global Factors Ltd., Tata Tele Services Ltd.,
Neuland Laboratories Ltd. and Delphi - TVS Technologies Ltd Ms. Bharati Rao
 Joined the Board of Chola in July, 2014 (70 years) DIN: 01892516
Independent Director
 Graduate in commerce, a Fellow member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

and the Institute of Company Secretaries of India
 Has varied experience in the fields of finance, mergers & acquisitions, strategy and
governance
 Has worked in different roles, operational and staff, as a Chief Financial Officer, Managing
Director and Chief Executive Officer and Country Manager
 Is a Director on the Boards of several companies including Bata India Limited, DCB Bank
Limited, Birlasoft Limited and Mahindra Intertrade Limited
 Was the Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of Forbes & Company Limited from
2008 till his retirement in 2016
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat  Worked with Hindustan Lever Limited (now Hindustan Unilever Limited), Pepsi, Electrolux,
Telstra and Heinz
(62 years) DIN: 00492930
Independent Director  Was the past President of the Bombay Chamber of Commerce and Industry; currently, Vice
President, Council of EU Chambers in India
 Joined the Board of Chola in October, 2017
8
Corporate Overview
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 Graduate in Commerce, a fellow member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 Has 37 years of experience in the fields of finance, strategy and operations
 Was the Chairman and Senior Partner, PwC India responsible for overall strategy and
operations of all PwC entities in India
 As Chairman & Senior Partner had represented India on the Global Strategy Council of PwC
International and served as a member on the leadership team of the Central Cluster
led by PWC, UK
 Is the founder and senior partner of LeapRidge Advisors LLP
 Is the Chairman of Indo National Limited and is also on the Board of TTK Healthcare Limited Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan
(61 years) DIN: 01628318
 Was appointed as an additional director on the Board of Chola in October, 2018
Independent Director
 Holds a Bachelor degree in Electrical Engineering from Stanford University and an MBA from
London Business School
 Is a recipient of the President’s Award for Academic excellence in Stanford University and Dean’s
List and Distinction Award from London Business School
 Is an entrepreneur and a technology thought leader who created India’s very first interactive
mapping portal mapmyindia.com at the age of 19
 Has built many technology innovations in the maps and location space
 Is a Director on the Board of C.E. Info Systems Private Limited (MapmyIndia), India’s leading maps,
navigation, location technologies and GPS IoT company incorporated in 1992
 Is the Founder and Chairman of Infidreams Industries Private Limited, focused on creating
Mr. Rohan Verma social good through technology
(33 years) DIN: 01797489
Independent Director  Is a member of the FICCI Young Leaders Forum
 Was appointed as an additional director on the Board of Chola in March, 2019
 Graduate in commerce and holds a Masters in Business Administration from

Cardiff Business School
 Has completed ‘Owner President/Management Program’ at Harvard Business School
 Has over 19 years of experience in diverse areas of strategy & planning, technology, finance,
management and governance
 Has held senior management positions in EID Parry India Limited and Tube Investments of
India Limited
 Was instrumental in forging the alliance with Roca and under his leadership, TI Cycles grew into
an INR 14.8 Billion business, with leading indigenous brands like BSA, Hercules, Montra, Lady
Bird and affiliation with international brands like Ridley, Bianchi, Cannondale
 Is on the Boards of Lakshmi Machine Works Limited, Roca Bathroom Product Private Limited, Mr. Arun Alagappan
White Data Systems India Private Limited, Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited and few (42 years) DIN: 00291361
other Murugappa group Companies Executive Director
 Joined the Board of Chola as an Executive Director in August, 2017
9
BUSINESS HIGHLIGHTS
KEY FIGURES (STANDALONE) (� in crores)
PARTICULARS FY19 FY18 FY17 FY16 FY15
Branch Network (in nos.) 911 870 709 534 534
Disbursement 30,451 25,114 18,591 16,380 12,808
Assets Under Management (AUM) 57,560 43,629 35,110 30,362 26,191
Net Income Margin (NIM) 3,404 2,820 2,430 2,143 1,731
Operating profit 2,134 1,705 1,416 1,298 982
Profit After Tax (PAT) 1,186 918 719 568 435
KEY RATIOS (IN %)
NIM 6.9 7.5 8.6 8.7 7.9
Expense Ratio 2.6 3.0 3.6 3.4 3.4
Gross NPA /Gross Stage 3 Assets 2.7 3.4 4.7 3.5 2.4
Net NPA / Stage 3 (Net off ECL) Assets 1.7 2.2 3.2 2.1 1.3
Tier I Capital 12.4 13.2 13.6 13.3 13.0
Tier II Capital 4.9 5.1 5.0 6.4 8.2
Capital Adequacy Ratio 17.4 18.4 18.6 19.7 21.2
Return on Total Assets - PBT 3.7 3.7 3.9 3.6 3.0
Return on Equity 20.9 19.6 18.0 16.7 15.8
GROWTH RATIOS (IN %)*
AUM Growth 31.9 24.8 15.6 15.9 8.4
Disbursement Growth 21.3 35.1 13.5 27.9 -2.3
Earnings per Share Growth 29.1 27.7 22.7 25 18.3
Book Value per Share Growth 21.1 18.9 17.1 15 27.0
BRANCH EFFICIENCY RATIOS (IN CRORES)
Disbursements per Branch 33.6 28.9 26.2 30.7 24.0
NIM per Branch 3.8 3.2 3.4 4.0 3.2
PAT per Branch 1.3 1.1 1.0 1.1 0.8
Note: a. * Growth Ratios (in %) for FY18 is as per IGAAP, since for FY 17 Ind AS is not applicable.
b. Gross Stage 3 Assets and Stage 3 Assets (Net off ECL) is as per Ind AS
c. Numbers are as per Ind AS for the FY19 and FY18 and rest of the years are as per IGAAP, hence not comparable
d. Refer glossary section for terms and ratios
10
Corporate Overview
CAGR: 20% Disbursements YOY: 21% CAGR: 16% Business AUM (Net) YOY: 26%
(� in crores) (� in crores)
FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19 FY 15 FY 16 FY 17 FY 18 FY 19
30,451 54,279
25,114 42,924
18,591 34,167
16,380 29,650
12,808 25,453
CAGR: 31% Profit after tax YOY: 29% CAGR: 19% Networth YOY: 21%
1,186
6,176
918
719 5,098
568
435 4,285
3,657
3,173
Loan Losses & Provisions % ROTA PBT %
1.5%
1.3% 3.7% 3.7%
1.0%
3.4%
0.8%
0.6% 3.1%
2.6%
Note: a. Numbers are as per Ind AS for the FY 19 and FY 18 and rest of the years are as per IGAAP, hence not comparable
b. Refer glossary section for terms and ratios
11
BUSINESS REVIEW - VEHICLE FINANCE
Construction Equipment
Heavy Commercial Vehicle Refinance
17% 5% Tractor
12%
Light Commercial Vehicle
22% 7%
Older Vehicles
13%
Car & Multi Utility Vehicle

16%
8%
Two Wheeler, Three Wheeler &
Small Commercial Vehicles
Diversified Asset Portfolio
Key Differentiators Awards
 Quicker Turn Around Time
 Long term stable player in the market
 Strong dealer and manufacturer relationships
 Good penetration across Tier II, Tier III

and Tier IV towns
 In - house highly experienced sales and

robust collections team
 Strong internal control systems

MAHINDRA TRANSPORT
 Customized products offered for target
customers EXCELLENCE AWARD (MTEA)
National Winner in the Commercial Vehicle
 Gaadibazaar - digital platform for buying and Financier category for Driving Positive Change
selling new and used vehicles and Alternative Thinking. Chola has received this
award three times in a row.
12
Corporate Overview
CAGR: 24% Disbursements YOY: 21% CAGR: 16% Business AUM (Net) YOY: 29%
24,807 40,588
20,540 31,440
14,471
12,383 23,631
20,100
9,363
17,639
CAGR: 11% Income YOY: 29% CAGR: 40% Profit before tax YOY: 28%
5,424
1,278
4,190
3,609 996
3,159
2,909
682
555
346
Loan Losses & Provisions % ROTA PBT %
2.0%
1.7%
3.7%
3.6%
1.4% 3.2%
3.0%
2.0%
0.8% 0.8%
13
BUSINESS REVIEW - HOME EQUITY
TRANSFORMING BUSINESS & GIVING

WINGS TO DREAMS
Every customer relationship is an ongoing partnership.
While we have invested in technology in the last couple of
years, we have equally focussed on strengthening our
customer relationship by anticipating their needs and
developing solutions that would add ease, convenience
and comfort to the entire experience with our products Key Differentiators
and services. By taking charge of our customers’
requirements, we are able to help them transform their
 Quick turnaround time
business environment, achieve their short and long terms
goals and fulfil their lifetime desires.  Personalized services to customers through direct
interaction
CUSTOMER SEGMENT
 Digital on - boarding of customers
Our focus is on the middle socio economic class
and self employed non - professionals.  Digital tracking of loan details via mobile app
 231 branches pan India and growing

ASSET CLASS
 Over 12 years of serving customers
Self occupied residential property
14
Corporate Overview
Disbursements YOY: 21% CAGR: 15% Business AUM (Net) YOY: 15%
3,837 11,626
3,476 10,095
3,174 9,593
3,056 8,852
3,043
7,280
CAGR: 14% Income YOY: 5% CAGR: -7% Profit before tax YOY: 38%
1,247 305
1,217 261
1,184
240
1,124 221
941 207
Loan Losses & Provisions (%) ROTA PBT (%)
1.0%
3.7%
0.8% 3.2%
0.7% 2.8%
2.3%
0.5% 2.2%
-0.05%
c. Income and PBT are reported at Business AUM level
15
BUSINESS REVIEW - HOME LOANS
AFFORDABLE HOUSING
Affordable housing segment is one of the fastest growing segments.
While the housing finance industry has been growing at 15 - 19%,
affordable housing finance segment has been growing at 30%+. The
recent liquidity crisis has resulted in differentiating the long term
players with strong balance sheet vis-a-vis the frivolous players in
this segment.
Affordable housing will remain the core of the portfolio in the

coming years; however, Chola will also service the low ticket salaried
and the prime self - employed and salaried segments. Home Loans
are currently being offered through 132 branches across 9 states in
India. The company plans to expand to 200 branches in the coming
financial year.
PRODUCTS
Key Differentiators
Home Loans for Balance transfer of  In principle sanction at
Self construction existing home loans customer place
 Transparent end - to - end digital

on - boarding
Loans for purchase of
ready to occupy homes  Minimal documentation
Disbursements CAGR: 90% Business AUM (Net) CAGR: 99%

FY 15 89 FY 15 121
FY 16 175 FY 16 264
FY 17 325 FY 17 518
FY 18 606 FY 18 984
FY 19 1157 FY 19 1912
Note: Refer glossary section for terms and ratios
16
Corporate Overview
OUR SUBSIDIARIES
CHOLAMANDALAM HOME FINANCE LIMITED

The company has applied for housing finance licence from National Housing Bank and the licence is awaited.
FOCUS ON DIGITAL ONBOARDING OF CUSTOMERS

Digital on - boarding has become a vital part of business. The quicker you onboard a customer the higher the chances of you
keeping him interested in what you have to offer. In the last five years Chola has been focussing on building and increasing
its digital approach across all its products. The proposed housing finance business is centered on engaging the digital
platform to drive operational efficiencies and enhance customer experience.
Sales teams are empowered to provide decisions on lending to the customer at the customer’s location using a digital
on - boarding process which is fast and convenient. Sales executives can provide an in principle sanction while sitting with
the customer based on the score, generated by the underwriting model. The on - boarding solution that has been
implemented is completely digital and leverages on the fin-tech offerings in the market like bank statement analyser, KYC
validation etc.
CHOLAMANDALAM SECURITIES LIMITED

Cholamandalam Securities Limited is a wealth management company offering investment solutions to individual clients
and stock broking services to High Networth Individuals and institutional investors, including many of the largest mutual
funds in India. Chola Securities is a member of BSE Limited and National Stock Exchange of India Limited.
PRODUCTS OFFERED
Stock Broking Services | Depository Participant Services
PRODUCTS DISTRIBUTED
Mutual Funds | Life Insurance | General Insurance | Bonds & Debentures | Fixed Deposits | PMS | IPO | ETF | SIP
Awards
BSE - TOP PERFORMER NSDL CDSL - EXCELLENT PERFORMER

Mutual Fund Distributor Tamil Nadu Star Performer Award in Depository Service
17
Analytics Drives Continuous Improvement

We believe that seamless access to valuable data can
provide insights to make our customers lives better. Our Key Focus Areas
strong Analytics team translates volumes of transactional
data into actionable strategy helping Chola make informed  Customized underwriting models
decisions.
 Behavioural models
The future of lending business is digitally enabled,
 Early warning systems
proactive, insight driven, cost optimized, and focused on
value add strategic decision making. Analytics is a key  Analytics driven call centre strategies
enabler to realize this future. 80% to 90% of all decision
 Collections treatment optimization
making will be solely data driven through digital reporting.
Chola’s competitive advantage will be its capability to use  Business Decision Model
Artificial Intelligence & Machine Learning algorithms that
 Self - serving dashboards
consumes large amounts of data from varying data sources
for real time processing.
Information Technology Builds Operational Efficiency

Technology serves as a catalyst for operational efficiency. order of the day while infrastructure components like
By leveraging the power of digitization, the entire servers and storage will get increasingly commoditized
customer journey has been re - imagined. Customer on - with the adoption of cloud.
boarding process has been seamlessly optimized by
bringing together information using digital APIs. Chola has
also built a complete paperless e - sign capability for its
Key Focus Areas
Home Loans customers.
 Digitization - Credit scoring model
Technology is not just improving the customer experience
from a brand perspective, it is also empowering customers  Automation - Automation of repetitive
to take advantage of and also seek continuous activities using Robotic Process
improvements and enhancements in the services and Automation
products they opt for. As a result customers are becoming
 Centralization - Managing leads from
more demanding and want instant solutions. The next few
various channels
years will see digital technology become the core for any
financial services organization. Smarter usage of  Optimization - Customer on - boarding
data integration with a bouquet of service providers via process using digital APIs
Application Program Interface (API), and Artificial O)
Intelligence/algorithms based technology will be the
18
Corporate Overview
Finance & Treasury Building Confidence

The Finance department played a pivotal role in successful work was laid for raising overseas funding avenues to mitigate
implementation of Ind AS and ensured a smooth transition to the tight liquidity situation on the domestic front.
the new accounting standards by way of system integration The MIS team worked towards the development and
and business process alignment. implementation of the Profitability model at Manufacturer
The Treasury team played a crucial role in managing the tough and Customer level, to enable better understanding by the
liquidity situation which impacted the NBFC sector in the operating team so that they could focus on the right product
second half of FY 19. The conservative policy of the company to improve profitability. Our continued focus on nurturing
in ensuring that there are no negative mismatches in any of investor relationship resulted in regular research coverage by
the time buckets in its structural liquidity statement ensured more than 30 research agencies during the year.
that the company was completely insulated from the liquidity
tightness in the market. Key Focus Areas
Despite the tight liquidity issues, the cost of funds were kept
under control enabling better business profitability. The  Ind AS Transition
company diversified its funding sources by raising debt  Liquidity Management
funding from reputed international agencies like Asian
 Imparting Profit focus to Operating teams
Development Bank, International Finance Corporation and by
means of External Commercial borrowings. Also the ground
Compliance a Core Strength

Compliance is a way of life in Chola and is top driven. Being and its designated employees to report, monitor and
a financial institution every aspect and process of the comply with SEBI PIT Regulations seamlessly.
business involves compliance. The company’s board and
Over 20,000 field staff spread over 900 branches are trained
senior management are extremely conscious of this and
on a periodical basis in a systematic manner on know your
there is a clear communication from top down on zero
customer regulations, fair practices code, prevention of
tolerance to any non - adherence to regulations and
sexual harassment and code of conduct and many more
company policies and processes.
transactional areas. The trainings are conducted both in the
The company has a robust real time compliance form of class room sessions and through e - modes and
monitoring and reporting process covering the businesses periodical e - mailers.
and functions across the business verticals. There is a
rigorous reporting put in place on a monthly and quarterly
basis from the businesses and functions which are then Key Focus Areas
studied and relied on to assess the compliance. In line with
the overall company’s digital vision, during the year the  Robust real time monitoring and reporting
compliance team too embarked on the digital journey in
 Periodical training
many areas of compliance operations. The company
automated the compliance monitoring and reporting  Embarking on compliance digital journey
process including the areas of SEBI Prohibition of Insider
Trading (PIT) Regulations. This tool enables the Company
19
Operations Building Trust

Trust is an asset that Chola has both inherited by being part of the
Murugappa Group and also built over the years by serving customers with Key Focus Areas
integrity. We always put customers first and serve them with truth and
transparency. At all points of interaction right from sourcing,
 Productivity Increase
disbursement, service and closure, we maintain highest levels of
transparency with the customer.  Automation and digitization for
quicker turnaround time
Customers can access their portfolio via the Chola App through which they
can view their records, pay EMIs, download certificate and do much more  Customer delight
at their convenience. With the pace at which digitization is taking over, we
are encouraging our customers to adapt technology and use the Chola
App which is fast and convenient.
Chola Operations has been certified for ISO 9001:2015 Quality

Management Systems.
Awards
Chola Operations have won two prestigious awards at the CII Southern
Region Kaizen competition - 13th Edition in the month of July 2018. Out of a
humungous number of 207 Kaizen entries across various industries, the
Chola team walked away with the honors.
The Awards received are :

1. First Place for the title “Simplification of document upload” for Vishesh
Process of Vehicle finance Business under the category of Service sector,
Large Scale Industry, Operator level INDIA CX AWARDS 2019
Chola has also won one award in the India Customer Excellence award 2019
2. Second Place for the title “Kiosk Self Banking” for Kiosk installation at
held in the month of March 2019. Chola walked away with the award “Rising
branches of Chola, under the category of Service sector, Large Scale Industry,
Star of the year 2018 - 19” for all the enhancements made in the customer
Supervisor level.
excellence.
20
Corporate Overview
Human Resources, Catalyst for Change

Human Resources is the engine that drives change in any organisation. The last year has been a game changing year for
the HR function. Employee overall wellbeing has taken centre stage and several initiatives have been planned to ensure
that the employee is “Happy at work and happy to work”. Results of employee voices survey that was conducted in the
last year showed an engagement score of 80%, as against a previous score of 74% a couple of years before. The team has
been closely engaging with the business teams to improve productivity levels through various career development
initiatives.
TALENT RESOURCING :
Key Focus Areas
In the year FY 19 Chola has had 25% of growth in overall staff
headcount. Employee referrals continue to be the primary
source for Talent Identification. To address the challenge of  Career Development Initiatives for all top
increasing new entrants in the NBFC space and people performing branch employees
poaching from competition, targeted zone wise, talent
resourcing initiatives were rolled out such as Market  Partnering for productivity augmentation
Mapping, Walk-in Drives, Alternate Sourcing Channels through productivity enhancement

(Partnership with National Skill Development Corp, Hire, workshops
Train & Deploy Model) and Leveraging Social media & Job
portals.
CAPABILITY BUILDING : Awards

Gamification of the Product and process knowledge to
ensure relevance and interest has been done.
A learning App for capturing learning progress and the

assimilation.
DIGITIZATION :
Under the tie - up with PeopleStrong, Chola Connect, our

new HRMS portal would provide a unified experience from
recruitment to retirement to all employees, recruiters,
candidates and business users. Embracing this technology
CII AWARD
was a big leap for the Organization to delight the employees
FOR EMPLOYEE ENGAGEMENT
Chola was announced as the winner in “Large service category” in
by providing a seamless channel to connect and collaborate, the Employee Relations and Employee Engagement category in the
experience a single window for right decision making. National HR circle competition conducted by Confederation of
Indian Industry (CII).
21
Enterprise Risk Management as a Value Centre

Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) team is engaged in
defining a framework, overseeing enterprise wide risks and  Branch risk scorecards
building a portfolio for corporate risk appetite based decision  Risk adjusted optimal product mix strategies
making. STRATEGY :
THREE PILLARS OF ERM  Monitoring forward looking macro indicators
CORPORATE PROCESS :  Risk & reward trade - off assessment of new
 Composite risk scoring product launch
 Functional risk scorecards  Portfolio acquisition and sale

 Integration with audit & assurance process
 Business continuity planning Key Focus Areas
BUSINESS PROCESS :
 Comprehensive portfolio monitoring
 Risk registers for various business process framework
through a rigorous risk identification, assessment,  Branch risk monitoring mechanism
control and review & reporting mechanism
 Engagement with business teams to identify
 Comprehensive portfolio MIS to monitor credit risk adjusted portfolio mix
policies & portfolio quality
Corporate Social Responsibility

Sustainable Development
Key Focus Areas
Chola believes that sustainable development promotes
economic growth, greater social well - being, and WATER SANITATION AND HYGIENE (WASH)
protection of the environment. Every Corporate Social Providing safe drinking water to communities living
Responsibility (CSR) project in Chola is designed to be in areas which have higher levels of fluoride
sustainable in nature and not as a onetime activity. Chola’s contamination.
CSR efforts are directed towards offering the best path
forward for helping people and communities “Enter a EDUCATION
Better Life”. Supporting Education Trusts that provide quality
education to economically backward sections of
the society.
Eye Camps For Truckers
HEALTH
Chola had successfully organized eye camps across 10 Evaluating & improving the health of the Trucking
states, benefiting almost 42000 persons from the trucking community through regular health & eye camps at
community with eye disorders. Transport Nagars.
22
Corporate Overview
RAAHI Drishti KENDRA

In FY 17 - 18, Chola had started vision centres (RAAHI Drishti KENDRA) in
7 states. Chola aims to transform these vision centres as a hub for
undertaking holistic health development initiatives for the Truck Driver
Community.
 Provision of health check - up facilities including eye,
oral/dental check - up
 Overall well being for direct dependents of truck drivers
 Distribution of spectacles as per requirement to drivers and
cleaners
 Undertaking truckers livelihood profiling cum mapping
exercise
 Facilitating entitlement linkages support & knowledge/
information about the Government Schemes and Programs
 Creation and updation of online trucker community database
Jaldi Kya Hai - Road Safety Campaign

#JaldiKyaHai is a road safety initiative against over - speeding, by Chola. In the fast - paced world that we live in,
over speeding has become a casual, everyday occurrence. This initiative focuses on the different situations where
one speeds beyond the limits and the downsides to the same. Through this campaign, we hope to bring about a
change in the behaviour of road users and make the road a safer place for everyone.
21 DAYS
41
PLUS
ION
MILLN
LISTEERS
&
16 STATES
ACROSS
32 CITIES
45 DAYS
30
PLUS
MILLION
VIEWS
SOCIAL MEDIA PL
ATFORM
S
ACROSS
23
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 2019 2018 2017 2016
Operating Results
Total Income 6,99,264 5,47,966 4,66,035 4,19,371
Profit before tax 1,82,315 1,40,137 1,10,558 87,077
Profit after tax 1,18,615 91,830 71,874 56,845
Assets
Loans(net) - Ind AS / Receivables under 52,62,227 42,25,323 28,41,448 25,91,013

financing activity - IGAAP
Others 4,80,403 1,83,650 2,18,032 1,97,818
Total Assets 57,42,630 44,08,973 30,59,480 27,88,831
Liabilities and Equity
Borrowings 50,56,674 38,33,033 24,10,910 22,57,622
Others 68,382 66,126 2,20,078 1,65,468
Equity 6,17,574 5,09,814 4,28,492 3,65,741
Total Liabilities 57,42,630 44,08,973 30,59,480 27,88,831
Key Indicators
Earnings per Equity Share - Basic (₹) 75.87 58.75 46.01 37.50
Earnings per Equity Share - Diluted (₹) 75.81 58.70 45.99 37.46
Dividend per Equity Share (₹) 6.50 6.50 5.50 4.50
Book Value per Equity Share (₹) 394.97 326.11 274.19 236.60
24
Corporate Overview
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
(� in Lakhs)
2015 2014 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009
3,69,119 3,26,284 2,55,568 1,78,821 1,20,183 92,950 112063
65,722 55,021 45,080 29,011 10,011 3,133 1708
43,516 36,401 30,655 17,254 6,218 1,542 4275
22,18,354 19,42,813 16,62,594 12,32,990 8,60,026 5,48,958 4,55,475
1,68,969 2,11,867 1,55,886 1,10,036 1,07,800 1,47,285 2,41,812
23,87,323 21,54,680 18,18,480 13,43,026 9,67,826 6,96,243 6,97,287
19,47,524 18,09,319 15,28,901 11,44,411 7,94,891 5,41,480 5,42,703
1,22,466 1,15,890 93,102 56,887 65,733 76,263 76,483
3,17,333 2,29,471 1,96,477 1,41,728 1,07,202 78,500 78,101
23,87,323 21,54,680 18,18,480 13,43,026 9,67,826 6,96,243 6,97,287
30.09 25.43 22.89 14.39 5.67 1.79 7.05
29.97 25.38 22.83 14.39 5.67 1.79 6.83
3.50 3.50 3.50 2.50 1.50 1.00 NA
203.48 160.25 137.29 106.92 89.87 73.04 72.43
Note: Numbers are as per Ind AS for the FY 19 and FY 18 and rest of the years are as per IGAAP, hence not comparable
25
Board’s Report
BOARD’S REPORT
Your directors have pleasure in presenting the forty first annual report together with the audited accounts of the company for the year
ended 31 March, 2019.
FINANCIAL RESULTS
` in crores
Particulars 2018-19 2017-18
Gross Income 6,992.64 5,479.66

Profit Before Tax (PBT) 1,823.15 1,401.37
Profit After Tax (PAT) 1,186.15 918.30
Total Comprehensive income 1,190.24 924.60
Appropriation:
Transfer to statutory and other reserves 840.00 700.00
Dividend - Equity 101.63 101.60
Tax on dividend 20.89 20.68
SHARE CAPITAL Vehicle finance (VF) business recorded a disbursement growth of

The paid up equity share capital of the company as at 21%. Disbursements in VF for the year were at ` 24,806.70 crores
31 March, 2019 is ` 156.43 crores including the increase during as against ` 20,539.97 crores in the previous year. The business
the year by ` 3.42 lakhs, consequent to allotment of shares upon recorded a growth of 29% in closing managed assets and a PBT
exercise of stock options by employees under the company’s growth of 28%.
employee stock option schemes 2007 and 2016.
Home equity (HE) business recorded a disbursement growth of
The board of directors of the company at its meeting held on 21%. Disbursements in HE for the year were at ` 3,836.55 crores
27 April, 2019 has recommended sub-division of each equity as against ` 3,174.04 crores in the previous year. The business
share of face value of ` 10 (Rupees Ten) fully paid up into recorded a growth of 15% in closing managed assets and a PBT
5 (Five) equity shares of face value of ` 2 (Rupees Two) fully
growth of 38%.
paid up to the shareholders of the company. Upon approval by
shareholders and completion of other regulatory procedures Disbursements in home loans (HL) business were at ` 1,156.88 crores
for the sub-division, face value of each equity share will become as against ` 605.96 crores in the previous year and Micro, Small
` 2 (Rupees Two). and Medium Enterprise (MSME) business were at ` 473.84 crores
as against ` 629.09 crores in the previous year. The new lines of
OPERATIONS
businesses, disbursed ` 176.54 crores as against ` 67.35 crores
During the year, the company achieved a 30% growth in PBT
during the previous year.
and 26% growth in business assets under management net of
provisions (AUM). The company brought down the stage 3 assets The AUM of the company as at 31 March, 2019 increased to
(net of ECL) to 1.67% of closing assets as on 31 March, 2019 as ` 54,279 crores from ` 42,924 crores in the previous year, recording
compared to 2.25% as on 31 March, 2018. a growth of 26%.
26
Corporate Overview Financial Statements
Management Reports
The PBT for the year was at ` 1,823.15 crores as against Investment and Credit Company (NBFC-ICC)
` 1,401.37 crores in the previous year, recording a growth of 30%. During the year, RBI vide notification dated 22 February, 2019
PAT grew by 29% and was at ` 1,186.15 crores for the year as harmonised different categories of non-banking financial
compared to ` 918.30 crores in the previous year. companies (NBFCs) viz. Asset Finance Companies (AFC), Loan
OUTLOOK Companies (LCs) and Investment Companies (ICs) into a
new category called NBFC - Investment and Credit Company
VF business will continue to be the mainstay for the company. (NBFC-ICC). Accordingly, the company being an AFC falls in the
HE portfolio has also been a significant contributor to the category of Investment and Credit Company (NBFC-ICC).
company's growth and profitability. While the company expects
CAPITAL ADEQUACY
the affordable housing segment to grow over the next few years,
the growth opportunities available in VF and HE businesses, will The company’s capital adequacy ratio was at 17.36% as on
enable the company to continue to hold the product leadership in 31 March, 2019 as against the statutory minimum capital adequacy
these businesses. Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited (CHFL), of 15% prescribed by RBI.
the company's wholly owned subsidiary has applied for housing
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTION (ESOP) SCHEMES
finance license from National Housing Bank (NHB). Upon receipt
of license, CHFL will start home loan business. The company will ESOP 2016
leverage digital, data and analytics with a key objective to create Pursuant to the approval accorded by the shareholders by way of
better customer experience. postal ballot on 3 January, 2017, the nomination and remuneration
committee had formulated an employee stock option scheme
DIVIDEND
2016 (ESOP 2016). During the year, the company made four grants
Dividend distribution policy aggregating to 2,55,104 options to 29 employees. The total number
The company has formulated a dividend distribution policy of options issued as on 31 March, 2019 under ESOP 2016 is 7,94,946.
in compliance with regulation 43A of SEBI (Listing Obligation ESOP 2007
and Disclosure Requirement) Regulations, 2015 (Listing
Pursuant to the approval accorded by the shareholders at the
Regulations), copy of which is available on the website of the
twenty ninth annual general meeting (AGM) of the company held
company. (weblink: https://www.cholamandalam.com/files/media/
on 30 July, 2007, the nomination and remuneration committee
CholamandalamDividend-Distribution-policy.pdf).
had formulated an employee stock option scheme 2007
Payment of dividend (ESOP 2007). During the year, there have been no fresh grants
The company paid an interim dividend on the equity shares at the under the scheme and there have been no changes in the scheme.
rate of 45% (` 4.50 per equity share) as approved by the board on Number of options outstanding as on 31 March, 2019 under the
30 January, 2019 for the year ended 31 March, 2019. ESOP 2007 is 31,203.
Your directors are pleased to recommend a final dividend of 20% The schemes are in compliance with Securities and Exchange Board
(` 2 per equity share) on the equity shares of the company. With of India (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014 (SEBI
this, the total dividend will be 65% (` 6.50 per equity share) for the (SBEB) Regulations) and the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act).
year ended 31 March, 2019. The certificate from the statutory auditors confirming that ESOP
Upon sub-division of equity shares of ` 10 (Rupees Ten) each into 2007 and ESOP 2016 have been implemented in accordance with
5 (Five) equity shares of face value of ` 2 (Rupee Two) each fully the SEBI (SBEB) Regulations and shareholders resolutions has
paid-up, the final dividend if declared at the ensuing AGM would been obtained and will be placed before the shareholders at the
be paid proportionately at the rate of 20% on the equity shares of ensuing AGM.
` 2 each i.e. ` 0.40 per share. The details of the schemes as on 31 March, 2019 are provided and
TRANSFER TO RESERVES disclosed on the website of the company (weblink: https://www.
cholamandalam/esop.aspx).
The company transferred a sum of ` 240 crores to statutory
reserve as required under the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 and DIRECTORS
` 600 crores to general reserves. Appointments
FIXED DEPOSITS Mr. M.M. Murugappan was appointed as an additional director with
The company is a Systemically Important Non-Deposit Accepting effect from 31 May, 2018 by the board and subsequently appointed
Non-Banking Finance Company (NBFC-ND-SI). It ceased taking by the members at the 40th Annual general meeting (AGM) held on
deposits from the public effective 1 November, 2006. The company 26 July, 2018 as a director of the company. Mr. Murugappan has
does not hold or accept deposits as of the date of balance sheet. been elected as chairman of the board effective 27 July, 2018.
27
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan and Mr. Rohan Verma were appointed as SIGNIFICANT AND MATERIAL ORDERS PASSED BY THE
additional directors in the capacity of independent directors with REGULATORS
effect from 30 October, 2018 and 25 March, 2019 respectively. There are no significant and material orders passed by the regulators
They shall hold office up to the date of the ensuing AGM as or courts or tribunals which would impact the going concern status
additional directors. The appointments of Mr. Rajan and Mr. Verma of the company and its future operations.
as independent directors up to 5 years from the respective date of
their appointments has been recommended for the approval of MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
shareholders at the ensuing AGM. The management discussion and analysis report (MDA),
highlighting the business-wise details is attached and forms
Mr. Arun Alagappan, executive director retires by rotation at
part of this report. MDA report also contains the details of the
the ensuing AGM and being eligible, has offered himself for
risk management framework of the company including the
re-appointment.
development and implementation of risk management policy and
Retirement / Resignation the key risks faced by the company.
Mr. M.B.N. Rao, chairman of the company retired at the conclusion
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE REPORT
of the 40th AGM held on 26 July, 2018.
A report on corporate governance as per the Listing Regulations is
Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan, director of the company retired at the close attached and forms part of this report. The report also contains the
of business hours of 31 March, 2019. details as required to be provided on the composition and category
Mr. N. Srinivasan, executive vice chairman and managing director of directors, number of meetings of the board, composition of
stepped down as a director and as managing director of the the various committees annual board evaluation, remuneration
company effective the close of business hours of 18 August, 2018. policy, criteria for board nomination and senior management
appointment, whistle blower policy/vigil mechanism, disclosure
The board places on record its deep appreciation for the significant
of relationships between directors inter-se, state of company’s
contributions made by Mr. M.B.N. Rao, Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan and
affairs, etc.
Mr. N. Srinivasan towards the success of the company during their
tenure. The executive director and the chief financial officer have submitted
a compliance certificate to the board regarding the financial
DECLARATION FROM INDEPENDENT DIRECTORS statements and other matters as required under regulation 17(8) of
All the independent directors (IDs) have submitted their declaration the Listing Regulations.
of independence, as required pursuant to section 149(7) of the Act, BUSINESS RESPONSIBILITY REPORT
confirming that they meet the criteria of independence as provided
A business responsibility report is attached and forms part of this
in section 149(6) of the Act. In the opinion of the board, the IDs fulfill
report.
the conditions specified in the Act and the rules made there under
for appointment as IDs and confirm that they are independent of ADOPTION OF INDIAN ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
the management. The company has adopted the Indian Accounting Standards
KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL (Ind AS) in respect of the accounting period beginning from
1 April, 2018 pursuant to the Companies (Indian Accounting
Pursuant to the provisions of section 203 of the Act read with the
Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended. Accordingly, the company
rules made there under, the following employees were/are the
has for the first time prepared its financial statements in
wholetime key managerial personnel of the company during FY 19: compliance with Ind AS for the year ended 31 March, 2019,
1.
Mr. N. Srinivasan, EVC & MD (up to 18 August, 2018) together with the comparative period data as at and for the
year ended 31 March, 2018. The principle adjustments made by
2. Mr. Arun Alagappan, Executive Director
the company in restating the Indian GAAP financial statements
3. Mr. D. Arul Selvan, Chief Financial Officer and including the balance sheet are given under Note 48 and Note 49 in
4. Ms. P. Sujatha, Company Secretary the standalone and consolidated financial statements respectively.
DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The directors’ responsibility statement as required under section The consolidated financial statement is prepared in accordance
134(5) of the Act, reporting the compliance with accounting with the Act and the relevant accounting standards and forms part
standards, is attached and forms part of the board’s report. of this annual report.
28
Management Reports
AUDITORS RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

M/s. S. R. Batliboi & Associates LLP, chartered accountants are The company has in place a policy on related party transactions as
the statutory auditors of the company. They were appointed approved by the board and the same is available on the website
as statutory auditors of the company at the 39th AGM held on of the company (weblink: https://www.cholamandalam.com/files/
27 July, 2017 for a period of five years commencing from the MEDIA/Policy-on-Related-Party-Transactions.pdf).
conclusion of 39th AGM till the conclusion of 44th AGM. All transactions with related parties that were entered into during
SECRETARIAL AUDIT the financial year were in the ordinary course of business and were
on an arm’s length basis. There are no materially significant related
Pursuant to the provisions of the Act and the rules framed there
party transactions made by the company with promoters, directors,
under, M/s. R. Sridharan & Associates, company secretaries had
key managerial personnel or other designated persons which may
undertaken a secretarial audit of the company for FY 19. The have a potential conflict with the interest of the company at large.
secretarial audit report is attached and forms part of this report and There are no contracts or arrangements entered into with related
does not contain any qualification. parties during the year to be disclosed under sections 188(1)
COST RECORD AND COST AUDIT and 134(h) of the Act in form AOC-2. All transactions with related
parties were placed before the audit committee for prior approval
Maintenance of cost records and requirements of cost audit as at the beginning of the financial year. The transactions entered into
prescribed under the provisions of section 148(1) of the Act is not pursuant to the approval so granted were placed before the audit
applicable for the business activities carried out by the company. committee for its review on a quarterly basis. None of the directors
EXTRACT OF ANNUAL RETURN has any pecuniary relationship or transaction vis-à-vis the company.
In accordance with section 134(3)(a) of the Act, the extract of the INFORMATION AS PER SECTION 134(3)(m) OF THE ACT
annual return in form MGT-9 is attached and forms part of this
The company has no activity relating to consumption of energy or
report. technology absorption. Foreign currency expenditure amounting
CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY to ` 2.77 crores was incurred during the year under review. Foreign
currency remittances made during the year was ` 9.85 crores
The murugappa group is known for its tradition of philanthropy
towards purchase of fixed assets. The company does not have any
and community service. The group’s philosophy is to reach out foreign exchange earnings.
to the community by establishing service-oriented philanthropic
institutions in the field of education and healthcare as the core focus PARTICULARS OF LOANS, GUARANTEES OR
areas. The company upholds the group’s tradition by earmarking a INVESTMENTS
part of its income for carrying out its social responsibilities. Being an NBFC, the disclosures regarding particulars of loans
The company has been carrying out corporate social responsibility given, guarantees given and security provided is exempt under the
(CSR) activities for many years now even before it was mandated provisions of section 186(11) of the Act.
under the Act. The company has put in place a CSR policy As regards investments made by the company, the details of the
and is available on the website of the company (weblink: same are provided under note 10 in standalone financial statements
www.cholamandalam.com/csr-policy.aspx). and notes 12 and 45 in consolidated financial statements of the
company for the year ended 31 March, 2019.
As per the provisions of the Act, the company is required to
spend at least 2% of the average net profits of the company made DISCLOSURE OF REMUNERATION
during the three immediately preceding financial years. This
The disclosure with respect to remuneration as required under
amount aggregated to ` 23.06 crores and the company spent
section 197 of the Act read with rule 5 of the Companies
` 23.07 crores towards CSR activities during FY 19, the details of (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules,
which are annexed to and forms part of this report. 2014 is attached and forms part of this report.
INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS PARTICULARS OF EMPLOYEES
Internal control framework including clear delegation of authority In accordance with section 136 of the Act, the report and accounts
and standard operating procedures are established and laid out is being sent to the members and others entitled thereto. The
across all businesses and functions. These are reviewed periodically statement prescribed under rule 5(2) and 5(3) of the Companies
at all levels. The company has a co-sourced model of internal audit. (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel)
The risk and control matrices are reviewed on a quarterly basis and Rules, 2014 is available for inspection at the registered office of
control measures are tested and documented. These measures the company during the business hours on working days of the
have helped in ensuring the adequacy of internal financial controls company. If any member is interested in obtaining a copy, such
commensurate with the scale of operations of the company. member may write to the company secretary in this regard.
29
COMPLIANCE WITH SECRETARIAL STANDARDS ON CHOLAMANDALAM HOME FINANCE LIMITED (CHFL)

BOARD AND GENERAL MEETINGS
The name of Cholamandalam Distribution Services Limited was
The company has complied with all the provisions of secretarial changed to Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited with effect
standards issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India in from 27 April, 2018 to reflect the proposed new housing finance
respect of meetings of the board of directors and general meetings business of the company. During the year, the company applied
held during the year.
for Housing Finance Company (HFC) license with National Housing
INTERNAL COMPLAINTS COMMITTEE Bank (NHB) and the license from NHB is awaited.
The company has in place a policy for prevention of sexual CHFL recorded a gross income of ` 41.24 crores for the year ended
harassment in line with the requirements of the Sexual 31 March, 2019 and made a loss before tax of ` 10.53 crores as
Harassment of Women at the Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition
against a PBT of ` 6.78 crores in the previous year. CHFL did not
and Redressal) Act, 2013 (POSH Act). The company has complied
declare any dividend during the year.
with the provisions relating to constitution of internal complaints
committee (ICC) under the POSH Act. ICC has been set up to redress WHITE DATA SYSTEMS INDIA PRIVATE LIMITED (WDSI)
complaints received regarding sexual harassment. All employees
During the year, the shareholding of the company in WDSI reduced
are covered under this policy. During the year the company
from 63% to 31% consequent to TVS Logistics Services Limited
conducted workshops for employees creating awareness about
POSH Act. During the calendar year ended 31 December, 2018, taking a majority stake in WDSI. Consequently, status of WDSI
there were no referrals received by ICC. changed from subsidiary to associate effective 1 October, 2018.
WDSI recorded a gross income of ` 52.12 crores (unaudited) for
HIGHLIGHTS OF PERFORMANCE OF SUBSIDIARIES /
the year ended 31 March, 2019 and made a loss of ` 4.21 crores
ASSOCIATES
(unaudited) as against a loss of ` 4.50 crores in the previous year.
CHOLAMANDALAM SECURITIES LIMITED (CSEC) WDSI did not declare any dividend during the year.
During the year, the securities business and wealth business
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
merged its operations with focus to build profitable
relationships with retail and emerging high networth individual The directors wish to thank the company’s customers, vehicle
clients. The company achieved an income of ` 22.02 crores for manufacturers, vehicle dealers, channel partners, banks, mutual
the year ended 31 March, 2019 as against ` 19.68 crores in the funds, rating agencies and shareholders for their continued
previous year. The Mutual fund AUM crossed ` 1,130 crores. support. The directors also thank the employees of the company
CSEC recorded a gross income of ` 22.02 crores for the year for their contribution to the company’s operations during the year
ended 31 March, 2019 and made a PBT of ` 2.68 crores as against under review.
a PBT of ` 3.41 crores in the previous year. During the year, CSEC
obtained corporate agency (composite) license from Insurance On behalf of the board
Regulatory and Development Authority (IRDA) to carry on the
insurance distribution business. CSEC did not declare any dividend Place : Chennai M.M. Murugappan
during the year. Date : April 27, 2019 Chairman
30
Management Reports
Directors’ Responsibility
Statement
The board of directors have instituted / put in place a framework of internal financial controls and compliance systems, which is reviewed
by the management and the relevant board committees, including the audit committee and independently reviewed by the internal,
statutory and secretarial auditors.
Pursuant to section 134(5) of the Companies Act, 2013, the board of directors, confirm that:
(i) in the preparation of the annual accounts, the applicable accounting standards have been followed and that there were no material
departures therefrom;
(ii) they have, in the selection of the accounting policies, consulted the statutory auditors and have applied their recommendations
consistently and made judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of
affairs of the company as at 31 March, 2019 and of the profit of the company for the year ended on that date;
(iii) they have taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions
of the Companies Act, 2013, for safeguarding the assets of the company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other
irregularities;
(iv) they have prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis;
(v) they have laid down internal financial controls to be followed by the company and that such internal financial controls are adequate
and were operating effectively during the year ended 31 March, 2019; and
(vi) proper system has been devised to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were
adequate and operating effectively during the year ended 31 March, 2019.
On behalf of the board
Place : Chennai M.M. Murugappan

Date : April 27, 2019 Chairman
31
Annexure-I
Secretarial Audit Report
for the financial year ended 31 March, 2019
[Pursuant to section 204(1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule No.9 of the Companies (Appointment
and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014 and Regulation 24A of the SEBI (Listing
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements), Regulations, 2015 as amended]
To (v) The following Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the
The Members, Securities and Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (‘SEBI Act’):-
CHOLAMANDALAM INVESTMENT AND FINANCE COMPANY LIMITED a) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial
Dare House, No. 2, N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai – 600001 Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011;
We have conducted the Secretarial Audit of the compliance b) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of
of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to good Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;
corporate practices by CHOLAMANDALAM INVESTMENT AND
c)
The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of
FINANCE COMPANY LIMITED [Corporate Identification Number:
Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2009 &
L65993TN1978PLC007576] (hereinafter called “the Company”).
Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and
Secretarial Audit was conducted in a manner that provided us a
Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018;
reasonable basis for evaluating the corporate conducts/statutory
compliances and expressing our opinion thereon. d) The Employee Stock Option Plan, 2016 approved under the
Based on our verification of the company’s books, papers, minute Securities Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee
books, forms and returns filed and other records maintained and Benefits) Regulations, 2014 and the Employee Stock Option
also the information provided by the company, its officers, agents Scheme, 2007 approved under the Securities Exchange
and authorized representatives during the conduct of secretarial Board of India (Employee Stock Option Scheme and
audit, we hereby report that in our opinion, the company has, Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines, 1999;
during the audit period covering the financial year ended on e) The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and
31st March, 2019 complied with the statutory provisions listed Listing of Debt Securities) Regulations, 2008;
hereunder and also that the company has proper Board-processes f )
The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Registrars
and compliance mechanism in place to the extent, in the manner to an Issue and Share Transfer Agents) Regulations, 1993
and subject to the reporting made hereinafter: regarding the Companies Act and dealing with client;
We have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and g) The Company has not delisted its Securities from any of
returns filed and other records maintained by the company for the Stock Exchanges in which it is listed during the period
the financial year ended on 31st March, 2019 according to the under review and hence the requirement of complying
provisions of: with the provisions of the Securities and Exchange Board
(i) The Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the rules made there of India (Delisting of Equity Shares) Regulations, 2009 does
under; not arise; and
(ii) The Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956 (‘SCRA’) and the h) The company has not bought back any Securities during
rules made there under; the period under review and hence the requirement
(iii) The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and Bye-laws of complying with the provisions of the Securities and
framed there under; Exchange Board of India (Buyback of Securities) Regulations,
1998 & Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of
(iv) During the year under review, the Company has complied with Securities) Regulations, 2018 does not arise;
the provisions of Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999
and the rules and regulations made there under to the extent (vi) The Other Laws specifically applicable to the Company are –
of External Commercial Borrowings. There is no Foreign Direct a)
Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, Rules, Regulations,
Investment and Overseas Direct Investment during the year guidelines, circulars, directions, notifications made
under review. thereunder.
32
Management Reports
b) Non-Banking Financial (Non-Deposit Accepting or Holding) board through video conferencing were properly convened and
Companies Prudential Norms (Reserve Bank) Directions, recorded in compliance with the provisions of Section 173 (2) of the
2007 Companies Act, 2013 read with Rule 3 of Companies (Meetings of
c) NBFC Auditors Report Reserve Bank Directions, 1998 Board and its Powers) Rules, 2014 relating to businesses that have
been transacted through Video Conferencing / Audio Visual means.
d) Guidelines for Asset – Liability Management (ALM) system
in NBFC’s Based on the verification of the records and minutes, the decisions
were carried out with the consent of the Board of Directors /
e) NBFC Public Deposits RBI Directions 1998
Committee Members and no Director / Member dissented on the
We believe that the audit evidence which we have obtained is decisions taken at such Board / Committee Meeting.
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
We further report that based on the review of compliance
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according
mechanism established by the Company and on the basis of our
to explanations given to us, we believe that the compliance
review and audit of the records and books, we are of the opinion
management system of the Company is adequate to ensure
that the management has adequate systems and processes
compliance of laws as mentioned above.
commensurate with its size and operations, to monitor and ensure
With respect to the applicable financial laws such as direct and compliance with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines.
indirect tax laws, based on the information & explanations provided
We further report that the above mentioned Company being a
by the management and officers of the Company and certificates
Listed entity this report is also issued pursuant to Regulation 24A of
placed before the Board of Directors, we report that adequate
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
systems are in place to monitor and ensure compliance.
2015 as amended and circular No.CIR/CFD/CMD1/27/2019 dated
We have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses / 8th February, 2019 issued by Securities and Exchange Board of India.
regulations of the following:
We further report that as per the information and explanations
(i) Secretarial Standards with respect to Meetings of Board of provided by the Management, the Company does not have any
Directors (SS-1) and General Meetings (SS-2) issued by the material unlisted subsidiary (ies) Incorporated in India as defined in
Institute of Company Secretaries of India. Regulation 16(1)(c) and Regulation 24A of SEBI (Listing Obligations
(ii) The Uniform Listing Agreement entered into with BSE Limited and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 during the period
and the National Stock Exchange of India Limited pursuant to under review.
the provisions of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure We further report that during the audit period, the Company has
Requirements) Regulations, 2015.
1. Obtained the approval of the Board of Directors at their meeting
During the period under review, the company has complied with held on 31st May, 2018 for the approval of Equity infusion up to
the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, Guidelines, Standards, an amount not exceeding ` 50 crores in one or more tranches
etc. as mentioned above. in Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited, a wholly owned
We further report that subsidiary.
The Board of Directors of the company is duly constituted with Obtained the approval of the members at the Annual General
2.
proper balance of Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Meeting held on 26th July, 2018 to borrow up to ` 60,000 Crores
Independent Directors. The changes in the composition of Board under section 180(1)(c) of the Companies Act, 2013.
of Directors that took place during the period under review were 3.
Issued secured redeemable non-convertible debentures for
carried out in the compliance with the provisions of the Act. ` 3,059.40 crores and unsecured redeemable non-convertible
Adequate notice is given to all directors before schedule of the Board debentures for ` 821 crores.
Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent at least 4. Redeemed secured redeemable non-convertible debentures
seven days in advance and a system exists for seeking and obtaining for ` 4,678 crores and unsecured redeemable non-convertible
further information and clarifications on the agenda items before debentures for ` 186.50 crores.
the meeting and for meaningful participation at the meeting.
Notes on agenda which are circulated less than the specified For R. Sridharan & Associates
period, the necessary compliances under the Act and Secretarial Company Secretaries
Standards on Board Meeting are complied with. There are certain
CS. R. Sridharan
businesses which can be transacted through Video Conferencing
CP No. 3239
/ Audio Visual means as provided under the Companies Act,
Place : Chennai FCS No. 4775
2013 and the relevant Rules made there under. Such meetings of
Date : April 27, 2019 UIN : S2003TN063400
33
Annexure-II
Form No. MGT-9-Extract of Annual Return
As on the financial year ended 31 March, 2019
[Pursuant to section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the Companies (Management
and Administration) Rules, 2014]
I. REGISTRATION AND OTHER DETAILS
1) Corporate Identity Number (CIN) L65993TN1978PLC007576
2) Registration Date 17 August, 1978
3) Name of the Company Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
4) Category / Sub-Category of the Company Public Company / Limited by shares
5) Address of the Registered office and contact details "Dare House", No.2, N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai 600 001
Phone: 044 40907172 (bd.) 40907055 (d); Fax: 044 25346464
E-mail: sujathap@chola.murugappa.com
investors@chola.murugappa.com
6) Listed Company (Yes / No) Yes
7) Name, address and contact details of Registrar and Karvy Fintech Private Limited
transfer agent, if any (Unit: Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited)
Karvy Selenium Tower B, Plot 31-32, Gachibowli, Financial District
Financial District Nanakramguda,
Hyderabad - 500 032, Telangana
Phone: 040-67161514; Toll free: 1800-345-4001; Fax: 040-23420814
E-mail: einward.ris@karvy.com
Contact person: Mrs. Varalakshmi P - Asst. General Manager - RIS
II. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY

All the business activities contributing 10% or more of the total turnover of the company are given below
SN. Name and description of main NIC code of the product / service* % to total turnover
products / services of the company
1. Financial services - Lending Section K - Group 649 - Other Financial Service activities, 97.49%
except insurance and pension funding activities
*As per National Industrial Classification, Ministry of Statistics and Programme Implementation
III. PARTICULARS OF HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY AND ASSOCIATE COMPANIES

SN. Name and address of the Company CIN / GLN Holding / Subsidiary % of shares Applicable
/ Associate held section
1. Cholamandalam Securities Limited U65993TN1994PLC028674 Subsidiary company 100.00% Section
Dare House, No.2, N.S.C. Bose Road, 2(87)
Parrys, Chennai 600 001
2. Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited U67190TN2000PLC045617 Subsidiary company 100.00% Section
Dare House, No.2, N.S.C. Bose Road, 2(87)
Parrys, Chennai 600 001
3. White Data Systems India Private Limited U72200TZ2015PTC021273 Subsidiary Company 63.00% Section
Old No. 24, New No. 39, Periaswamy Road, up to 30-Sep 2018 2(87)
(East), R S Puram, Coimbatore 641 002 Associate Company 31.00% Section
Since 1-Oct 2018 2(6)
34
Management Reports
IV. SHAREHOLDING PATTERN (Equity Share Capital Breakup as percentage of Total Equity)
(i) Category-wise Shareholding:
S. No Category of No. of Shares held at the beginning No. of Shares held at the end %
Shareholder of the year 01-04-2018 of the year 31-03-2019 Change
during
Demat Physical Total % to Demat Physical Total % to the year
No. of total no. No. of total no.
Shares of shares Shares of shares
(A) PROMOTER AND PROMOTER GROUP
(1) INDIAN
(a) Individual / HUF 28,95,836 - 28,95,836 1.85 25,96,069 - 25,96,069 1.66 (0.19)
(b)
Central Government - - - - - - - - -
/State Government(s)
(c) Bodies Corporate 7,96,87,304 - 7,96,87,304 50.97 7,96,72,304 - 7,96,72,304 50.95 (0.02)
(d)
Financial Institutions - - - - - - - - -
/ Banks
(e) Others 3,73,380 - 3,73,380 0.24 6,93,877 - 6,93,877 0.44 0.21
Sub-Total A(1) : 8,29,56,520 - 8,29,56,520 53.06 8,29,62,250 - 8,29,62,250 53.06 0.00
(2) FOREIGN
(a) Individuals (NRIs/ - - - - - - - - -
Foreign Individuals)
(b)
Bodies Corporate - - - - - - - - -
(c)
Institutions - - - - - - - - -
(d)
Qualified Foreign - - - - - - - - -
Investor
(e)
Others - - - - 2,578 - 2,578 0.00
0.00
Sub-Total A(2) : - - - - 2,578 - 2,578 0.00 0.00
Total A=A(1)+A(2) 8,29,56,520 - 8,29,56,520 53.06 8,29,64,828 - 8,29,64,828 53.06 0.00
(B) PUBLIC SHAREHOLDING
(1) INSTITUTIONS
(a) Mutual Funds /UTI 2,47,90,593 100 2,47,90,693 15.86 2,52,98,486 100 2,52,98,586 16.18 0.32
(b) Financial Institutions 17,540 - 17,540 0.01 49,930 - 49,930 0.03 0.02
/Banks
(c)
Central Government - - - - - - - - -
/ State Government(s)
(d) Venture Capital Funds - - - - - - - - -
(e) Insurance Companies - - - - - - - - -
(f ) Foreign Institutional 3,16,52,050 - 3,16,52,050 20.25 2,96,21,286 - 2,96,21,286 18.94 (1.31)
Investors
(g)
Foreign Venture - - - - - - - - -
Capital Investors
(h) Qualified Foreign - - - - - - - - -
Investor
35
(i) Category-wise Shareholding (Contd.)
S. No Category of No. of Shares held at the beginning No. of Shares held at the end %
Shareholder of the year 01-04-2018 of the year 31-03-2019 Change
during
Demat Physical Total % to Demat Physical Total % to the year
No. of total no. No. of total no.
Shares of shares Shares of shares
(i) Others - Alternate 10,38,127 - 10,38,127 0.66 11,87,149 - 11,87,149 0.76 0.10
Investment Funds
Sub-Total B(1) : 5,74,98,310 100 5,74,98,410 36.12 5,61,56,851 100 5,61,56,951 35.92 (0.20)
(2) NON-INSTITUTIONS
(a) Bodies Corporate 52,33,129 2,647 52,35,776 3.35 63,83,219 1,997 63,85,216 4.08 0.73
(b) Individuals
(i) Individuals holding 71,77,506 3,48,985 75,26,491 4.81 83,62,838 2,76,689 86,39,527 5.53 0.72
nominal share capital
upto ` 1 lakh
(ii) Individuals holding 18,88,619 - 18,88,619 1.21 12,56,062 - 12,56,062 0.80 (0.41)
nominal share capital
in excess of ` 1 lakh
(c) Others
Clearing Members 3,72,005 - 3,72,005 0.24 1,41,776 - 1,41,776 0.09 (0.15)
Foreign Nationals 529 - 529 0.00 370 - 370 0.00 0.00
IEPF 53,173 - 53,173 0.03 58,260 - 58,260 0.04 0.01
NBFC 43,183 - 43,183 0.03 59,596 - 59,596 0.04 0.01
Non Resident Indians 3,11,784 9,702 3,21,486 0.21 3,22,015 7,702 3,29,717 0.21 0.00
Non Resident Indians 11,51,170 - 1,51,170 0.10 2,03,618 - 2,03,618 0.13 0.03
- Non-repatriable
Trusts 2,84,009 - 2,84,009 0.18 1,63,192 - 1,63,192 0.10 (0.08)
(d)
Qualified Foreign - - - - - - - - -
Investor
Sub-Total B(2) : 1,55,15,107 3,61,334 1,58,76,441 10.16 1,69,50,946 2,86,388 1,72,37,334 11.02 0.86
Total B=B(1)+B(2): 7,30,13,417 3,61,434 7,33,74,851 46.94 7,31,07,797 2,86,488 7,33,94,285 46.94 0.00
Total (A+B) 15,59,69,937 3,61,434
15,63,31,371 100.00
15,60,72,625 2,86,488
15,63,59,113 100.00 0.00
(C) Shares held by - - - - - - - - -
custodians, against
which Depository
Receipts have been
issued
(1)
Promoter and - - - - - - - - -
Promoter Group
(2)
Public - - - - - - - - -
GRAND TOTAL 15,59,69,937 3,61,434
15,63,31,371 100.00
15,60,72,625 2,86,488
15,63,59,113 100.00 0.00
(A+B+C)
36
Management Reports
(ii) Shareholding of promoters and promoter group:
SN. Shareholder’s Name Shareholding at the beginning Shareholding at the end of the year %
of the year change
No. of % of total % of Shares No. of % of total % of Shares in share
holding Shares Shares Pledged / Shares Shares Pledged /
during of the encumbered of the encumbered
company to total company to total the year
shares shares

PROMOTERS
1. M. V. Murugappan (HUF) - - - - - - -
2. M. V. Murugappan holds shares jointly - - - - - - -
with M. A. Alagappan and
M. M. Murugappan
3. M. V. Subbiah 3,14,925 0.20 - 3,14,925 0.20 - 0.00
4. S. Vellayan 2,45,493 0.16 - 2,45,493 0.16 - 0.00
5. A. Vellayan 27,157 0.02 - 27,157 0.02 - 0.00
6. V. Narayanan 50,800 0.03 - 50,800 0.03 - 0.00
7. V. Arunachalam 48,503 0.03 - 48,503 0.03 - 0.00
8. A. Venkatachalam 41,921 0.03 - 41,921 0.03 - 0.00
9. Arun Venkatachalam 80,750 0.05 - 80,750 0.05 - 0.00
10. M. M. Murugappan 18,418 0.01 - 4,207 0.00 - (0.01)
11.
M. M. Veerappan - - - - - - -
12. M. M. Muthiah - - - - - - -
13.
M. M. Venkatachalam 94,826 0.06 - - - -
(0.06)
14.
M. V. Muthiah - - - - - -
15.
M. V. Subramanian - - - - - -
16. M. A. Alagappan 5,63,546 0.36 - 5,63,546 0.36 - (0.05)
17. Arun Alagappan 1,90,000 0.12 - 1,90,000 0.12 - 0.00
18. M. A. M. Arunachalam 10,000 0.01 - 13,000 0.01 - 0.00
19. E.I.D. Parry (India) Ltd. 393 0.00 - 393 0.00 - 0.00
20. Coromandel International Ltd. - - - - - -
21. New Ambadi Estates Pvt. Ltd. - - - - - -
22. Ambadi Enterprises Ltd. 58,276 0.04 - 58,276 0.04 - 0.00
23. Ambadi Investments Ltd. 72,19,374 4.62 - 69,19,374 4.43 - (0.18)
(Formerly Ambadi Investments
Private Limited)
24. Tube Investments of India Limited - - - - -
25. Cholamandalam Financial 7,22,33,019 46.21 - 7,25,33,019 46.39 - 0.18
Holdings Limited (Formerly known
as TI Financial Holdings Limited)
26. Carborundum Universal Ltd. 100 0.00 - 100 0.00 - 0.00
27. Murugappa & Sons
(M. V. Murugappan, M. A. Alagappan - - - - - - 0.00
and M. M. Murugappan hold shares
on behalf of the Firm)
PROMOTER (A) 8,11,97,501 51.94 - 8,10,91,464 51.86 - (0.08)
PROMOTER GROUP (B) 17,59,019 1.13 - 18,73,364 1.20 - 0.07
TOTAL (A)+(B) 8,29,56,520 53.06 - 8,29,64,828 53.06 - 0.00
37
(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding (please specify, if there is no change):
SN. Shareholding at the beginning Cumulative

of the year Shareholding during the year
No. of Shares % of total No. of Shares % of total
Shares of the Shares of the
company company
1. At the beginning of the year - promoter 8,11,97,501 51.94 - -

2. Date wise increase / decrease in Promoters’ Shareholding
during the year specifying the reasons for increase / decrease
i Ambadi Investment Limited
At the beginning of the year 72,19,374 4.62
19-Sep-18 - Market sale of shares (3,00,000) (0.18) 8,08,97,501 51.75
ii Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited
(Formerly TI Financial Holdings Limited)
At the beginning of the year 7,22,33,019 46.20
19-Sep-18 - Purchase of shares 3,00,000 0.19 8,11,97,501 51.94
iii M.A.M. Arunachalam
At the beginning of the year 10,000 0.006
14-Nov-18 - Purchase of shares 3,000 0.002 8,12,00,501 51.94
iv M.M. Murugappan
31-Dec-18 - Disposal by way of settlement in favour of (9,211) (0.006) 8,11,91,290 51.94
M/s. M.M. Veerappan Family Trust
26-Mar-19 - Disposal by way of settlement in favour of (5,000) (0.003) 8,11,86,290 51.93
M/s Meenakshi Murugappan Family Trust
v M.M. Venkatachalam
31-Dec-18 - Disposal by way of settlement in favour of (94,826) (0.061) 8,10,91,464 51.87
M/s. M.V. Subramanian Family Trust
3. At the end of the year - promoter 8,10,91,464 51.87
(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and Holders of GDRs and ADRs):
SN. Name of the Shareholding at the Date Increase/ Reason Cumulative shareholding
Share Holder beginning of the year Decrease during the year
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
No. of % of total No. of % of total
shares shares of shares shares of
the Company the Company
1. CARTICA CAPITAL 88,91,865 5.69
LTD 05-10-2018 2,33,007 Purchase 91,24,872 5.84
09-11-2018 1,28,217 Purchase 92,53,089 5.92
16-11-2018 (3,10,070) Sale 89,43,019 5.72
23-11-2018 (35,413) Sale 89,07,606 5.70
14-12-2018 (3,24,641) Sale 85,82,965 5.49
21-12-2018 (8,65,179) Sale 77,17,786 4.94
28-12-2018 (1,28,874) Sale 75,88,912 4.85
11-01-2019 (1,65,953) Sale 74,22,959 4.75
18-01-2019 (11,628) Sale 74,11,331 4.74
25-01-2019 (2,34,539) Sale 71,76,792 4.59
01-02-2019 (84,019) Sale 70,92,773 4.54
08-02-2019 (2,89,459) Sale 68,03,314 4.35
38
Management Reports
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
15-02-2019 (2,32,391) Sale 65,70,923 4.20
22-02-2019 (3,43,136) Sale 62,27,787 3.98
01-03-2019 (1,81,000) Sale 60,46,787 3.87
08-03-2019 1,00,000 Purchase 61,46,787 3.93
31-03-2019 - - 61,46,787 3.93
2. OPPENHEIMER 69,24,201 4.43
DEVELOPING 31-03-2019 - - 69,24,201 4.43
MARKETS FUND
3. HDFC TRUSTEE 54,69,493 3.5
COMPANY LTD - 04-05-2018 12,000 Purchase 54,81,493 3.51
A/C HDFC 06-07-2018 56,829 Purchase 55,38,322 3.54
MID - CAPOPPOR 14-09-2018 1,00,000 Purchase 56,38,322 3.61
28-09-2018 2,76,000 Purchase 59,14,322 3.78
05-10-2018 7,400 Purchase 59,21,722 3.79
12-10-2018 1,75,988 Purchase 60,97,710 3.90
19-10-2018 2,00,000 Purchase 62,97,710 4.03
16-11-2018 (9,000) Sale 62,88,710 4.02
28-12-2018 26,000 Purchase 63,14,710 4.04
04-01-2019 12,000 Purchase 63,26,710 4.05
18-01-2019 39,000 Purchase 63,65,710 4.07
25-01-2019 1,28,000 Purchase 64,93,710 4.15
01-02-2019 1,64,000 Purchase 66,57,710 4.26
08-02-2019 37,000 Purchase 66,94,710 4.28
15-02-2019 23,000 Purchase 67,17,710 4.30
22-02-2019 1,50,000 Purchase 68,67,710 4.39
01-03-2019 1,03,500 Purchase 69,71,210 4.46
31-03-2019 69,71,210 4.46
4. ADITYA BIRLA 51,02,978 3.26
SUN LIFE TRUSTEE 06-04-2018 50,000 Purchase 51,52,978 3.30
PRIVATE LIMITED A/C 06-04-2018 (11,325) Sale 51,41,653 3.29
13-04-2018 (1,00,000) Sale 50,41,653 3.22
20-04-2018 20,000 Purchase 50,61,653 3.24
20-04-2018 (45,205) Sale 50,16,448 3.21
11-05-2018 (14,021) Sale 50,02,427 3.20
18-05-2018 (75,706) Sale 49,26,721 3.15
25-05-2018 1,50,000 Purchase 50,76,721 3.25
25-05-2018 (1,61,800) Sale 49,14,921 3.14
08-06-2018 (6,627) Sale 49,08,294 3.14
03-08-2018 1,25,000 Purchase 50,33,294 3.22
03-08-2018 (1,00,000) Sale 49,33,294 3.16
28-09-2018 (90,991) Sale 48,42,303 3.10
05-10-2018 (2,71,875) Sale 45,70,428 2.92
12-10-2018 31,000 Purchase 46,01,428 2.94
12-10-2018 (1,01,911) Sale 44,99,517 2.88
39
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
19-10-2018 (78,522) Sale 44,20,995 2.83
02-11-2018 12,200 Purchase 44,33,195 2.84
21-12-2018 1,34,553 Purchase 45,67,748 2.92
15-02-2019 31,000 Purchase 45,98,748 2.94
15-02-2019 (25,000) Sale 45,73,748 2.93
01-03-2019 20,882 Purchase 45,94,630 2.94
29-03-2019 (6,911) Sale 45,87,719 2.93
31-03-2019 45,87,719 2.93
5. SBI LONG TERM 43,64,143 2.79
ADVANTAGE FUND 29-06-2018 14,100 Purchase 43,78,243 2.80
SERIES I 28-09-2018 (52,542) Sale 43,25,701 2.77
02-11-2018 9,400 Purchase 43,35,101 2.77
30-11-2018 19,850 Purchase 43,54,951 2.79
31-03-2019 43,54,951 2.79
6. RELIANCE CAPITAL 25,87,233 1.66
TRUSTEE COMPANY 06-04-2018 (1,48,500) Sale 24,38,733 1.56
LIMITED A/C 04-05-2018 (2,319) Sale 24,36,414 1.56
RELIANCE MUTUAL 11-05-2018 (1,00,458) Sale 23,35,956 1.49
FUND 18-05-2018 (8,042) Sale 23,27,914 1.49
01-06-2018 (1,20,000) Sale 22,07,914 1.41
08-06-2018 (10,000) Sale 21,97,914 1.41
15-06-2018 (2,000) Sale 21,95,914 1.40
29-06-2018 (2,37,500) Sale 19,58,414 1.25
06-07-2018 1,36,500 Purchase 20,94,914 1.34
06-07-2018 (1,47,000) Sale 19,47,914 1.25
20-07-2018 (1,41,000) Sale 18,06,914 1.16
27-07-2018 95,000 Purchase 19,01,914 1.22
27-07-2018 (5,92,984) Sale 13,08,930 0.84
03-08-2018 (67,000) Sale 12,41,930 0.79
10-08-2018 (42,500) Sale 11,99,430 0.77
28-09-2018 (2,06,221) Sale 9,93,209 0.64
05-10-2018 (96,672) Sale 8,96,537 0.57
12-10-2018 2,64,500 Purchase 11,61,037 0.74
12-10-2018 (4,72,432) Sale 6,88,605 0.44
19-10-2018 (51,500) Sale 6,37,105 0.41
26-10-2018 (1,27,000) Sale 5,10,105 0.33
02-11-2018 (86,000) Sale 4,24,105 0.27
07-12-2018 (19,077) Sale 4,05,028 0.26
14-12-2018 1,22,500 Purchase 5,27,528 0.34
14-12-2018 (2,22,870) Sale 3,04,658 0.19
11-01-2019 (9,500) Sale 2,95,158 0.19
18-01-2019 (22,000) Sale 2,73,158 0.17
25-01-2019 (11,000) Sale 2,62,158 0.17
01-02-2019 22,202 Purchase 2,84,360 0.18
08-02-2019 14 Purchase 2,84,374 0.18
40
Management Reports
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
08-02-2019 (4,000) Sale 2,80,374 0.18
15-02-2019 (44,500) Sale 2,35,874 0.15
22-02-2019 1 Purchase 2,35,875 0.15
22-02-2019 (24,000) Sale 2,11,875 0.14
01-03-2019 18 Purchase 2,11,893 0.14
01-03-2019 (13,000) Sale 1,98,893 0.13
08-03-2019 4,660 Purchase 2,03,553 0.13
08-03-2019 (15,500) Sale 1,88,053 0.12
15-03-2019 596 Purchase 1,88,649 0.12
22-03-2019 180 Purchase 1,88,829 0.12
29-03-2019 9,630 Purchase 1,98,459 0.13
31-03-2019 1,98,459 0.13
7. MATTHEWS INDIA 25,12,456 1.61
FUND 04-05-2018 (52,516) Sale 24,59,940 1.57
11-05-2018 (1,42,976) Sale 23,16,964 1.48
20-07-2018 (97,257) Sale 22,19,707 1.42
03-08-2018 1,43,103 Purchase 23,62,810 1.51
17-08-2018 39,961 Purchase 24,02,771 1.54
24-08-2018 4,426 Purchase 24,07,197 1.54
31-08-2018 15,818 Purchase 24,23,015 1.55
07-09-2018 81,705 Purchase 25,04,720 1.60
14-09-2018 96,253 Purchase 26,00,973 1.66
26-10-2018 66,082 Purchase 26,67,055 1.71
08-02-2019 20,110 Purchase 26,87,165 1.72
22-02-2019 7,119 Purchase 26,94,284 1.72
31-03-2019 26,94,284 1.72
8. SMALLCAP WORLD 22,98,000 1.47
FUND, INC 28-09-2018 (7,25,000) Sale 15,73,000 1.01
31-03-2019 15,73,000 1.01
9. HDFC STANDARD 16,37,049 1.05
LIFE INSURANCE 06-04-2018 3,000 Purchase 16,40,049 1.05
COMPANY LIMITED 06-04-2018 (48,000) Sale 15,92,049 1.02
13-04-2018 (34,151) Sale 15,57,898 1.00
04-05-2018 (17,268) Sale 15,40,630 0.99
11-05-2018 32,841 Purchase 15,73,471 1.01
18-05-2018 29,742 Purchase 16,03,213 1.03
25-05-2018 70,135 Purchase 16,73,348 1.07
01-06-2018 (319) Sale 16,73,029 1.07
29-06-2018 (44,486) Sale 16,28,543 1.04
06-07-2018 66,719 Purchase 16,95,262 1.08
13-07-2018 (863) Sale 16,94,399 1.08
20-07-2018 8,281 Purchase 17,02,680 1.09
24-08-2018 (84,471) Sale 16,18,209 1.04
31-08-2018 25,000 Purchase 16,43,209 1.05
14-09-2018 908 Purchase 16,44,117 1.05
41
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
21-09-2018 24,092 Purchase 16,68,209 1.07
28-09-2018 2,20,588 Purchase 18,88,797 1.21
05-10-2018 2,22,481 Purchase 21,11,278 1.35
12-10-2018 1,47,644 Purchase 22,58,922 1.44
19-10-2018 15 Purchase 22,58,937 1.44
26-10-2018 29,332 Purchase 22,88,269 1.46
02-11-2018 (49,562) Sale 22,38,707 1.43
09-11-2018 (344) Sale 22,38,363 1.43
16-11-2018 (13,921) Sale 22,24,442 1.42
23-11-2018 1,199 Purchase 22,25,641 1.42
30-11-2018 (2,056) Sale 22,23,585 1.42
07-12-2018 31,438 Purchase 22,55,023 1.44
14-12-2018 57 Purchase 22,55,080 1.44
21-12-2018 (43,920) Sale 22,11,160 1.41
28-12-2018 7 Purchase 22,11,167 1.41
04-01-2019 50,000 Purchase 22,61,167 1.45
11-01-2019 (50,751) Sale 22,10,416 1.41
18-01-2019 (11,313) Sale 21,99,103 1.41
25-01-2019 25,007 Purchase 22,24,110 1.42
01-02-2019 25,000 Purchase 22,49,110 1.44
08-02-2019 (690) Sale 22,48,420 1.44
15-02-2019 15 Purchase 22,48,435 1.44
01-03-2019 20 Purchase 22,48,455 1.44
15-03-2019 2,360 Purchase 22,50,815 1.44
22-03-2019 (37,836) Sale 22,12,979 1.42
29-03-2019 6,345 Purchase 22,19,324 1.42
29-03-2019 (62,155) Sale 21,57,169 1.38
31-03-2019 21,57,169 1.38
10. ICICI PRUDENTIAL 19,55,068 1.25
LIFE INSURANCE 06-04-2018 (30,042) Sale 19,25,026 1.23
COMPANY LTD 13-04-2018 2,482 Purchase 19,27,508 1.23
27-04-2018 (91,974) Sale 18,35,534 1.17
04-05-2018 112 Purchase 18,35,646 1.17
11-05-2018 (48,419) Sale 17,87,227 1.14
18-05-2018 (37,515) Sale 17,49,712 1.12
25-05-2018 (2,91,566) Sale 14,58,146 0.93
01-06-2018 (87,309) Sale 13,70,837 0.88
08-06-2018 27,017 Purchase 13,97,854 0.89
15-06-2018 (25,140) Sale 13,72,714 0.88
22-06-2018 7,201 Purchase 13,79,915 0.88
29-06-2018 15,868 Purchase 13,95,783 0.89
06-07-2018 32,588 Purchase 14,28,371 0.91
13-07-2018 9,805 Purchase 14,38,176 0.92
20-07-2018 (1,22,995) Sale 13,15,181 0.84
27-07-2018 (6,152) Sale 13,09,029 0.84
42
Management Reports
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
03-08-2018 37,749 Purchase 13,46,778 0.86
03-08-2018 (91,945) Sale 12,54,833 0.80
10-08-2018 (1,03,239) Sale 11,51,594 0.74
17-08-2018 3,280 Purchase 11,54,874 0.74
24-08-2018 8,737 Purchase 11,63,611 0.74
31-08-2018 21,484 Purchase 11,85,095 0.76
31-08-2018 (8,491) Sale 11,76,604 0.75
07-09-2018 11,337 Purchase 11,87,941 0.76
14-09-2018 1,55,278 Purchase 13,43,219 0.86
21-09-2018 1,01,790 Purchase 14,45,009 0.92
28-09-2018 14,882 Purchase 14,59,891 0.93
05-10-2018 (1,17,052) Sale 13,42,839 0.86
12-10-2018 (3,758) Sale 13,39,081 0.86
19-10-2018 82,205 Purchase 14,21,286 0.91
26-10-2018 4,034 Purchase 14,25,320 0.91
02-11-2018 3,911 Purchase 14,29,231 0.91
02-11-2018 (51,622) Sale 13,77,609 0.88
09-11-2018 88,911 Purchase 14,66,520 0.94
16-11-2018 (90,256) Sale 13,76,264 0.88
23-11-2018 28,716 Purchase 14,04,980 0.90
30-11-2018 4,221 Purchase 14,09,201 0.90
30-11-2018 (6,216) Sale 14,02,985 0.90
07-12-2018 67,000 Purchase 14,69,985 0.94
07-12-2018 (25,768) Sale 14,44,217 0.92
21-12-2018 3,337 Purchase 14,47,554 0.93
28-12-2018 35,939 Purchase 14,83,493 0.95
31-12-2018 3,284 Purchase 14,86,777 0.95
04-01-2019 22,811 Purchase 15,09,588 0.97
11-01-2019 1,29,505 Purchase 16,39,093 1.05
18-01-2019 2,313 Purchase 16,41,406 1.05
25-01-2019 (2,322) Sale 16,39,084 1.05
01-02-2019 8,800 Purchase 16,47,884 1.05
01-02-2019 (5,749) Sale 16,42,135 1.05
08-02-2019 14,522 Purchase 16,56,657 1.06
15-02-2019 1,349 Purchase 16,58,006 1.06
22-02-2019 25,293 Purchase 16,83,299 1.08
01-03-2019 (6,240) Sale 16,77,059 1.07
08-03-2019 (1,19,503) Sale 15,57,556 1.00
15-03-2019 (81,235) Sale 14,76,321 0.94
22-03-2019 (30,870) Sale 14,45,451 0.92
29-03-2019 (1,62,001) Sale 12,83,450 0.82
31-03-2019 12,83,450 0.82
11. L AND T MUTUAL 15,75,517 1.01
FUND TRUSTEE LTD- 06-04-2018 26,400 Purchase 16,01,917 1.02
L AND T INDIA VALUE 13-04-2018 (12,300) Sale 15,89,617 1.02
43
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
27-04-2018 21,600 Purchase 16,11,217 1.03
11-05-2018 24,800 Purchase 16,36,017 1.05
25-05-2018 10,000 Purchase 16,46,017 1.05
01-06-2018 (9,000) Sale 16,37,017 1.05
27-07-2018 (1,000) Sale 16,36,017 1.05
10-08-2018 1,00,000 Purchase 17,36,017 1.11
10-08-2018 (61,117) Sale 16,74,900 1.07
17-08-2018 (38,883) Sale 16,36,017 1.05
28-09-2018 1,19,883 Purchase 17,55,900 1.12
05-10-2018 26,500 Purchase 17,82,400 1.14
07-12-2018 26,200 Purchase 18,08,600 1.16
07-12-2018 (8,400) Sale 18,00,200 1.15
21-12-2018 (2,300) Sale 17,97,900 1.15
15-03-2019 15,000 Purchase 18,12,900 1.16
22-03-2019 57,200 Purchase 18,70,100 1.20
29-03-2019 73,300 Purchase 19,43,400 1.24
31-03-2019 19,43,400 1.24
12. UTI - LONG TERM 16,37,303 1.05
EQUITY FUND 13-04-2018 4,805 Purchase 16,42,108 1.05
(TAX SAVING) 20-04-2018 5,650 Purchase 16,47,758 1.05
27-04-2018 6,024 Purchase 16,53,782 1.06
27-04-2018 (27,000) Sale 16,26,782 1.04
04-05-2018 3,149 Purchase 16,29,931 1.04
11-05-2018 6,961 Purchase 16,36,892 1.05
11-05-2018 (5,785) Sale 16,31,107 1.04
18-05-2018 8,177 Purchase 16,39,284 1.05
29-06-2018 (16,160) Sale 16,23,124 1.04
20-07-2018 (10,840) Sale 16,12,284 1.03
27-07-2018 12,422 Purchase 16,24,706 1.04
03-08-2018 (24,976) Sale 15,99,730 1.02
10-08-2018 (1,00,000) Sale 14,99,730 0.96
17-08-2018 676 Purchase 15,00,406 0.96
24-08-2018 3,140 Purchase 15,03,546 0.96
24-08-2018 (1,80,000) Sale 13,23,546 0.85
07-09-2018 (17,000) Sale 13,06,546 0.84
14-09-2018 (4,672) Sale 13,01,874 0.83
19-10-2018 7,114 Purchase 13,08,988 0.84
19-10-2018 (18,000) Sale 12,90,988 0.83
16-11-2018 (55,983) Sale 12,35,005 0.79
30-11-2018 (51,623) Sale 11,83,382 0.76
07-12-2018 (13,817) Sale 11,69,565 0.75
14-12-2018 (13,183) Sale 11,56,382 0.74
21-12-2018 (36,000) Sale 11,20,382 0.72
44
Management Reports
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
15-03-2019 (18,000) Sale 11,02,382 0.71
29-03-2019 14,000 Purchase 11,16,382 0.71
31-03-2019 11,16,382 0.71
13. AXIS MUTUAL FUND 11,52,037 0.74
TRUSTEE LIMITED 06-04-2018 2,500 Purchase 11,54,537 0.74
A/C AXIS MUTUAL 13-04-2018 25,000 Purchase 11,79,537 0.75
FUND 11-05-2018 (3,14,500) Sale 8,65,037 0.55
01-06-2018 28,220 Purchase 8,93,257 0.57
01-06-2018 (21,500) Sale 8,71,757 0.56
08-06-2018 (1,208) Sale 8,70,549 0.56
29-06-2018 (9,000) Sale 8,61,549 0.55
13-07-2018 (16,500) Sale 8,45,049 0.54
20-07-2018 (1,46,220) Sale 6,98,829 0.45
10-08-2018 (13,508) Sale 6,85,321 0.44
24-08-2018 1,97,191 Purchase 8,82,512 0.56
07-09-2018 (13,000) Sale 8,69,512 0.56
21-09-2018 (173) Sale 8,69,339 0.56
28-09-2018 2,79,232 Purchase 11,48,571 0.73
05-10-2018 1,57,600 Purchase 13,06,171 0.84
12-10-2018 25,000 Purchase 13,31,171 0.85
12-10-2018 (1,000) Sale 13,30,171 0.85
26-10-2018 14,000 Purchase 13,44,171 0.86
09-11-2018 (25,042) Sale 13,19,129 0.84
23-11-2018 (44,037) Sale 12,75,092 0.82
30-11-2018 (31,000) Sale 12,44,092 0.80
07-12-2018 (1,805) Sale 12,42,287 0.79
21-12-2018 43,000 Purchase 12,85,287 0.82
21-12-2018 (26,000) Sale 12,59,287 0.81
04-01-2019 (9,718) Sale 12,49,569 0.80
11-01-2019 34,000 Purchase 12,83,569 0.82
08-02-2019 84,077 Purchase 13,67,646 0.87
08-02-2019 (1,695) Sale 13,65,951 0.87
15-02-2019 27,000 Purchase 13,92,951 0.89
01-03-2019 66,500 Purchase 14,59,451 0.93
22-03-2019 (300) Sale 14,59,151 0.93
29-03-2019 35,000 Purchase 14,94,151 0.96
31-03-2019 14,94,151 0.96
Notes:
1. The shares of the company are traded on a daily basis and hence the dates above refer to the beneficiary position dates.
2. The above list comprises Top 10 shareholders as on 01-04-2018 and as on 31-03-2019.
45
(v) Shareholding of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel (KMP):

Director / KMP beginning of the year Decrease during the year
(01-04-2018) in share (01-04-2018 to 31-03-2019)
holding
Directors:
1. Mr. M.M. Murugappan* 18,418 0.01
31-12-2018 (9,211) Interse transfer 9,207 0.006
26-03-2019 (5,000) Interse transfer 4,207 0.003
31-03-2019 4,207 0.003
2. Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan 10,000 0.006
31-03-2019 10,000 0.006
3. Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat 0 0
31-03-2019 0 0
4. Ms. Bharati Rao 0 0
31-03-2019 0 0
5. Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan$ 0 0
31-03-2019 0 0
6. Mr. Rohan Verma^ 0 0
31-03-2019 0 0
7. Mr. Arun Alagappan 1,90,000 0.122
31-03-2019 1,90,000 0.122
8. Mr. M.B.N. Rao@ 500 0.0003
31-03-2019 Not applicable
9. Mr. N. Srinivasan# 25,000 0.016
31-03-2019 Not applicable
KMP:
10. Mr. D. Arul Selvan 13,340 0.009
28-09-2018 1,500 Allotment of 14,840 0.009
shares on
exercise of
ESOPs
31-03-2019 14,840 0.009
11. Ms. P. Sujatha 16,527 0.011
31-03-2019 16,527 0.011
Note:
* - Appointed as an additional director effective 31 May, 2018 and as chairman effective 27 July, 2018.
$ - Appointed as an additional director effective 30 October, 2018.
^ - Appointed as an additional director effective 25 March, 2019.
@ - Retired at the close of 40th annual general meeting held on 26 July, 2018.
# - Resigned as executive vice chairman and managing director at the close of business hours of 18 August, 2018.
46
Management Reports
V. INDEBTEDNESS OF THE COMPANY INCLUDING INTEREST OUTSTANDING / ACCRUED BUT NOT DUE FOR PAYMENT:
` in lakhs
Secured Loans Unsecured Loans Deposits Total Indebtedness
excluding deposits
Indebtedness at the beginning of the financial year
i. Principal Amount (1) 31,74,211 5,73,310 - 37,47,521
ii. Interest due but not paid - - - -
iii. Interest accrued but not due 67,658 17,854 85,512
Total (i+ii+iii) 32,41,869 5,91,164 - 38,33,033
Change in indebtedness during the financial year
• Addition 26,86,187 15,87,665 - 42,73,852
• Reduction 16,69,579 13,74,700 - 30,44,279
Net Change 10,16,608 2,12,965 - 12,29,573
Indebtedness at the end of the financial year
i. Principal Amount (2) 41,90,819 7,86,275 - 49,77,094
ii. Interest due but not paid - - - -
iii. Interest accrued but not due 61,001 18,579 - 79,580
Total (i+ii+iii) 42,51,820 8,04,854 - 50,56,674
(1) net of unamortised charges 25,447 14,060 39,507

(2) net of unamortised charges 36,107 14,745 50,852
VI. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL

A. Remuneration to executive director(s) ` in lakhs
SN. Particulars of Remuneration N. Srinivasan, Arun Alagappan,
EVC & Managing Executive Director
Director (up to
18-Aug-2018)
1. Gross salary
(a) S alary as per provisions contained in section 17(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 - 285.96
(b) Value of perquisites u/s 17(2) of the Income-tax - 25.68
(c) Profits in lieu of salary under section 17(3) of the Income-tax Act, 1961 - -
2. Stock Option - -
3. Sweat Equity - -
4. Commission
- as % of profit - -
- others, specify - -
5. Others, please specify* 254.79 -
Total 254.79 311.64
Total remuneration paid to executive director(s) 566.43
Ceiling as per the Act 18,311.29
*Deputation Charges
47
B. Remuneration to other directors

` in lakhs
SN. Particulars of Remuneration Name of Directors
1. Independent Directors V. Srinivasa Bharati Rao Ashok N. Ramesh Rohan M.B.N. Rao Total
Rangan Kumar Barat Rajan Verma Amount

- Fee for attending board / 4.85 4.60 4.85 1.30 Nil 2.15 17.75
committee meetings
- Commission 7.50 7.50 7.50 3.14 0.14 4.81 30.59
- Others - - - - - - -
Total (1) 12.35 12.10 12.35 4.44 0.14 6.96 48.34
2. Other Non-Executive M.M. Murugappan Total Amount
Director (` in lakhs)
- Fee for attending board 2.85 2.85
committee meetings
- Commission 6.27 6.27
- Others - -
Total (2) 9.12 9.12
Total (B)=(1+2) 57.46
Total Managerial 57.46
Remuneration
Overall Ceiling as per the Act 1831.13
C. Remuneration to Key Managerial Personnel other than MD / Manager / WTD

` in lakhs
SN. Particulars of Remuneration Key Managerial Personnel Total
Company Secretary Chief Financial Officer
1. Gross salary
(a) Salary as per provisions contained in section 99.95 118.15 218.10
17(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961
(b) Value of perquisites u/s 17(2) of the 7.82 6.95 14.77
Income-tax Act, 1961
(c) Profits in lieu of salary under section 17(3) - - -
of the Income-tax Act, 1961
2. Stock Option*
(a) Allotment of Shares (including premium) - 15.15 -
(b) Share application money pending allotment - - -
3. Sweat Equity - - -
4. Commission
- as % of profit - - -
- others, specify - - -
5. Others, please specify
Total 107.77 125.10 232.87
* Total does not include the value of stock options.
VII. PENALTIES / PUNISHMENT / COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES AGAINST THE COMPANY / DIRECTORS / OFFICERS IN DEFAULT
There were no penalties, punishment or compounding of offences during the year ended 31 March, 2019.
48
Management Reports
Annexure-III
CSR Report
Annual Report on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) Activities
1. A brief outline of the company’s CSR policy, including in 7 states. It also conducted eye camps in Uttar Pradesh,
overview of projects or programs the company, undertakes Maharashtra, Gujarat, West Bengal, Karnataka, Madhya
and a reference to the website link to the CSR policy: Pradesh, Rajasthan, Delhi, Odisha and Tamil Nadu that
As one of the largest NBFCs, Chola believes that it has a focuses primarily on truckers’ eye health. More than 51,000
truck drivers have been screened for their eye health in
responsibility to fulfill towards the people and the environment
these camps. It was identified that almost 45% people from
in shaping a better future for the nation and enabling a better
trucking community suffer from cataract and poor vision.
life. Sustainable development forms an integral part of Chola’s
They have been provided with spectacles and referred for
corporate governance framework. Every year, we set aside
cataract surgery either free or at affordable cost.
a budget as per CSR norms for our programmes that are
structured to result in successful outcomes for marginalized 3) Improving the quality of education through arts and
communities and the environment. technology - Education takes a backseat in several rural
communities across Tamil Nadu, where the literacy rate
For Chola, the priority has always been people before products,
is poor, there is a growing number of school drop outs,
rendering services before profits and community welfare
school infrastructure is in a sad state and there are no
before commercial success. Our CSR initiatives are currently
alternative educational opportunities for these school
focused in 17 states Tamil Nadu, Karnataka, Telangana,
children. To facilitate access to quality education for the less
Maharashtra, Odisha, Rajasthan, Chhattisgarh, Delhi, Uttar
privileged children, Chola is presently working in Chennai,
Pradesh, Lakshadweep, Himachal Pradesh, Assam, Madhya
Villupuram, Nagercoil, Salem, Tiruvallur and Kanchipuram
Pradesh, West Bengal, Jharkhand, Bihar and Gujarat.
districts of Tamil Nadu. The focus is to make learning fun,
Company’s Strategic Directions concentrate on the overall development of the child, use
The key focus areas where development programmes have arts and technology to improve learning proficiency and
been initiated are: reduce school dropouts.
1) Access to quality health care services - In several rural and 4) Assured water supply to villages and towns - Water
remote areas across India, gaining access to quality health scarcity is a problem that people face every day not just
care services is a challenge. Bad road conditions and limited in the cities, more in the villages especially in the water
transport facilities make even primary healthcare facilities deficient states of Odhisa, Telangana, Madhya Pradesh and
inaccessible. Chola has taken a step forward to address Tamil Nadu. With a goal of providing sustainable water
this issue in certain parts of Uttar Pradesh, Delhi, Odisha supply to villages, towns and transport nagars, Chola has
and Tamil Nadu. Chola has implemented and supported facilitated installation of bore-wells, overhead tanks and
projects that take healthcare facilities to the doorsteps of reverse osmosis (RO) water purification plants. This has
communities. With the help of mobile medical vans and resulted in an assured water supply, awareness about
health camps that are regularly conducted, people living sustainable measures to save and use water and improved
in rural areas are able to get treatment for a wide range of health conditions of the local residents and the thousands
ailments and diseases. of users every day.
2) Eye & health camps for truck drivers - Truck drivers have 5) Environmental sustainability - Chola supports on
always been close to Chola’s heart and Chola is committed training programmes for conserving wildlife and thus part
to their overall wellbeing. Due to the intense working of the ecology, and specific infrastructural support for
conditions, truck drivers face various health issues like conserving wildlife endangered by extinction.
cataract, high blood pressure, diabetes, etc. Majority of 6) Rural development - Chola adopts villages and extends
truck drivers have not had any health screening in their interventions such as individual toilets, purified drinking
entire life. Chola has implemented a trucker’s health water facilities, toilets and water facilities in schools etc.
program and started vision centers (RAAHI Drishti Kendra) focussing on the upliftment of rural population.
49
7) Supporting children with disabilities - Chola believes touched upon the lives of everyone. This initiative focuses
that every child deserves not just good education but on the different situations where one speeds beyond the
also they have equal access to the best play opportunities. limits and the downsides of over speeding. The project
Chola has sponsored special playground equipment, spreads knowledge and awareness in 32 cities of 16 states
special furniture and other infrastructure for children with of India.
disabilities and special needs. Web link to the company’s CSR policy is as follows:
8) Road safety - During the calendar year 2016, the total https://www.cholamandalam.com/Company-policies.aspx
number of road accidents is reported at 4,80,652 and
claiming 1,50,785 lives in the country (source: Open 2. The composition of the CSR committee:
Government Data (OGD) Platform India). This would Ms. Bharati Rao, Chairperson (Independent Director)
translate, on an average, 55 accidents and 17 deaths every
Mr. M.M. Murugappan (Non-executive Director)
hour. Road accidents kill more people than any other
disease in India. Combined efforts from all stakeholders Mr. Arun Alagappan (Executive Director)
are likely to ensure a safe road environment for citizens 3. Average net profit of the company for last three financial
of the country. The stakeholders involved in the road years:
safety ecosystem can play an important role in reducing
` 1,15,321.74 lakhs
road accidents and deaths. This condition has created a
need to take initiatives toward a sustainable road safety 4. Prescribed CSR Expenditure (two per cent of the amount as
project which is of a continuous nature that speaks to their in item 3 above):
audience. Our endeavour in road safety Jaldi Kya Hai has ` 2,306.43 lakhs
5. Details of CSR spend during the financial year:

` in lakhs
Program Thematic Area State District Execution Amount
Partner
Mobile health van Health Assam Guwahati AMM 33.06
Promotion of healthcare services at Health TN Kanyakumari AMM 48.00
Valliammai Achi Hospital (VAH)
Infrastructure development of Sir Ivan Health TN Chennai AMM 507.22
Stedeford Hospital
Infrastructure development of VAH Health TN Kanyakumari AMM 199.94
Research and Development on sustainable Education TN Chennai MCRC 120.00
agricultural practices
Research and Development on nutritional Education TN Chennai MCRC 70.00
foods
Studies on Bioenergy from agro and other Education TN Chennai MCRC 47.00
wastes for rural India
Developing solar energy based devices Education TN Chennai MCRC 65.00
used in daily life by people
Research and development on climate Education TN Chennai MCRC 30.00
change mitigation
Studies on waste water treatment Education TN Chennai MCRC 33.00
Promotion of safe road safety behaviour Education TN Chennai Bhumi 409.63
Scholarship Program for children Education Karnataka Bengaluru Christel House 2.21
Samaveshi Shiksha - program for Children Education TN Vellore Worth trust 22.43
with disability
Enabling education for children Education TN Kancheepuram AID India 10.00
Scholarship Program for children Education TN Coimbatore Isha Vidhya 15.00
Education Program for youth Education TN Chennai IMCTF 37.50
Mobile health van Health TN Chennai Neurosciences 20.00
India
The Eye health camps for truck drivers Health Rajasthan PAN Rajasthan Aravalli 25.24
Conservation program in Nilgiris Hills Environment Sustainability TN Nilgiris Lovedale 20.00
RAAHI - Eye health camps for truck drivers Health PAN India PAN India Sightsavers 174.41
India
50
Management Reports
5. Details of CSR spend during the financial year: (Contd.)

` in lakhs
Program Thematic Area State District Execution Amount
Partner
Swachh Marathwada - phase II WASH Maharashtra Parbhani Bala Vikasa 19.89
and Hingoli
Swachh Marathwada - phase III WASH Maharashtra Lathur Bala Vikasa 14.85
Mobility and Children with disability Education Tamil Nadu Chennai United Way 28.05
Conservation of historical monument Arts and Crafts UP Allahabad Adi Sankara 10.00
Vimana
Promotion of arts and Culture Arts and Crafts TN Chennai Madras Crafts 25.00
Foundation
Promotion of arts and culture in Dakshinchitra Arts and Crafts TN Chennai Madras Crafts 25.00
Foundation
Conservation of arte facts Arts and Crafts TN Chennai Melattur Trust 1.00
Mismatches in Coastal fisheries Environment Sustainability Lakshdweep Lakshdweep NCF 20.84
Livelihood program in Spiti Environment Sustainability Himachal Pradesh Spiti NCF 24.86
Sports Scholarship program for Lawn Tennis Sports West Bengal Kolkata Enrico Pieperno 5.00
Swachh Odisha WASH Odisha Angul WEE 20.03
Conservation of Poondi Lake WASH TN Thiruvallur Voice 49.56
Foundation
EcoQuest Nature Discovery Centre Environment Sustainability Karnatka Mysore NCF 10.02
Scholarship Program for youth Education Tamil Nadu Chennai Samskriti Trust 80.00
Training for preventive health care Health Tamil Nadu Chennai SaGa 5.00
Admin Admin 78.13
Total 2306.87
a. Total amount to be spent for the financial year: ` 2,306.43 Lakhs

b. Amount unspent, if any: Nil
c. Manner in which the amount spent during the financial year is detailed below:
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

SN. CSR project or Sector in Projects or Amount Amount Cumulative Amount
activity identified which the program outlay spent on the expenditure spent: Direct
project is (1) Local area (budget) projects or up to the (D) or
covered or other projects or programs reporting through
(2) Specify programs wise Sub-heads: period implementing
the State and (1) Direct agency (IA)
district expenditure
where projects on projects
or program or programs
were undertaken (2) Overheads
` in lakhs
1 Mobile health van Health Assam 33.06 33.06 33.06 IA
Guwahati
2 Promotion of healthcare Health Tamil Nadu 48 48 48 IA
services at VAH Kanyakumari
3 Infrastructure development Health Tamil Nadu 507.22 507.22 507.22 IA
of Sir Ivan Stedeford Hospital Chennai
4 Infrastructure development Health Tamil Nadu 199.94 199.94 199.94 IA
of VAH Kanyakumari
5 Research and Development Education Tamil Nadu 120 120 120 IA
on sustainable agricultural Chennai
practices
51
c. Manner in which the amount spent during the financial year is detailed below: (Contd.)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

SN. CSR project or Sector in Projects or Amount Amount Cumulative Amount
or program or programs
were undertaken (2) Overheads
` in lakhs
6 Research and Development Education Tamil Nadu 70 70 70 IA
on nutritional foods Chennai
7 Studies on Bioenergy from Education Tamil Nadu 47 47 47 IA
agro and other wastes Chennai
for rural India
8 Developing solar energy Education Tamil Nadu 65 65 65 IA
based devices used in Chennai
daily life by people
9 Research and development Education Tamil Nadu 30 30 30 IA
on climate change mitigation Chennai
10 Studies on waste water Education Tamil Nadu 33 33 33 IA
treatment Chennai
11 Promotion of safe road Education Tamil Nadu 409.63 409.63 409.63 IA
safety behaviour Chennai
12 Scholarship program Education Karnataka 2.21 2.21 2.21 IA
for children Bengaluru
13 Samaveshi shiksha - program Education Tamil Nadu 22.43 22.43 22.43 IA
for children with disability Vellore
14 Enabling education Education Tamil Nadu 10 10 10 IA
for children Kancheepuram
15 Scholarship program Education Tamil Nadu 15 15 15 IA
for children Coimbatore
16 Education program for youth Education Tamil Nadu 37.50 37.50 37.50 IA
Chennai
17 Mobile health van Health Tamil Nadu 20 20 20 IA
Chennai
18 The eye health camps for Health Rajasthan 25.24 25.24 25.24 IA
truck drivers Chittorgarh
19 Conservation program Environment Tamil Nadu 20 20 20 IA
in Nilgiris Hills Sustainability Nilgiris
20 RAAHI - eye health camps Health PAN India 174.41 174.41 174.41 IA
for truck drivers
21 Swachh Marathwada- phase II WASH Maharashtra 19.89 19.89 19.89 IA
Parbhani & Hingoli
22 Swachh Marathwada- WASH Maharashtra 14.85 14.85 14.85 IA
phase III Lathur
23 Mobility and children with Education Tamil Nadu 28.05 28.05 28.05 IA
disability Chennai
24 Conservation of historical Arts and Crafts UP 10 10 10 IA
monument Allahabad
52
Management Reports
c. Manner in which the amount spent during the financial year is detailed below: (Contd.)
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8)

SN. CSR project or Sector in Projects or s Amount Amount Cumulative Amount
or programs
(2) Overheads
` in lakhs
25 Promotion of arts and Arts and Crafts Tamil Nadu 25 25 25 IA
culture Chennai
26 Promotion of arts and Arts and Crafts Tamil Nadu 25 25 25 IA
culture in Dakshinchitra Chennai
27 Conservation of artefacts Arts and Crafts Tamil Nadu 1 1 1 IA
Chennai
28 Mismatches in coastal Environment Lakshdweep 20.84 20.84 20.84 IA
fisheries Sustainability
29 Livelihood program in Spiti Environment Himachal Pradesh 24.86 24.86 24.86 IA
Sustainability Spiti
30 Sports Scholarship Sports West Bengal 5 5 5 IA
program for Lawn Tennis Kolkata
31 Swachh Odisha WASH Odisha 20.03 20.03 20.03 IA
Angul
32 Conservation of WASH Tamil Nadu 49.56 49.56 49.56 IA
Poondi Lake Thiruvallur
33 EcoQuest Nature Environment Karnataka 10.02 10.02 10.02 IA
Discovery Centre Sustainability Mysore
34 Scholarship Program Education Tamil Nadu 80 80 80 IA
for youth Chennai
35 Training for preventive Health Tamil Nadu 5 5 5 IA
health care Chennai
36 Admin Admin 78.13 78.13 78.13 D
Total 2,306.87 2,306.87 2,306.87
6. In case the company has failed to spend the two per cent of the average net profit of the last three financial years or any part
thereof, the company shall provide the reasons for not spending the amount in its Board’s report:
Not applicable
7. A responsibility statement of the CSR committee that the implementation and monitoring of CSR Policy, is in compliance with
CSR objectives and Policy of the company:
The CSR committee confirms that the implementation and monitoring of the CSR Policy is in compliance with the CSR objectives and
policy of the company.
Place : Chennai Arun Alagappan Bharati Rao

Date : April 27, 2019 Executive Director Chairperson - CSR Committee
53
Annexure-IV
Information under section 197(12) of the Companies Act, 2013 read with
Rule 5 of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial
Personnel) Rules, 2014 and forming part of the board’s report for the year
ended 31 March, 2019
Nature of Disclosure Particulars
Ratio of the remuneration of each Name of the Director / Designation
a) % increase of Ratio of
director to the median remuneration Remuneration in Remuneration to
of the employees of the company for 2019 as compared Median
the financial year to 2018# Remuneration of
employees
Non-Executive Directors
Mr. M.M. Murugappan, Non-executive Director / Chairman Nil 1.42:1
Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan, Non-executive Nil 1.42:1
/ Independent Director
Ms. Bharati Rao, Non-executive / Independent Director Nil 1.42:1
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat, Non-executive Nil 1.42:1
/ Independent Director
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan, Non-executive NA 1.42:1
/ Independent Director (Since 30 October, 2018)
Mr. Rohan Verma, Non-executive NA 1.42:1
/ Independent Director (Since 25 March, 2019)
Mr. M.B.N. Rao, Non-executive Nil 2.85:1
/ Independent Chairman (Up to 26 July, 2018)
Executive Directors
Mr. Arun Alagappan, Executive Director 10.19% 67.01:1
Mr. N. Srinivasan, Executive Vice Chairman 11.65% 77.78:1
and Managing Director (up to 18 August, 2018)

ercentage increase in remuneration Name of the KMP / Designation
b) P % increase
of CFO, CS in the financial year in remuneration
in 2019 as
compared to 2018
Mr. D. Arul Selvan, Chief Financial Officer 10.76%
Ms. P. Sujatha, Company Secretary 11.65%
Percentage increase in median 21% increase in median remuneration

c)
remuneration of employees in the
financial year
54
Management Reports
Nature of Disclosure Particulars

d)
Number of permanent employees 7,003
on the rolls of company (as of
31 March, 2019)
e) Average percentile increase already For employees other than managerial personnel who
made in the salaries of employees were in employment for the whole of FY 18 and FY 19,
other than the managerial personnel the average increase is 13.08%. The average increase for
in the last financial year and its managerial personnel is 10.92%.
comparison with the percentile
increase in the managerial
remuneration and justification
thereof and point out if there are
any exceptional circumstances
for increase in the managerial
remuneration
f ) Affirmation that the remuneration is The remuneration is in line with the remuneration policy
as per the remuneration policy of the of the company.
company
Note:
# Commission/Remuneration figures have been annualised.

55
Management Discussion
and Analysis
MACROECONOMIC OVERVIEW RBI will continue its liquidity enhancing activities like open market
operations (OMO), Swaps etc. leading to a softer interest regime.
The financial year 2019 was a year of two distinct halves. The
first half started on a positive note with tailwinds from smooth INDUSTRY GROWTH PROSPECTS
functioning of the goods and services tax (GST) infrastructure,
thrust to the rural and infrastructure sectors in the Union Budget AUTO INDUSTRY
2018-19, recapitalization of public sector banks and resolution of Domestic commercial vehicle (CV) Industry touched 10 lakh units
distressed assets under the Insolvency and Bankruptcy Code. Real in sales in FY 19. The industry delivered strong growth numbers
gross domestic product (GDP) growth surged to a nine-quarter during H1 of FY 19 following a healthy demand from freight
high of 8.2% in Q1, extending the sequential acceleration to four generation sectors and infrastructure pick-up. The adverse impact
successive quarters. due to tightening of financing following the liquidity crunch,
The second half was marked by the first black swan event in the higher fuel costs and weak freight rates affected CV demand in H2
economic history of modern India with few leading finance of FY 19. However the pace of decline has reduced over the past
companies defaulting on payments to its lenders. It was being few months, reflecting that the impact of liquidity crunch may have
compared to the global financial crisis in 2008, triggering panic in eased. Despite the drop in H2 of FY19, CV segment (comprising of
the markets. This triggered stress in the system and other lending medium and heavy commercial vehicle (MHCV), light commercial
entities that had exposures of concentrated nature like builder vehicle (LCV) and Buses) grew by 18% year-on-year (YOY). The
finance, corporate lending, loan against shares etc. also were seen growth has been across all these segments, with LCV registering
to be impacted. This default exposed Indian financial market to the the maximum growth at 21% (YOY).
financial risks in relation to the non-banking financial companies
(NBFCs). Credit flow to the sector declined ensuing severe liquidity While the outlook for H1 of FY 20 is not positive, for FY 20 as a whole
crunch. It had a direct effect on the real estate sector, which it is positive with potential pre-buying ahead of implementation of
depends significantly on NBFCs for growth and expansion. Risk Bharat Stage VI (BS-VI) emission norms (from April 2020 onwards).
aversion, tight liquidity conditions and decelerated global and As vehicle prices are expected to increase 10-12% post BS-VI
domestic economy were the hallmarks of second half. Domestic implementation, industry may witness pre-buying during the
economic activity decelerated for Q3 to 6.6% due to a slowdown in second half of FY 20. As it is mandated that BS-IV vehicles will not
consumption, both public and private. be allowed to be registered from April 2020, it is expected that
Globally, downward revisions in growth rates were observed in auto original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) will slow down
most of the countries. After peaking at close to 4% in 2017, global production of BS-IV vehicles well before the deadline, leading to
growth hovered at 3.8% in the first half (H1) of 2018, but dropped to higher demand in H2. The implementation of scrappage policy
3.2% in the second half (H2) of the year. The International Monetary is pushed to April 2020, coinciding with implementation of
Fund (IMF) has projected that global growth will be 3.3% in 2019. BS-VI norms. The impact is expected to be minimal as this policy is
applicable for vehicles older than 20 years and there are very few
Outlook for Indian economy for financial year (FY 20) is positive.
MHCV vehicles that have a life of 20 years and above. Besides this,
Favourable factors such as an increase in financial flows to the
other factors like higher replacement demand and e-commerce
commercial sector, stabilisation of crude oil and other commodity
prices, consumption and investment enhancing proposals in the growth will be key drivers for growth in the LCV segment in
Union Budget 2019-20, and the expectation of a normal monsoon FY 20. Replacement demand from state road transport undertakings
are expected to boost economic activity. GDP growth is projected (SRTUs), growth in urban population, demand from schools,
at 7.2% - in the range of 6.8% - 7.1% in H1:2019-20 and 7.3% - 7.4% intercity travel operators and improvement of public transport
in H2 with risks evenly balanced. Strong macro-economic system across various cities will be key drivers for growth in the
fundamentals and recent shift in central banks focus from bus segment. Expected improvement in Industrial GDP and pick up
inflationary concerns to sustaining growth momentum will augur in road construction and infrastructure activities will be other key
well for the healthy growth path of the economy. It is expected that factors driving growth for MHCV segment in FY 20.
56
Management Reports
Domestic Car and Utility Vehicle industry had a modest growth Due to recent liquidity crisis, there has been a slow-down in the
of 4% in FY 19. This is due to higher cost of ownership around housing finance credit growth in H2 FY 19. However, from the
6% - 8%, as compared to 2%-4%, average growth in cost of ownership demand stand point there is no slow down as pointed by industry
in last five years. Higher cost of ownership in the form of higher fuel reports. This provides opportunity for small and medium size housing
prices, insurance pay-outs and interest rates has impacted demand finance lenders with strong balance sheet and good credentials to
in FY 19. In FY 20, with income growth, affordability and increasing grow their book.
employment opportunities, vehicle penetration is expected to
The total housing credit portfolio is around ` 19 lakh crore and is
increase in the near term.
expected to grow especially in the affordable housing loans segment.
Tractor industry grew by 12% in FY 19 supported by normal Government’s tax incentives on home loans and subsidies under
monsoon and government support through subsidies and farm credit-linked subsidy scheme (CLSS) for economically weaker section,
loan waivers. Higher minimum support price set up by government lower and middle income groups have improved affordability levels
along with higher mandi prices for major crops improved the of the borrowers, and is likely to boost demand.
farm sentiments. Tractor sales is expected to grow in FY 20 as well,
Source: CRISIL, ICRA research
with government support by way of farm loan waivers and direct
farm income support. Government’s thrust towards doubling BUSINESS ANALYSIS
farm income, increasing spend towards irrigation, increasing
VEHICLE FINANCE
mechanization on farm fields and improving crop productivity is
expected to drive growth in long term. The Vehicle Finance (VF) business has demonstrated consistent
growth levels in terms of disbursements, business assets under
HOME EQUITY
management (AUM) and profit before tax (PBT) growth over the past
The loan against property (LAP) market grew by 23% between 5 years. The business grew disbursements by 21% and PBT by 28%
FY 14 to FY 17. While the market had been stagnant during the in FY 19. The disbursements during the year were ` 24,807 crores as
last two years due to demonetization, GST implementation and against ` 20,540 crores in the previous year. The PBT during the year
stagnant property prices, the tighter liquidity conditions prevailing was ` 1,278 crores as against ` 996 crores in the previous year. The
in the debt market since September 2018 added to the slow-down division continued its focus on strengthening its business operations
and the industry was able to grow only by 14% between FY 17 to and improving asset quality through aggressive collections efforts,
FY 19. The current market environment provides great opportunity which resulted in reduction of its gross stage 3 assets from 2.32% to
for select players with strong credentials and will eliminate frivolous 1.77%. (The numbers have been reported as per INDAS).
players.
The VF segment continues to have one of the best return on assets
LAP segment is predominantly funded to micro, small and medium (ROA) and asset quality amongst the players operating in similar
enterprises (MSME) sector and is expected to register better growth product segments. The business continues to capitalize on its
in the next 2 years. Slow growth in MSME credit by public sector people, process and technological capabilities to maximize ROA
undertakings (PSU) banks supported the LAP segment gaining by focusing on profitable market segments and devising suitable
share on the overall MSME credit and is at 23% of the overall MSME product offerings for each of the micro markets. Advanced data
credit. Demand for formal MSME credit is also expected to rise post mining techniques are utilized to build homogeneous clusters of
GST and with stabilization in property prices especially in Tier 2 and
customers and prospects for each product, geography and customer
3 cities, market is expected to grow.
category combination. Optimal sales and collections strategies are
The delinquency levels in this segment have also started stabilizing then deployed for each cluster to further continuous improvement.
after sharp rise in the earlier years. Average loan-to-value (LTV),
Efforts to build a future ready VF business are underway. Industry
ticket sizes and tenure are key determinants of asset quality. LAP
leading domain and strategy consulting firms have been engaged
book is expected to grow better in the near term as compared to
to create a highly productive workforce leveraging digital credit
previous years. The key demand drivers will be continued demand
underwriting, cost effective collections processes, and digital
for MSME credit through LAP, operating market and customer
backend operations. The company has designed a multi-pronged
segment, ticket sizes and LTV.
long term strategy to minimize the cost of operations, credit losses
HOME LOANS and maximize ROA and customer experience. Strategy execution
is being supported by dedicated teams of internal and external
The Indian housing finance market has grown rapidly, especially in
resources.
the affordable housing segment (30%+), with mortgage lending
significantly contributing to growth in construction and demand Significant investments are being made to digitize all activities
for housing. This growth was due to government support through throughout the tenure of the loan. Loan originations and
special schemes and higher growth in non-metro cities on account management systems are being continuously upgraded in
of improved transparency and higher focus by NBFCs and housing anticipation of current and future customer requirements.
finance companies (HFCs) in Tier II, III, IV cities and towns leading to Company’s management information system (MIS) and Analytics
higher finance penetration. infrastructure are being augmented.
57
The business will continue to expand and strengthen its existing The company working closely with a renowned global consultancy
relationships with customers, manufacturers, brokers and dealers, firm has jointly developed a long term strategic roadmap for Home
utilizing new tools and platforms such as Gaadi Bazaar an online Equity business. Digitization, process efficiency and data driven
market place which not only support best price discovery for used decisions are key components of the growth strategy. Industry
vehicles but will make the entire sale-purchase process seamless. data was churned to identify optimal growth locations for our
Credit and underwriting strategy is being entirely digitized to branches. Industry benchmarks were analysed to design the
swiftly launch new marketing and promotional campaigns while features on loan origination and loan management systems and
maintaining the risks under acceptable limits. New age vendors digitize the entire process with the end outcome of strengthening
are helping the company in this initiative. Risk based pricing and underwriting process, improving sales team productivity, effective
tailored customer delight strategies are being implemented to
DSA engagement, shorter turnaround time for the customer and
expand prospect universe to achieve our long term growth strategy
improving collection efficiency.
targets.
Keeping this in mind, the business expanded its branch
The business has increased its branch network to 901 branches by
network from 148 branches in March 2018 to 231 branches as of
end of this financial year (129 additional branches). This will support
March 2019 and will continue to expand geographically, reaching
in growing the market share and enhance dealer coverage. These
out to customers in the Tier 3 and Tier 4 cities to pursue further
branch expansions were in smaller towns and will help in acquiring
growth in the following years.
new customers and the closer proximity with the customers will help
in improving collection efficiency and increasing repeat business. HOME LOANS
HOME EQUITY Home Loans business (Affordable Housing) was started in 2013.
The year has been a come-back year for Home Equity (HE) The company through its wholly owned subsidiary
business with substantial improvements across key metrics such as Cholamandalam Home Finance Ltd. has made an application for
disbursements, business AUM and profits. Asset quality improved HFC certificate of registration with National Housing Bank (NHB). The
year on year with the Securitisation And Reconstruction of Financial business expects to obtain the same shortly. The Affordable Home
Assets and Enforcement of Security Interest Act, 2002 (SARFAESI) Loans (HL) business has increased the disbursement to ` 1,157 crores
resolutions yielding very good results to the bottom line. The credit during FY 19 as against ` 606 crores in FY 18, registering a growth
loss for the year FY 19 was a reversal of ` 4.25 crores levels and we of 91%. Managed Assets was at ` 1,912 crores in FY 19 as against
expect to sustain similar performance in next year as well. This is ` 984 crores in FY 18, registering a healthy growth of 94%. Since
primarily due to resolution of long overdue cases with the help of the asset base is low and there are huge opportunities ahead in this
legal recourse. segment we will be growing this segment into newer markets next
Managed assets for the business grew by 15% during FY 19 and year as well.
stood at ` 11,626 crores as against ` 10,095 crores during FY 18. The Government’s initiative of providing housing to all has been
The overall disbursements during FY 19 stood at ` 3,837 crores a fillip for the housing sector. Under the PMAY, opportunities of
as against ` 3,174 crores during FY 18, a growth of 21%. The PBT unprecedented scale have presented themselves and the need
grew by 38% and stood at ` 305 crores as against ` 221 crores of the hour is to build a Home Finance Company that leverages
in FY 18. This is primarily due to improved asset quality resulting digital, data and analytics, and agile tech platforms. To that effect
in reversals of credit losses. Gross Stage 3 assets dropped to
a yearlong project was initiated with multiple strategies and
5.53% in March 2019 from 6.63% in March 2018, due to multiple
technical consultants. Our product design team have built 5 new
factors such as, improvement in operating environment of the
products enabling us to cater to the current and future demand for
borrowers as demonetization and GST related headwinds waned,
affordable housing finance.
targeted strategies built on right ticket size for a given customer
type and geography combination, focus on direct selling agents As a next step we redesigned the “application to account” journey
(DSA) empanelment to increase the quality and quantity of leads which is now completely digital. A new loan origination system
generated, etc. A drive was launched to improve the number of “FALCON” was designed, empowering the company representatives
business partners sourcing new business for the company. Backend to provide conditional decision based on loan and applicant
processes were streamlined to deliver quick turn around and higher parameters captured at the clients’ location. Digitization of
acceptance rates for the new business sourced delivering win-win application process has a multiplier effect on employee productivity
solution for the company and DSAs. while providing an excellent customer experience. This in-house
The liquidity crisis witnessed in September 2018 forced banks, built system captures information from various sources which is
mutual funds and other fund providers to tighten lending to weaker then fed to custom underwriting scorecards for each customer and
NBFCs. This provided an unexpected window of opportunity for the product segment. These scorecards are proprietary knowledge of
company. With liquidity challenges gradually easing and continued the company, designed to accurately assess risk of applicants and
demand for credit, robust business growth is expected in FY 20 also. offer a risk based price. FALCON is now fully operational.
58
Management Reports
ASSET LIABILITY MANAGEMENT support for its money market issuances from banks through
FY 19 was a tough year for NBFCs and HFC, especially the second subscription of commercial papers (CPs) and NCDs. During Q4 of
half, due to the liquidity concerns arising out of tight market FY 19, the company successfully negotiated ECB to the tune of
conditions. The conservative policy of the company in ensuring that ` 346 crores which was fully hedged to avoid any exchange
there are no negative mismatches in any of the time buckets in its fluctuation risks. The strength of the company’s banking relationship
structural liquidity statement ensured the company was completely ensured that the best available opportunities to borrow from banks
insulated from the liquidity tightness in the market. During the first flowed steadily and this helped to maintain liquidity and manage
half of FY 19, the company maintained optimum Asset Liability borrowing costs, inspite of negative news around NBFC / HFC
Management (ALM) position while ensuring that the cost of funds sector during the second half of FY 19.
is kept under control. In the second half, the focus shifted to holding
higher liquid cash on account of market concerns on the NBFC
MARKET BORROWING
sector. However, the company was successful in ensuring optimum During FY 19, the company raised ` 14,027 crores* and repaid
ALM with manageable cost of funds, although the cost of funds for ` 12,675 crores* of CPs. CP outstanding as at the end of the year was
the second half included the cost of maintaining higher liquidity. ` 3752 crores. Medium and long-term secured NCDs to the tune of
Post September 2018, the company had maintained a high level of ` 3,059 crores were mobilised at competitive rates. At the end of
liquid assets to ensure meeting minimum two months of maturities. FY 19, outstanding NCD stood at ` 9,991 crores. New investor
The company shifted its stance in long term borrowings moving profiles were added to ensure no undue concentration in any
from market borrowings to bank borrowings as there were single/group of investors.
tight liquidity conditions with regard to availability of market Tier II borrowings during the year constituted ` 821 crores and as at
borrowings through non-convertible debentures (NCDs). The
the end of FY 19, stood at ` 4108.21 crores.
company was successful in getting higher volumes of bank term
(*gross borrowings)
loans at competitive rates and maintained a healthy ALM position
throughout this period. MOVEMENT IN INTEREST COST
Long-term borrowings - in the form of medium-term loans, The company’s sourcing strategy (including bank loans / NCD)
medium/long-term NCDs, external commercial borrowings (ECB) without losing sight of ALM, was able to maintain interest cost as
and Tier II - contributed ~46% of the gross incremental borrowings. a percentage of average borrowings, at 8.0% in FY 19 as compared
Sale of receivables by way of securitisation/bilateral assignments to FY 18. Interest cost was monitored closely and by selecting the
amounting to ` 4311 crores helped in the matching of inflows and right mix of borrowings, kept under control.
outflow, over the tenure of the loan book as well as reducing the
borrowing costs. Securitisation / assignment of receivables to the tune of
` 4,311 crores at lower rates resulted in good savings of interest
RESOURCES & TREASURY costs. The benefits of the low interest cost on these deals will
During the year, the company raised funds from banks (including an continue to accrue to the company in subsequent financial years.
offshore lender) and from money markets to support the growth of
CAPITAL ADEQUACY RATIO (CAR)
its businesses at competitive interest rates without compromising
the0.3%right mix of long and short-term borrowings and thereby As at the end of FY 19, the capital adequacy ratio stood at 17.36%
maintaining a healthy asset liability position. The borrowing profile (Tier I: 12.44% and Tier II: 4.92%)
10.9%
as on 31 March, 2019, is given below:
8%
0.3% INVESTMENTS
10.9%
The company’s investments of ` 72.92 crores include investments
Bank Term Loans
2.8%
in subsidiaries of ` 72.90 crores and investments in equity shares of
3.4% Non-Convertible Debentures
Bank Term Loans
Commercial Papers ` 0.02 crores (net of provisions).
5.3% Non-Convertible Debentures
48.9% Sub-ordinated Debt
Commercial Papers
48.9%
WorkingSub-ordinated Debt
Capital Demand Loans (incl CC) FINANCIAL REVIEW
7.2% Working Capital Demand Loans (incl CC)
Perpetual Debt Debt
Instruments
Perpetual Instruments
Securitisation
The company’s aggregate loan disbursements grew by 21% from
Securitisation
Others
Others ` 25,114 crores in FY 18 to ` 30,451 crores in FY 19. The business
AUM for the company as a whole grew by 26% (YoY) and the
21.2%
growth of on-balance sheet assets was 25%. The business AUM
21.2%
(including on book and assigned net of provisions) in FY 19 stood at
BANK BORROWING ` 54,279 crores as against ` 42,924 crores recorded in FY 18.
In FY 19, the company mobilised ` 15,190 crores of medium-term Consistent collection efforts helped in improving asset quality
loans and ` 1,320 crores (net) as working capital / cash credit / short which resulted in Gross stage 3 assets dropping steeply to 2.69% in
term loan facilities from banks. The company continued getting FY 19 as compared to of 3.43% in FY 18 at 3 months overdue basis.
59
The company maintained PBT Return on Total Assets (PBT - ROTA) •

A learning App for capturing learning progress and the
at 3.7% in FY 19 as compared to FY 18. This was attained through assimilation, the learning & development team has explored
optimal product mix, improved marginal yields and reduction of and implemented tools for capturing the understanding of the
loan losses. The PBT-ROTA has been maintained despite increase in participants during training with a live projection of the same
cost of funds by 16 bps in FY 19 over FY 18. on the screen, e-book for individuals to browse through and
The net profit after tax for the year rose by 29% to ` 1,186.15 crores learn and capturing the feedback through a QR code scanning.
from ` 918.30 crores in the previous year. Earnings per share for HR Digitization:
the year stood at ` 75.87 and the book value per share stood at
` 394.97 as against ` 58.75 and ` 326.11 in the previous year Under the tie-up with PeopleStrong, Chola Connect, our new
respectively. human resources management system portal would provide
a unified experience from recruitment to retirement to all
HUMAN RESOURCES (HR) employees, recruiters, candidates and business users. Embracing
this technology was a big leap for the organization to delight
Talent Resourcing:
the employees by providing a seamless channel to connect and
In the year FY19 the company had 25% of growth in overall staff collaborate, experience a single window for right decision making.
headcount. Employee referrals continued to be the primary source
Talent Engagement & Retention:
for Talent Identification. To address the challenge of increasing new
entrants in the NBFC space and people poaching from competition, oices, an employee engagement study was conducted towards
V
targeted zone wise, talent resourcing initiatives were rolled out seeking employee perception of their experiences and creates an
including market mapping, walk in drives, alternate sourcing enabling environment at Chola.
channels and leveraging social media and job portals.
•
Based on the survey inputs a customized action plan was
Business Partnering: generated.
Career Development Initiatives: Top performing branch
• • A manager development program was initiated for managers
offices were transformed as area offices, creating opportunities who had more opportunities to increase the team scores.
for all performing branch employees to grow by job enrichment 56 managers were earmarked to benefit through these
/ higher responsibility through career development initiatives. interventions. 35 Managers have completed Manager
Talent across branch, area and region mapped against the Effectiveness training.
product lines.
Employee wellbeing:
This increased the team morale thereby contributing to high
level of engagement and talent retention in VF business. The year focused on driving health and safety initiatives across
length and breadth of Chola, with a determination to provide a safe
• Partnering for productivity augmentation and healthy working environment while emphasizing safety when
on the roads. Across regions, several customized interventions
• Productivity enhancement for supervisory level employees /
were rolled out:
first time supervisors in vehicle finance business at regional
/ area level were conducted. • collaborated with a fit-tech start up that specializes in health
and fitness events and activities at workplace.
• Acceler8 – a DST productivity enhancement pilot project for
Home Loans, rolled out in the month July, 2018. • Wellness camps have been conducted in different regions and
approximately 1500 employees have been covered.
In parallel the teams were also trained to align the sales process
in-order to increase productivity. • #JaldiKyaHai a road safety initiative against over-speeding. In
the fast-paced world that we live in, over speeding has become
• Partnering in setting up of Home Finance
a casual, everyday occurrence. Through this campaign, we hope
The company in partnership with a leading consulting group to bring about a change in the behaviour of road users and
worked towards setting up of the HFC including a cross make the road a safer place.
functional project team, branch playbook role definition and roll
• Daily Safety Notification - Safety notification messages via sms /
out a unified organization structure.
pop ups triggered periodically to all field executives in order to
Capability Building: remind them to drive safe.
• Gamification of the Product and process knowledge to ensure • My Safety Story – A weekly campaign driving safety while
relevance and interest was done. driving to employees through peer testimonials.
60
Management Reports
Awards & Recognition: ensured that the applications, servers, and network infrastructure
were able to handle record volumes. Potential hot-spots are
CII awards: The company was awarded as the Winner in Large
identified on a pro-active basis and speedy issue resolution is
service category in the employee relations and employee
put in place, thereby minimizing business impact.
engagement category in the National HR circle competition
conducted by Confederation of Indian Industry (CII). The award for There were quite a few areas of innovation that the technology
the interventions focused on organization culture transformation. team worked on during the course of the year. For instance,
development and digitization of the credit scoring model was
TECHNOLOGY INITIATIVES
always flagged by the business as an extremely slow activity.
The digital technology team focused on ‘Agile Digitization’ While the original models were developed by the Analytics
during the course of the year. The focus for our digitization team, the digital technology team comes into picture for system
efforts have been on two key areas. development and integration with our LEAP Tab application.
The first is related to our business ecosystem - customers, Historically, this was developed using a Business Rule Engine
dealers and manufacturers (in the Vehicle Finance space) and (BRE) that led to testing and ‘time to delivery’ related challenges.
DSA and Builders (in the Home Loans/Home Equity space). A lot To address this, a two pronged approach was taken. The initial
of enhancements have been carried out on the current LEAP Tab development was done internally using common Oracle
application to optimize the customer on-boarding process. For technology along with configuration options for the Business
our Home Loan product, the entire customer journey has been and Analytics team. This reduced the development time as
reimagined. A significant amount of information is brought well as the self-serve ability of the users. In the second stage,
together by using digital application programme interface (API) Machine Learning Virtual Machine option has been provided so
related to customer identity, address / location, financial analysis, that the original model can now be directly deployed as a web
and employment status etc. We have also built a complete
service for consumption by the LEAP Tab application. This has
paperless e-sign capability in the new originations function for
dramatically reduced deployment and testing efforts as well as
our customers. This Aadhaar and digital signature based feature
significantly reduced dependency on IT staff for rollout of new
will be rolled out after clearance on usage guidelines from
models.
Unique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI).
Similarly, the team has also developed a highly configurable
On similar lines, a new lead management solution accessible from
system for handling our pay-outs using combination of in-house
browser and mobile devices has been developed for centralized
way of managing leads from different sources / channels, track development and a flexible automation engine. These initiatives
status of leads, as well as effectiveness of sourcing channels and clearly highlight the ability to deliver digital innovation using
productivity of channel partners. This will be further enhanced right combination of technology as well as optimal mix of
to deliver campaign management capabilities to assist in our internal and external capabilities.
cross-sell and customer communication efforts. Enhancements
RISK MANAGEMENT
have also been done to our dealer and broker on-boarding,
management, and process for request and approval of Inventory The company is committed to create value for its stakeholders
Funding and Trade Advance lines in conjunction with the larger through sustainable business growth and with that intent has
Gaadi Bazaar initiative. put in place a robust risk management framework to promote
The second part is related to our operational processes - a proactive approach in reporting, evaluating and resolving risks
processes used within our business and functions as part of associated with the business. Given the nature of the business the
our business operations. As part of digital initiative in this company is engaged in, the risk framework recognizes that there
area, we have identified the manual / human activity index for is uncertainty in creating and sustaining such value as well as in
core process related work done in our back-office Operations. identifying opportunities. Risk management is therefore made an
Using a combination of Robotic Process Automation (RPA) and integral part of the company’s effective management practice.
custom application development and related enhancements,
we have started increasing the digital / automated aspects of Risk Management Framework: Company’s risk management
such businesses. The objective is to progressively increase the framework is based on
automation for repetitive activities using RPA before expanding
(a) Clear understanding and identification of various risks
the usage to cognitive automation. As part of the increasing
digitization in the customer service space, a pilot was done for (b) Disciplined risk assessment by evaluating the probability and
ChatBot and initial solution rollout will be done soon. impact of each risk
Even while being in the process of rapidly delivering solutions, (c) Measurement and monitoring of risks by establishing key risk
there was continued effort to ensure the platform stability is
indicators with thresholds for all critical risks and
not affected. Increased rigor around capacity management,
performance tuning, and insight into application performance (d) Adequate review mechanism to monitor and control risks.
61
Company’s risk management division works as a value centre by volume with adequate pricing of risk for different segments of the
constantly engaging with the business providing reports based portfolio.
on key analysis and insights. The key risks faced by the company
are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, operational risk,
MARKET RISK
reputational and regulatory risk, which are broadly classified as Market Risk is the possibility of loss arising from changes in the value
credit risk, market risk and operational risk. The company has of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market variables
a well-established risk reporting and monitoring framework. such as interest rates, exchange rates and other asset prices. The
The in-house developed risk monitoring tool, Chola composite risk company’s exposure to market risk is a function of asset liability
Index, measures the movement of top critical risks. This provides management and interest rate sensitivity assessment. The company
the level and direction of the risks, which are arrived at based on the is exposed to interest rate risk and liquidity risk, if the same is not
two level risk thresholds for the identified key risk indicators and are managed properly. The company continuously monitors these
aligned to the overall company’s risk appetite framework approved risks and manages them through appropriate risk limits. The Asset
by the board. The company also developed such risk reporting and Liability Management Committee (ALCO) reviews market-related
monitoring mechanism for the risks at business / vertical level. The trends and risks and adopts various strategies related to assets and
company identifies and monitors risks periodically. This process liabilities, in line with the company’s risk management framework.
enables the company to reassess the top critical risks in a changing ALCO activities are in turn monitored and reviewed by a board
environment that need to be focused on. sub-committee.
Risk governance structure: Company’s risk governance structure OPERATIONAL RISK
operates with a robust board and risk management committee
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or
with a clearly laid down charter and senior management direction
failed internal processes, people or systems, or from external
and oversight. The board oversees the risk management process
events. The operational risks of the company are managed through
and monitors the risk profile of the company directly as well as
comprehensive internal control systems and procedures and
through a board constituted risk management committee. The
key back up processes. In order to further strengthen the control
committee, which meets a minimum of four times a year, reviews
framework and effectiveness, the company has established risk
the risk management policy, implementation of risk management
control self-assessment at branches to identify process lapses
framework, monitoring of critical risks, and review of various other
initiatives with a structured annual plan. The risk management by way of exception reporting. This enables the management
division has established a comprehensive risk management to evaluate key areas of operational risks and the process to
framework across the business and provides appropriate reports adequately mitigate them on an ongoing basis. The company also
on risk exposures and analysis in its pursuit of creating awareness undertakes risk based audits on a regular basis across all business
across the company about risk management. The company’s risk units / functions. While examining the effectiveness of control
management initiatives and risk MIS are reviewed monthly by the framework through self-assessment, the risk-based audit would
top management. assure effective implementation of self-certification and internal
financial controls adherence, thereby, reducing enterprise exposure.
CREDIT RISK The company has put in place a robust Disaster Recovery (DR)
Credit risk arises when a borrower is unable to meet his financial plan, which is periodically tested. Business Continuity Plan (BCP)
obligations to the lender. This could be either because of wrong is further put in place to ensure seamless continuity of operations
assessment of the borrower’s payment capabilities or due including services to customers, when confronted with adverse
to uncertainties in his future earning potential. The effective events such as natural disasters, technological failures, human
management of credit risk requires the establishment of appropriate errors, terrorism, etc. Periodic testing is carried out to address gaps
credit risk policies and processes. The company has comprehensive in the framework, if any. DR and BCP audits are conducted on a
and well-defined credit policies across various businesses, periodical basis to provide assurance regarding the effectiveness
products and segments, which encompass credit approval process of the company’s readiness. The company is continuously engaged
for all businesses along with guidelines for mitigating the risks in creating risk awareness and culture across the organisation
associated with them. The appraisal process includes detailed risk through training on risk management tools and communication
assessment of the borrowers, physical verifications and field visits. through risk e-newsletters.
The company has a robust post sanction monitoring process to
INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
identify credit portfolio trends and early warning signals. This
enables it to implement necessary changes to the credit policy, An internal control framework, including internal financial controls,
whenever the need arises. Also, being in asset financing business, encompassing clear delegation of authority and standard operating
most of the company’s lending is covered by adequate collaterals procedures, are available across all businesses and functions.
from the borrowers. The company has a robust online application Clear segregation of duties exists between various functions. Key
underwriting model to assess the credit worthiness of the borrower operational processes (finance and operations) are centralised at
for underwriting decisions for its Vehicle Finance, Home Equity head office for better control. The company has instituted a strong
and Home Loan business. The company also has a well-developed IT security system to ensure information security. All policies are
model for the vehicle finance portfolio, to help business teams plan reviewed and approved by the board on a periodic basis.
62
Management Reports
The company adopts a co-sourced model of internal audit. ` in crores

M/s.Deloitte Haskins & Sells LLP - internal auditors provide an Particulars March 2019 March 2018 Growth %
independent perspective on internal control systems. Further, the in- Disbursements 30,450.95 25,113.51 21%
house internal audit department executes a rigorous audit calendar Income 6,992.64 5,479.66 28%
spanning multiple business processes. The audit teams conduct Cost of Funds (3,588.74) (2,659.33) (35%)
an independent review of the design and operating effectiveness
Net Margin 3,403.90 2,820.33 21%
of internal financial controls established by the management and
Operating Expenses (1,269.55) (1,115.26) (14%)
recommends improvements. Critical audit observations are shared
Provisions and Losses (311.20) (303.70) 2%
with the audit committee on a quarterly basis to effectively monitor
Profit Before Tax (PBT) 1,823.15 1,401.37 30%
controls and implement recommendations.
Current and Deferred Tax (637.00) (483.07) 32%
On compliance, a methodical system of monthly self- assessment Profit After Tax (PAT) 1,186.15 918.30 29%
exists in all functions. A robust mechanism is in place to control,
detect and prevent fraud. The investigations are reviewed by a KEY PARTNERSHIPS AND TIE-UPS
disciplinary committee comprising senior management members Particulars Institution
and chaired by the executive director.
Life Insurance business HDFC Standard Life Insurance Company
The internal financial control systems are constantly monitored Limited
both by an in-house team as well as the external internal auditors. General Insurance Cholamandalam MS General Insurance
The risk and control matrices are reviewed by the internal audit business Company Limited
team on a quarterly basis, control measures are tested and results Manufacturer Tie ups Tata Motors Limited
Mahindra & Mahindra Limited
are communicated to the audit committee. These measures have
Ashok Leyland Limited
helped in ensuring the adequacy and operating effectiveness of
SML Isuzu Limited
internal financial controls. Force Motors Limited
The statutory auditors of the company have also certified on the Daimler India Commercial Vehicles
existence and operating effectiveness of the internal financial Eicher Polaris
John Deere India
controls relating to financial reporting as of March 2019.
Mahindra Gujarat Tractors Limited
RESULT OF OPERATIONS Sany India
Hyundai Construction Equipment India
Balance Sheet Escorts Construction Equipment
Action Construction Equipment
The company has transitioned from Indian GAAP to Indian
Terex India
accounting standards (INDAS) during the financial year FY 19. Hence
all previous year numbers were re-cast as per INDAS for comparable
Key Ratios
purposes. The company’s balance sheet size has steadily grown,
compared to the previous year. A summarised version of the same Particulars March March
is given below: 2019 2018
` in crores Return on Equity - PAT 20.9% 19.6%
Particulars March 2019 March 2018 Growth % Return on Total Assets - PAT 2.4% 2.4%
Total Assets under Management (` in crores) 57,560 43,629
Assets
Earnings Per Share - Basic in ` 75.87 58.75
Business Assets 52,622 42,253 25% Market Price - as of 31 March (in `) 1,447.5 1,449.7
Cash & Bank Balances 3,675 888 313% Market Capitalisation - 22,624 22,667
Other Assets 1,129 949 19% as of 31 March (` in crores)
TOTAL 57,426 44,090 30% CAR 17.4 18.1
Liabilities Operating Expenses to Assets 2.6 3.0
Net worth 6,176 5,098 21% Profit Before Tax to Income 26.1 25.6
Borrowings 45,074 32,708 38%
Securitisation 5,493 5,622 (2%) CONSOLIDATED RESULTS
Other Liabilities 683 662 3%
The consolidated profit after tax for the year under review was
TOTAL 57,426 44,090 30%
` 1,196.94 crores in FY 19, as against ` 917.69 crores in FY 18.
STATEMENT OF PROFIT & LOSS On behalf of the board
The company’s PBT increased from ` 1,401 crores in FY 18 to Place : Chennai M.M. Murugappan
` 1,823 crores in FY 19. The summarised version is given below: Date : April 27, 2019 Chairman
63
Report on
Corporate Governance
Corporate governance is about commitment to values and ethical ã Have a transparent corporate structure driven by business
business conduct. It is also about how an organisation is managed needs; and
viz., its corporate and business structure, its culture, policies and ã Ensure compliance with applicable laws.
the manner in which it deals with various stakeholders. Timely and
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
accurate disclosure of information regarding the financial position
of the company, its performance and ownership forms part of the The corporate governance practices of the company ensure that
corporate governance. the board of directors (the board) remains informed, independent
and involved in the company and that there are ongoing efforts
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE PHILOSOPHY towards better governance to mitigate “non-business” risks.
The company is committed to the highest standards of corporate The board is fully aware of its fiduciary responsibilities and recognises
governance in all its activities and processes. its responsibilities to shareholders and other stakeholders to uphold
the highest standards in all matters concerning the company
The company has always believed in and practices the highest
and has empowered responsible persons to implement its broad
standards of corporate governance. The board recognises that
policies and guidelines and has set up adequate review processes.
governance expectations are constantly evolving and is committed
to keeping standards of transparency and dissemination of The board is committed to representing the long-term interests of
the stakeholders and in providing effective governance over the
information under continuous review to meet both letter and spirit
company’s affairs and exercise reasonable business judgment on
of the law and its own demanding levels of business ethics.
the affairs of the company.
The company believes that sound corporate governance practices
The company’s day to day affairs are managed by the executive
are crucial to the smooth and efficient operation of a company and
director (ED), assisted by a competent management team, under
its ability to attract investment, protect the rights of its stakeholders the overall supervision of the board. The company has in place an
and provide shareholder value. Everything the company does is appropriate risk management system covering various risks that the
defined and conditioned by the high standards of governance, company is exposed to, including fraud risks, which are discussed
which serve its values. The company firmly believes in and follows and reviewed by the audit committee and the board every quarter.
the below principle: The company’s commitment to ethical and lawful business conduct
“The fundamental principle of economic activity is that no man you is a fundamental shared value of the board, the senior management
transact with will lose; then you shall not.” and all employees of the company. Consistent with its values and
beliefs, the company has formulated a Code of Conduct applicable
The corporate governance philosophy of the company is driven by
to the board and senior management. Further, the company has
the following fundamental principles:
also adopted a Code of Conduct to regulate, monitor and report
ã Adhere to corporate governance standards beyond the letter trading by insiders in the securities of the company and a whistle
of law; blower policy for reporting any concerns or grievances by directors,
employees / customers and vendors in their dealings with the
ã Maintain transparency and high degree of disclosure levels;
company. In order to ensure that the whistle blower mechanism
ã Maintain a clear distinction between the personal interest is effective and as prescribed, direct access to the chairman of the
and the corporate interest; audit committee is provided to the complainant.
64
Management Reports
Composition information on the industry, competition and company strategy

The board has been constituted in a manner as per reg.17 of the are presented on a quarterly basis. The details of the familiarisation
SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, programme attended by directors are available on the website
2015 (Listing Regulations) and the Companies Act, 2013 (the Act). of the company (web link: http:s//www.cholamandalam.com/
The board has a mix of executive / non-executive and independent files/media/Familiarisation-programmeimparted-to-Independent-
directors, including a woman independent director to ensure Directors.pdf).
proper governance and management. The board members have
At the time of induction of a director on the board of the company,
collective experience in diverse fields like banking and financial
a formal invitation to join the board of the company is sent out
services, audit, finance, compliance and technology. The directors
along with a brief introduction about the company. A copy of the
are elected based on their qualification and experience in varied
company’s latest annual report and the schedule of the upcoming
fields. None of the directors are inter-se related.
board / committee meetings for the calendar year are forwarded
Core Skills / expertise / competencies
to the director. The director is explained in detail the compliances
In terms of Listing Regulations, the following are the list of core skills required of him / her under the Act, the Listing Regulations and
/ expertise / competencies identified by the board in the context of other relevant regulations and his / her affirmation is taken with
the company’s business and sector for effective functioning: respect to the same. By way of an introduction the company
conducts a familiarisation program covering all the businesses,
Core Skills / expertise / competencies Status
Finance Competency functions and regulations impacting the company to new directors.
Strategy, planning and marketing available Additionally, the company’s code of conduct which inter alia
Technology explains the values and beliefs of the company, functions, duties
Governance and responsibilities as a director of the company, including the
Management and leadership duties of independent directors in terms of the Act is given to the
director at the time of joining and on an annual basis. Further, there
Formal induction and familiarisation programme for directors
is a detailed quarterly discussion and presentation on review of
The company’s independent directors are eminent professionals operations of the company and the regulatory updates impacting
with several decades of experience in banking and financial the business which helps the director familiarise himself / herself
services industry and management areas and are fully conversant with the company, its business and the regulatory framework in
and familiar with the business of the company. The company has
which the company operates.
an ongoing familiarisation programme for all directors with regard
to their roles, duties, rights, responsibilities in the company, nature The details of directors as at 31 March, 2019, including the details
of the industry in which the company operates, the business of their other board directorship and committee membership
model of the company, etc. The programme is embedded in the reckoned in line with regulation 26 of the Listing Regulations and
regular meeting agenda where alongside the review of operations, the Act as well as their shareholdings, are given below:
Name of the director Executive / Non-executive / No. of directorship No. of shares No. of board
Independent / Promoter including CIFCL* held in the committee membership
(Out of which as company including CIFCL**
chairman) (Out of which as
chairman)
Mr. M.M. Murugappan Non-executive / Promoter 14(6) 4,207 5(3)

director / Chairman
Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan Non-executive / Independent director 12 10,000 9(1)
Ms. Bharati Rao Non-executive / Independent director 9(1) Nil 9(1)
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat Non-executive / Independent director 9 Nil 8(3)
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan Non-executive / Independent director 4(1) Nil 3(3)
Mr. Rohan Verma Non-executive / Independent director 3(1) Nil Nil
Mr. Arun Alagappan Executive / Promoter director 8 1,90,000 2
* for the purpose of directorship / committee membership, all private companies and section 8 companies have been considered.
** only chairmanship / membership of audit committee and stakeholders’ relationship committee have been considered.
65
The names of the other listed entities where the directors are holding directorship as at 31 March, 2019 are given below:
Name of the director Name of the listed entity Category of directorship
Mr. M.M. Murugappan Tube Investments of India Limited Non-Executive Chairman

Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited
(Formerly TI Financial Holdings Limited)
Carborundum Universal Limited
Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited
(Debt listed company)
Mahindra and Mahindra Limited Independent Director
Cyient Limited Non-Executive Director
Coromandel International Limited Non-Executive Chairman
Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan Housing Development Finance Corporation Limited Executive Director
Atul Limited Non-Executive / Independent Director
Ms. Bharati Rao Carborundum Universal Limited Non-Executive / Independent Director
Neuland Laboratories Limited
Can Fin Homes Limited Non-Executive / Independent / Chairperson
SBI Global Factors Ltd. (Debt listed company) Non-Executive / Independent Director
TATA Teleservices Limited (Debt listed company)
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited Non-Executive / Independent Director
Bata India Limited
Birlasoft Limited
DCB Bank Limited
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan Indo - National Limited Non-Executive / Independent / Chairman
TTK Healthcare Limited Non-Executive / Independent Director
Mr. Rohan Verma - -
Mr. Arun Alagappan Lakshmi Machine Works Limited Non-Executive / Independent Director
In the opinion of the board, the independent directors of the are also provided to the directors on a quarterly basis. The board at
company fulfill the conditions specified in Listing Regulations and every meeting also reviews the important regulatory changes and
are independent of the management of the company. correspondence between two meetings.
All the board members, including independent directors, have The dates of the board meetings are fixed in advance for the calendar
opportunity and access to interact with the management. year to enable maximum attendance from directors. During
Separate meeting of independent directors the year, the board met 6 times on 23 April, 2018, 31 May, 2018,
26 July, 2018, 30 October, 2018, 30 January, 2019 and
During the year under review, in line with the requirement under
19 March, 2019. The Act, read with the relevant rules made there
section 149(8) and schedule IV of the Act, the independent
under, facilitates the participation of a director in board / committee
directors had a separate meeting without the presence of the non-
meetings through video conferencing or other audio visual means.
independent directors and management team.
Accordingly, the company also provides the option to participate
Board Meetings
through video conferencing to enable the directors’ participation
The board meets at regular intervals with an annual calendar and at the meetings.
a formal schedule of matters specifically reserved for its attention
The board periodically reviews the matters required to be placed
to ensure that it exercises full control over significant strategic,
before it and inter alia reviews and approves the quarterly financial
financial, operational and compliance matters. The board is
statements, corporate strategies, business plan, annual budgets
regularly briefed and updated on the key activities of the business
and capital expenditures. It monitors the overall performance and
and is provided with briefings and presentations on operations,
reviews other matters which require the board’s attention.
quarterly financial statements and other matters concerning
the company. Besides, information about statutory compliance, The board also takes on record the declarations and confirmations
minutes of all the subsidiary companies and committees of the made by the executive director, chief financial officer and company
board and information as required under the Listing Regulations secretary, regarding compliances of all laws on a quarterly basis.
66
Management Reports
Certificate from Company Secretary in Practice Mr. Arun Alagappan, executive director as invitees. The company
Mr. R. Sridharan of M/s. R. Sridharan & Associates has issued a secretary acts as the secretary to the committee. During the year,
certificate as required under the Listing Regulations, confirming the committee met eight times. All members of audit committee
that none of the directors on the board of the company has been have knowledge of financial management, audit and accounts. The
debarred or disqualified from being appointed or continuing as statutory auditors, the internal auditors and senior management
director of companies by SEBI / Ministry of Corporate Affairs or are invited to attend the meetings of the committee. The company
any such statutory authority. A certificate to this effect has been has in place a system for an independent meeting of the committee
enclosed with this report. with the statutory and internal auditors without the presence of the
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD non-independent directors and management team. The committee
met the statutory auditors as well as internal auditors during the
The board has constituted various committees to support the
board in discharging its responsibilities. year.
There are seven committees constituted by the board - audit Effective 1 April, 2019, the committee is reconstituted with
committee, stakeholders’ relationship committee, corporate Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan, Ms. Bharati Rao and Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat
social responsibility committee, nomination and remuneration as its members. Mr. Rajan is the chairman of the committee.
committee, risk management committee, IT strategy committee
NOMINATION AND REMUNERATION COMMITTEE
and business committee.
The board at the time of constitution of each committee fixes the Terms of Reference
terms of reference and also delegates powers from time to time. The role of the committee is to determine the company’s policy
Various recommendations of the committees are submitted to on remuneration to executive director and senior management,
the board for approval. The minutes of the meetings of all the including periodic increments in salary. The committee is also
committees are circulated to the board for its information.
empowered to determine the annual commission / incentives of
AUDIT COMMITTEE the executive directors and the minimum remuneration of the
Terms of Reference executive directors in the event of inadequacy of profits besides

implementing, remuneration including commission payable
The committee acts as a link between the board, the statutory
to non-executive directors, administering and monitoring the
auditors and the internal auditors. The role of the audit committee
employee stock option plan / schemes of the company. The terms
includes overseeing the financial reporting process and disclosure
of financial information, review of financial statements, adequacy of reference inter alia includes the role of the committee to further
of internal financial controls and risk management systems, consider and recommend persons who are qualified for board
findings of internal audits / investigations, whistle blower policy, positions, evaluate directors performance prior to recommendation
monitoring the usage of funds from issue proceeds, review the for re-appointments, persons who are qualified to be in senior
financial statements, in particular, the investments made by the management, formulate the criteria for determining qualifications,
unlisted subsidiary companies, review of usage of loans, advances positive attributes and independence of a director and devising a
received, investment in the subsidiaries exceeding ` 100 crore or policy on board diversity, determine whether to extend or continue
10% of the asset size of the subsidiary, review compliance with the the terms of appointment of independent director on the basis
provisions of SEBI Prohibition of the Insider Trading Regulations
of the report of performance evaluation. Decisions for selecting a
at least once a financial year. The committee also verifies the
director is based on the merit, qualification, competency and the
adequacy in the systems for internal controls, to grant approvals
company’s business needs. Such candidates shall be free of conflict
for related party transactions which are in the ordinary course of
business and on an arm’s length basis, scrutiny of inter-corporate of interest that would interfere with their ability to discharge their
loans and investments, besides recommending the appointment / duties. The recommendations of the committee are placed before
removal of the statutory auditors, the internal auditors and fixing the board for its approval.
their remuneration and review of the effectiveness of audit process.
Composition & Meetings
As at 31 March, 2019, the committee comprised
As at 31 March, 2019 the committee comprised four non-executive Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan, independent director as the chairman,
directors. All members of this committee are independent
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan, Ms. Bharati Rao and Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat
directors. The committee comprised Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan,
independent director as the chairman, Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan, as its members. All members of this committee are independent
Ms. Bharati Rao and Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat as its members and directors. The committee had five meetings during the year ended
Mr. M.M. Murugappan, chairman of the board and 31 March, 2019.
67
Effective 1 April, 2019, the committee is reconstituted with of the Act, regulation 19(4) of the Listing Regulations and RBI
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan, Ms. Bharati Rao and Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat as Regulations applicable for non-banking finance companies, which
its members. Mr. Ramesh Rajan is the chairman of the committee. inter alia, deals with the personal traits, competencies, experience,
REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS background and other fit and proper criteria. These attributes
Remuneration Policy shall be considered for nominating candidates for board positions
/ re-appointment of directors.
The success of any organisation in achieving good performance
and governance depends on its ability to attract quality individuals Criteria for appointment in senior management
on the board.
The nomination and remuneration committee is responsible for
The company has in place a remuneration policy which is guided
identifying persons who are qualified to be appointed in senior
by the principles and objectives as enumerated in section 178 of
management. The committee has formulated the charter in terms
the Act.
of the provisions of the Act and the Listing Regulations, which inter
Currently, Mr. Arun Alagappan is the only executive director (ED)
alia, deals with the criteria for identifying persons who are qualified
on the board. The compensation to ED is within the scale approved
by the shareholders. The elements of compensation comprise a to be appointed in senior management. These attributes shall be
fixed component and a performance incentive. The compensation considered for nominating candidates for senior management
is determined based on the level of responsibility and scales position.
prevailing in the industry. ED is not paid sitting fees for any board /
Performance Evaluation
committee meetings attended by him.
In terms of the provisions of the Act and the Listing Regulations,
The compensation to the non-executive directors takes the form
of commission on profits. Though the shareholders have approved the board carries out an annual performance evaluation of its own
payment of commission up to one per cent of the net profits performance, the directors individually including the ED carries out
of the company for each year calculated as per the provisions of a self as well as a peer evaluation and the individual committees
section 198 of the Act, the actual commission paid to the directors carries out an evaluation of the working of the committees. The
is restricted to a fixed sum within the above limit annually on the
performance evaluation of the independent directors is carried
basis of their tenor in office during the financial year. The sum is
out by the entire board. The performance of the chairman and the
reviewed periodically taking into consideration various factors
such as performance of the company, time devoted by the directors non-independent directors are carried out by the independent
in attending to the affairs and business of the company and the directors. Chairman anchors the sessions on self, peer, committee
extent of responsibilities cast on the directors under various laws and board effectiveness evaluations. Chairman of the nomination
and other relevant factors. and remuneration committee anchors the session on chairman
The non-executive directors are also paid sitting fees subject to the evaluation.
statutory ceiling for all board and committee meetings attended
Policy on Board diversity
by them.
Criteria for Board Nomination The nomination and remuneration committee has devised a policy
on board diversity which sets out the approach to diversity on the
The nomination and remuneration committee is responsible
for identifying persons for initial nomination as directors and board of the company. The policy provides for having a truly diverse
evaluating incumbent directors for their continued service. The board, comprising of appropriately qualified people with a broad
committee has formulated a charter in terms of the provisions range of experience relevant to the business of the company.
Remuneration of executive vice chairman & managing director/executive director:

Details of the remuneration of the executive vice chairman & managing director (EVC & MD) and executive director for the year ended
31 March, 2019 are as follows:
` in lakhs
Name of the Director Salary Allowance Incentive (provisional) Perquisites & Contributions Total
1. M
r. N. Srinivasan, EVC & MD 109.59 52.97 62.64 29.59 254.79
(upto 18-Aug-2018)
2. M
r. Arun Alagappan, ED 88.41 125.27 112.77 43.16 369.61
Note:
Mr. Arun Alagappan and Mr. N. Srinivasan are not eligible for any severance fee. Service contract and the notice period are as per the terms of agreement entered into
by them with the company.
68
Management Reports
Remuneration of non-executive directors

Directors of the company were paid a sitting fee of ` 25,000/- for every meeting of board, audit committee and business committee
and ` 15,000/- for every meeting of stakeholders’ relationship committee, nomination and remuneration committee, risk management
committee, corporate social responsibility committee and IT strategy committee during FY 19. The details of commission provided / sitting
fees paid to non-executive directors for the year ended 31 March, 2019 are as follows:
` in lakhs
Name of the director Commission Sitting Fees paid Total
Mr. M.M. Murugappan 6.27 2.85 9.12
Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan 7.50 4.85 12.35
Ms. Bharati Rao 7.50 4.60 12.10
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat 7.50 4.85 12.35
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan 3.14 1.30 4.44
Mr. Rohan Verma 0.14 - 0.14
Mr. M.B.N. Rao 4.81 2.15 6.96
TOTAL 36.86 20.60 57.46
Notes:
Commission is provided based on the tenure the directors have served on the board and will be paid subject to deduction of tax as applicable.
STAKEHOLDERS’ RELATIONSHIP COMMITTEE the actions planned in and periodical review of the process for
Terms of Reference systematic identification and assessment of the business risks.
Besides, the committee periodically monitors the critical risk
The role of the committee includes formulation of shareholders’
exposures by specialised analysis and quality reviews and reports
servicing plans and policies, consideration of valid share transfer
to the board the details of any significant developments, identify
requests with folios beyond 5000 shares, share transmissions,
and make recommendations to the board, to the extent necessary
issue of duplicate share certificates, issue of share certificates for
on resources and staffing required for effective risk management
split, rematerialisation, consolidation of shares, etc. The committee
and the action taken to manage the exposures and carry out any
also monitors and reviews the mechanism of share transfers,
other function as may be necessary to ensure that an effective risk
dematerialisation of shares and payment of dividends, adherence
management system is in place.
to the service standards in respect of various services being
rendered by the Registrar & Share Transfer Agent, measures taken Composition & Meetings
for effective exercise of voting rights by shareholders, approve
As at 31 March, 2019, the committee comprised
transfer of shares to the Investors Education and Protection Fund.
Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan as the chairman, Mr. M.M. Murugappan,
It further looks into the redressing of shareholders’ grievances like
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan, Mr. Arun Alagappan as its members and the
non-receipt of balance sheet, non-receipt of declared dividends
various business and functional heads of the company as invitees.
and determining, monitoring and reviewing the standards for
Effective 1 April, 2019, the board inducted Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat
resolution of shareholders’ grievances.
as a member of the committee consequent to retirement of
During the year, the company had received six complaints from the Mr. Srinivasa Rangan effective 31 March, 2019. The committee held
shareholders which have been resolved. There were no investor four meetings during the year ended 31 March, 2019.
complaints pending as at 31 March, 2019.
IT STRATEGY COMMITTEE
Terms of Reference
As at 31 March, 2019, the committee comprised Ms. Bharati Rao as
the chairperson and Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat and Mr. Arun Alagappan The role of committee includes approving IT strategy and policy
as its members. Ms. P. Sujatha, company secretary is the compliance documents and ensuring that the management has put an
officer. During the year, the committee held two meetings. effective strategic planning process in place and ascertaining
implementation processes and practices that ensure that the IT
RISK MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE
delivers value to the business. Ensuring IT investments represent
Terms of Reference a balance of risks and benefits, the budgets are acceptable and
The role of the committee includes review of the risk management monitoring the method that management uses to determine
policy developed by the management, review of the annual the IT resources needed to achieve strategic goals and provide
risk management framework document and implementation of high-level direction for sourcing and use of IT resources. Ensuring
69
proper balance of IT investments for sustaining company’s growth and Mr. Arun Alagappan as its members. The senior management
and becoming aware about exposure towards IT risks and controls. is invited to attend the meetings of the committee. The committee
Composition & Meetings held five meetings during the year.
As at 31 March, 2019, the committee comprised CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY COMMITTEE
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat and Mr. Arun Alagappan as its members.
The committee held three meetings during the year ended Terms of Reference
31 March, 2019. Effective 27 April, 2019, the board inducted The role of the committee includes formulation and
Mr. Rohan Verma as a member of the committee.
recommendation of a corporate social responsibility (CSR) policy
BUSINESS COMMITTEE for the company, recommend the amount of expenditure to
Terms of Reference be incurred on the CSR activities, monitor the CSR policy of the
The role of the committee includes review of the business of the company from time to time and institute a transparent monitoring
company, including approval and review of business proposals mechanism for implementing the CSR activities and carry out any
beyond certain financial limits, review and recommend new other function or activity as may be required to ensure that the
product note to the board for approval, approve borrowings CSR objectives are met.
within the limits prescribed by the board, approve assignment of
receivables and oversee the asset liability management system of Composition & Meetings
the company. As at 31 March, 2019, the committee comprised Ms. Bharati Rao as
Composition & Meetings the chairperson, Mr. M.M. Murugappan and Mr. Arun Alagappan as
As at 31 March, 2019, the business committee comprised its members. The committee held two meetings during the year
Mr. M.M. Murugappan as the chairman and Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat ended 31 March, 2019.
ATTENDANCE AT BOARD, COMMITTEE AND GENERAL MEETINGS

Name of the directors Board Audit Stakeholders Nomination & Business Risk Corporate IT strategy Attendance
(Attendance committee relationship remuneration committee management social committee at last AGM
%) committee committee committee responsibility
committee
Mr. M.M. Murugappan* 5 (100%) NA NA NA 4 3 1 NA Yes

Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan 6 (100%) 8 NA 5 NA 4 NA NA Yes
Ms. Bharati Rao 6 (100%) 8 2 5 NA NA 2 NA Yes
Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat 6 (100%) 4 1 5 4 NA NA 3 Yes
Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan$
3 (100%) 1 NA 1 NA 1 NA NA NA
Mr. Rohan Verma@ Not Applicable (NA)
Mr. Arun Alagappan 6 (100%) NA 2 NA 4 4 2 2 Yes
Mr. M.B.N. Rao
^
3 (100%) 4 NA NA 1 1 NA NA Yes
Mr. N. Srinivasan 3 (100%)
#
NA 1 NA 1 1 1 1 Yes
* - Appointed as an additional director effective 31 May, 2018 and as chairman effective 27 July, 2018.
$ - Appointed as an additional director effective 30 October, 2018
@ - Appointed as an additional director effective 25 March, 2019
^ - Retired at the close of 40th AGM held on 26 July, 2018
# - Resigned as EVC & MD at the close of business hours of 18 August, 2018
GENERAL BODY MEETINGS

Particulars of venue, date and time of the previous three annual general meetings are given below:
Year Date and Time Venue
2016 29 July, 2016 at 4.00 p.m. The Music Academy, New No.168 (Old No.306), T.T.K Road,
Royapettah, Chennai - 600 014
2017 27 July, 2017 at 4.00 p.m. -do-
2018 26 July, 2018 at 4.00 p.m. -do-
70
Management Reports
DETAILS OF SPECIAL RESOLUTIONS PASSED

Particulars of special resolutions passed in the previous three annual general meetings are given below:
Date of AGM Details
29 July, 2016 Issue of securities on private placement basis under section 42 of the Act
27 July, 2017 -do-
26 July, 2018 Approval for borrowing powers of the company
Issue of securities on private placement basis under section 42 of the Act
POSTAL BALLOT Annual declaration confirming compliance of the code is obtained

from every person covered by the code of conduct. A declaration
No Postal Ballot was conducted during the FY 19.
to this effect signed by Mr. Arun Alagappan, ED is attached to this
Proposed resolutions through postal ballot:
report.
The approval of shareholders through postal ballot is sought for
sub-division of equity share of face value of ` 10/- fully paid up into CODE FOR PREVENTION OF INSIDER TRADING
equity shares of face value of ` 2/- each fully paid up, alteration The board has adopted a code to regulate, monitor and report
of clause V - capital clause, clause III(A)13(j), III(B)10 and III(B)11 - trading by insiders in securities of the company. The code inter alia
object clause of memorandum of association of the company. requires pre-clearance for dealing in the securities of the company
COMPLIANCE REPORT and prohibits the purchase or sale of securities of the company
while in possession of unpublished price sensitive information in
A detailed compliance report is placed before the board every
relation to the company and during the period when the trading
quarter and highlights of the report is circulated to the board along
window is closed. The board has further approved the code for
with the agenda every quarter. The company secretary submits a
practices and procedures for fair disclosure of unpublished price
compliance certificate to the board on a quarterly basis. The board
sensitive information and policy governing the procedure of inquiry
reviews the compliance of all applicable laws every quarter and
in case of actual or suspected leak of unpublished price sensitive
gives appropriate directions, wherever necessary.
information. The code has also been hosted on the website of the
SECRETARIAL AUDIT company.
The company annually conducts a secretarial audit by an
AUDITORS’ CERTIFICATE ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
independent practicing company secretary. For the year ended
31 March, 2019, M/s. R. Sridharan & Associates, company secretaries, The auditors’ certificate on compliance of corporate governance
have conducted the secretarial audit and the certificate was placed norms is annexed to the report.
before the board and attached to this report. CEO/CFO CERTIFICATION
RECONCILIATION OF SHARE CAPITAL AUDIT Executive director and chief financial officer have given a
As required by the Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI), compliance certificate to the board with regard to financial
quarterly audit of the company’s share capital is being carried statements and internal control systems as contemplated under
out by an independent auditor with a view to reconcile the total regulation 17(8) of the Listing Regulations.
share capital admitted with National Securities Depository Limited
SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
(NSDL) and Central Depository Services (India) Limited (CDSL)
A policy on material subsidiaries has been formulated and the
and held in physical form, with the issued and listed capital. The
certificate issued by an independent practicing company secretary same is posted on the company’s website (weblink: https://
is submitted to the stock exchanges and is also placed before the www.cholamandalam.com/company-policies.aspx). The financial
board of directors. statements of subsidiary companies are tabled at the audit
committee and board meetings every quarter. The company does
CODE OF CONDUCT not have any material subsidiary whose net worth exceeds 10% of
The board has laid down a “Code of Conduct” for all the board the consolidated income or net worth of the company during the
members and the senior management of the company and the previous financial year or has generated 10% of the consolidated
Code of Conduct has been posted on the website of the company. income of the company during the previous financial year.
71
DISCLOSURES The policy is available on the website (weblink: https://www.

cholamandalam.com/company-policies.aspx).
Related party transactions
All transactions with related parties that were entered into during Penalties
the financial year were in the ordinary course of business and There were no penalties, strictures imposed on the company by
were on an arm’s length basis. There were no material transactions stock exchange(s) or SEBI or any statutory authority, on any matter
with related parties i.e., transactions of the company of material related to capital markets, during the last three years.
nature, with its promoters, the directors or the management, their
subsidiaries or relatives, etc., that may have potential conflict with
COMPLIANCE WITH CORPORATE GOVERNANCE NORMS
the interest of company at large. The company has complied with all mandatory requirements
Suitable disclosures as required in compliance with accounting of corporate governance norms as enumerated in chapter IV of
standards with related parties are disclosed in note 37 of the the Listing Regulations. The requirements of regulation 17 to
financial statements in the annual report. regulation 27 of the Listing Regulations and clauses (b) to (i) of the
sub-regulation (2) of regulation 46 to the extent applicable to the
The board has put in place a policy on related party transactions and
company have been complied with as disclosed in this report.
the same has been uploaded on the company’s website (weblink:
https://www.cholamandalam.com/company-policies.aspx). The company has also adopted the following discretionary
requirements specified in Part E of Schedule II in terms of regulation
Fee disclosures as required by clause 10(k), Part C, Schedule V
27(1) of the Listing Regulations:
of the Listing Regulations:
i.
Modified opinion(s) in audit report: Company’s financial
Total fees for all services paid by the company and its subsidiaries, statements have unmodified audit opinions.
on a consolidated basis, to M/s. S.R. Batliboi & Associates (Batliboi),
ii.
Separate posts of chairman and CEO: The positions of the
statutory auditors of the company and other firms in the network
chairman and ED are separate.
entity of which the statutory auditor is a part, as included in the
iii.
Reporting of internal auditor: The internal auditors of the
consolidated financial statements of the company for the year
company directly report to the audit committee
ended 31 March, 2019, is as follows:
` in lakhs
Particulars Amount MEANS OF COMMUNICATION
Fees for audit and related services paid to 70.97 The audited financial results, quarterly results and other major
Batliboi and affiliates firms and to entities
announcements like notices of board meetings, book closures were
of the network of which the statutory auditor
published in Business Line and Dinamani and are also available on
is a part
Other fees paid to Batliboi & affiliates firms - the company’s website www.cholamandalam.com. Press releases
and to entities of the network of which the are given in the leading newspapers and also posted on the
statutory auditor is a part company’s website. The investors’ presentations and call transcripts
Total fees 70.97 are also posted on the company’s website. The company has posted
Disclosure under Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace a shareholder’s satisfaction survey on its website to ascertain the
(Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013: level of the shareholders satisfaction. Further, the shareholding
pattern and presentations made to analysts and investors from
During the year, the company had not received any complaint
time to time are also displayed on the website of the company.
under the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention,
Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013. MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION & ANALYSIS
Whistle blower policy / vigil mechanism A management discussion & analysis report forms part of the
The company has established a whistle blower mechanism to annual report.
provide an avenue to raise concerns. The mechanism provides for GENERAL SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
adequate safeguards against victimisation of directors / employees
A separate section on the above has been included in the annual
/ customers who avail of the mechanism and also for appointment
report.
of an ombudsperson who will deal with the complaints received.
The policy also lays down the process to be followed for dealing
with complaints and in exceptional cases, also provides for direct
access to the chairperson of the audit committee. During the year, Place : Chennai M.M. Murugappan
no personnel have been denied access to the audit committee. Date : April 27, 2019 Chairman
72
Management Reports
Declaration on Code of Conduct

This is to confirm that the board has laid down a Code of Conduct for all board members and senior management of the company.
The Code of Conduct has also been posted on the website of the company. It is further confirmed that all directors and senior management
personnel of the company have affirmed compliance with the Code of Conduct of the company for the year ended 31 March, 2019,
as envisaged in schedule V under regulation 34 (3) of the Listing Regulations.
Place : Chennai Arun Alagappan

Date : April 27, 2019 Executive Director
Certificate from Company Secretary in Practice

[Pursuant to Regulation 34(3) read with Schedule V Para-C Sub clause (10)(i) of Securities Exchange
Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) 2015]
The Members,
CHOLAMANDALAM INVESTMENT AND FINANCE COMPANY LIMITED
Dare House, No. 2 N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai - 600001
We have examined the relevant books, papers, minutes books, forms and returns filed, notices received from the Directors
during the financial year under review and other records maintained by the Company and also the information provided by the
Company, its officers, agents and authorized representatives of CHOLAMANDALAM INVESTMENT AND FINANCE COMPANY LIMITED
(CIN: L65993TN1978PLC007576) having its Registered Office at Dare House No. 2 N S C Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai - 600001 (hereinafter
referred to as “The Company”) for the purpose of issue of a certificate, in accordance with Regulation 34 (3) read with Schedule V Part-C
Sub clause 10 (i) of Securities Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) 2015 as amended vide Notification
No: SEBI/LAD-NRO/GN/2018/10 dated May 9, 2018 issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India.
In our opinion and to the best of our knowledge and based on such examination as well as information and explanations furnished to us,
which to the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purpose issue of this certificate and based on such verification as
considered necessary, we hereby certify that None of the Directors as stated below on the Board of the company as on 31 March, 2019 have
been debarred or disqualified from being appointed or continuing as Directors of Companies by the SEBI (Board) /Ministry of Corporate
Affairs or any such other statutory authority.
S.NO DIN NAME OF THE DIRECTOR DESIGNATION
1. 00170478 M.M. Murugappan Non Executive - Chairman

2. 00030248 V. Srinivasa Rangan* Non Executive - Independent Director
3. 01892516 Bharati Rao Non Executive - Independent Director
4. 00492930 Ashok Kumar Barat Non Executive - Independent Director
5. 01628318 N. Ramesh Rajan Non Executive - Independent Director
6. 01797489 Rohan Verma Non Executive - Independent Director
7. 00291361 Arun Alagappan Executive Director
* The term of office of Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan expired at the close of business hours of 31 March, 2019.
We further state that such compliance is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the company nor of the efficiency or effectiveness
with which the management has conducted the affairs of the company.
For R. Sridharan & Associates
Company Secretaries

CS R. Sridharan
CP No. 3239
Place : Chennai FCS No. 4775
Date : April 27, 2019 UIN : S2003TN063400
73
Independent Auditor’s Report on compliance with the

conditions of Corporate Governance as per provisions of
Chapter IV of Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing
Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015,
as amended
To the Members of
Dare House, No. 2, N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai - 600 001
1. The accompanying Corporate Governance Report prepared by Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited (hereinafter
the “Company”), contains details as required in regulation 17 to 27, clauses (b) to (i) of sub-regulation (2) of regulation 46 and
para C, D, E of Schedule V of the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations,
2015, as amended (“the Listing Regulations”) ('reporting criteria') for the year ended March 31, 2019 as required by the Company for
annual submission to the Stock exchange.
Management’s Responsibility
2. The preparation of the Corporate Governance Report is the responsibility of the Management of the Company including the preparation
and maintenance of all relevant supporting records and documents. This responsibility also includes the design, implementation and
maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and presentation of the Corporate Governance Report.
3. The Management along with the Board of Directors are also responsible for ensuring that the Company complies with the conditions
of Corporate Governance as stipulated in the Listing Regulations, issued by the Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Auditor’s Responsibility
4. Pursuant to the requirements of the Listing Regulations, our responsibility is to express a reasonable assurance in the form of an
opinion whether the Company has complied with the conditions of Corporate Governance as specified in the Listing Regulations.
5. We conducted our examination of the Corporate Governance Report in accordance with the Guidance Note on Reports or Certificates
for Special Purposes and the Guidance Note on Certification of Corporate Governance, both issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India (“ICAI”). The Guidance Note on Reports or Certificates for Special Purposes requires that we comply with the
ethical requirements of the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
6. We have complied with the relevant applicable requirements of the Standard on Quality Control (SQC) 1, Quality Control for Firms that
Perform Audits and Reviews of Historical Financial Information, and Other Assurance and Related Services Engagements.
7. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks associated in compliance of the
Corporate Governance Report with the reporting criteria. Summary of key procedures performed include:
i. Reading and understanding of the information prepared by the Company and included in its Corporate Governance Report;
ii. Obtained and verified that the composition of the Board of Directors with respect to executive and non-executive directors has
been met throughout the reporting period;
iii. Obtained and read the Directors' Register as on March 31, 2019 and verified that atleast one women director was on the Board
during the year;
iv. Obtained and read the minutes of the following committee meetings held from April 1, 2018 to March 31, 2019:
(a) Board of Directors meeting;
(b) Audit committee;
(c) Annual General meeting;
74
Management Reports
(d) Nomination and remuneration committee;

(e) Stakeholders Relationship committee;
(f ) Corporate Social Responsibility committee; and
(g) Risk management committee;
v. Obtained and read the policy adopted by the Company for Related Party Transactions.
vi. Obtained the schedule of related party transactions during the year and balances at the year end. Obtained and read the minutes
of the audit committee meeting where in such related party transactions have been approved by the audit committee.
vii. Obtained necessary representations and declarations from directors of the Company including the independent directors ; and
viii. Performed necessary inquiries with the management and also obtained necessary specific representations from management.
8. The above-mentioned procedures include examining evidence supporting the particulars in the Corporate Governance Report on
a test basis. Further, our scope of work under this report did not involve us performing audit tests for the purposes of expressing
an opinion on the fairness or accuracy of any of the financial information or the financial statements of the Company taken as a
whole.
Opinion
9. Based on the procedures performed by us as referred in paragraph 7 above, and according to the information and explanations given
to us, we are of the opinion that the Company has complied with the conditions of Corporate Governance as specified in the Listing
Regulations, as applicable for the year ended March 31, 2019, referred to in paragraph 1 above.
Other matters and Restriction on Use
10. This report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor the efficiency or effectiveness with which the
management has conducted the affairs of the Company.
11. This report is addressed to and provided to the members of the Company solely for the purpose of enabling it to comply with its
obligations under the Listing Regulations with reference to compliance with the relevant regulations of Corporate Governance and
should not be used by any other person or for any other purpose. Accordingly, we do not accept or assume any liability or any duty of
care or for any other purpose or to any other party to whom it is shown or into whose hands it may come without our prior consent in
writing. We have no responsibility to update this report for events and circumstances occurring after the date of this report.
For S.R. BATLIBOI & ASSOCIATES LLP

Chartered Accountants
ICAI Firm Registration Number: 101049W/E300004
per Subramanian Suresh

Partner
Membership Number: 083673
Place of Signature : Chennai
Date : April 27, 2019
75
General Shareholders
Information
REGISTERED OFFICE
“Dare House”, No.2, N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai - 600 001.
CORPORATE IDENTITY NUMBER (CIN)
L65993TN1978PLC007576
ANNUAL GENERAL MEETING
Date Time Venue

30 July, 2019 3.30 p.m. The Music Academy, New No.168 (Old No.306), T.T.K. Road, Royapettah, Chennai - 600 014
FINANCIAL YEAR
1 April to 31 March.
DATES OF BOOK CLOSURE

Wednesday, the 24 July, 2019 to Tuesday, the 30 July, 2019 (both days inclusive).
DIVIDEND PAYMENT DATE

The board at its meeting held on 30 January, 2019 had approved payment of an interim dividend on the equity shares for the year ending
31 March, 2019 at the rate of 45% (` 4.50 per equity share of ` 10 each) and fixed a record date as 11 February, 2019. The dividend was paid
to all the shareholders by 16 February, 2019.
The board at its meeting held on 27 April, 2019 has further recommended payment of a final dividend of 20% (` 2 per equity share of
` 10 each), for the year ended 31 March, 2019. The same will be paid within 7 days upon declaration by the shareholders at the ensuing
annual general meeting.
Upon sub-division of equity shares the final dividend if declared at the ensuing AGM would be paid proportionately at the rate of 20% on
the equity shares of ` 2 each i.e. ` 0.40 per share.
LISTING ON STOCK EXCHANGES

Equity Shares:
BSE Limited National Stock Exchange of India Limited

Floor 25, Phiroze Jeejeebhoy Towers Exchange Plaza, Plot No.C-1, G Block, Bandra Kurla Complex,
Dalal Street, Fort Mumbai - 400 001. Bandra (E), Mumbai - 400 051
Stock Code: 511243 Stock Code: CHOLAFIN EQ
Debt Securities:
The Wholesale Debt Market (WDM) Segment of NSE and F - Class Segment of BSE Limited.
The listing fees for both equity shares and debt securities for FY 19 were paid to the above stock exchanges.
76
Management Reports
SHARE PRICE DATA in `

Month BSE NSE
High Low Vol. High Low Vol.
April, 2018 1,739.50 1,476.25 2,79,294 1,741.45 1,473.50 67,80,909
May, 2018 1,711.70 1,488.45 7,47,897 1,710.45 1,490.70 59,56,915
June, 2018 1,635.65 1,478.00 4,92,696 1,635.45 1,468.15 58,20,064
July, 2018 1,588.20 1,432.40 8,55,736 1,591.45 1,430.65 83,24,777
August, 2018 1,488.15 1,422.90 3,20,910 1,487.40 1,419.75 53,61,334
September, 2018 1,509.95 1,168.95 4,07,518 1,509.70 1,166.75 89,12,949
October, 2018 1,268.80 1,049.95 6,55,782 1,270.50 1,055.35 89,59,915
November, 2018 1,333.70 1,248.05 3,19,762 1,339.05 1,248.35 61,97,476
December, 2018 1,315.60 1,188.10 3,45,421 1,314.30 1,189.60 77,49,042
January, 2019 1,256.55 1,107.90 3,33,899 1,255.15 1,109.10 58,40,647
February, 2019 1,249.85 1,150.20 2,45,076 1,251.55 1,153.45 59,81,755
March, 2019
2016&d=02&e=31&f=2016&g=d 1448.40 1,268.35 3,12,129 1,452.40 1,269.15 70,71,174
Cholamandalam share price performance in

Cholamandalam share price performance in comparison
comparison with NSE NIFTY
with NSE NIFTY
1800
11800
1700
11400
1600
11000
1500
Chola (in Rs)

NSE NIFTY
10600
1400
10200
1300
9800 1200
9400 1100
9000 1000
Oct/18
Mar/19
Jun/18
Jul/18
Jan/19
May/18
Sep/18
Feb/19
Apr/18
Aug/18
Nov/18
Dec/18
NIFTY Cholamandalam Share Price
REGISTRAR AND SHARE TRANSFER AGENT

Pursuant to the composite scheme of arrangement and amalgamation, Karvy Computershare Private Limited has been amalgamated
with Karvy Fintech Private Limited (KFPL), Hyderabad. KFPL is the Registrar and Share Transfer Agent (RTA) for handling the physical and
electronic registry work. The shareholders are requested to send their share related requests / queries to the RTA.
The contact details of the RTA are as follows:

Karvy Fintech Private Limited
(Unit: Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited)
Karvy Selenium Tower B, Plot 31-32, Gachibowli, Financial District
Nanakramguda, Hyderabad - 500 032, A.P. | Phone: 040-67161514; Fax: 040-23420814
E-mail: einward.ris@karvy.com; | Website: www.karvyfintech.com
Contact person: Mrs. Varalakshmi P - Asst. General Manager-RIS
77
TRUSTEES FOR THE DEBENTURE HOLDERS

The company has appointed IDBI Trusteeship Services Limited and Catalyst Trusteeship Limited (Formerly GDA Trusteeship Limited) as
debenture trustees registered with SEBI, as the trustees on behalf of the debenture holders.
The contact details of the Trustees are as follows:
1. IDBI Trusteeship Services Limited 2. Catalyst Trusteeship Limited (Formerly GDA Trusteeship Ltd.)
Asian Building, Ground Floor, GDA House, Plot No. 85, Bhusari Colony (Right),
17, R. Kamani Marg, Ballard Estate, Mumbai - 400 001 Paud Road, Pune - 411 038
Phone : 022-40807035 Phone : 020-2528 0081
Website : www.idbitrustee.co.in Website : www.catalysttrustee.com
E-mail : itsl@idbitrustee.com E-mail : dt@ctltrustee.com
Contact person : Ms. Anjalee Athalye, Asst. VP (Operations) Contact person : Ms. Madhura Gokhale - Sr. Manager
Share Transfer System
For speedy processing of share transfers, the board has delegated powers to approve share transfers to the executive director up to certain
limits and beyond that to the stakeholders’ relationship committee. Depending on the number of requests received, share transfers are
processed every week.
Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has mandated that transfer of securities would be carried out in dematerlialised form only
till 31 March, 2019 and any transfer documents that has been re-submitted by the shareholder which was rejected by the RTA earlier shall
be accepted if the documents are in order for processing the transfer. Accordingly, the company / RTA accepted documents for transfer of
shares till 31 March, 2019 and valid documents were processed.
Effective 1 April 2019, SEBI has disallowed listed companies from accepting request for transfer of securities which are held in physical
form. The shareholders who continue to hold shares in physical form after this date, will not be able to lodge the shares with company / its
RTA for further transfer. Shareholders shall mandatorily convert them to demat form if they wish to effect any transfer. Only the requests
for transmission and transposition of securities in physical form, will be accepted by the company / RTA.
Dematerialisation of shares and liquidity
The company’s shares are tradable in the electronic form only. The company has established connectivity with National Securities
Depository Limited and Central Depository Services (India) Limited. As of 31 March, 2019, 99.81% of the company’s shares were held in
dematerialised form. The company’s shares are regularly traded on National Stock Exchange of India Limited and BSE Limited under the
ISIN: INE121A01016.
However, there are still 2,908 shareholders holding 0.18% of the company’s shares in physical form. Those shareholders whose shares are
held in physical mode may consider moving to dematerialised mode as it is a safer and easier way to hold and to transact in shares.
Nomination facility
The company is accepting nomination forms from shareholders in the prescribed form. All those who are desirous of making a nomination
are requested to contact the RTA. The shareholders holding shares in dematerialised form are requested to forward their nomination
instructions to the concerned depository participants. Nomination is optional and can be cancelled or varied by a shareholder at any time.
Payment of dividend through NACH
The company uses National Automated Clearing House (NACH) facility for payment of dividends directly to the bank accounts of
shareholders. The shareholders may use the facility by providing their bank account number to the depository participant / RTA, as may be
relevant, to enable the company to effect the dividend payment through the NACH mode.
Green initiative in corporate governance
The Companies Act, 2013 and the underlying rules permit companies to send various documents including the financial statements
through electronic mode to the shareholders. To support the green initiative and to receive all documents, notices, including annual
reports and other communications of the company, shareholders are requested to register their e-mail ID with the depository participant,
if the holding is in electronic mode. If shares are held in physical mode, the shareholders may give a positive consent in writing to RTA for
receiving by electronic mode.
Details of complaints received and redressed
During the year, six investor service complaints relating to non-receipt of dividend, updation of signature in RTA records, non-receipt of
duplicate share certificates, claim in respect of the forfeited share certificates were received. No investor service complaint was pending
as at 31 March, 2019.
78
Management Reports
Contact details of the designated official for assisting and handling investor grievances
In terms of regulation 46(2)(k) of the Listing Regulations, the contact details of the designated official for assisting and handling investor
grievances are as below:
Ms. P. Sujatha, Company Secretary
“Dare House”, No.2, N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai-600 001
Phone: 044 40907172 (bd.) 40907055 (d). Fax: 044 25346464
E-mail: sujathap@chola.murugappa.com;
investors@chola.murugappa.com
CREDIT RATING
The credit rating details of the company as at 31 March, 2019 are as follows:
Rating Agency Term Type Rating as on 31 March 2018 Revisions during the year Obtained during the year
ICRA LT NCD / SD [ICRA]AA with Positive Outlook NCD : Upgraded from NCD : [ICRA]AA+ with stable
/ CC / TL [ICRA]AA with positive Outlook on June 18, 2018
outlook to [ICRA]AA+
with stable outlook
on April 24, 2018
SD : Upgraded from
[ICRA]AA with positive
outlook to [ICRA]AA+
with stable outlook
on April 24, 2018
LT PD [ICRA]AA- with Stable Outlook PD : Upgraded from PD : [ICRA]AA with Stable
[ICRA]AA- with positive Outlook on Feb 4, 2019
outlook to [ICRA]AA
with Stable Outlook
on April 24, 2018
ST CP / [ICRA]A1+ Revalidated CP : [ICRA]A1+
WCDL on January 7, 2019
CRISIL ST CP [CRISIL]A1+ CP : [CRISIL]A1+ on
January 23, 2019
LT SD [CRISIL]AA+ / Stable Upgraded from CRISIL AA
with stable outlook to
[CRISIL]AA+ stable outlook
on June 22, 2018
CARE LT SD CARE AA+
LT PD CARE AA
ST CP CARE A1+ Revalidation CP : CARE A1+
on March 15, 2019
INDIA Ratings LT NCD / SD IND AA+ with Stable Outlook NCD : IND AA+ with Stable
and Research Outlook on June 15, 2018
Private Ltd LT PD IND AA with Stable Outlook PD : IND AA with Stable
Outlook on Jan 30, 2019
79
Payment of unclaimed / unpaid dividend

In respect of unclaimed dividends, the company sends periodical reminders to the shareholders before transferring the unclaimed
dividends to the investor education and protection fund (IEPF) established by the central government. The dividends that are lying
unclaimed / unpaid for a period of seven consecutive years are transferred from time to time to IEPF. The company has remitted
` 4.81 lakhs to IEPF during the year.
Year wise details of the dividends to be transferred to IEPF are given below:
FY to which the dividend relates Date of declaration Due date for transfer to IEPF
2012 - Final 30 July, 2012 04 September, 2019

2013 - Interim 18 January, 2013 23 February, 2020
- Final 31 July, 2013 04 September, 2020
2014 - Interim 29 January, 2014 05 March, 2021
- Final 27 July, 2017 31 August, 2024
- Final 26 July, 2018 30 August, 2025
Transfer of Equity Shares to IEPF

In accordance with the provisions of section 124 and 125 of the Act, read with Investor Education and Protection Fund Authority
(Accounting, Audit, Transfer and Refund) Rules, 2016 (IEPF), shares of all dividends which remain unpaid/unclaimed for a period
of seven consecutive years be transferred to Investor Education and Protection Fund (IEPF). As required under the said rules, the
company had published a notice in the newspapers inviting the shareholders attention to the aforesaid rules. The company had also
sent out individual communication to the concerned shareholders whose shares are liable to be transferred to IEPF Account, pursuant
to the said rules and also displayed the details of such shareholders and shares due for transfer on the website of the company at
www.cholamandalam.com in line with the requirements. During the year, the company had transferred 5,087 shares pertaining to
62 shareholders to the demat account maintained by IEPF authority. Shareholders may note that both the unclaimed dividend and
corresponding shares transferred to IEPF including all benefits accruing on such shares, if any, can be claimed from IEPF authority, as per
the procedure prescribed in the rules. No claim shall lie in respect thereof with the company.
Unclaimed Suspense Account
In terms of regulation 34(3) of the Listing Regulations, all the shares issued in physical form pursuant to a public issue or any other issue,
which remain unclaimed had been transferred into one folio in the name of unclaimed suspense account and dematerialised. The voting
rights of these shares shall remain frozen till the rightful owner of such shares claims the shares. During the year, the company transferred
150 shares to the IEPF authority for which the dividend remained unpaid/unclaimed during the seven consecutive years in the unclaimed
suspense account.
The details regarding the shares which are in the unclaimed suspense account are given below:
S. No. Description Total No. of cases Total Shares

1 No. of shareholders and outstanding shares lying in the unclaimed suspense account 3 191
at the beginning of the year
2 No. of shareholders who approached for transfer of shares from unclaimed suspense - -
account during the year
3 No. of shareholders to whom shares were transferred from the unclaimed suspense - -
account during the year
4 No. of shares transferred to IEPF authority 2 150
5 No. of shareholders and outstanding shares lying in the unclaimed suspense 1 41
account at the end of the year
80
Management Reports
Distribution of Shareholding as on 31 March, 2019
Sl. No. Category (Shares) No. of Holders % to Holders No. of Shares % to Equity
1 1 - 500 45,753 92.37 416,3,467 2.66

2 501 - 1000 1,849 3.73 13,30,357 0.85
3 1001 - 3000 1,156 2.34 19,85,341 1.27
4 3001 - 10000 408 0.82 21,37,800 1.36
5 10001 - 20000 109 0.22 15,58,466 1.00
6 20001 - 100000 174 0.35 82,48,513 5.28
7 100001 and above 84 0.17 13,69,35,169 87.58
TOTAL 49,533 100.00 15,63,59,113 100.00
SHAREHOLDING PATTERN
Category (Shares) As at 31, March 2019

No. of Shares % of
shareholding
Promoter and promoter group 8,29,64,828 53.06
Foreign Portfolio Investors 2,96,21,286 18.94
Mutual Funds / Trust / Banks 2,55,11,708 16.32
Alternative Investment Fund 11,87,149 0.76
Private Corporate Bodies / NBFCs 64,44,812 4.12
Resident Individuals and others 1,06,29,330 6.80
TOTAL 15,63,59,113 100.00
OUTSTANDING GDRs/ADRs ETC.

The company has not issued any GDR / ADR or any convertible instruments that is likely to impact the equity share capital of the company.
COMMODITY PRICE RISK / FOREIGN EXCHANGE RISK AND COMMODITY HEDGING ACTIVITIES
The company is in financial services business and has no exposure to commodity price risk and commodity hedging activities and hence
the disclosure pertaining to SEBI circular dated 15 November, 2018 is not applicable. In respect of certain computer related purchases
involving payment in foreign currency wherein the payment is made basis the rate prevailing on the date of payment and as per the terms
mentioned in contract. To this extent, if the currency movement is adverse, the payment would be impacted by such currency exposure.
LOCATION
The company's registered office is in Chennai and it operates out of 911 branches across the country.

81
Business Responsibility Report

SECTION A: GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY
1. Corporate Identity Number (CIN) of the company: L65993TN1978PLC007576
2. Name of the company: Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
3. Registered office address: “Dare House”, No.2, N.S.C. Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai - 600001
4. Website: www.cholamandalam.com
5. E-mail id: investors@chola.murugappa.com
6. Financial Year reported: 01.04.2018 - 31.03.2019
7. Sector(s) that the company is engaged in (industrial activity code-wise):
NIC Code Group Description
K 649 Financial Services - Lending
8. List three key services that the company provides (as in balance sheet):
Key services rendered by the company are
1. Vehicle Finance
2. Home Equity, Home Loans
3. Corporate Finance
9. Total number of locations where business activity is undertaken by the company:
(a) Number of international locations (Provide details of major 5): Nil
(b) Number of national locations: 911 branches
10. Markets served by the company - local / state / national / international: National
SECTION B: FINANCIAL DETAILS OF THE COMPANY

1. Paid Up capital: ` 156.36 crores
2. Total turnover: ` 6,991.97 crores
3. Total profit after taxes: ` 1,186.15 crores
4. Total Spending on Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) as percentage of profit after tax (%): Refer CSR report
5. List of activities in which expenditure in 4 above has been incurred: Refer CSR report
SECTION C: OTHER DETAILS

1. Does the company have any subsidiary company/companies?
Yes, the company has two subsidiaries as on 31.03.2019 namely*:
1. Cholamandalam Securities Limited and
2. Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited
*White Data Systems India Private Limited ceased to be a subsidiary of the company w.e.f. 1 October, 2018.
2. Do the subsidiary company/companies participate in the Business Responsibility (BR) initiatives of the parent company? If yes, then
indicate the number of such subsidiary company(s):
BR initiatives of the parent company are generally followed by the subsidiary companies to the extent possible.
3. Do any other entity/entities (e.g. suppliers, distributors etc.) that the company does business with, participate in the BR initiatives of
the company? If yes, then indicate the percentage of such entity/entities? [Less than 30%, 30-60%, More than 60%]:
Not applicable.
SECTION D: BR INFORMATION
1. Details of director/directors responsible for BR:
(a) Details of the director/director responsible for implementation of the BR policy/policies:
1. Director Identification Number (DIN): 00291361
2. Name: Mr. Arun Alagappan
3. Designation: Executive Director
82
Management Reports
(b) Details of the BR head:
SN. Particulars Details

1 DIN (if applicable) 00291361
2 Name Mr. Arun Alagappan
3 Designation Executive Director
4 Telephone number 044 - 4090 7172
5 E-mail id aa@chola.murugappa.com
2. Principle-wise (as per NVGs) BR Policy/policies

(a) Details of compliance (Reply in Y/N)
SN. Questions P 1 P 2 P 3 P 4 P 5 P 6 P 7 P 8 P9
1 Do you have a policy/policies for all the principles Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
2 Has the policy being formulated in consultation Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
with the relevant stakeholders?
3 Does the policy conform to any national/international Y* Y* Y* Y* Y* Y* Y* Y* Y*
standards?
4 Has the policy being approved by the board? If yes, Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
has it been signed by MD/owner/CEO/ appropriate
board director?
5 Does the company have a specified committee Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
of the board/director/official to oversee the
implementation of the policy?
6 Indicate the link for the policy to be viewed online? https://www.cholamandalam.com/company-policies.aspx
7 Has the policy been formally communicated to all Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
relevant internal and external stakeholders?
8 Does the company have in-house structure to Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
implement the policy/policies.
9 Does the company have a grievance redressal Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
mechanism related to the policy/policies to address
stakeholders’ grievances related to the policy/policies?
10 Has the company carried out independent audit/ N N N N N N N N N
evaluation of the working of this policy by an internal
or external agency?
* National standards
(b) If answer to the question at serial number 1 against any principle, is ‘No’, please explain why: Not applicable.
3. Governance related to BR
(a) Indicate the frequency with which the board of directors, committee of the board or CEO to assess the BR performance of the
company. Within 3 months, 3-6 months, Annually, More than 1 year.
The BR performance is assessed annually.
(b) Does the company publish a BR or a Sustainability Report? What is the hyperlink for viewing this report? How frequently it is
published?
Yes, https://www.cholamandalam.com/company-policies.aspx. Report is published annually.
SECTION E: PRINCIPLE-WISE PERFORMANCE

Principle 1 - To conduct and govern themselves with ethics, transparency and accountability
1. Does the policy relating to ethics, bribery and corruption cover only the company? Yes/No. Does it extend to the group/joint ventures/
suppliers/contractors/NGOs/others?
The policy extends to the company, its subsidiaries and its business associates.
83
2. How many stakeholder complaints have been received in the past financial year and what percentage was satisfactorily resolved by
the management? If so, provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so.
Particulars Received Resolved Pending

Customer complaints 1,428 1,417 11
Shareholder complaints 6 6 0
Principle 2 - To provide services that are safe and contribute to sustainability throughout their life cycle
1. List up to 3 of your products or services whose design has incorporated social or environmental concerns, risks and/or opportunities.
Not applicable - The company being a NBFC is not engaged in a business concerning design of products/services that could

raise social concerns, economic risks and/or hazardous opportunities.
2. For each such product, provide the following details in respect of resource use (energy, water, raw material etc.) per unit of product
(optional):
Not applicable.
3. Does the company have procedures in place for sustainable sourcing (including transportation)? If yes, what percentage of your
inputs was sourced sustainably? Also, provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so.
Not applicable.
4. Has the company taken any steps to procure goods and services from local & small producers, including communities surrounding
their place of work? If yes, what steps have been taken to improve their capacity and capability of local and small vendors?
Yes, the company procures goods and services from local and small producers, including communities surrounding their

place of work wherever possible.
5. Does the company have a mechanism to recycle products and waste? If yes what is the percentage of recycling of products and waste
(separately as 10%). Also, provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so.
Not applicable.
Principle 3 - To promote the well being of all employees

1. Please indicate the total number of employees - 7,003
2. Please indicate the total number of employees hired on temporary/contractual/casual basis - 0
3. Please indicate the number of permanent women employees - 170
4. Please indicate the number of permanent employees with disabilities - 0
5. Do you have an employee association that is recognized by management - No
6. What percentage of your permanent employees is members of this recognized employee association? - Not applicable.
7. Please indicate the number of complaints relating to child labour, forced labour, involuntary labour, sexual harassment in the last
financial year and pending, as on the end of the financial year.
SN. Category No. of complaints filed No. of complaints pending as

during the financial year on end of the financial year
1 Child labour/forced labour/involuntary labour - -
2 Sexual harassment - -
3 Discriminatory employment - -
8. What percentage of your under mentioned employees were given safety & skill up-gradation training in the last year?
Safety Awareness drives in every area offices on 1st & 2nd Saturday of the month. It is one hour session conducted by Human
Resources function on safe driving, drunken driving and safety aspects of wearing helmets while riding bikes. Wearing of
helmets was made mandatory for all two wheeler riders. Employees not complying with the same are penalised.
eer Support: Staffs are encouraged to have conversation with their colleagues who do not follow road safety & drive without
P
Helmets.
84
Management Reports
Master Health Checkup - All active employees qualify under the Master health checkup program shall mandatorily complete their

checkup before 31 March, 2019.
Wellness Programmes:
Sustained Yoga Awareness: Organized 73 Yoga programmes in Pan India and 2958 employees are participated in that. This is an
a)
attempt to reduce the number of deaths among our front end staff and with a view to de-stress our field executives.
General Wellness Camp: 26 wellness programmes have organized in FY19. Totally, 2,500 employees participated and were
b)
benefited in that.
Eye check-up camps: Drive eye check-up camp made mandatorily in all major area offices of east.
c)
General Health Check-up Camp: Free full body health check-up camps for employees were organized in Regional Offices. In
d)
such health camp, employees are getting their immediate checks on Blood Sugar, Pressure, and ECG etc. along with free doctor
consultation & diet plan.
Principle 4 - Businesses should respect the interests of, and be responsive towards all stakeholders, especially those who are
disadvantaged, vulnerable and marginalized.
1. Has the company mapped its internal and external stakeholders? Yes/No.
Yes.
2. Out of the above, has the company identified the disadvantaged, vulnerable & marginalized stakeholders.
Not applicable.
3. Are there any special initiatives taken by the company to engage with the disadvantaged, vulnerable and marginalized stakeholders.
If so, provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so.
Not applicable.
Principle 5 - Businesses should respect and promote human rights

1. Does the policy of the company on human rights cover only the company or extend to the Group/Joint Ventures/Suppliers/
Contractors/NGOs/Others?
The policy on human rights covers the company, customers and its associates.
2. How many stakeholder complaints have been received in the past financial year and what percent was satisfactorily resolved by the
management?
he company received 1,428 customer complaints and 6 shareholder complaints during the financial year. 99.23% customer
T
complaints were resolved satisfactorily by the management as on 31 March, 2019.
Principle 6 - Business should respect, protect, and make efforts to restore the environment
1. Does the policy related to Principle 6 cover only the company or extends to the Group/Joint Ventures/Suppliers/Contractors/ NGOs/
others.
The policy is applicable only to the company.
2. Does the company have strategies/ initiatives to address global environmental issues such as climate change, global warming, etc?
Y/N. If yes, please give hyperlink for web page etc.
Not applicable.
3. Does the company identify and assess potential environmental risks? Y/N.
Not applicable.
4. Does the company have any project related to Clean Development Mechanism? If so, provide details thereof, in about 50 words or so.
Also, if Yes, whether any environmental compliance report is filed?
No.
5. Has the company undertaken any other initiatives on - clean technology, energy efficiency, renewable energy, etc. Y/N. If yes, please
give hyperlink for web page etc.:
No.
85
6.
Are the Emissions/Waste generated by the company within the permissible limits given by CPCB/SPCB for the financial year being reported?
Not applicable.
7. Number of show cause/ legal notices received from CPCB/SPCB which are pending (i.e. not resolved to satisfaction) as on end of FY.
Nil.
Principle 7 - Businesses, when engaged in influencing public and regulatory policy, should do so in a responsible manner
1. Is your company a member of any trade and chamber or association? If Yes, Name only those major ones that your business deals with:
• Finance Industry Development Council
• Finance Companies’ Association (India)
• South India Hire Purchase Association
2. Have you advocated/lobbied through above associations for the advancement or improvement of public good? Yes/No; if yes specify
the broad areas (drop box: Governance and Administration, Economic Reforms, Inclusive Development Policies, Energy security,
Water, Food Security, Sustainable Business Principles, Others
Yes. Representations had been submitted to the Government and regulatory authorities on various matters for the

improvement of public good on areas relating to governance and administration, economic reforms, inclusive development
policies and sustainable business principles.
Principle 8 - Businesses should support inclusive growth and equitable development

1. Does the company have specified programmes/initiatives/projects in pursuit of the policy related to Principle 8? If yes details thereof.
Yes, please refer CSR Report.
2. Are the programmes/projects undertaken through in-house team/own foundation/external NGO/government structures/any other
organization?
Yes, please refer CSR Report.
3. Have you done any impact assessment of your initiative?
We have done impact assessment study in the FY19 for the Health and WASH projects.
4.
What is your company’s direct contribution to community development projects - Amount in INR and the details of the projects undertaken?
Please refer CSR Report.
5. Have you taken steps to ensure that this community development initiative is successfully adopted by the community? Please explain
in 50 words, or so.
Yes, in these projects the community is motivated to contribute. The cost will be mobilized by way of membership fee from
the beneficiary families. The villagers also provide installation space for the machine. They have formed committees with the
guidance of Implementing partners and the Panchayat. These committees not only take care of the project but also create a
surplus by monthly fee collection, which they use to sustain the project.
Principle 9 - Businesses should engage with and provide value to their customers and consumers in a responsible manner
1. What percentage of customer complaints/consumer cases are pending as on the end of financial year.
0.77% of customer complaints were pending at the end of financial year.
2. Does the company display product information on the product label, over and above what is mandated as per local laws? Yes/No/
N.A./Remarks(additional information)
Not Applicable.
3. Is there any case filed by any stakeholder against the company regarding unfair trade practices, irresponsible advertising and/ or
anti-competitive behaviour during the last five years and pending as on end of financial year. If so, provide details thereof, in about 50
words or so.
No.
4. Did your company carry out any consumer survey/consumer satisfaction trends?
Yes, customer satisfaction surveys are carried out periodically and trends measured.
86
Corporate Overview Management Reports
Financial Statements
Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Members of Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
Report on the Audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements of Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
(“the Company”), which comprise the Balance sheet as at March 31, 2019, the Statement of Profit and Loss, including the statement of
Other Comprehensive Income, the Cash Flow Statement and the Statement of Changes in Equity for the year then ended, and notes to
the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the aforesaid Standalone Ind AS Financial
Statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013 (“the Act”) in the manner so required and give a true and fair view
in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at March 31, 2019, its
profit including other comprehensive income its cash flows and the changes in equity for the year ended on that date.
Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (‘SAs’), as specified
under Section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those Standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s Responsibilities for
the Audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the Company in accordance with
the ‘Code of Ethics’ issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to
our audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled
our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we
have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements.
Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the Standalone Ind
AS Financial Statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2019. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on
these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. We have fulfilled the
responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements section of our
report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to
our assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements. The results of our audit procedures,
including the procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements.
Key audit matters How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Change in financial reporting framework – First time adoption of Indian Accounting Standards (‘Ind AS’) (as described in
Note 2 of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements)
In accordance with the roadmap for implementation of Ind Our audit procedures with regard to the 1st time adoption of
AS for non-banking financial companies, as announced by Ind AS included assessing the judgements applied by the
the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, the Company has adopted Management in this regard:
Ind AS from April 1, 2018 with an effective date of April 1, 2017 • Reading the Ind AS impact assessment performed by the
for such transition. For periods up to and including the year ended management to identify areas which were impacted on
March 31, 2018, the Company had prepared and presented its account of Ind AS transition;
financial statements in accordance with the erstwhile generally
accepted accounting principles in India (Previous GAAP). In order •
Understanding the financial statement closure process and the
to give effect of the transition to Ind AS these financial statements controls established by the Company for transition to Ind AS;
for the year ended March 31, 2019, together with the comparative • Reading and assessing the changes made to the accounting
financial information for the previous year ended March 31, 2018 policies due to the requirements of the new financial reporting
and the transition date balance sheet as at April 1, 2017 have been framework;
prepared under Ind AS.
87
Independent Auditor’s Report (Contd.)

The transition to Ind AS has involved changes in the Company’s • Assessing the judgements exercised by the management in
policies and processes relating to financial reporting. Further, applying the first-time adoption principles of Ind AS 101 as at
the management has also exercised judgement (wherever transition date;
applicable) in giving effect to various principles of Ind AS in its
• Testing accounting adjustments posted as at the transition
first-time adoption. In view of the complexity and the resultant
date, and in respect of the previous year to convert the
risk of a material misstatement arising from an error or omission
financial information reported under erstwhile Indian GAAP to
in correctly implementing the principles of Ind AS at the transition
Ind AS;
date, which could result in a misstatement of one or more periods
presented in these Ind AS financials statements, this has been an • Assessing the disclosures included in the Standalone Ind AS
area of significance in our audit. Financial Statements in accordance with the requirements
of Ind AS (including with respect to the previous periods
Some of the key adjustments made to the financial statements on
presented).
first-time adoption of Ind AS for the year ended March 31, 2019
are as follows: Procedures in connection with Sl. No. 1:
1. The Company earns certain interest income and incurs certain Our audit response included (as applicable in each case):
expenses which are directly attributable to the origination of • Assessing the items which has been considered as part of
loans disbursed by the Company. Under Ind AS, the accounting effective interest rate as well as the related computation on a
for these upfront charges and interest income are based on test basis; and
the effective interest rate method for loans which is based on
the loan cashflows. •
Assessing the related IT system and manual controls
implemented for effective interest rate accounting.
2. Under the Previous GAAP, the identification of delinquent
accounts and consequent provisions for loan losses were Procedures on the matter discussed in Sl. No. 2
made on the loans based on the guidelines prescribed by We gained an understanding of the Company’s key credit
the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) in this regard. Under Ind AS, processes comprising granting, recording and monitoring of
estimates regarding the impairment provision against financial loans as well as impairment provisioning. In addition,
assets are based on the expected credit loss model developed
• We read and assessed the Company’s impairment provisioning
by the Company based on the principles prescribed under Ind
policy as per Ind AS 109;
AS 109.
• Obtained an understanding of the Company’s Expected Credit
3. The Company from time to time enters into securitisation and
Loss (‘ECL’) methodology, the underlying assumptions and
assignment transactions for transfer of financial assets under
performed sample tests to assess the staging of outstanding
arrangements which have different terms and conditions.
exposures;
Under Ind AS, management has performed an evaluation of
whether the financial asset de-recognition criteria prescribed • We assessed the Exposure at Default used in the impairment
in Ind AS 109 is satisfied on a case to case basis and based on calculations on a test basis;
such evaluation, related accounting adjustments are recorded • Obtained an understanding of the basis and methodology
in the financial statements.
adopted by management to determine 12 month and life-time
Additionally, regarding the matter discussed in Sl. No. 2, as probability of defaults for various homogenous segments and
explained in the notes to the financial statements for the year performed test checks;
ended March 31, 2019, the impairment provision based on the
• Obtained an understanding of the basis and methodology
expected credit loss model requires the management of the
adopted by management to determine Loss Given Defaults
Company to make significant judgments in connection with
for various homogenous segments based on past recovery
related computation. These include:
experience, qualitative factors etc., and performed test checks;
(a) Segmentation of the loan portfolio into homogenous pool of
•
Assessed the items of loans and advances, credit related
borrowers;
contingent items as at the reporting date which are considered
(b) Identification of exposures where there is a significant increase in the impairment computation as at the reporting date;
in credit risk and those that are credit impaired;
•
Assessed the data used in the impairment computation
(c) Determination of the 12 month and life-time probability of (including the data integrity of information extracted from the
default for each of the segments identified; and Company’s IT systems);
88

(d) Loss given default for various exposures based on past trends •
Enquired with the management regarding significant
/ experience, management estimates etc., judgments and estimates involved in the impairment
Note 3.5 to the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements explains computation;
the various matters that the management has considered for • Assessed analytical reviews of disaggregated data to observe
developing this expected credit loss model. any unusual trends warranting additional audit procedures;
As at March 31, 2019, the Company has made a provision for and
impairment loss aggregating ` 93,071 Lakhs against the loans • Read the financial statement disclosures made as per Ind AS
outstanding. Due to the significance of the judgments used in 109 and Ind AS 107.
both classification of loans and advances into various stages Procedures in relation to Sl no 3:
as well as the computation of expected credit losses on such
financial assets as per Ind AS 109, this has been considered as an •
Obtained and read a sample of agreements entered for
area of significance for our audit. securitisation of financial assets and assignment transactions
to assess management’s determination of the satisfaction of
de-recognition conditions as per Ind AS 109;
• Assessed the management estimates used to determine the
gain on financial assets de-recognised during the year;
•
Assessed business model evaluation under Ind AS 109
in respect of portfolio of loans where financial assets are
de-recognised during the year.
Audit in an Information Technology (IT) enabled environment - including considerations on exceptions identified in IT
environment
Pursuant to various reporting requirements such as reporting on In assessing the reliability of electronic data processing, we
the internal controls over financial reporting, we place significant included specialized IT auditors in our audit team. Our audit
emphasis on the information systems, the controls, and process procedures focused on the IT infrastructure and applications
around such information systems and the usage of information relevant to financial reporting:
from such systems for the purpose of financial reporting by the • Assessing the information systems and the applications that is
Management. available in the Company in two phases: (i) IT General Controls
The Company has information technology applications which and (ii) Application level embedded controls;
are used across various class of transactions in its operations • The aspects covered in the IT systems General Control audit
including automated and IT dependent manual controls that are were (i) User Access Management (ii) Change Management
embedded in them. (iii) Other related ITGCs; - to understand the design and the
Hence, our audit procedures have focus on IT systems and operating effectiveness of such controls in the system;
controls in them due the pervasive nature and complexity of the •
Understanding of the changes that were made to the IT
IT environment, operational volume across numerous locations landscape during the audit period and assessing changes that
daily and the reliance on automated and IT dependent manual have impact on financial reporting;
controls.
• Performed tests of controls (including over compensatory
controls wherever applicable) on the IT Application controls
and IT dependent manual controls in the system.
• Wherever applicable, we also assessed through direct sample
tests, the information produced from these systems which
were relied upon for our audit.
Pending litigations with tax authorities (as described in Note 38 of the Ind AS Financial Statements)
The Company operates in a complex tax environment and is In assessing the exposure of the Company for the tax litigations,
required to discharge direct and indirect tax obligations under we have performed the following procedures:
various legislations such as Income Tax Act, 1961, the Finance Act, • Obtained an understanding of the process laid down by the
1994 Goods and Services Tax Acts and VAT Acts of various states. management for performing their assessment taking into
89

The tax authorities under these legislations have raised certain consideration past legal precedents, changes in laws and
tax demands on the Company in respect of the past periods. The regulations, expert opinions obtained from external tax / legal
Company has disputed such demands and has appealed against experts (as applicable);
them at appropriate forums. As at March 31, 2019 the Company • Assessed the processes and entity level controls established
has an amount of ` 63,668 Lakhs involved in various pending tax by the Company to ensure completeness of information with
litigations. respect to tax litigations;
Ind AS 37 requires the Company to perform an assessment of the •
Along with our tax experts, we undertook the following
probability of economic outflow on account of such disputed tax procedures:
matters and determine whether any particular obligation needs
to be recorded as a provision in the books of account or to be • Reading communications with relevant tax authorities
disclosed as a contingent liability. Considering the significant including notices, demands, orders, etc., relevant to the
degree of judgement applied by the management in making such ending litigations, as made available to us by the
assessments and the resultant impact on the financial statements, management;
we have considered it to be an area of significance for our audit. • Testing the accuracy of disputed amounts from the
underlying communications received from tax authorities
and responses filed by the Company;
• onsidered the submissions made to appellate authorities
C
and expert opinions obtained by the Company from
external tax / legal experts (wherever applicable) which
form the basis for management’s assessment;
• Assessed the positions taken by the management in the
light of the aforesaid information and based on the
examination of the matters by our tax experts.
•
Read the disclosures included in the Standalone Ind AS
Financial Statements in accordance with Ind AS 37.
Information Other than the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon
The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises Board’s Report
including Annexures to the Board’s Report and Management Discussion and Analysis, Corporate Governance and General
Shareholder Information and Business Responsibility report included in the Annual report, but does not include the
Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements does not cover the other information and we do not express
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements
or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have
performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of Management and those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements
The Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the matters stated in section 134(5) of the Act with respect to the
preparation of these Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements that give a true and fair view of the financial position, financial
performance including other comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity of the Company in accordance
with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specified
under Section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended.
This responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act
for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection
90

and application of appropriate accounting policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent;
and the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls, that were operating effectively
for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the preparation and presentation of the
Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements that give a true and fair view and are free from material misstatement, whether
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements, management is responsible for assessing the Company’s ability
to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern
basis of accounting unless management either intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic
alternative but to do so.
Those charged with governance are also responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements as a whole
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our
opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic
decisions of users taken on the basis of these Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism
throughout the audit. We also:
• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements, whether due
to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting
from fraud is higher than for one resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions,
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are
appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion
on whether the Company has adequate internal financial controls system in place and the operating effectiveness of
such controls.
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related
disclosures made by management.
• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the
audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant
doubt on the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we
are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements or, if such
disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to
the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as
a going concern.
• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements, including
the disclosures, and whether the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements represent the underlying transactions and
events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our
audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements
regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be
thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
91

From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most
significance in the audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2019 and
are therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes
public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be
communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh
the public interest benefits of such communication.
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
1. As required by the Companies (Auditor’s Report) Order, 2016 (“the Order”), issued by the Central Government of India
in terms of sub-section (11) of section 143 of the Act, we give in the “Annexure 1” a statement on the matters specified
in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order.
2. As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:
(a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best of our knowledge and belief
were necessary for the purposes of our audit;
(b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the Company so far as it appears
from our examination of those books;
(c) The Balance Sheet, the Statement of Profit and Loss including the Statement of Other Comprehensive Income,
the Cash Flow Statement and Statement of Changes in Equity dealt with by this Report are in agreement with the
books of account;
(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements comply with the Accounting Standards
specified under Section 133 of the Act, read with Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as
amended;
(e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on March 31, 2019 taken on record by the
Board of Directors, none of the directors is disqualified as on March 31, 2019 from being appointed as a director in
terms of Section 164 (2) of the Act;
(f ) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls over financial reporting of the Company with
reference to these Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements and the operating effectiveness of such controls, refer
to our separate Report in “Annexure 2” to this report;
(g) In our opinion, the managerial remuneration for the year ended March 31, 2019 has been paid / provided by the
Company to its directors in accordance with the provisions of Section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act;
(h) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies
(Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to
the explanations given to us:
i. The Company has disclosed the impact of pending litigations on its financial position in its Standalone Ind AS
Financial Statements – Refer Note 38 to the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements;
ii. The Company has made provision, as required under the applicable law or accounting standards, for material
foreseeable losses, if any, on long-term contracts including derivative contracts – Refer Note 7 to the Standalone
Ind AS Financial Statements;
iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the Investor Education and
Protection Fund by the Company


Partner
92
Annexure 1 referred to in our report of even date

Re: Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited (“the Company”)
(i) (a) The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars, including quantitative details and situation of
property, plant and equipment.
(b) Property, plant and equipment have been physically verified by the management during the year and no material
discrepancies were identified on such verification.
(c) According to the information and explanations given by the management, the title deeds of immovable properties included
in property, plant and equipment are held in the name of the company. Immovable properties of loan and buildings whose
title deeds have been pledged in favour of Trustees for the benefit of debenture holders as security for the Redeemable Non-
convertible Debentures, are held in the name of the Company based on the Trust Deed executed between the Trustees and
the Company.
(ii) The Company’s business does not involve inventories and, accordingly, the requirements under paragraph 3(ii) of the Order are not
applicable to the Company.
(iii) (a) The Company has granted loans to one subsidiary Company and one associate covered in the register maintained under
Section 189 of the Companies Act, 2013. In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the
terms and conditions of the grant of such loans are not prejudicial to the Company's interest.
(b) The schedule of repayment of principal and payment of interest has been stipulated for the loans granted and the repayment/
receipts are regular.
(c) According to the information and explanations given by the management there are no amounts of loans which are overdue
for more than ninety days from a Company covered in the register maintained under Section 189 of the Companies Act,
2013.
(iv) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, there are no loans, investments, guarantees, and
securities granted in respect of which provisions of Sections 185 and 186 of the Act have not been complied with by the Company.
(v) The Company has not accepted any deposits within the meaning of Sections 73 to 76 of the Companies Act 2013 and the Companies
(Acceptance of Deposits) Rules, 2014 (as amended) during the year. Accordingly, the provisions of clause 3(v) of the Order are not
applicable.
(vi) To the best of our knowledge and as explained, the Central Government has not specified the maintenance of cost records under
Section 148(1) of the Companies Act, 2013, for the services of the Company.
(vii) (a) The Company is regular in depositing with appropriate authorities undisputed statutory dues including provident fund,
employees’ state insurance, income-tax, sales tax, service tax, value added tax, goods and services tax, duty of custom, cess
and other material statutory dues applicable to it. The provisions relating to wealth tax and duty of excise are not applicable
to the Company.
(b) According to the information and explanations given to us, no undisputed amounts payable in respect of provident fund,
employees’ state insurance, income-tax, sales tax, service tax, value added tax, goods and services tax, duty of custom, cess
and other material statutory dues were outstanding, at the year end, for a period of more than six months from the date they
became payable.
93
Annexure 1 referred to in our report of even date (Contd.)

(c) According to the records of the Company, the dues outstanding of Income tax, Sales Tax, Value Added Tax and Service Tax which
have not been deposited on account of any dispute are as follows:
` in lacs
Name of the statute Nature of dues Amount not Period to which Forum where the
deposited the amounts relate dispute is pending
Income Tax Act, 1961 Tax and interest 21,292 1990-91, 1991-92 and 2008-09 Income Tax Appellate Tribunal
2,908 2008-09 to 2014-15 CIT(Appeal)
Bihar Finance Act, 1981 Sales Tax 2.19 1992-93 & 1993-94 Sales Tax Appellate Tribunal
Gujarat Sales Tax Act, 1969 Sales Tax 2.03 1997-98 Sales Tax Appellate Tribunal
Karnataka Sales Tax Act Sales Tax 357.46 2007-08 to 2013-14 Karnataka High court
Maharashtra Value Sales Tax 2,019 2013-14 to 2015-16 Deputy Commissioner of Sales Tax
Added Tax Act, 2002
Delhi Sales Tax Act, 1975 Sales Tax 7.58 1991-92 Deputy Commissioner of Sales Tax
Odisha Value Added Sales Tax 302.56 2007-08 to 2013-2014 Sales Tax Appellate Tribunal
Tax Act, 2004
Tamil Nadu Value Sales Tax 1,094 2006 - 07 to 2013-14 High Court
Added Tax Act, 2006
Tamil Nadu General TNGST & CST 998.80 1994-95 High Court of Madras
Sales Tax Act, 1959
Uttar Pradesh Sales Tax Act Sales Tax 62 1987-2003 High Court
Finance Act, 1994 Service Tax 19,690 2005-06 to 2017-18 CESTAT
*net of tax paid under protest/ refund adjusted
(viii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given by the management, the Company has not defaulted in
repayment of loans or borrowing to a financial institution, bank or government or dues to debenture holders.
(ix) According to the information and explanations given by the Management, the Company has not raised any money by way of initial
public offer or further public offer. Further, monies raised by the Company by way of term loans were applied for the purpose for
which those were raised, though idle/surplus funds which were not required for immediate utilisation were gainfully invested in
liquid assets realizable on demand.
(x) Based upon the audit procedures performed for the purpose of reporting the true and fair view of the financial statements and
according to the information and explanations given by the management, we report that no fraud by the Company or no material
fraud on the Company by the officers and employees of the Company has been noticed or reported during the year.
(xi) According to the information and explanations given by the management, the managerial remuneration has been paid / provided
in accordance with the requisite approvals mandated by the provisions of Section 197 read with Schedule V to the Companies Act
2013.
(xii) In our opinion, the Company is not a nidhi company. Therefore, the provisions of clause 3(xii) of the Order are not applicable to the
Company and hence not commented upon.
(xiii) According to the information and explanations given by the management, transactions with the related parties are in compliance
with Sections 177 and 188 of Companies Act, 2013 where applicable and the details have been disclosed in the notes to the
financial statements, as required by the applicable accounting standards.
94
Annexure 1 referred to in our report of even date (Contd.)

(xiv) According to the information and explanations given to us and on an overall examination of the balance sheet, the Company
has not made any preferential allotment or private placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures during the year
under review and hence, reporting requirements under clause 3(xiv) of the Order are not applicable to the Company and, not
commented upon.
(xv) According to the information and explanations given by the management, the Company has not entered into any non-cash
transactions with directors or persons connected with him as referred to in Section 192 of Companies Act, 2013.
(xvi) According to the information and explanations given to us, we report that the Company has registered as required, under Section
45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934.


Partner
95
Annexure 2 to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even

date on the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements of
Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limted
Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013
(“the Act”)
We have audited the internal financial controls over financial reporting of Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
(“the Company”) as of March 31, 2019 in conjunction with our audit of the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements of the Company for the
year ended on that date.
Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

The Company’s Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the internal control
over financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the
Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
These responsibilities include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating
effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to the Company’s policies, the safeguarding
of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely
preparation of reliable financial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal financial controls over financial reporting based on our audit. We
conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance
Note”) and the Standards on Auditing as specified under section 143(10) of the Companies Act, 2013, to the extent applicable to an
audit of internal financial controls and, both issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. Those Standards and the Guidance
Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
adequate internal financial controls over financial reporting was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in
all material respects.
Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls system over
financial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting included obtaining
an understanding of internal financial controls over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the
auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or
error.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the internal
financial controls system over financial reporting.
Meaning of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal financial control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. A company's internal financial control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
96
Annexure 2 to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even date

on the Standalone Financial Statements of Cholamandalam
Investment and Finance Company Limted (Contd.)
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting
Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper
management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any
evaluation of the internal financial controls over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal financial
control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Opinion
In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, an adequate internal financial controls system over financial reporting and such
internal financial controls over financial reporting were operating effectively as at March 31, 2019, based on the internal control over
financial reporting criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance
Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.


Partner
97
Balance Sheet
As at March 31, 2019
` in lakhs
Note No. As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
ASSETS
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 5 3,13,893 25,379 27,404
Bank balances other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 6 53,592 63,416 69,645
Derivative financial instruments 7 8,869 599 -
Receivables 8
i) Trade Receviables 441 3,823 1,965
ii) Other Receviables 3,908 5,577 4,492
Loans 9 52,62,227 42,25,323 33,22,439
Investments 10 7,292 7,292 6,968
Other Financial Assets 11 12,432 7,730 13,561
56,62,654 43,39,139 34,46,474
Non - Financial Assets
Current tax assets (Net) 15,719 15,961 10,387
Deferred tax assets (Net) 12 45,300 36,171 31,527
Investment Property 13 47 5 5
Property, Plant and Equipment 14 14,253 14,005 11,809
Intangible assets under development 1,310 380 162
Other Intangible assets 15 1,976 2,070 2,195
Other Non-Financial Assets 16 1,371 1,242 1,158
79,976 69,834 57,243
TOTAL ASSETS 57,42,630 44,08,973 35,03,717
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Financial Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 7 841 7,655 10,103
Payables
(I) Trade Payables
i) Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises - - -
ii) Total outstanding dues of creditors other than 20,742 17,063 11,017
micro and small enterprises
(II) Other Payables
Debt Securities 17 14,18,431 14,37,395 13,47,094
Borrowings(Other than Debt Securities) 18 32,12,375 20,16,635 13,78,288
Subordinated Liabilities 19 4,25,868 3,79,003 2,94,631
Other Financial Liabilities 20 21,207 19,967 20,093
51,12,358 38,87,765 30,69,369
Non - Financial Liabilities
Provisions 21 7,402 6,343 5,231
Other Non-Financial Liabilities 22 5,296 5,051 642
12,698 11,394 5,873
Equity
Equity share capital 23A 15,643 15,640 15,635
Other Equity 23B 6,01,931 4,94,174 4,12,840
6,17,574 5,09,814 4,28,475
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 57,42,630 44,08,973 35,03,717
The accompanying notes are integral part of the financial statements.
As per our report of even date
For S.R. Batliboi & Associates LLP For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
ICAI Firm Regn No.101049W/E300004

per Subramanian Suresh Arun Alagappan M.M. Murugappan
Partner Executive Director Chairman
Membership No: 083673
Date : April 27, 2019 P. Sujatha D. Arul Selvan

Place : Chennai Company Secretary Chief Financial Officer
98
Statement of Profit and Loss

For the year ended March 31, 2019
` in lakhs
Note No. Year ended Year ended
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Revenue from Operations
- Interest Income 24A 6,56,526 5,23,581
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments under amortised cost category 8,670 -
- Fee Income 24B 18,631 15,369
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instruments 24C 6,328 991
- Sale of Services 24D 9,042 7,982
Total Revenue from operations (I) 6,99,197 5,47,923
- Other income (II) 25 67 43
Total Income (III) = (I) + (II) 6,99,264 5,47,966
Expenses
- Finance costs 26 3,58,874 2,65,933
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 27 31,120 30,370
- Employee benefits expense 28 59,058 53,679
- Depreciation and amortisation expense 13, 14 & 15 5,548 4,968
- Other expenses 29 62,349 52,879
Total Expenses (IV) 5,16,949 4,07,829
Profit before tax (V) = (III) - (IV) 1,82,315 1,40,137
Tax expense/(benefit)
- Current tax 30(c)
- Pertaining to profit for the current period 71,449 53,359
- Adjustment of tax relating to earlier periods 1,600 -
- Deferred tax (9,349) (5,052)
Net tax expense (VI) 63,700 48,307
Profit for the year - A = (V) - (VI) 1,18,615 91,830
Other Comprehensive income:
i) Other comprehensive income not to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Re-measurement gains / (losses) on defined benefit plans (net) (678) 66
Income tax impact 237 (23)
Net loss on equity instrument designated at FVOCI for the year - (129)
Income tax impact - -
ii) Other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods:
Cashflow Hedge Reserve 1,306 1,100
Income tax impact (456) (384)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year (B) 409 630
Total comprehensive income for the year (A + B) 1,19,024 92,460
Earnings per equity share of ₹ 10 each
- Basic ( ₹) 75.87 58.75
- Diluted (₹) 75.81 58.70



99
Statement of Changes in Equity
` in lakhs
100
a) Equity Share Capital
Balances as on April 01, 2017 15,635
Add: Issue of share capital 5
Balances as on March 31, 2018 15,640
b) Other Equity (Refer Note 23)

` in lakhs
Reserve and Surplus Items of other
comprehensive income
Particulars Share Statutory Capital Capital Securities General Retained Share based Fair Effective Total
application Reserve Reserve Redemption Premium Reserve earnings Payments valuation of portion of
money Reserve Account reserve Investment cashflow
pending hedge
allotment
Balance as at April 01, 2017 18 62,046 4 3,300 1,66,421 1,38,777 44,883 184 - (2,793) 4,12,840
Profit for the year - - - - - - 91,830 - - 91,830
Re-measurement of defined - - - - - - 43 - - - 43
benefit plans
Total comprehensive income - - - - - - - - (129) 716 587
for the year, net of income tax
Addition during the year - - - - 241 - - 862 - - 1,103
Dividend including DDT - - - - - - (12,228) - - - (12,228)
Application money (18) - - - 17 - - - - - (1)
transferred on allotment
Transfer to reserves from - 20,000 - - - 50,000 (70,000) - - - -
retained earnings
during the year
Balance as at March 31, 2018 - 82,046 4 3,300 1,66,679 1,88,777 54,528 1,046 (129) (2,077) 4,94,174
Profit for the year - - - - - - 1,18,615 - - - 1,18,615
Re-measurement of defined - - - - - - (441) - - - (441)
benefit plans
Total comprehensive income - - - - - - - - - 850 850
Dividend including DDT - - - - - - (12,252) - - - (12,252)
Addition during the year - - - - 170 - - 815 - - 985
Transfer to reserves from - 24,000 - - - 60,000 (84,000) - - -
retained earnings
during the year
Balance as at March 31, 2019 - 1,06,046 4 3,300 1,66,849 2,48,777 76,450 1,861 (129) (1,227) 6,01,931
Cash Flow Statement

` in lakhs
Particulars Year ended Year ended
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Profit Before Tax 1,82,315 1,40,137
Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to net cash flows:-
Depreciation and amortisation expense 5,548 4,968
Impairment of financial instruments 31,120 30,370
Finance Costs 3,58,874 2,65,933
Loss on Sale of Property plant and equipment (Net) 13 11
Net gain on fair value change in financial instrument (6,328) (991)
Interest Income on bank deposits (7,928) (4,964)
Share based payment expense 798 847
3,82,097 2,96,174
Operating Profit Before Working Capital Changes 5,64,412 4,36,311
Adjustments for :-
(Increase)/Decrease in operating Assets
- Loans (11,86,243) (9,33,699)
- Trade receivables 5,052 (2,943)
- Other Financial Assets (4,702) 5,831
- Other Non Financial Assets (129) (11,86,022) (84) (9,30,895)
Proceeds from de-recognition of financial assets recognised at amortised cost 1,18,220 -
Increase/(Decrease) in operating liabilities & provisions
- Payables 5,850 8,016
- Other Financial liabilities 1,228 (135)
- Provisions 1,059 1,112
- Other Non-Financial liabilities 245 4,409
Cash Flow used in Operations (4,95,008) (4,81,182)
Finance Costs paid (3,68,945) (2,57,109)
Interest Received on Bank Deposits 7,379 4,933
(3,61,566) (2,52,176)
(8,56,574) (7,33,358)
Income tax paid (Net of refunds) (72,807) (58,933)
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities (A) (9,29,381) (7,92,291)
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
Purchase of Property, plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets (5,880) (7,169)
Proceeds from Sale of Property, plant and equipment 124 117
Intangible assets under development (930) (218)
Purchase of Investment designated at FVTPL (1,29,48,000) (21,53,500)
Proceeds from sale of investment designated at FVTPL 1,29,54,328 21,54,491
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities (B) (358) (6,279)
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
Proceeds from issue of Share Capital (Including Securities Premium) 174 245
Proceeds from issue of Debt securities 17,08,570 14,07,516
Redemption of Debt securities (17,36,533) (13,03,148)
Proceeds from Borrowing Other than debt securities 32,64,002 16,20,217
101
Cash Flow Statement (Contd.)

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Repayment of borrowings other than debt securities (20,79,556) (9,86,335)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities 82,100 71,500
Repayment of subordinated liabilities (18,650) (7,500)
12,19,933 8,02,250
Investment in Bank Fixed Deposits (net of withdrawals) 10,385 6,269
Dividends Paid (Including Distribution Tax) (12,239) (12,219)
Net Cash From Financing Activities (C) 12,18,253 7,96,545
Net Increase/(Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A+B+C) 2,88,514 (2,025)
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of the Period 25,379 27,404
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of the Period 3,13,893 25,379
The accompanying notes are integral part of the financial statements



102
Notes forming part of the Financial Statements

1. Corporate information within 12 months after the reporting date (current) and
more than 12 months after the reporting date (non–

current) is presented in notes to the financial statements.
(“the Company”) (CIN L65993TN1978PLC007576) is a public
limited company domiciled in India. The Company is listed Financial assets and financial liabilities are generally
on Bombay Stock Exchange and National Stock Exchange. reported gross in the balance sheet. They are only offset and
The Company is one of the premier diversified non-banking reported net when, in addition to having an unconditional
finance companies in India, engaged in providing vehicle legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts
finance, home loans and Loan against property. without being contingent on a future event, the parties
The standalone financial statements are presented in INR also intend to settle on a net basis in all of the following
which is also functional currency of the Company. circumstances
2. Basis of preparation • The normal course of business
T he standalone financial statements of the Company have • The event of default

been prepared in accordance with Indian Accounting • The event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company
Standards (Ind AS) notified under the Companies (Indian and/or its counterparties
Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 (as amended from time
3. Significant accounting policies
to time).
For all periods up to and including the year ended
3.1 Financial instruments – initial recognition
March 31, 2018, the Company prepared its financial 3.1.1 Date of recognition
statements in accordance with accounting standards
Financial assets and liabilities, with the exception of loans,
notified under the section 133 of the Companies Act
debt securities, and borrowings are initially recognised on
2013, read together with paragraph 7 of the Companies
the trade date, i.e., the date that the company becomes
(Accounts) Rules, 2014 (Indian GAAP or previous GAAP).
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
These financial statements for the year ended 31 March
Loans are recognised when fund transfers are initiated to
2019 are the first the Company has prepared in accordance
with Ind AS. Refer to notes for information on how the the customers’ account or cheques for disbursement have
Company adopted Ind AS. been prepared by the company (as per the terms of the
agreement with the borrowers). The company recognises
The standalone financial statements have been prepared
debt securities and borrowings when funds reach the
on a historical cost basis, except for fair value through other
company.
comprehensive income (FVOCI) instruments, derivative
financial instruments and certain financial assets and 3.1.2 Initial measurement of financial instruments
financial liabilities measured at fair value (refer accounting The classification of financial instruments at initial
policy regarding financial instruments).
recognition depends on their contractual terms and the
The standalone financial statements are presented in business model for managing the instruments. Financial
Indian Rupees (INR) and all values are rounded to the instruments are initially measured at their fair value,
nearest lakhs, except when otherwise indicated. except in the case of financial assets and financial liabilities
The regulatory disclosures as required by Master Directions recorded at FVTPL (Fair value through profit and loss),
for Non-Banking Financial Company - Systemically transaction costs are added to, or subtracted from, this
Important Non-Deposit taking Company Directions, 2016 amount.
issued by the RBI (‘RBI Master Directions’) to be included
3.1.3
Measurement categories of financial assets and
as a part of the Notes to Accounts are not prepared as per
liabilities
the Ind AS financial statements. Note 49 to the standalone
financial statements provides the basis of preparation of The company classifies all of its financial assets based
such regulatory disclosures included in Note 50 to Note 53. on the business model for managing the assets and the
asset’s contractual terms, measured at either:
2.1 Presentation of financial statements
The Company presents its balance sheet in order of • Amortised cost
liquidity. An analysis regarding recovery or settlement • FVTPL
103
Notes forming part of the Financial Statements (Contd.)

3.2 Financial assets and liabilities information when assessing newly originated or newly
3.2.1 Bank balances, Loans, Trade receivables and financial purchased financial assets going forward.
investments at amortised cost 3.2.1.2 The SPPI test
The Company measures Bank balances, Loans, and other As a second step of its classification process the Company
financial investments at amortised cost if both of the assesses the contractual terms of financial to identify
following conditions are met: whether they meet the SPPI test.
• The financial asset is held within a business model with ‘Principal’ for the purpose of this test is defined as the fair
the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect
value of the financial asset at initial recognition and may
contractual cash flows and
change over the life of the financial asset (for example, if
• The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on there are repayments of principal or amortisation of the
specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments premium/discount).
of principal and interest (SPPI) on the principal amount
The most significant elements of interest within a
outstanding.
lending arrangement are typically the consideration
The details of these conditions are outlined below.
for the time value of money and credit risk. To make the
3.2.1.1 Business model assessment SPPI assessment, the Company applies judgement and
The Company determines its business model at the level considers relevant factors such as the currency in which
that best reflects how it manages Company’s of financial the financial asset is denominated, and the period for
assets to achieve its business objective. which the interest rate is set.
The Company's business model is not assessed on an 3.2.2 Equity instruments at FVOCI
instrument-by-instrument basis, but at a higher level of
The Company subsequently measures all equity
aggregated portfolios and is based on observable factors
investments at fair value through profit or loss, unless
such as:
the Company ’s management has elected to classify
•
How the performance of the business model and irrevocably some of its equity investments as equity
the financial assets held within that business model instruments at FVOCI, when such instruments meet the
are evaluated and reported to the entity's key
definition of definition of Equity under Ind AS 32 Financial
management personnel
Instruments: Presentation and are not held for trading.
• The risks that affect the performance of the business Such classification is determined on an instrument-by-
model (and the financial assets held within that instrument basis.
business model) and, in particular, the way those risks
Gains and losses on these equity instruments are never
are managed
recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognised in profit
• How managers of the business are compensated (for
or loss as dividend income when the right of the payment
example, whether the compensation is based on the
has been established, except when the company benefits
fair value of the assets managed or on the contractual
from such proceeds as a recovery of part of the cost of the
cash flows collected)
instrument, in which case, such gains are recorded in OCI
• The expected frequency, value and timing of sales are (Other Comprehensive Income). Equity instruments at
also important aspects of the Company’s assessment FVOCI are not subject to an impairment assessment.
The business model assessment is based on reasonably
3.2.3 Debt securities and other borrowed funds
expected scenarios without taking 'worst case' or 'stress
case’ scenarios into account. If cash flows after initial After initial measurement, debt issued and other borrowed
recognition are realised in a way that is different from funds are subsequently measured at amortised cost.
the Company's original expectations, the Company does Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any
not change the classification of the remaining financial discount or premium on issue funds, and costs that are an
assets held in that business model, but incorporates such integral part of the EIR.
104

3.2.4 Undrawn loan commitments more entities, when all of the following three conditions
Undrawn loan commitments are commitments under are met:
which, over the duration of the commitment, the company • The Company has no obligation to pay amounts to the
is required to provide a loan with pre-specified terms to eventual recipients unless it has collected equivalent
the customer. Undrawn loan commitments are in the amounts from the original asset, excluding short-term
scope of the ECL requirements. advances with the right to full recovery of the amount
The nominal contractual value of undrawn loan lent plus accrued interest at market rates
commitments, where the loan agreed to be provided is on • The company cannot sell or pledge the original asset
market terms, are not recorded in the balance sheet. The other than as security to the eventual recipients
nominal values of these commitments together with the • The company has to remit any cash flows it collects
corresponding ECLs are disclosed in notes. on behalf of the eventual recipients without material
3.3 Reclassification of financial assets and liabilities delay. In addition, the Company is not entitled to
The Company does not reclassify its financial assets reinvest such cash flows, except for investments in
subsequent to their initial recognition, apart from the cash or cash equivalents including interest earned,
exceptional circumstances in which the Company during the period between the collection date and the
acquires, disposes of, or terminates a business line. date of required remittance to the eventual recipients.
Financial liabilities are never reclassified. The Company A transfer only qualifies for derecognition if either:
did not reclassify any of its financial assets or liabilities in • The Company has transferred substantially all the risks
2018-19 and 2017-18. and rewards of the asset
3.4 Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities Or
3.4.1 Derecognition of financial assets other than due to •
The Company has neither transferred nor retained
substantial modification substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but
3.4.1.1 Financial assets has transferred control of the asset
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial The company considers control to be transferred if and
asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is only if, the transferee has the practical ability to sell the
derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows asset in its entirety to an unrelated third party and is able
from the financial asset have expired. The Company also to exercise that ability unilaterally and without imposing
derecognises the financial asset if it has both transferred the additional restrictions on the transfer. When the Company
financial asset and the transfer qualifies for derecognition. has neither transferred nor retained substantially all the
risks and rewards and has retained control of the asset,
The Company has transferred the financial asset if, and
the asset continues to be recognised only to the extent
only if, either:
of the Company’s continuing involvement, in which case,
• The Company has transferred its contractual rights to the Company also recognises an associated liability. The
receive cash flows from the financial asset transferred asset and the associated liability are measured
Or on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the
• It retains the rights to the cash flows, but has assumed company has retained.
an obligation to pay the received cash flows in full Continuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee
without material delay to a third party under a ‘pass– over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the
through’ arrangement. original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum
Pass-through arrangements are transactions whereby the amount of consideration the Company could be required
Company retains the contractual rights to receive the cash to pay.
flows of a financial asset (the 'original asset'), but assumes In case where transfer of a part of financial assets
a contractual obligation to pay those cash flows to one or qualifies for de-recognition, any difference between the
105

proceeds received on such sale and the carrying value Stage 1: When loans are first recognised, the Company

of the transferred asset is recognised as gain or loss on recognises an allowance based on 12mECLs. Stage 1 loans
de-recognition of such financial asset previously carried also include facilities where the credit risk has improved
under amortisation cost category. The resulting interest and the loan has been reclassified from Stage 2.
only strip initially is recognised at FVTPL. Stage 2: When a loan has shown a significant increase

3.4.2 Financial liabilities in credit risk since origination, the Company records
an allowance for the LTECLs. Stage 2 loans also include
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation
facilities, where the credit risk has improved and the loan
under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where
has been reclassified from Stage 3.
an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the
same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms Stage 3: Loans considered credit-impaired. The company

of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an records an allowance for the LTECLs.
exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of 3.5.2 The calculation of ECLs
the original liability and the recognition of a new liability.
The Company calculates ECLs to measure the expected
The difference between the carrying value of the original
cash shortfalls, discounted at an approximation to the EIR.
financial liability and the consideration paid is recognised
A cash shortfall is the difference between the cash flows
in profit or loss.
that are due to an entity in accordance with the contract
3.5 Impairment of financial assets and the cash flows that the entity expects to receive.
3.5.1 Overview of the ECL principles The key elements of the ECL are summarised below:
The Company records allowance for expected credit D: The Probability of Default is an estimate of the
P
losses for all loans, other debt financial assets not held at likelihood of default over a given time horizon. A default
FVTPL, together with loan commitments, in this section all may only happen at a certain time over the assessed
referred to as ‘financial instruments’. Equity instruments are period, if the facility has not been previously derecognised
not subject to impairment under Ind AS 109. and is still in the portfolio.
The ECL allowance is based on the credit losses expected EAD: The Exposure at Default is an estimate of the exposure
to arise over the life of the asset (the lifetime expected at a future default date (in case of Stage 1 and Stage 2),
credit loss or LTECL), unless there has been no significant taking into account expected changes in the exposure
increase in credit risk since origination, in which case, the after the reporting date, including repayments of principal
allowance is based on the 12 months’ expected credit loss and interest, whether scheduled by contract or otherwise,
(12mECL) as outlined in Notes. expected drawdowns on committed facilities, and accrued
The 12mECL is the portion of LTECLs that represent interest from missed payments. In case of Stage 3 loans
the ECLs that result from default events on a financial EAD represents exposure when the default occurred,.
instrument that are possible within the 12 months after LGD: The Loss Given Default is an estimate of the loss
the reporting date. arising in the case where a default occurs at a given time.
Both LTECLs and 12mECLs are calculated on either an It is based on the difference between the contractual
individual basis or a collective basis, depending on the cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to
nature of the underlying portfolio of financial instruments. receive, including from the realisation of any collateral. It is
usually expressed as a percentage of the EAD.
The company has established a policy to perform an
assessment, at the end of each reporting period, of Impairment losses and releases are accounted for and
whether a financial instrument’s credit risk has increased disclosed separately from modification losses or gains that
significantly since initial recognition, by considering the are accounted for as an adjustment of the financial asset’s
change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining gross carrying value
life of the financial instrument. The mechanics of the ECL method are summarised below:
Based on the above process, the Company categorises Stage 1: The 12mECL is calculated as the portion of

its loans into Stage 1, Stage 2 and Stage 3, as described LTECLs that represent the ECLs that result from default
below: events on a financial instrument that are possible within the
106

12 months after the reporting date. The company calculates from time to time, also exercises its right over property
the 12mECL allowance based on the expectation of a through legal procedures which include seizure of the
default occurring in the 12 months following the reporting property.
date. These expected 12-month default probabilities are As per the Company's accounting policy, collateral
applied to a forecast EAD and multiplied by the expected repossessed are not recorded on the balance sheet.
LGD and discounted by an approximation to the original
3.7 Write-offs
EIR.
Financial assets are written off either partially or in their
Stage 2: When a loan has shown a significant increase

entirety only when the Company has no reasonable
in credit risk since origination, the Company records an
expectation of recovery. If the amount to be written
allowance for the LTECLs PDs and LGDs are estimated over
off is greater than the accumulated loss allowance, the
the lifetime of the instrument. The expected cash shortfalls
difference recorded as an expense in the period of write
are discounted by an approximation to the original EIR.
off. Any subsequent recoveries are credited to impairment
Stage 3: For loans considered credit-impaired, the
on financial instrument on statement of profit and loss.
Company recognises the lifetime expected credit losses for
3.8 Restructured, rescheduled and modified loans
these loans. The method is similar to that for Stage 2 assets,
with the PD set at 100%. The Company sometimes makes concessions or
modifications to the original terms of loans such as
Loan commitment: When estimating LTECLs for undrawn
changing the instalment value or changing the tenor
loan commitments, the Company estimates the expected
of the loan, as a response to the borrower’s request. The
portion of the loan commitment that will be drawn down
Company considers the modification of the loan only
over its expected life. The ECL is then based on the present
before the loans gets credit impaired.
value of the expected shortfalls in cash flows if the loan is
drawn down. The expected cash shortfalls are discounted When the loan has been renegotiated or modified but not
derecognised, the Company also reassesses whether there
at an approximation to the expected EIR on the loan. For
has been a significant increase in credit risk. The Company
an undrawn loan commitment, ECLs are calculated and
also considers whether the assets should be classified as
presented under provisions.
Stage 3. Once an asset has been classified as restructured,
3.5.3 Forward looking information it will remain restructured for a period of year from the
In its ECL models, the Company relies on a broad range of date on which it has been restructured.
forward looking information as economic inputs, such as: 3.9 Hedge accounting
• GDP growth The Company makes use of derivative instruments to
• Unemployment rates manage exposures to interest rate and foreign currency.
In order to manage particular risks, the Company applies
The inputs and models used for calculating ECLs may
hedge accounting for transactions that meet specified
not always capture all characteristics of the market
criteria.
at the date of the financial statements. To reflect this,
qualitative adjustments or overlays are made as temporary At the inception of a hedge relationship, the company
adjustments. formally designates and documents the hedge relationship
to which the Company wishes to apply hedge accounting
3.6 Collateral repossessed
and the risk management objective and strategy for
The Company generally does not use the assets undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes the
repossessed for the internal operations. These repossessed Company’s risk management objective and strategy for
assets which are intended to be realised by way of sale undertaking hedge, the hedging/ economic relationship,
are considered as Stage 3 assets and the ECL allowance is the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being
determined based on the estimated net realisable value hedged, hedge ratio and how the entity will assess the
of the repossessed asset. The Company resorts to regular effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair
repossession of collateral provided against vehicle loans. value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged
Further, in its normal course of business, the Company item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged
107

risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in that discounts estimated future cash receipts through the
achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows expected life of the financial instrument to the net carrying
and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that amount of the financial asset.
they actually have been highly effective throughout the
3.10.2 Interest Income
financial reporting periods for which they were designated.
The EIR (and therefore, the amortised cost of the asset) is
Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting
calculated by taking into account of fees and costs that
are accounted for, as described below:
are an integral part of the EIR. The Company recognises
3.9.1 Cash flow hedges interest income using a rate of return that represents the
A cash flow hedge is a hedge of the exposure to variability best estimate of a constant rate of return over the life of
in cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk the loan.
associated with a recognised asset or liability (such as all 3.11 Taxes
or some future interest payments on variable rate debt)
3.11.1 Current tax
or a highly probable forecast transaction and could affect
profit or loss. Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and
prior years are measured at the amount expected to
For designated and qualifying cash flow hedges, the
be recovered from, or paid to, the taxation authorities.
effective portion of the cumulative gain or loss on the
The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount
hedging instrument is initially recognised directly in OCI
are those that are enacted, or substantively enacted, by
within equity (cash flow hedge reserve).
the reporting date in the countries where the Company
The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging operates and generates taxable income.
instrument is recognised immediately in net gain/loss on
Current income tax relating to items recognised outside
fair value changes in the profit and loss statement.
profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss (either
When the hedged cash flow affects the statement of profit in other comprehensive income or in equity). Current
and loss, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the
tax items are recognised in correlation to the underlying
hedging instrument is recorded in the corresponding
transaction either in OCI or directly in equity. Management
income or expense line of the statement of profit and loss.
periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns
When the forecast transaction subsequently results in
with respect to situations in which applicable tax
the recognition of a non-financial asset or a non-financial
regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes
liability, the gains and losses previously recognised in OCI
provisions where appropriate.
are reversed and included in the initial cost of the asset or
liability. 3.11.2 Deferred Tax
When a hedging instrument expires, is sold, terminated, Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences at
exercised, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and
for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss that liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting
has been recognised in OCI at that time re-mains in OCI purposes.
and is recognised when the hedged forecast transaction Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable
is ultimately recognised in the statement of profit and temporary differences, except:
loss. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to
• In respect of taxable temporary differences associated
occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in OCI
with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing
is immediately transferred to the statement of profit and
of the reversal of the temporary differences can be
loss.
controlled and it is probable that the temporary
3.10 Recognition of interest income differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future
3.10.1 The effective interest rate method Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible
Under Ind AS 109 interest income is recorded using temporary differences, the carry forward of unused
the effective interest rate (‘EIR’) method for all financial tax credits and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax
instruments measured at amortised cost. The EIR is the rate assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable
108

that taxable profit will be available against which Depreciation on building classified as investment property
the deductible temporary differences, and the carry has been provided on the straightline method over a
forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses period of 60 years based on the Company’s estimate
can be utilised, except: of their useful lives taking into consideration technical
• When the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible factors, which is the same as the period prescribed in Sch II
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition to the Companies Act 2013.
of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not Though the Company measures investment property
a business combination and, at the time of the
using cost based measurement, the fair value of
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor
investment property is disclosed in the notes. Fair values
taxable profit or loss
are determined based on an annual evaluation performed
•
In respect of deductible temporary differences by an external independent valuer applying valuation
associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates models.
and interests in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the Investment properties are derecognised either when they
temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable have been disposed of or when they are permanently
future and taxable profit will be available against withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is
which the temporary differences can be utilised expected from their disposal. The difference between the
net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed
asset is recognised in the statement of profit and loss in
at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be the period of derecognition.
available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be 3.13 Property, plant and equipment
utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are re-assessed
Property plant and equipment is stated at cost excluding
at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent
the costs of day–to–day servicing, less accumulated
that it has become probable that future taxable profits will
depreciation and accumulated impairment in value.
allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.
Changes in the expected useful life are accounted for
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax by changing the amortisation period or methodology,
rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset
as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting
is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and
estimates.
tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted
at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating to items Depreciation is calculated using the straight–line method
recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside to write down the cost of property and equipment to their
profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or in residual values over their estimated useful lives. Land is not
equity). Deferred tax items are recognised in correlation depreciated.
to the underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in
Useful life of assets as per Schedule II:
equity.
Asset Description Estimated Useful Life
Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a Buildings 60 years
legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets Computer Equipment 3 years
Other Equipment 5 years
against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate
Leasehold improvements Lease Period or 5 years,
to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority. whichever is lower
3.12 Investment in Property
Useful life of assets based on Management’s estimation:
Investment property represents property held to earn
rentals or for capital appreciation or both. Asset Description Estimated Useful Life
Furniture and Fixtures* 5 years
Investment properties are measured initially at cost,
Vehicles* 5 years
including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial
recognition, investment properties are stated at cost less
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment *Estimated useful life of these assets based on usage and

loss, if any. replacement policy of such assets.
109

The residual values, useful lives and methods of recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and
depreciation of property, plant and equipment are is written down to its recoverable amount.
reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows
prospectively, if appropriate. are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax
Property plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal discount rate that reflects current market assessments of
or when no future economic benefits are expected from the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.
its use. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent
asset (calculated as the difference between the net market transactions are taken into account. If no such
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation
is recognised in other income / expense in the statement model is used. These calculations are corroborated by
of profit and loss in the year the asset is derecognised. valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded
The date of disposal of an item of property, plant and companies or other available fair value indicators.
equipment is the date the recipient obtains control of that The company bases its impairment calculation on detailed
item in accordance with the requirements for determining budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared
when a performance obligation is satisfied in Ind AS 115. separately for each of the Company’s CGUs to which the
3.14 Intangible assets individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast
calculations generally cover a period of five years. For
The Company’s other intangible assets mainly include the
longer periods, a long-term growth rate is calculated and
value of computer software.
applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year. To
An intangible asset is recognised only when its cost can estimate cash flow projections beyond periods covered
be measured reliably and it is probable that the expected by the most recent budgets/forecasts, the Company
future economic benefits that are attributable to it will extrapolates cash flow projections in the budget using
flow to the Company. a steady or declining growth rate for subsequent years,
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on unless an increasing rate can be justified. In any case,
this growth rate does not exceed the long-term average
initial recognition at cost. Subsequently, they are carried at
growth rate for the products, industries, or country or
cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses
countries in which the entity operates, or for the market in
if any, and are amortised over their estimated useful life on
which the asset is used.
the straight line basis over a 3 year period or the license
period whichever is lower. Impairment losses of continuing operations, are recognised
in the statement of profit and loss.
The carrying amount of the assets is reviewed at each
Balance sheet date to ascertain impairment based on For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at
internal or external factors. Impairment is recognised, if each reporting date to determine whether there is an
the carrying value exceeds the higher of the net selling indication that previously recognised impairment losses
price of the assets and its value in use. no longer exist or have decreased. If such indication
exists, the Company estimates the asset’s or CGU’s
3.15 Impairment of non-financial assets
recoverable amount. A previously recognised impairment
The Company assesses, at each reporting date, whether loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the
there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable
any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing amount since the last impairment loss was recognised. The
for an asset is required, the Company estimates the asset’s reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset
recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the
higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (CGU) fair carrying amount that would have been determined, net of
value less costs of disposal and its value in use. Recoverable depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for
amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the the asset in prior years. Such reversal is recognised in the
asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely statement of profit or loss unless the asset is carried at a
independent of those from other assets or Group of assets. revalued amount, in which case, the reversal is treated as a
When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its revaluation increase.
110

3.16 Retirement and other employee benefits Past service costs are recognised in profit or loss on the
earlier of:
Retirement benefit in the form of provident fund is a
defined contribution scheme. The Company has no • The date of the plan amendment or curtailment, and
obligation, other than the contribution payable to the •
The date that the company recognises related
provident fund. The Company recognises contribution restructuring costs
payable to the provident fund scheme as an expense,
et interest is calculated by applying the discount rate
N
when an employee renders the related service. If the
to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The Company
contribution payable to the scheme for service received
recognises the following changes in the net defined benefit
before the balance sheet date exceeds the contribution
obligation as an expense in the statement of profit and loss:
already paid, the deficit payable to the scheme is
recognised as a liability after deducting the contribution • Service costs comprising current service costs, past-
already paid. If the contribution already paid exceeds the service costs, gains and losses on curtailments and
contribution due for services received before the balance non-routine settlements; and
sheet date, then excess is recognised as an asset to the • Net interest expense or income
extent that the pre-payment will lead to, for example, a
3.17 Share Based Payments
reduction in future payment or a cash refund.
Stock options are granted to the employees under the
Employees’ State Insurance: The Company contributes to
stock option scheme. The costs of stock options granted
Employees State Insurance Scheme and recognizes such to the employees (equity-settled awards) of the company
contribution as an expense in the Statement of Profit are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments
and Loss in the period when services are rendered by the granted. For each stock option, the measurement of fair
employees. value is performed on the grant date. The grant date is the
Superannuation: The Company contributes a sum date on which the Company and the employees agree to
equivalent to 15% of eligible employees’ salary to a the stock option scheme. The fair value so determined is
Superannuation Fund administered by trustees and revised only if the stock option scheme is modified in a
managed by Life Insurance Corporation of India (“LIC”). manner that is beneficial to the employees.
The company has no liability for future Superannuation This cost is recognised, together with a corresponding
Fund benefits other than its contribution and recognizes increase in share-based payment (SBP) reserves in equity,
such contributions as an expense in the Statement of Profit over the period in which the performance and/or service
and Loss in the period when services are rendered by the conditions are fulfilled in employee benefits expense.
employees. The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled
The Company makes contribution to a Gratuity Fund transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date
administered by trustees and managed by LIC. The reflects the extent to which the vesting period has expired
Company accounts its liability for future gratuity benefits and the Company’s best estimate of the number of equity
based on actuarial valuation, as at the Balance Sheet date, instruments that will ultimately vest. The statement of
determined every year by an independent actuary using profit and loss expense or Credit for a period represents
the Projected Unit Credit method. the movement in cumulative expense recognised as at
the beginning and end of that period and is recognised in
Re-measurements, comprising of actuarial gains and
employee benefits expense.
losses, the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding amounts
included in net interest on the net defined benefit liability The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as
and the return on plan assets (excluding amounts included additional share dilution in the computation of diluted
in net interest on the net defined benefit liability), are earnings per share.
recognised immediately in the balance sheet with a If the options vests in instalments (i.e. the options vest
corresponding debit or credit to retained earnings through pro rata over the service period), then each instalment
OCI in the period in which they occur. Remeasurements is treated as a separate share option grant because each
are not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods. instalment has a different vesting period.
111

3.18 Provisions The Company uses valuation techniques that are
appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient
Provisions are recognised when the company has a
data are available to measure fair value, maximising the
present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of
past events, and it is probable that an outflow of resources use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use
embodying economic benefits will be required to settle of unobservable inputs.
the obligation, and a reliable estimate can be made of the In order to show how fair values have been derived,
amount of the obligation. When the effect of the time value financial instruments are classified based on a hierarchy of
of money is material, the Company determines the level valuation techniques, as summarised below:
of provision by discounting the expected cash flows at a
Level 1 financial instruments - Those where the inputs
•
pre-tax rate reflecting the current rates specific to
used in the valuation are unadjusted quoted prices
the liability. The expense relating to any provision is
from active markets for identical assets or liabilities
presented in the statement of profit and loss net of any
that the Company has access to at the measurement
reimbursement.
date. The Company considers markets as active only
3.19 Dividends on ordinary shares if there are sufficient trading activities with regards
The Company recognises a liability to make cash to the volume and liquidity of the identical assets or
distributions to equity holders when the distribution liabilities and when there are binding and exercisable
is authorised and the distribution is no longer at the price quotes available on the balance sheet date.
discretion of the Company. As per the Companies Act, 2013 Level 2 financial instruments - Those where the
•
in India, a distribution is authorised when it is approved by inputs that are used for valuation and are significant,
the shareholders. A corresponding amount is recognised are derived from directly or indirectly observable
directly in equity. market data available over the entire period of the
3.20 Determination of Fair value instrument’s life. Such inputs include quoted prices
for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted
The Company measures financial instruments, such as,
prices for identical instruments in inactive markets
derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.
and observable inputs other than quoted prices such
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an
as interest rates and yield curves, implied volatilities,
asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
and credit spreads. In addition, adjustments may be
between market participants at the measurement date.
required for the condition or location of the asset
The fair value measurement is based on the presumption
or the extent to which it relates to items that are
that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability
comparable to the valued instrument. However, if
takes place either:
such adjustments are based on unobservable inputs
• In the principal market for the asset or liability, or which are significant to the entire measurement, the
•
In the absence of a principal market, in the most Company will classify the instruments as Level 3.
advantageous market for the asset or liability Level 3 financial instruments - Those that include
•
The principal or the most advantageous market must be one or more unobservable input that is significant to
accessible by the company. the measurement as whole.
The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial
the assumptions that market participants would use statements on a recurring basis, the Company determines
when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market whether transfers have occurred between levels in the
participants act in their economic best interest. hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on the
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes
measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting
into account a market participant’s ability to generate
period.
economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and
best use or by selling it to another market participant that The company evaluates the levelling at each reporting
would use the asset in its highest and best use. period on an instrument-by-instrument basis and
112

reclassifies instruments when necessary based on the facts b) Servicing and collections fees on assignment are
at the end of the reporting period. recognised upon completion of service.
3.21 Recognition of Income c) Advertising income is recognised over the contract
period as and when related services are rendered.
Revenue (other than for those items to which Ind AS 109
Financial Instruments are applicable) is measured at fair 3.22 Dividend Income
value of the consideration received or receivable. Ind AS 115 Dividend income (including from FVOCI investments)
Revenue from contracts with customers outlines a single is recognised when the Company’s right to receive the
comprehensive model of accounting for revenue arising payment is established, it is probable that the economic
from contracts with customers and supersedes current benefits associated with the dividend will flow to the
revenue recognition guidance found within Ind ASs. entity and the amount of the dividend can be measured
reliably. This is generally when the shareholders approve
The Company recognises revenue from contracts with
the dividend.
customers based on a five step model as set out in Ind 115:
3.23 Input Tax credit (Service tax/ Goods and Service
Step 1: Identify contract(s) with a customer: A contract is
Tax)
defined as an agreement between two or more parties
Input Tax Credit is accounted for in the books in the
that creates enforceable rights and obligations and sets
period when the underlying service / supply received is
out the criteria for every contract that must be met.
accounted, and when there is no uncertainty in availing
Step 2: Identify performance obligations in the contract: A / utilising the same. Company can avail 50% of the input
performance obligation is a promise in a contract with a credit as per the applicable regulatory laws and hence it
customer to transfer a good or service to the customer. charges off the balance 50% to the respective expense.
Step 3: Determine the transaction price: The transaction 3.24 Foreign Currency transactions
price is the amount of consideration to which the Company The Company’s financial statements are presented in
expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring Indian Rupees (INR) which is also the Company’s functional
promised goods or services to a customer, excluding currency.
amounts collected on behalf of third parties.
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance by the Company at their respective functional currency
obligations in the contract: For a contract that has more spot rates at the date the transaction first qualifies for
than one performance obligation, the Company allocates recognition.
the transaction price to each performance obligation in Income and expenses in foreign currencies are initially
an amount that depicts the amount of consideration to recorded by the Company at the exchange rates prevailing
which the Company expects to be entitled in exchange for on the date of the transaction.
satisfying each performance obligation.
Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and
Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the company liabilities are translated at the functional currency spot
satisfies a performance obligation. rates of exchange at the reporting date and exchange
3.21.1 Interest on overdue balances and Other Charges gains and losses arising on settlement and restatement are
recognized in the statement of profit and loss.
Overdue interest in respect of loans is recognised upon
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of
realisation
historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using
3.21.2 Fee Income & Sale of Service the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions.
a) Fee income from loans are recognised upon satisfaction Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign
of following: currency are translated using the exchange rates at the
date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss
i) Completion of service
arising on translation of non-monetary items measured
ii) and realisation of the fee income. at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of the
113

gain or loss on the change in fair value of the item (i.e., accruals of past or future cash receipts or payments
translation differences on items whose fair value gain or For the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and
loss is recognized in OCI or profit or loss are also recognized cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding
in OCI or profit or loss, respectively). bank overdrafts as they are considered an integral part of
3.25 Earnings Per Share cash management of the company.
Basic Earnings Per Share is calculated by dividing the 3.29 Cash and Cash equivalents
net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity Cash and cash equivalent in the balance sheet comprise
shareholders by the weighted average number of equity cash at banks and on hand and short-term deposits with
shares outstanding during the period. an original maturity of three months or less, which are
The weighted average number of equity shares outstanding subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value.
during the period and for all periods presented is adjusted 3.30 Leases
for events, such as bonus shares, other than the conversion
The determination of whether an arrangement is or
of potential equity shares, that have changed the number
contains a lease is based on the substance of the
of equity shares outstanding, without a corresponding
arrangement at the inception of the lease. The
change in resources. For the purpose of calculating diluted
arrangement is, or contains, a lease if fulfilment of the
earnings per share, the net profit or loss for the period
arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset
attributable to equity shareholders and the weighted
or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the
average number of shares outstanding during the period
asset or assets, even if that right is not explicitly specified
is adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential equity
in an arrangement.
shares.
Operating Lease
3.26 Segment Information
Leases where the lessor effectively retains substantially all
The accounting policies adopted for Segment reporting
the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased assets are
are in line with the accounting policies of the company
classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments
with the following additional policies:
are recognised as an expense in the Statement of Profit
Revenue and expenses have been identified to segments and Loss on a straight line basis over the lease term.
on the basis of their relationship to the operating activities
of the Segment. Revenue and expenses, which relate
3.31 Trade receivables
to the enterprise as a whole and are not allocable to The company follows 'simplified approach' for recognition
Segments on a reasonable basis have been included under of impairment loss allowance on trade receivables. The
“Un-allocable”. application of simplified approach does not require
the company to track changes in credit risk. Rather,
Assets and liabilities have been identified to segments on
it recognises impairment loss allowance based on
the basis of their relationship to the operating activities
lifetime ECLs at each reporting date, right from its initial
of the Segment. Assets and liabilities, which relate to the
recognition. The Company uses a provision matrix to
enterprise as a whole and are not allocable to Segments
determine impairment loss allowance on portfolio of
on a reasonable basis have been included under
its trade receivables. The provision matrix is based on its
“Un-allocable”.
historically observed default rates over the expected life of
3.27 Equity Investment in Subsidiaries and associates the trade receivables and is adjusted for forward-looking
Investment in Subsidiaries and Joint Ventures are carried estimates. At every reporting date, the historical observed
at Cost in the Separate Financial Statements as permitted default rates are updated for changes in the forward-
under Ind AS 27. looking estimates.
3.28 Cash Flow Statement 4.
Significant accounting judgements,
Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, where estimates and assumptions
by profit / (loss) before tax is adjusted for the effects of The preparation of the Company’s financial statements
transactions of non-cash nature and any deferrals or requires management to make judgements, estimates and
114

assumptions that affect the reported amount of revenues, required in establishing fair values. Judgements and
expenses, assets and liabilities, and the accompanying estimates include considerations of liquidity and model
disclosures, as well as the disclosure of contingent inputs related to items such as credit risk (both own and
liabilities. Uncertainty about these assumptions and counterparty), funding value adjustments, correlation and
estimates could result in outcomes that require a material volatility. For further details about determination of fair
adjustment to the carrying amount of assets or liabilities value please see Fair value note in Accounting policy.
affected in future periods. 4.3 Impairment of financial asset
In the process of applying the Company’s accounting The measurement of impairment losses across all
policies, management has made the following categories of financial assets requires judgement, in
judgements, which have a significant risk of causing a particular, the estimation of the amount and timing of
material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and future cash flows and collateral values when determining
liabilities within the next financial year. impairment losses and the assessment of a significant
4.1 De-recognition of Financial instruments increase in credit risk. These estimates are driven by a
number of factors, changes in which can result in different
The Company enters into securitisation transactions where
levels of allowances.
financial assets are transferred to a structured entity for a
consideration. The financial assets transferred qualify for The Company’s ECL calculations are outputs of complex
derecognition only when substantial risk and rewards are models with a number of underlying assumptions
transferred. regarding the choice of variable inputs and their
interdependencies. Elements of the ECL models that are
This assessment includes judgements reflecting all
considered accounting judgements and estimates include:
relevant evidence including the past performance of the
assets transferred and credit risk that the Company has • The Company’s criteria for assessing if there has been a
been exposed to. Based on this assessment, the Company significant increase in credit risk and so allowances for
believes that the credit enhancement provided pursuant financial assets should be measured on a LTECL basis
to the transfer of financial assets under securitisation are and the qualitative assessment
higher than the loss incurred on the similar portfolios • The segmentation of financial assets when their ECL is
of the Company hence it has been concluded that assessed on a collective basis
securitisation transactions entered by the Company does • Development of ECL models, including the various
not qualify de-recognition since substantial risk and formulas and the choice of inputs
rewards of the ownership has not been transferred. The
• Determination of temporary adjustments as qualitative
transactions are treated as financing arrangements and
adjustment or overlays based on broad range of
the sale consideration received is treated as borrowings.
forward looking information as economic inputs
4.2 Fair value of financial instruments
It has been the Company’s policy to regularly review its
The fair value of financial instruments is the price that models in the context of actual loss experience and adjust
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a when necessary.
liability in an orderly transaction in the principal (or most
4.4 Provisions and other contingent liabilities
advantageous) market at the measurement date under
current market conditions (i.e., an exit price) regardless When the Company can reliably measure the outflow
of whether that price is directly observable or estimated of economic benefits in relation to a specific case and
using another valuation technique. When the fair values considers such outflows to be probable, the Company
of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the records a provision against the case. Where the probability
balance sheet cannot be derived from active markets, they of outflow is considered to be remote, or probable, but a
are determined using a variety of valuation techniques reliable estimate cannot be made, a contingent liability is
that include the use of valuation models. The inputs to disclosed.
these models are taken from observable markets where Given the subjectivity and uncertainty of determining the
possible, but where this is not feasible, estimation is probability and amount of losses, the Company takes into
115

account a number of factors including legal advice, the tax treatment. If it is probable, the tax base shall be
stage of the matter and historical evidence from similar consistent with that of the items used in its income tax
incidents. Significant judgement is required to conclude filings. If not probable, the Company shall reflect the effect
on these estimates. of uncertainty by using either the most likely amount
4A. Standard issued but not yet effective method or expected value method. If the uncertain tax
treatment affects current and deferred tax, the entity shall
Ind AS 116 Leases was notified in March 2018 and it make consistent judgement and estimates for current and
replaces Ind AS 17 Leases, including appendices thereto. deferred tax.
Ind AS 116 is effective for annual periods beginning on or
after April 1, 2019. Ind AS 116 sets out the principles for the The interpretation is effective for annual reporting
recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of periods beginning on or after 1st April 2019, but certain
leases and requires lessees to account for all leases under transition reliefs are available. The Company will apply the
a single on-balance sheet model similar to the accounting interpretation from its effective date. The Company is in the
for finance leases under Ind AS 17. The standard includes process of evaluating the changes and reliable estimate of
two recognition exemptions for lessees - leases of ‘low- the quantitative impact will be possible on completion of
value’ assets (e.g., personal computers) and short-term the study.
leases (i.e., leases with a lease term of 12 months or less). At Ind AS 19 - Employee Benefits
the commencement date of a lease, a lessee will recognise Ind AS 19 has been amended to factor the impact relating
a liability to make lease payments (i.e., the lease liability) to benefits offered under the plan and the plan assets
and an asset representing the right to use the underlying after the plan amendment, curtailment or settlement in
asset during the lease term (i.e., the right-of-use asset). determining the past service cost, current service cost and
Lessees will be required to separately recognise the net interest cost or income. The amendments apply to plan
interest expense on the lease liability and the depreciation amendments, curtailments, or settlements occurring on or
expense on the right-of-use asset. after the beginning of the first annual reporting period that
The Company continues to evaluate the available begins on or after 1st April 2019. These amendments will
transition methods and its contractual arrangements. apply only to any future plan amendments, curtailments,
The company has established an implementation team or settlements of the Company.
to implement Ind AS 116 related to the recognition of Ind AS 12 - Income Taxes
ROU asset and lease liability and it continues to evaluate
the changes to accounting system and processes, and The amendments clarify that the income tax consequences
additional disclosure requirements that may be necessary. of dividends are linked more directly to past transactions
A reliable estimate of the quantitative impact of Ind AS 116 or events that generated distributable profits than to
on the financial statements will only be possible once the distributions to owners. Therefore, an entity recognises
implementation project has been completed. the income tax consequences of dividends in profit or loss,
other comprehensive income or equity according to where
Ind AS 12 - Uncertain Tax Positions the entity originally recognised those past transactions or
Appendix C in Ind AS 12 is effective from 1st April events. An entity applies those amendments for annual
2019 and it set out the principles on recognition and reporting periods beginning on or after 1st April 2019.
measurement principle when there is uncertainty over Since the Company’s current practice is in line with these
income tax treatments. An entity shall evaluate whether it amendments, the Company does not expect any effect on
is probable that the tax authority shall accept an uncertain its standalone financial statements.
116

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 5 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash on hand 4,996 2,525 3,597
Balances with banks
- In Current Accounts 34,911 21,133 21,067
- In Deposit Accounts - Original maturity of 3 months or less 2,66,662 - -
Cheques, drafts on hand 7,324 1,721 2,740
Total 3,13,893 25,379 27,404
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 6 BANK BALANCES OTHER THAN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
- In Deposit Accounts - Original maturity more than 3 months 1,521 3,481 2,194
- In earmarked accounts
- In Unpaid Dividend Accounts 68 55 46
- Deposits with Banks as collateral towards securitisation loan 51,995 59,872 67,397
- Other deposit Account on amalgamation of Cholamandalam Factoring Limited 8 8 8
Total 53,592 63,416 69,645
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Part 1 Notional Fair Fair Notional Fair Fair Notional Fair Fair
amounts Value Value amounts Value Value amounts Value Value
-Assets -Liabilites -Assets -Liabilites -Assets -Liabilites
Note : 7 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
(i) Other derivatives - Cross 2,26,150 8,869 841 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
Currency Interest Rate Swap
Total Derivative financial Instruments 2,26,150 8,869 841 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
Part II
Included in above (Part I) are
derivatives held for hedging and
risk management purposes as follows:
(i) Cash flow hedging:
Others - Cross currency 2,26,150 8,869 841 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
interest rate swap
Total Derivative financial 2,26,150 8,869 841 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
Instruments
The company has a Board approved policy for entering into derivative transactions. Derivative transaction comprises of Currency and
Interest Rate Swap. The company undertakes such transactions for hedging borrowings. The Asset Liability Management Committee and
Business Committee periodically monitors and reviews the risks involved.
117

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 8 RECEIVABLES (Unsecured)
(i) Trade Receivables
Considered Good* 441 3,823 1,965
Subtotal (i) 441 3,823 1,965
(ii) Other Receivables
Considered Good* 3,908 5,577 4,492
Subtotal (ii) 3,908 5,577 4,492
Total (i)+(ii) 4,349 9,400 6,457
*Included Dues from related parties, Refer note 37(b)
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 9 LOANS (At amortised cost)
(A)
(i) Bills Discounted 8,841 13,509 14,717
(ii) Term loans 53,46,457 42,98,073 33,90,298
Total (A) - Gross 53,55,298 43,11,582 34,05,015
Less: Impairment Allowance for (i) & (ii) (93,071) (86,259) (82,576)
Total (A) Net 52,62,227 42,25,323 33,22,439
(B)
(i) Secured by tangible assets 53,03,106 42,60,173 33,73,622
(ii) Secured by intangible assets - - -
(iii) Covered by Bank and Govt guarantees - - -
(iv) Unsecured 52,192 51,409 31,393
Total (B) - Gross 53,55,298 43,11,582 34,05,015
Less: Impairment Allowance (93,071) (86,259) (82,576)
Total (B) - Net 52,62,227 42,25,323 33,22,439
All loans are in India granted to individuals or entities other than public sector
Secured means exposures secured wholly or partly by hypothecation of automobile assets and / or pledge of securities and / or equitable
mortgage of property and/ or corporate guarantees or personal guarantees and/ or undertaking to create a security.
Term loans Includes unsecured short term loans to a subsidiary and associate. These loans have been classified under Stage 1 Category at
the various reporting periods and related impairment provision as per the Company's accounting policy has been created. The details of
the same are disclosed below:
Particulars As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Loan - Outstanding value
Cholamandalam Securities Limited 1,150 - 1,000
White Data System India Private Limited 340 933 275
Impairment provision
Cholamandalam Securities Limited 1 - 1
White Data System India Private Limited - - -
118

Note : 9.1 LOANS
An analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and corresponding ECL allowances in relations to loans ` in lakhs
Gross Carrying amount Impairment allowance
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Bill discounted
Opening as on April 01, 2018 10,316 850 2,343 13,509 26 62 1,270 1,358
New assets originated/ Increase in 5,352 39 892 6,283 13 3 596 612
existing assets (Net)
Exposure de-recognised / matured / repaid (10,024) (780) (147) (10,951) (25) (57) (41) (123)
Transfer to Stage 3 (296) (69) 365 - (1) (5) 6 -
Impact on account of exposures transferred - - - - - - 329 329
during the year between stages
Impact of changes on items within the - - - - - - 997 997
same stage
Closing as on March 31, 2019 5,348 40 3,453 8,841 13 3 3,157 3,173
Term loans
Opening as on April 01, 2018 3,956,838 195,115 146,120 4,298,073 19,812 20,693 44,396 84,901
New assets originated / Increase in 2,737,274 28,031 5,332 2,770,637 8,880 2,848 1,867 13,595
Exposure de-recognised / matured / repaid (1,526,840) (113,191) (55,853) (1,695,884) (1,841) (3,955) (6,074) (11,870)
Transfer to Stage 1 56,448 (49,871) (6,577) - 6,206 (4,642) (1,564) -
Transfer to Stage 2 (171,530) 178,274 (6,744) - 2,298 (850) (1,448) -
Transfer to Stage 3 (44,907) (25,631) 70,538 - (250) (2,481) 2,731 -
Impact on account of exposures transferred 3 200 1,825 2,028 (6,068) 10,596 14,921 19,449
Impact of changes on items within the - - 4,144 4,144 (3,667) (1,457) 2,885 (2,239)
same stage
Write off (9,024) (5,825) (17,692) (32,541) (729) (1,920) (11,289) (13,938)
Closing as on March 31, 2019 4,998,262 207,102 141,093 5,346,457 24,641 18,832 46,425 89,898
Bills Discounted
Opening as on April 01, 2017 13,098 297 1,322 14,717 31 27 227 284
New assets originated / Increase in 10,316 850 273 11,439 26 62 54 141
Exposure de-recognised / matured / repaid (12,560) (64) (23) (12,647) (29) (6) - (35)
Transfer to Stage 3 (538) (233) 771 - - (21) 21 -
during the year between stages (net)
Impact of changes on items within the
same stage (net)
Term loans
Opening as on April 01, 2017 2,972,109 239,716 178,473 3,390,298 11,098 19,598 51,595 82,291
Exposure de-recognised / matured /repaid (1,159,059) (113,408) (60,147) (1,332,614) (1,279) (3,603) (6,520) (11,402)
Transfer to Stage 2 (147,324) 159,990 (12,666) - (591) 3,366 (2,775) -
Transfer to Stage 3 (40,840) (29,456) 70,296 - 2,620 (181) (2,439) -
Impact of changes on items within the - - 3,712 3,712 (444) (968) 6,691 5,279
same stage
Write off (7,461) (6,740) (24,948) (39,149) (705) (1,646) (14,793) (17,144)
Closing as on March 31, 2018 3,956,838 195,115 146,120 4,298,073 19,812 20,693 44,396 84,901
ECL across stages have been computed on collective basis.
119

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 10 INVESTMENTS
Investment in Equity Instruments
a) Subsidiaries at cost
Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited 4,240 4,240 4,240
(Formerly known as Cholamandalam Distribution Services Limited)
42,400,000 Equity shares of ₹ 10 each fully paid up
Cholamandalam Securities Limited 2,250 2,250 2,250
b) Associate at cost
White Data System India Private Limited 1,275,917 Equity shares of 800 800 800
₹ 10 each fully paid up (Subsidiary upto September 2018
and Associate from October 2018)
Total Gross 7,290 7,290 7,290
Less: Impairment allowance - - (453)
Total Net - A 7,290 7,290 6,837
c) Others - Unquoted - FVOCI*
Amaravathi Sri Venkatesa Paper Mills Limited - - 129
293,272 Equity shares of ₹ 10 each fully paid up
Saraswat Co-operative Bank Limited 1,000 Equity shares of ₹ 10 each fully paid up - - -
The Shamrao Vithal Co-operative Bank Limited - - -
Chola Insurance Distribution Services Private Ltd. 19,133 Equity shares of 2 2 2
₹10 each fully paid up
Chennai Willingdon Corporate Foundation 5 shares of ₹ 10 each : Cost ₹ 50 only - - -
Total (B) 2 2 131
Grand Total Net (A+ B) 7,292 7,292 6,968
All Investments represented above are made in India

* The company has designated certain unquoted equity instruments as FVOCI on the basis that these are not held for trading.
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 11 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSET
Unsecured - considered good (unless otherwise stated)
At amortised cost
Security Deposits 1,905 1,829 1,588
Other advances 1,465 1,794 2,238
Interest Only Strip receivable 9,062 4,107 9,735
12,432 7,730 13,561
120

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 12 DEFERRED TAX
Deferred Tax Assets
Impairment on financial instruments 32,430 28,700 27,938
Provision for Contingencies and Undrawn commitments 1,341 1,341 1,294
Provision for Compensated Absences and Gratuity 1,251 903 886
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Assets 9,761 6,207 5,588
Contract Liability as per IND AS 115 995 995
Difference between Depreciation as per Books of Account and the Income Tax Act, 1961. 637 744 472
Others 367 276 235
(A) 46,782 39,166 36,413
Deferred Tax Liability
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Liabilities 856 1,184 1,516
Gain on de-recognition of loans - 1,404 3,370
Items recognised in OCI 626 407
(B) 1,482 2,995 4,886
Net Deferred Tax Assets (A) - (B) 45,300 36,171 31,527
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018
Income OCI Income OCI
Statement Statement
Deferred Tax Assets
Impairment of financial instruments 3,731 - 763 -
Provision for Contingencies and Undrawn commitments - - 47 -
Provision for Compensated Absences and Gratuity 348 - 17
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Assets 3,554 - 619 -
Contract revenue recognition as per IND AS 115 - - 995 -
Difference between Depreciation as per Books of Account (107) - 272 -
and the Income Tax Act, 1961.
Re-measurement gains / (losses) on defined benefit plans (net) 237 (23)
Others 91 - 41 -
(A) 7,617 237 2,754 (23)
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Liabilities (328) - (332) -
Gain on de-recognition of financial assets (1,404) - (1,966) -
Cashflow Hedge reserve - 456 - 384
(B) (1,732) 456 (2,298) 384
Net deferred tax charge / (reversal) (A) - (B) 9,349 (219) 5,052 (407)
121

` in lakhs
Particulars Total
Note : 13 INVESTMENT PROPERTY
Deemed cost as at April 01, 2017 5
Additions -
Disposals -
Gross carrying amount as at March 31, 2018 5
Additions* 42
Disposals -
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Balance as at April 01, 2017
Depreciation for the year -
Depreciation on disposals -
Balance as at March 31, 2018 -
Net Carrying amount
As at April 01, 2017 5
As at March 31, 2018 5
As at March 31, 2019 47
Useful Life of the asset (In Years) 60
Method of depreciation Straight line method
Note: The Company has elected to continue with the carrying value for all of its property as recognised in the financial statements as at
the date of transition to Ind AS i.e. 1st April, 2017, measured as per the previous GAAP and use that as its deemed cost as at the date of
transition. The carrying value as at 1st April, 2017 amounting to ` 5 lakhs of Investment Property represents gross cost of ` 12 lakhs net of
accumulated depreciation of ` 7 lakhs as at March 31, 2017
*Additions represents transfer from Property plant and Equipment.
The Company's investment property consists of 3 properties as at 31st March, 2019. Company has let out one property as of 31st March, 2019.
i) Income earned and expense incurred in connection with investment property

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Rental Income 29 28
Direct Operating expense from property that generated rental income 1 1
Direct Operating expense from property that did not generate rental income 0 0
ii) Contractual obligations

There are no contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop investment property.
iii) Leasing Arrangements

Certain investment properties are leased out to tenants under cancellable operating lease.
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
iv) Fair Value
Investment Property 287 279 271
122

Particulars Valuation Significant Range Sensitivity of Fair value Sensitivity
technique unobservable (Weighted avg) the input to ` in lakhs
inputs fair value
Note : 13 INVESTMENT PROPERTY (Contd.)
v) Sensitivity analysis
Investment Property Professional Price per ` 7,000 - 13,000 5% sensitivity 287 14
As at March 31, 2019 valuer Sq. feet per Sq. feet 2018-19 -
Rate per Sq. ft -
5%, `14.35 Lakhs
Rate per Sq. ft -
5%, `13.95 Lakhs
Rate per Sq. ft -
5%, `13.55 Lakhs
` in lakhs
Particulars Freehold Buildings Plant Office Furniture Leasehold Vehicles Total
Land (Refer Note and Equipment and Improvements Tangible
below 2&3) Machinery Fixtures Asset
Note : 14 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Deemed cost as at April 01, 2017 3,956 2,576 1,954 842 577 1,130 774 11,809
Additions - - 1,923 786 805 1,810 634 5,958
Disposals - - 227 25 17 31 347 647
Gross carrying amount as at 3,956 2,576 3,650 1,603 1,365 2,909 1,061 17,120
March 31, 2018
Additions - - 1,911 531 445 734 583 4,204
Disposals - 42 89 47 54 122 381 735
March 31, 2019
Accumulated depreciation /
amortisation and impairment
Balance as at April 01, 2017 - - - - - - - -
Depreciation for the year - 48 1,457 477 660 727 263 3,632
Depreciation on disposals - 222 17 16 31 231 517
Balance as at March 31, 2018 - 48 1,235 460 644 696 32 3,115
Depreciation for the year 48 1,754 452 457 746 321 3,778
Depreciation on disposals 0 87 37 53 109 271 557
Balance as at March 31, 2019 - 96 2,902 875 1,048 1,333 82 6,336
Net Carrying amount
As at April 01, 2017 3,956 2,576 1,954 842 577 1,130 774 11,809
As at March 31, 2018 3,956 2,528 2,415 1,143 721 2,213 1,029 14,005
As at March 31, 2019 3,956 2,438 2,570 1,212 708 2,188 1,181 14,253
Useful Life of the asset (In Years) 60 3 5 5 5 5
Method of depreciation Straightline method
123

Note : 14 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Contd.)
Note
1. The company has elected to continue with the carrying value for all of its property, plant and equipment as recognised in the financial
statements as at the date of transition to Ind AS i.e. 1st April, 2017, measured as per the previous GAAP and use that as its deemed cost as
at the date of transition. The carrying value as at 1st April, 2017 amounting to `11,809 lakhs of Property, plant and equipment represents
gross cost of `23,534 lakhs net of accumulated depreciation of `11,725 lakhs as at 31st March, 2017.
2. Details of Immovable properties of land and buildings whose title deeds have been pledged in favour of Trustees for the benefit of
debenture holders as security has been explained in Note 17.1
3. Disposal represents transfer to Investment property.
` in lakhs
Particulars Computer Software
Note : 15 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Deemed cost as at April 01, 2017 2,195
Additions 1,211
Disposals -
Gross carrying amount as at March 31, 2018 3,406
Additions 1,676
Disposals -
Accumulated Amortization and impairment
Balance as at April 01, 2017 -
Amortization for the year 1,336
Amortization on disposals -
Balance as at March 31, 2018 1,336
Net Carrying amount
As at April 01, 2017 2,195
As at March 31, 2018 2,070
As at March 31, 2019 1,976
The Company has elected to continue with the carrying value for all of its intangible assets as recognised in the financial statements as
at the date of transition to Ind AS i.e. 1st April, 2017, measured as per the previous GAAP and use that as its deemed cost as at the date of
transition. The carrying value as at 1st April, 2017 amounting to ` 2,195 lakhs of Intangible assets represents gross cost of ` 6,105 lakhs net
of accumulated depreciation of ` 3,910 lakhs as at 31st March, 2017.
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 16 OTHER NON FINANCIAL ASSETS
Prepaid expenses 1,146 1,137 784
Capital Advances 225 105 374
1,371 1,242 1,158
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 17 DEBT SECURITIES (at amortised cost)
Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures Medium-Term - Secured 10,54,445 12,07,379 10,90,391
Commercial Papers - Unsecured 3,63,986 2,30,016 2,56,703
14,18,431 14,37,395 13,47,094
124

Note : 17 DEBT SECURITIES (at amortised cost) (Contd.)
All debt securities in india
17.1 Security
(i) Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Medium-term is secured by way of specific charge on assets under hypothecation
relating to Vehicle Finance, Home Equity, Bills discounted and other loans and pari passu charge on immovable property situated at
Ahmedabad and Chennai.
(ii) The company has not defaulted in the repayment of dues to its lenders.
(iii) Details of repayment such as date of repayment, interest rate and amount to be paid have been disclosed in note 17.2 based on the
Contractual terms basis.
17.2 Details of Debentures - Contractual principal repayment value
(i) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at par - No put call option
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Rate of interest %
redemption
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
₹ in lakhs ₹ in lakhs
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Nov-26 8.55
1,500 10,00,000 15,000 - Apr-24 8.65
3,523 10,00,000 35,230 - Sep-23 8.80
1,500 10,00,000 15,000 15,000 Nov-22 8.00
3,523 10,00,000 35,230 - Sep-22 8.70
1,050 10,00,000 10,500 500 Mar-22 8.35 to 9.06
3,523 10,00,000 35,230 - Sep-21 8.45
2,550 10,00,000 25,500 - Jul-21 8.97 to 9.06
2,000 10,00,000 20,000 20,000 Jun-21 8.52
4,770 10,00,000 47,700 47,700 Apr-21 8.09
600 10,00,000 6,000 - Feb-21 9.09
4,650 10,00,000 46,500 19,500 Dec-20 8.00 to 9.15
1,750 10,00,000 17,500 17,500 Oct-20 7.75
2,200 10,00,000 22,000 15,000 Jun-20 8.10 to 9.10
4,800 10,00,000 48,000 8,000 May-20 8.12 to 8.90
800 10,00,000 8,000 8,000 Apr-20 8.10 to 9.02
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Mar-20 9.02
9,850 10,00,000 98,500 40,000 Feb-20 8.02 to 8.85
5,500 10,00,000 55,000 55,000 Dec-19 7.97
2,750 10,00,000 27,500 27,500 Nov-19 8.10 to 9.10
5,750 10,00,000 57,500 57,500 Oct-19 8.05 to 8.20
5,850 10,00,000 58,500 83,500 Sep-19 8.06 to 8.46
2,250 10,00,000 22,500 22,500 Aug-19 7.50 to 9.90
7,300 10,00,000 73,000 73,000 Jul-19 7.80 to 9.90
2,750 10,00,000 27,500 27,500 Jun-19 9.13 to 9.90
6,750 10,00,000 67,500 67,500 May-19 8.03 to 9.20
1,100 10,00,000 11,000 11,000 Apr-19 8.00 to 9.20
8,800 10,00,000 - 88,000 Mar-19 7.65 to 9.20
5,200 10,00,000 - 52,000 Feb-19 7.96 to 8.05
2,000 10,00,000 - 20,000 Dec-18 8.20
2,350 10,00,000 - 23,500 Nov-18 7.80 to 10.35
6,400 10,00,000 - 64,000 Sep-18 8.27 to 11.00
500 10,00,000 - 5,000 Aug-18 9.03
5,450 10,00,000 - 54,500 Jun-18 8.95 to 9.13
11,430 10,00,000 - 1,14,300 May-18 8.96 to 10.13
400 10,00,000 - 4,000 Apr-18 9.94 to 9.95
8,93,390 10,49,000
125

17.2 Details of Debentures - Contractual principal repayment value (Contd.)
(ii) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at premium - No put call option
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Redemption Premium ₹

redemption price ₹
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
1100 10,00,000 11,000 - May-21 12,94,211 2,94,211
1000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 Mar-21 12,76,583 2,76,583
2050 10,00,000 20,500 20,500 May-20 12,63,916 2,63,916
190 10,00,000 1,900 1,900 Apr-20 12,56,100 2,56,100
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Apr-20 13,54,976 3,54,976
800 10,00,000 8,000 8,000 Apr-20 12,74,682 2,74,682
750 10,00,000 7,500 7,500 Sep-19 12,66,148 2,66,148
80 10,00,000 800 800 Jul-19 12,98,729 2,98,729
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Jul-19 13,63,101 3,63,101
80 10,00,000 800 800 Apr-19 13,08,150 3,08,150
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Apr-19 13,13,730 3,13,730
250 10,00,000 - 2,500 Mar-19 16,23,240 6,23,240
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 Mar-19 16,19,345 6,19,345
160 10,00,000 - 1,600 Feb-19 16,35,566 6,35,566
580 10,00,000 - 5,800 Nov-18 13,57,496 3,57,496
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 Jul-18 13,02,320 3,02,320
150 10,00,000 - 1,500 Jul-18 12,59,970 2,59,970
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 May-18 15,80,260 5,80,260
250 10,00,000 - 2,500 Apr-18 13,01,077 3,01,077
60 10,00,000 - 600 Apr-18 12,95,193 2,95,193
73,000 79,500
(iii) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at par - with Put option
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Put option Rate of
redemption date interest %
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
15 10,00,000 150 - Mar-21 Feb-20 8.85
10 10,00,000 100 - Aug-23 Jul-21 9.06
500 10,00,000 - 5,000 Mar-19 Feb-18 8.90
2500 10,00,000 - 25,000 Sep-19 Sep-18 8.20
250 30,000
(iv) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at par - with Call option
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Call option Rate of
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
3,250 10,00,000 32,500 32,500 Aug-19 Aug-18 7.85
32,500 32,500
126

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 18 BORROWINGS (Other than Debt Securities) at amortised cost
a) Term Loans
i) a) From Banks - Secured
Rupee Loans 21,62,592 9,44,428 5,40,414
Foreign currency Loans 2,00,467 2,96,830 2,30,346
External Commercial Borrowings 34,629 - -
i) b) From Banks - Unsecured
Rupee Loans 50,000 42,000 -
ii) From Other Parties - Secured
Financial Institutions - Rupee Loans 93,481 75,000 -
Securitisation - Rupee Loans 5,49,261 5,62,244 5,37,364
b) Loan from related parties - Unsecured from subsidiaries - Rupee Loans - - 3,850
(Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited)
c) Loan repayable on demand - Secured from Banks - Rupee Loans 1,21,945 96,133 66,314
32,12,375 20,16,635 13,78,288
Borrowings within India 31,77,746 20,16,635 13,78,288

Borrowings Outside India 34,629 - -
18.1 Security
(i) Secured term loans from banks and financial institution are secured by way of specific /pari passu charge on assets under hypothecation
relating to automobile financing and loans against immovable property.
(ii) Loan repayable on demand is in the nature of Cash Credit from banks are secured by way of floating charge on assets under
hypothecation and other assets
(iii) The Company has not defaulted in the repayment of dues to its lenders.
(iv) Securitisation borrowing represents the net outstanding value (Net of Investment in Pass-through Certificates) of the sale proceeds
received by the Company from securitisation trust in respect of loan assets transferred by the Company pursuant to Deed of
Assignment. The Company has provided Credit enhancement to the trust by way of cash collateral and Bank guarantee. Refer note
31(1) & 50(a) for further details.
(v) Details of repayment such as date of repayment, interest rate and amount to be paid have been disclosed in note 18.2 based on
18.2 Details of term loans - Contractual principal repayment value

` in lakhs
Rate of Interest Maturity Instalments Amount outstanding
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Base Rate / MCLR < 1year 1 21,000 22,867
3 12,000 -
4 20,000 8,000
1 - 2 years 1 60,000 56,000
2 - 10,000
4 60,000 20,000
5 - 30,000
2 - 3 years 1 40,000 60,000
3 15,000 -
4 - 70,000
3 - 4 years 6 1,00,000 20,000
16 25,000 -
127

18.2 Details of term loans - Contractual principal repayment value (Contd.)
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
4 - 5 years 6 80,000 1,00,000
16 - 25,000
Base Rate/ MCLR + spread < 1year 1 52,000 85,000
(0.05% to 0.92%) 2 - 18,000
1 - 2 years 1 3,10,000 -
4 50,000 -
2 - 3 years 1 5,20,000 3,00,000
4 1,00,000 15,000
8 1,00,000 -
3 - 4 years 1 1,00,000 -
4- 5 years 10 1,00,000 -
20 3,00,000 -
Rate based on T Bill + Spread < 1 year 1 5,000 -
1 - 2 years 1 20,000 10,000
3 3,000 -
5 8,334 -
2 - 3 years 1 - 20,000
3 - 4,500
3 - 4 years 3 28,200 -
4 - 5 years 3 - 28,200
4 - 10,000
Fixed Rate < 1year 1 74,000 30,000
1 - 2 years 1 - 23,439
2 - 3 years 1 - -
10 30,000 -
3 - 4 years 16 63,000
4 - 5 years 1 - 75,000
3 Months Repo 2 - 3 years 1 30,000 -
Total 23,26,534 10,41,006
USD 2Y MIBOR + Spread 1-2 years 1 4,000 -
USD 3M LIBOR + Spread < 1year 1 - 28,879
4 - 30,065
1-2 years 1 - 27,559
5 20,000 -
2-3 years 5 - 20,304
USD 6M LIBOR + Spread < 1year 1 1,47,500 48,714
1-2 years 1 - 1,17,177
2-3 years 1 34,650 -
Total 2,06,150 2,72,698
128

Details of Securitised loan

` in lakhs
Rate of Interest Maturity Amount outstanding*
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Less than 1 year 1,90,854 1,76,435
Fixed 1-2 year 1,26,195 1,20,697
(6.1% to 8.5%) 2-3 year 56,971 53,672
3-4 year 13,886 15,188
4-5 year 6,506 7,949
more than 5 years 26,700 38,898
Total 4,21,112 4,12,839
Less than 1 year 11,287 12,170
Floating 1-2 year 11,921 13,083
Base Rate/ MCLR - spread 2-3 year 12,280 13,926
(0.75% to 2.65%) 3-4 year 12,060 14,320
4-5 year 12,319 14,072
Total 1,26,653 1,44,869
* Represents amounts to be paid to the securiitsation trust as per the securitisation cash flows net of amounts to be received
Investment PTC.
18.3 Loan repayable on demand represents cash credit and overdraft facilities
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 19 SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES (at amortised cost)
Perpetual Debt - Unsecured 1,44,179 1,17,625 1,11,937
Subordinated Debt - Unsecured 2,81,689 2,61,378 1,82,694
4,25,868 3,79,003 2,94,631
All Subordinated liabilities have been contracted in India

The Company has not defaulted in the repayment of dues to its lenders.
Details of repayment such as date of repayment, interest rate and amount to be paid have been disclosed in note 19.1 based on the
129

19.1 Details of Subordinated Liabilities - Contractual principal repayment value
(i) Unsecured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Subordinated debt - Redeemable at par - No put call option

redemption
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
3000 10,00,000 30,000 - Aug-28 9.75
5300 10,00,000 53,000 31,500 Mar-28 9.05
1500 10,00,000 15,000 15,000 Aug-27 8.53
2500 10,00,000 25,000 25,000 Jun-27 8.78 to 8.80
100 10,00,000 1,000 1,000 Nov-26 9.20
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Jun-24 11.00
50 10,00,000 500 500 May-24 11.00
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Apr-24 11.00
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Mar-24 11.00
200 10,00,000 2,000 2,000 Feb-24 11.00
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Jan-24 11.00
2000 10,00,000 20,000 20,000 Nov-23 9.08 to 9.20
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Oct-23 9.08
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Sep-23 11.00
600 10,00,000 6,000 6,000 Dec-22 11.05 to 11.25
3,150 10,00,000 31,500 31,500 Nov-21 10.02
1,000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 Jun-21 11.30
1,000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 May-21 11.30
100 10,00,000 1,000 1,000 Mar-21 11.00
100 10,00,000 1,000 1,000 Feb-21 11.00
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Oct-20 11.00
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Jul-20 10.70
115 10,00,000 1,150 1,150 May-20 11.00
1,000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 Apr-20 11.00
750 10,00,000 7,500 7,500 Dec-19 11.50
700 10,00,000 7,000 7,000 Jun-19 11.40
1,500 10,00,000 15,000 15,000 May-19 11.70 to 11.75
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 Nov-18 10.55
250 10,00,000 - 2,500 Sep-18 11.25
895 10,00,000 - 8,950 Aug-18 12.25
620 10,00,000 - 6,200 Jun-18 10.55 to 12.25
2,68,650 2,35,800
(ii) Unsecured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Subordinated debt -Redeemable at premium - No put call option
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Redemption Premium ₹

31.03.2019 31.03.2018
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Nov-23 17,57,947 7,57,947
1,500 1,500
130

19.1 Details of Subordinated Liabilities - Contractual principal repayment value (Contd.)
(iii) Unsecured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Perpetual debt
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Maturity Date Rate of interest %

- Perpetual (increase by 100 bps
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 if call option is not
₹ in lakhs ₹ in lakhs exercised on the due date)
1120 5,00,000 5,600 - Mar-29 10.83
5000 5,00,000 25,000 - Feb-29 10.88
500 5,00,000 2,500 2,500 Aug-24 12.80
174 10,00,000 1,740 1,740 Jul-24 12.90
500 5,00,000 2,500 2,500 Jun-24 12.90
500 5,00,000 2,500 2,500 Feb-24 12.90
50 10,00,000 500 500 Jan-24 12.60
1,031 10,00,000 10,310 10,310 Dec-23 12.50 to 12.60
245 10,00,000 2,450 2,450 Oct-23 12.60
1,000 5,00,000 5,000 5,000 Oct-23 12.90
300 10,00,000 3,000 3,000 Feb-23 12.80
1,450 10,00,000 14,500 14,500 Dec-22 12.70 to 12.80
860 5,00,000 4,300 4,300 Sep-22 12.75
2,000 5,00,000 10,000 10,000 Aug-22 12.90
200 5,00,000 1,000 1,000 Mar-22 12.50
700 5,00,000 3,500 3,500 Jan-22 12.50
3,500 5,00,000 17,500 17,500 Dec-21 12.50 to 12.95
320 5,00,000 1,600 1,600 Aug-21 12.50
413 5,00,000 2,065 2,065 Jul-21 12.50
2,021 5,00,000 10,105 10,105 Jun-21 12.50
3,000 5,00,000 15,000 15,000 Oct-20 12.05
1,40,670 1,10,070
Company can redeem using Call option on the maturity date with prior approval of RBI.
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 20 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Unpaid Dividend 67 55 46
Advances from customers 1,790 1,170 2,163
Security Deposits received 221 212 345
Collections towards derecognised assets pending remittance 4,607 6,901 8,124
Other liabilities 14,522 11,629 9,415
21,207 19,967 20,093
131

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 21 PROVISIONS
Provision for Employee Benefits
- Compensated Absences 3,514 2,518 1,481
3,514 2,518 1,481
Other Provisions (Refer Note 39)
Provision for contingencies and service tax claims 3,837 3,813 3,740
Provision for undrawn commitments 51 12 10
3,888 3,825 3,750
7,402 6,343 5,231
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 22 OTHER NON FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deferred Rent 834 663 396
Income received in advance 2,303 2,965 158
Statutory Liabilities 2,159 1,423 88
5,296 5,051 642
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Nos. Amount Nos. Amount Nos. Amount
Note : 23 A) EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL
AUTHORISED
Equity Shares of ₹ 10 each with voting rights 24,00,00,000 24,000 24,00,00,000 24,000 24,00,00,000 24,000
Preference Shares of ₹ 100 each 5,00,00,000 50,000 5,00,00,000 50,000 5,00,00,000 50,000
74,000 74,000 74,000
ISSUED
15,650 15,647 15,641
SUBSCRIBED AND FULLY PAID UP
Add : Forfeited Shares 1,30,900 7 1,30,900 7 1,30,900 7
15,643 15,640 15,635
15,643 15,640 15,635
a) Reconciliation of number of shares and amount outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the year:
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Equity Shares
At the beginning of the year 15,63,31,371 15,633 15,62,77,533 15,628 15,61,45,644 15,615
Issued during the year - Employees Stock 27,742 3 53,838 5 1,31,889 13
Option (ESOP) Scheme
Outstanding at the end of the year 15,63,59,113 15,636 15,63,31,371 15,633 15,62,77,533 15,628
Forfeited shares
Equity Shares - Amount originally paid up 1,30,900 7 1,30,900 7 1,30,900 7
132

Note : 23 A) EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL (Contd.)
a) Terms/rights attached to Equity shares
The Company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of ₹ 10 per share. All these shares have the same rights and
preferences with respect to payment of dividend, repayment of capital and voting. The dividend proposed by the Board of Directors
is subject to the approval of the shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting except for interim dividend.
Repayment of capital will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held.
b) Equity Shares held by Holding Company
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 7,25,33,019 7,22,33,019 7,22,33,019
(formerly known as "TI Financial Holdings Limited") - Holdig Company
c) Details of shareholding more than 5% shares in the Company

Equity Shares ` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Nos. % holding Nos. % holding Nos. % holding
in the class in the class in the class
Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 7,25,33,019 46.39 7,22,33,019 46.22 7,22,33,019 46.22
- Holding Company
As per records of the Company, including its register of shareholders/members and other declarations received from shareholders
regarding beneficial interest, the above shareholding represents both legal and beneficial ownership of shares.
d) Shares reserved for issue under options
Refer Notes 40 for details of shares reserved for issue under options.
` in lakhs
As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 23 B) OTHER EQUITY
Statutory Reserve (Refer Note a)
Balance at the beginning of the year 82,046 62,046
Add: Amount transferred from retained earnings 24,000 20,000
Closing balance at the end of the year 1,06,046 82,046
Capital Reserve (Refer Note b)
Balance at the beginning of the year 4 4
Add: Changes during the year - -
Closing balance at the end of the year 4 4
Capital Redemption Reserve (Refer Note c)
Closing balance at the end of the year 3,300 3,300
Securities Premium Account (Refer Note d)
Balance at the beginning of the year 1,66,679 1,66,421
Add: Premium on ESOPs exercised 170 258
Closing balance at the end of the year 1,66,849 1,66,679
General Reserve (Refer Note e)
Share Based Payments Reserve (Refer Note f)
Balance at the beginning of the year 1,046 184
Addition during the year 815 862
133

` in lakhs
As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 23 B) OTHER EQUITY (Contd.)
Retained Earnings (Refer Note g)
Profit for the year 1,18,615 91,830
Less:
Dividend
Equity - Final (₹2 per share - March 31, 2018, ₹ 2 per share - March 31, 2017) (3,127) (3,126)
Equity - Interim (₹4.5 per share - March 31, 2019, ₹ 4.5 per share - March 31, 2018) (7,036) (7,034)
Distribution tax on Equity Dividend (2,089) (2,068)
Distribution tax on Preference Dividend - -
Transfer to Statutory Reserve (24,000) (20,000)
Transfer to General Reserve (60,000) (50,000)
Re-measurement Gain / (Loss) on Defined Benefit Obligations (Net) transferred to (441) 43
Retained Earnings
Cash flow hedge reserve (Refer Note h)
Balance at the beginning of the year (2,077) (2,793)
Addition 850 716
Closing balance at the end of the year (1,227) (2,077)
FVOCI Reserve (Refer Note i)
Balance at the beginning of the year (129) -
Addition - (129)
(129) (129)
Share Application Money pending Allotment at the end of the year - -
Total Other Equity 6,01,931 4,94,174
a) Statutory reserve represents the reserve created as per Section 45IC of the RBI Act, 1934, pursuant to which a Non-Banking Financial
Company shall create a reserve fund and transfer therein a sum not less than twenty per cent of its net profit every year as disclosed
in the Statement of Profit and Loss account, before any dividend is declared.
b) Capital reserve represents the reserve created on account of amalgamation of Cholamandalam Factoring Limited in the year 2013-14.
c) Capital redemption reserve represents the amount equal to the nominal value of shares that were redeemed during the prior years.
The reserve can be utilized only for limited purposes such as issuance of bonus shares in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act, 2013
d) Securities premium reserve is used to record the premium on issue of shares. The premium received during the year represents the
premium received towards allotment of 27,742 shares. The reserve can be utilized only for limited purposes such as issuance of bonus
shares, buy back of its own shares and securities in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.
e) The general reserve is a free reserve, retained from Group’s profits and can be utilized upon fulfilling certain conditions in accordance
with statute of the relevant Act.
f ) Under IND AS 102, fair value of the options granted is required to be accounted as expense over the life of the vesting period as
employee compensation costs, reflecting the period of receipt of service. Stock options granted but not vested as on the transition
date were valued for expired period, calculated from the grant date till date of transition, and were credited to Share Based Payment
reserve.
g) The amount that can be distributed by the Company as dividends to its equity shareholders is determined based on the financial
position of the Company and also considering the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013. Thus, the amounts reported above are
not distributable in entirety.
134

Note : 23 B) OTHER EQUITY (Contd.)
h) Cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative effective portion of gains or losses arising on changes in fair value of hedging
instruments entered into for cash flow hedges, which shall be reclassified to profit or loss only when the hedged transaction affects
the profit or loss, or included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the company accounting
policies.
i) FVOCI Reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses arising on the revaluation of equity instruments measured at fair value
through Other Comprehensive Income.
Proposed dividend
The Board of Directors of the company have recommended a final dividend of 20% being ₹ 2 per share on the equity shares of the
company, for the year ended 31st March, 2019 ( ₹ 2 per share - 31st March, 2018) which is subject to approval of shareholders. Consequently
the proposed dividend has not been recognised in the books in accordance with IND AS 10.
` in lakhs
Year ended Year ended
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 24 REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS
Note :24A
(i) Interest - on financial assets measured at amortised cost
(a) Loans
- Bills Discounting 1,027 1,573
- Term loans 6,47,571 5,17,044
(b) Bank Deposits
- Bank Deposits under lien 4,384 4,950
- Other Bank Deposits free of lien 3,544 14
Total (A) 6,56,526 5,23,581
Note :24B
(i) Fee Income*
- Term loans 18,631 15,369
Total (B) 18,631 15,369
*Services are rendered at a point in time
Note :24C
Net gain on fair value changes on FVTPL - Realised
Income from mutual funds 6,328 991
Total (C) 6,328 991
Note :24D
(i) Sale of Services (Refer note below)
(a) Servicing and Collection fee on Assignment 242 288
(b) Other Service Income 8,800 7,694
Total (D) 9,042 7,982
Note: Timing of revenue recognition
Services rendered at a point in time 8,194 7,491
Services rendered over a time 606 203
Total 8,800 7,694
Details related to services rendered over a time

a) Contract balances ` in lakhs
Particulars As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Contract Liabilities 2,241 2,847
Contract liability relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue
as (or when) we perform under the contract.
135

Note : 24 REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS (Contd.)
b) Movement in Contract liability during the period as follows ` in lakhs
Particulars
2018-19 2017-18
Contract liability at the beginning of the year 2,847 -
Revenue Recognised during the period 606 203
Contract liability at the end of the year 2,241 2,847
c) Total Revenue from Customer ` in lakhs

Particulars
2018-19 2017-18
Total Revenue from contracts with Customer 27,673 23,351
d) Due to Company’s nature of business and the type of contracts entered with the customers, the company does not have any difference
between the amount of revenue recognized in the statement of profit and loss and the contracted price.
e) Impairment recognised for Contract asset is Nil (Nil - 31st March, 2018)
f ) Performance Obligation:
Servicing and Collection fee on Assignment: to collect the receivable from the customer and transfer the same to the assignee
representative.
Other Servicing Income: To enable space for advertising at the branches and other related services.
g) There are no significant return / refund / other obligations for any of the above mentioned services.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 25 OTHER INCOME
Rent 29 28
Miscellaneous Income 38 15
67 43
Rent received are from cancellable operating lease for office space 29 28
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 26 FINANCE COST
Interest on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
- Debt Securities 136,560 1,34,656
- Borrowings Other than Debt securities 1,89,356 1,07,264
- Subordinated Liabilities 31,588 21,515
Others
- Bank charges 1,370 2,498
3,58,874 2,65,933
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 27 IMPAIRMENT ON FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Loss Assets Written Off (Net) - Loans 4,364 9,688
Loss on disposal of Re-possessed assets 19,881 17,474
Impairment provision- Loans - measured at amortised cost 6,875 3,661
31,120 30,823
Investment
(Reversal) of Impairment provision - Investment at cost - (453)
31,120 30,370
136

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 28 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSES
Salaries, Bonus and Commission 53,553 47,786
Contribution to Provident and Other Funds
- Employees' Provident Fund 2,181 1,827
- Superannuation Fund 256 199
Gratuity Expense 670 633
Staff Welfare Expenses 1,600 2,387
59,058 53,679
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 29 OTHER EXPENDITURE
Rent and facility charges 5,278 4,808
Rates and Taxes 666 2,417
Energy cost 1,190 1,109
Repairs and Maintenance 297 208
Communication Costs 2,546 2,279
Printing and Stationery 1,206 1,118
Advertisement and publicity Expenses 1,599 863
Directors Fees, allowances and Expenses 82 58
Auditors' Remuneration 63 105
Legal and Professional Charges 3,212 3,601
Insurance 1,154 896
Travelling and Conveyance 4,581 6,232
Information Technology Expenses 2,456 2,955
Loss on Sale of Property, Plant and Equipment (Net) 13 11
Recovery Charges 20,294 16,730
Corporate Social Responsibility Expenditure (Refer note 29.3 below) 2,307 1,757
Outsource cost 15,245 7,748
Miscellaneous Expenses 409 220
62,598 53,115
Less : Expenses Recovered (249) (236)
62,349 52,879
29.1 Cancellable operating lease entered for office space 4,603 4,246
29.2 Miscellaneous Expenses includes:
Donations 50 -
29.3 Details of CSR expenditure
Gross Amount required to be spent towards CSR u/s 135 (5) of Companies Act , 2013 2,307 1,757
Amount spent during the year
(a) Construction / acquisition of asset - -
(b) Others 2,307 1,757
137

Note : 30
a) Share application money pending allotment as at March 31, 2017 represents amount received towards 10,261 Equity shares of the
Company pursuant to ESOP scheme and have been subsequently allotted.
b) Earnings Per Share

31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Profit After Tax (₹ in lakhs) 1,18,615 91,830
Preference Dividend Paid (including tax thereon) (₹ in lakhs) - -
Profit After Tax Attributable to Equity Shareholders (₹ in lakhs) 1,18,615 91,830
Weighted Average Number of Equity Shares (Basic) 15,63,46,240 15,62,99,308
Add: Dilutive effect relating to ESOP 1,15,599 1,54,853
Weighted Average Number of Equity Shares (Diluted) 15,64,61,839 15,64,54,161
Earnings per Share - Basic (₹) 75.87 58.75
Earnings per Share - Diluted (₹) 75.81 58.70
Face Value Per Share (₹) 10.00 10.00
Note:
Earnings per Share calculations are done in accordance with Ind AS 33 "Earnings per Share".
c) Income tax reconciliation

The tax charge shown in the statement of profit and loss differs from the tax charge that would apply if all profits had been charged
at India corporate tax rate. A reconciliation between the tax expense and the accounting profit multiplied by India's domestic tax rate
for the years ended 31st March 2019 and 2018 is, as follows:
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Accounting profit before tax from continuing operations 1,82,315 1,40,137
Income tax rate of 34.94% (March 31, 2018: 34.608%) 63,708 48,499
Effects of:
Impact of difference in tax base for Donations and CSR Expense 461 420
Share based payment expense - No deduction claimed under tax 279 293
Impact of deduction u/s 35(1)(ii) (189) -
Impact Deduction u/s 80JJA (360) (357)
Other Adjustments (199) (21)
Reversal of provision for diminution in investment - (157)
Effect of enacted tax rate on Deferred tax - (370)
Income tax expense reported in statement of profit and loss 63,700 48,307
The effective income tax rate for 31st March 2019 is 34.944 % (31st March 2018: 34.608%).
Note : 31 TRANSFER OF FINANCIAL ASSETS

31.1 Transferred financial assets that are not derecognised in their entirety
The following tables provide a summary of financial assets that have been transferred in such a way that part or all of the transferred
financial assets do not qualify for derecognition, together with the associated liabilities:
A) Securitisation
The company has Securitised certain loans, however the company has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards, hence these
assets have not been de-recognised in its entirety.
138

Note : 31 TRANSFER OF FINANCIAL ASSETS (Contd.)
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Securitisations
Carrying amount of transferred assets measured at amortised cost 564,273 565,367 532,084
Carrying amount of associated liabilities (Debt securities - measured at amortised cost) 549,261 562,244 537,364
Fair value of assets 587,198 592,874 556,963
Fair value of associated liabilities 547,398 573,248 533,087
Net position at Fair Value 39,800 19,626 23,876
B) Direct bilateral assignment

The company has sold some loans (measured at amortised cost) by way of direct bilateral assignment, as a source of finance.
As per the terms of these deals, since substantial risk and rewards related to these assets were transferred to the buyer, the assets have
been de-recognised from the Company’s balance sheet.
The table below summarises the carrying amount of the derecognised financial assets measured at amortised cost and the gain/(loss) on
derecognition, per type of asset.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Assignment
Carrying amount of de-recognised financial asset 1,67,117 67,091 1,02,950
Carrying amount of Retained Assets at amortised cost 19,020 8,648 12,467
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Assignment
Gain on sale of the de-recognised financial asset 8,670 -
31.2 Transferred financial assets that are derecognised in their entirety but where the company has continuing involvement
The company has not transferred any assets that are derecognised in their entirety where the company continues to have continuing
involvement.
` in lakhs
Year ended 31.03.2018
Particulars Year ended Current Previous
31.03.2019 Auditor Auditor
Note : 32 AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION
Statutory Audit 39 39 -
Interim Audit - 9 -
Limited Review 14 5 4
Tax Audit 4 - 4
Other Services - 30* 9
Reimbursement of Expenses (incl. input tax credit expensed) 6 4 1
Total 63 87 18
*represents professional charges in connection with establishment of Medium Term Note programme in Singapore Stock Exchange - SGX
139

Note : 33 MICRO, SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES
Based on and to the extent of the information received by the company from the suppliers during the year regarding their status under
the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act) and relied upon by the auditors, there are no amounts due
to MSME as at 31st March 2019 and as at 31st March 2018.
The relevant particulars are furnished below:
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Principal amount due to suppliers under MSMED Act, as at the year end - -
Interest accrued and due to suppliers under MSMED Act, on the above amount as at the year end - -
Payment made to suppliers (other than interest) beyond the appointed day, during the year - -
Interest paid to suppliers under MSMED Act (other than Section 16) - -
Interest paid to suppliers under MSMED Act (Section 16) - -
Interest due and payable to suppliers under MSMED Act, for payments already made - -
Interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the year end to suppliers under MSMED Act - -
Note : 34
a) Expenditure in Foreign Currencies
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Travel 18 23
Interest and processing charges for debt instruments 28 3
Membership fees 2 2
Rating fees 73 56
Professional charges 135 50
Others 21 67
b) Remittances in Foreign Currencies

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Purchase of fixed assets 985 1,030
c) There is no dividend paid in foreign currency.
Note : 35 RETIREMENT BENEFIT

A) Defined contribution plan
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which the Company pays fixed contributions and where there is
no legal or constructive obligation to pay further contributions. During the year, the Company recognised ` 2,181 lakhs (Previous Year -
` 1,827 lakhs) to Provident Fund under Defined Contribution Plan, ` 256 lakhs (Previous Year - ` 199 lakhs) for Contributions to
Superannuation Fund and ` 208 lakhs (Previous Year - ` 361 lakhs) for Contributions to Employee State Insurance Scheme in the Statement
of Profit and Loss.
B) Gratuity
The company’s defined benefit gratuity plan requires contributions to be made to a separately administered fund. The gratuity plan is
funded with Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC). The gratuity plan is governed by the Payment of Gratuity Act, 1972. Under the act,
employee who has completed five years of service is entitled to specific benefit. The level of benefits provided depends on the member’s
length of service and salary at retirement age. The following tables summarise the components of net benefit expense recognised in the
statement of profit or loss and the funded status and amounts recognised in the balance sheet for the respective plans :
140

Note : 35 RETIREMENT BENEFIT (Contd.)
Change in Defined Benefit Obligation and Fair value of Plan assets: ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Defined Benefit Obligation at the beginning of the year 3,063 2,511
Current Service Cost 695 567
Interest Cost 233 173
Re-measurement Losses/(Gains)
a) Effect of changes in financial assumptions 83 (141)
b) Effect of experience adjustments 525 165
Benefits Paid (146) (212)
Transfer in/out 4 -
Defined Benefit Obligation at the end of the year 4,457 3,063
Change in Fair value of Plan Assets
Fair Value of Plan Assets at the Beginning of the Year 3,398 1,433
Expected Returns on Plan Assets 258 107
Employer’s Contribution 37 1,980
Benefits Paid (146) (212)
Return on plan assets (excluding interest income) (70) 90
Transfer in/out 4 -
Fair Value of Plan Assets at the end of the year 3,481 3,398
Amount Recognised in the Balance Sheet
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the End of the Year 3,481 3,398
Defined benefit obligation at the End of the Year 4,456 3,063
Amount Recognised in the Balance Sheet under (976) 335
Other Payables (Note 11 - Other financial assets - March 31, 2018)
Cost of the Defined Benefit Plan for the Year
Net interest Expense 233 173
Expected Return on Plan Assets (258) (107)
Net Cost recognized in the statement of Profit and Loss 670 633
a) Effect of changes in financial assumptions 83 (141)
c) Return on plan assets (excluding interest income) 70 (90)
Net cost recognized in Other Comprehensive Income 678 (66)
Assumptions
Discount Rate 7.30% p.a. 7.60% p.a.
Future salary increase 7.50% p.a. 7.50% p.a.
Attrition Rate
- Senior management 13% p.a. 13% p.a.
- Middle management 13% p.a 13% p.a
- Others 13% p.a 13% p.a
Expected rate of return on Plan Assets 7.50% p.a. 7.50% p.a.
Mortality Indian Assured Indian Assured
Lives (2006-08) Lives (2006-08)
Ultimate Ultimate
Maturity profile of Defined Benefit Obligations
Weighted average duration (Based on discounted cash flows) 6 Years 6 Years
Expected Cash flows over the next (valued on undiscounted basis)
Within the next 12 months (next annual reporting period) 536 378
Between 2 and 5 years 2,234 1,533
Beyond 10 Years 2,758 2,005
Total Expected Cash flows 7,730 5,478
141

` in lakhs
Particulars 31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
Sensitivity Analysis:
Discount Rate (+/- 1%) 4,189 4,754 2,878 3,247
Salary Growth Rate (+/- 1%) 4,725 4,204 3,253 2,872
Attrition Rate (+/- 50% of attrition rates) 4,342 4,574 2,991 3,135
Mortality Rate (+/- 10% of mortality rates) 4,456 4,456 3,063 3,062
Notes:
1. The estimate of future salary increase takes into account inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors.
2. The Company’s best estimate of contribution during the next year is ₹ 1,738 lakhs.
3. Discount rate is based on the prevailing market yields of Indian Government Bonds as at the Balance Sheet date for the estimated
term of the obligation.
4. The entire Plan Assets are invested in insurer managed funds with Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC).
C) Compensated Absences

31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Assumptions
Attrition Rate
- Senior management 13% p.a. 13% p.a.
- Middle management 13% p.a. 13% p.a.
- Others 13% p.a. 13% p.a.
Lives (2006-08) Lives (2006-08)
Ultimate Ultimate
Notes:
1.
The company has not funded its Compensated Absences liability and the same continues to remain as unfunded as at 31st March, 2019.
Note : 36 SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company is primarily engaged in the business of financing. All the activities of the company revolve around the main business.
Further, the Company does not have any separate geographic segments other than India
During year ending 31st March 2019, For management purposes, the Company has been organised into three operating segments based
on products and services, as follows
Vehicle Finance Loans - Loans to customers against purchase of new/used vehicles, tractors, construction equipment and loan to
automobile dealers. Home equity - Loans to customer against immovable property Other loans - This includes loans given for acquisition
of residential property, loan against shares and other unsecured loans
The Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) monitors the operating results of its business units separately for making decisions about
resource allocation and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profits or losses and is measured
consistently with operating profits or losses in the financial statements. However, income taxes are managed on a entity as whole basis
and are not allocated to operating segments.
142

Note : 36 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Contd.)
` in lakhs
Year ended March 31, 2019
Particulars Vehicle finance Home equity Others Unallocable Total
- Interest Income 5,17,529 1,08,420 22,584 7,993 6,56,526
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments - 8,670 - - 8,670
under amortised cost category
- Fee Income 16,766 1,711 155 (1) 18,631
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instrument - - - 6,328 6,328
- Sale of Services 8,064 238 120 620 9,042
Segment revenue from Operations (I)
- Other income (II) - - - 67 67
Total Segment Income - (I) + (II) 5,42,359 119,039 22,859 15,007 6,99,264
Expenses
- Finance costs 2,80,263 70,738 12,565 (4,692) 3,58,874
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 26,883 (433) 4,670 - 31,120
- Employee benefits expense 49,965 5,286 3,614 193 59,058
- Depreciation and amortisation expense 4,938 513 97 - 5,548

-
Other expenses 52,488 5,263 2,281 2,317 62,349
Segment Expenses 4,14,537 81,367 23,227 (2,182) 5,16,949
Segment Profit / (loss) before taxation 1,27,822 37,672 (368) 17,189 1,82,315
Tax expense 63,700
Profit for the year 1,18,615
` in lakhs
- Interest Income 3,99,138 1,03,116 16,337 4,990 5,23,581
- Fee Income 13,299 1,815 221 34 15,369
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instrument - - - 991 991
- Sale of Services 6,536 339 1 1,106 7,982
- Other income (II) - - - 43 43
Total Segment Income - (I) + (II) 4,18,973 1,05,270 16,559 7,164 5,47,966
Expenses
- Finance costs 2,04,538 68,223 8,496 (15,324) 2,65,933
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 20,072 7,059 3,692 (453) 30,370
- Other expenses 43,263 5,703 2,335 1,578 52,879
Segment Profit / (loss) before taxation 99,594 19,742 (390) 21,190 1,40,137
Tax expense 48,307
Profit for the year 91,830
143

Note : 36 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Contd.) ` in lakhs
As on March 31, 2019

Segment Assets 40,58,768 9,95,439 2,06,525 52,60,732
Unallocable Assets 4,81,898 4,81,898
Total Assets 57,42,630
Segment Liabilities 36,70,570 9,00,231 1,86,772 47,57,573
Unallocable Liabilities 3,67,483 3,67,483
Total Liabilities 51,25,056
Segment Assets 31,44,019 9,42,431 1,38,896 42,25,346
Unallocable Liabilities 88,792 88,792
As on April 01, 2017
Segment Assets 23,63,402 8,62,600 95,436 33,21,438
Segment Liabilities 21,19,163 7,73,457 85,573 29,78,193
In computing the segment information, certain estimates and assumptions have been made by the management, which have been relied
upon.
As the asset are allocated to segment based on certain assumptions, hence additions to the Property, plant and equipment have not
disclosed separately for each specific segment.
There are no revenue from transactions with a single external customer or counter party which amounted to 10% or more of the Company's
total revenue in the Current year and Previous year.
Note : 37 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

List of Related Parties
• Holding Company : Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited (formerly known as TI Financial Holdings Limited)
• Entity having significant influence over holding company: Ambadi Investments Limited
• Subsidiaries of Entity having significant influence over holding company: Parry Enterprises Limited and Parry Agro Limited.
• Fellow Subsidiaries: Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited, Cholamandalam Health Insurance Limited
• Joint Venture of Holding Company: Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited
Subsidiaries: Cholamandalam Securities Limited, Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited (Formerly known as
•
Cholamandalam Distribution Services Limited), White Data Systems India Private Limited (upto September 2018)
• Associate : White Data Systems India Private Limited (Effective October 2018)
• Key Managerial Personnel:
a) Mr. S. Vellayan, Managing Director (upto August 19, 2017)
b) Mr. N. Srinivasan, Executive Vice Chairman and Managing Director (from August 19, 2017 upto August 18, 2018) ;
c) Mr. Arun Alagappan, Executive Director (From August 19, 2017)
d) Mr. D. Arulselvan, Chief Financial Officer
e) Ms. P. Sujatha, Company Secretary
144

Note : 37 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (Contd.)
• Non-Executive Directors
1. Mr. M.B.N. Rao (upto July 26, 2018)
2. Mr. V. Srinivasa Rangan
3. Ms. Bharati Rao
4. Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat
5. Mr. Nalin Mansukhlal Shah (Upto July 27, 2017)
6. Mr. M.M. Murugappan (Upto October 31, 2017 for FY 17-18, From May 31, 2018 for FY 18-19)
7. Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan (From October 30, 2018)
8. Mr. Rohan Verma (From March 25, 2019))
Note:
Related party relationships are as identified by the Management and relied upon by the Auditors
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 37 a) TRANSACTIONS DURING THE YEAR
Dividend Payments (Equity Shares)
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 4,709 4,695
b) Ambadi Investments Limited 456 469
c) Parry Enterprises Limited 0 0
Amount received towards reimbursement of expenses
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 73 38
b) Cholamandalam Securities Limited 75 53
c) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited 3,556 35
d) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 28 6,602
e) White Data Systems India Private Limited 16 1
f ) Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited 0 1
Expenses - Reimbursed
a) Cholamandalam Securities Limited 9 8
b) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 124 97
Services Received
a) Cholamandalam Securities Limited 6 -
b) White Data Systems India Private Limited 33 51
c) Ambadi Investments Limited 0 -
d) Parry Enterprises Limited 748 2,738
e) Parry Agro Limited 2 -
Expense recovered - Rent
b) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited - 12
c) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 56 51
d) Parry Enterprises Limited 1 -
Rental Expense
a) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited 8 -
Loans given
a) Cholamandalam Securities Limited 15,300 15,550
b) White Data Systems India Private Limited 900 3,106
145

Note : 37 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (Contd.) ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Loans recovered
a) Cholamandalam Securities Limited 14,150 16,550
b) White Data Systems India Private Limited 572 2,461
Interest Income
b) White Data Systems India Private Limited 18 92
Loans availed
a) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited 41,550 4,350
Loans repaid
a) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited 41,550 8,200
Interest Expense
a) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited 186 283
b) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 1,991 1,036
Commission and Sitting fees to non-executive Directors 68 48
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 37 b) BALANCES OUTSTANDING AT THE YEAR END
Rental Deposit Receivable / (Payable)
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited - - (1)
b) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited (21) (21) (21)
Loans - Receivable
a) Cholamandalam Securities Limited 1,150 - 1,000
b) White Data Systems India Private Limited 340 933 275
Debt Securities - Payable
a) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited (22,249) (23,341) -
Borrowings other than Debt Securities - Payable
a) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited - - (3,850)
Other Receivable / (Payable)
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited - - 3
b) Cholamandalam Securities Limited 1 (1) 1
c) Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited 282 - 0
d) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 43 1,855 1,188
e) White Data Systems India Private Limited - 11 (1)
f ) Parry Enterprises Limited - 1 -
g) Parry Agro Limited - 1 0
146

Note : 37 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (Contd.)
` in lakhs
Nature of Transaction Year ended Year ended
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 37 c) KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL
Short- term employee benefits 799 885
Post-employment pension (defined Contribution) 81 49
Dividend Payments 16 16
Share based payments 56 88
Disclosure pursuant to Schedule V of Clause A.2 of Regulation 34 (3) and Regulation 53(f) of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and
Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.
I. Disclosures relating Loans and Advances /Investments
` in lakhs
Sl No. Loans and Advances in the nature of Loans Maximum Amount Maximum Amount
Outstanding during Outstanding during
year March 2019 year March 2018
(A) To Subsidiaries
- Cholamandalam Securities Limited 2,600
- Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited -
(B) To Associates
- White Data Systems India Private Limited 919 1,484
II. Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited (CFHL), promoter-group company holds 46% of equity shares of the company. Disclosure
relating to transactions with CFHL is given above.
Note : 38 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

(a) Contested Claims not provided for:
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Income tax and Interest on Tax issues where the company has gone on appeal 17,316 15,577 30,850
Decided in the Company’s favour by Appellate Authorities and for which the 21,292 38 38
Department is on further appeal with respect to Income Tax
Sales Tax issues pending before Appellate Authorities in respect of which the 5,081 4,992 2,843
company is on appeal.
Service Tax issues pending before Appellate Authorities in respect of which the 19,978 13,702 13,693
company is on appeal.
Disputed claims against the company lodged by various parties under litigation 6,741 8,042 6,274
(to the extent quantifiable)
i) The company is of the opinion that the above demands are not sustainable and expects to succeed in its appeals / defence.
ii) It is not practicable for the Company to estimate the timings of the cashflows, if any, in respect of the above pending resolution of
the respective proceedings.
iii) The company does not expect any reimbursement in respect of the above contingent liabilities.
iv) Future Cash outflows in respect of the above are determinable only on receipt of judgements/decisions pending with various
forums/authorities.
147

Note : 38 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS (Contd.)
(b) Commitments
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2019 01.04.2017
Capital commitments 1,619 402 964
Disbursements – Undrawn lines 73,345 56,632 38,670
(c) The Supreme Court had passed judgement on 28th February 2019 that all allowances paid to employees are to be considered for
the purposes of PF wage determination. There are numerous interpretative issues relating to the above judgement. As a matter of
caution, the company has complied the same on prospective basis from the date of the SC order.
Note : 39 CHANGES IN PROVISIONS

` in lakhs
Particulars As at Additional Utilisation/ As at
31.03.2018 Provision Reversal 31.03.2019
Provision for Contingencies and Service Tax claims 3,813 24 - 3,837
Provision for Undrawn commitments 12 39 - 51

Undrawn loan commitments are commitments under which the Company is required to provide a loan under pre-sanctioned terms
to the customer.
The undrawn commitments provided by the Company are predominantly in the nature of limits provided for Automobile dealers
based on the monthly loan conversions and partly disbursed loans for immovable properties. These undrawn limits are converted
within a short period of time and do not generally remain undisbursed / undrawn beyond one year from the reporting date.
The undrawn commitments amount outstanding as at 31st March, 2019 is ₹ 73,345 lakhs (₹ 56,632 lakhs as at 31st March, 2018
and ₹ 38,670 lakhs as at 1st April, 2017).
The Company creates expected credit loss provision on the undrawn commitments outstanding as at the end of the reporting period
and the related expected credit loss on these commitments as at 31st March, 2019 is ₹ 51 lakhs (₹ 12 lakhs as at 31st March, 2018 and
₹ 10 lakhs as at 1st April, 2017).
Note : 40 ESOP DISCLOSURE

ESOP 2007
The Board at its meeting held on 22nd June, 2007, approved an issue of Stock Options up to a maximum of 5% of the issued Equity
Capital of the Company (before Rights Issue) aggregating to 1,904,162 Equity Shares in a manner provided in the SEBI (Employee
Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines.
ESOP 2016
The Board at its meeting held on 27th October, 2016, approved to create, and grant from time to time, in one or more tranches, not
exceeding 31,25,102 Employee Stock Options to or for the benefit of such person(s) who are in permanent employment of the
company including some of subsidiaries managing director and whole time director, (other than promoter/promoter group of the
company, independent directors and directors holding directly or indirectly more than 10% of the outstanding equity shares of the
company), as may be decided by the board, exercisable into not more than 31,25,102 equity shares of face value of ₹ 10/- each fully
paid-up, on such terms and in such manner as the board may decide in accordance with the provisions of the applicable laws and
the provisions of ESOP 2016.
In this regard, the Company has recognised expense amounting to ₹ 798 lakhs for employees services received during the year,
shown under Employee Benefit Expenses (Refer Note 28).
148

Note : 40 ESOP Disclosure (Contd.)
The movement in Stock Options during the current year are given below:
Employee Stock Option Plan 2007
Options Options
Options
Options
outstanding During the Year 2018-19 vested unvested
outstanding
but not
exercised
Particulars Date of As at Option Options Options As at As at As at Exercise Weighted
Grant 31.03.2018 Granted Forfeited Exercised 31.03.2019 31.03.2019 31.03.2019 Price Average
/ Expired and Remaining
allotted Contractual
Life
Gt 25 25-Apr-08 300 - - 300 - - - 192 -
Apr 2008
GT 27 27-Jan-11 15,625 - - 6,462 9,163 9,163 - 188 -
JAN 2011A
GT 27 27-Jan-11 5,976 - - - 5,976 5,976 - 188 -
JAN 2011B
GT 30 30-Apr-11 14,357 - 400 6,009 7,948 7,948 - 163 -
APR 2011
GT 27 27-Oct-11 8,036 - - 100 7,936 7,936 - 155 -
OCT 2011
Total 44,294 - 400 12,871 31,023 31,023 -
Options Options
Options
Options
outstanding
but not
exercised
Life
GT25 25-Jan-17 5,22,653 - 34,940 14,871 4,72,842 1,70,418 3,02,424 1,010 1.32 years
JAN2017
GT30 30-Jan-18 55,920 - 6,880 - 49,040 12,260 36,780 1,310 1.34 years
JAN2018
GT30 30-Jan-18 26,940 - 8,980 - 17,960 3,592 14,368 1,310 1.96 years
JAN2018A
GT23 23-Apr-18 - 8,980 - - 8,980 - 8,980 1,562 1.77 years
APR2018
GT26 26-Jul-18 - 54,972 - - 54,972 - 54,972 1,497 1.45 years
JUL2018
GT30 30-Oct-18 - 73,460 - - 73,460 - 73,460 1,269 2.29 years
OCT2018
GT19 19-Mar-19 - 1,17,692 - - 1,17,692 - 1,17,692 1,390 2.67 years
MAR2019
Total 6,05,513 2,55,104 50,800 14,871 7,94,946 1,86,270 6,08,676
Note: Includes options (vested and unvested) issued to employees of subsidiary as at 31st March 2019 - 11,276 options
(31st March 2018 - 11, 276 options)
149

Note : 40 ESOP DISCLOSURE (Contd.)
The movement in Stock Options during the previous year are given below:
Options Options
Options Options
outstanding
but not
exercised
Grant 31.03.2017 Granted Cancelled Exercised 31.03.2018 31.03.2018 31.03.2018 Price Average
/ lapsed and Remaining
Life
Gt 30 30-Jul-07 4,224 - - 4,224 - - - 193 -
Jul 2007
Gt 25 25-Jan-08 328 - - 328 - - - 262 -
Jan 2008
Gt 25 25-Apr-08 6,069 - - 5,769 300 300 - 192 -
Apr 2008
GT 27 27-Jan-11 27,563 - - 11,938 15,625 15,625 - 188 -
JAN 2011A
GT 27 27-Jan-11 5,976 - - - 5,976 5,976 - 188 -
JAN 2011B
GT 30 30-Apr-11 23,482 - - 9,125 14,357 14,357 - 163 -
APR 2011
GT 27 27-Oct-11 10,323 - - 2,287 8,036 8,036 - 155 -
OCT 2011
Total 77,965 - - 33,671 44,294 44,294 -
Options Options
Options Options
outstanding
but not
exercised
Life
GT25 25-Jan-17 5,71,000 - 28,180 20,167 5,22,653 88,397 4,34,256 1,010 1.95
JAN2017
GT30 30-Jan-18 - 55,920 - - 55,920 - 55,920 1,310 1.96
JAN2018
GT30 30-Jan-18 - 26,940 - - 26,940 - 26,940 1,310 2.54
JAN2018A
Total 5,71,000 82,860 28,180 20,167 6,05,513 88,397 5,17,116
150

The following tables list the inputs to the Black Scholes model used for the plans for the year ended 31st March 2019:
ESOP 2007
Variables
Date of Grant Risk Free Expected Life Expected Dividend Yield Price of the Fair Value
Interest Rate Volatility underlying of the Option
Share in the (₹)
Market at the time
of the Option
Grant (₹)
30-Jul-07 7.10% - 7.56% 3-6 years 40.64% -43.16% 5.65% 193.40 61.42
24-Oct-07 7.87% -7.98% 3-6 years 41.24% -43.84% 5.65% 149.90 44.25
25-Jan-08 6.14% -7.10% 3-6 years 44.58% -47.63% 5.65% 262.20 78.15
25-Apr-08 7.79% - 8.00% 2.5-5.5 years 45.78% - 53.39% 3.97% 191.80 76.74
30-Jul-08 9.14% - 9.27% 2.5-5.5 years 46.52% - 53.14% 3.97% 105.00 39.22
24-Oct-08 7.54% - 7.68% 2.5-5.5 years 48.2% - 55.48% 3.97% 37.70 14.01
27-Jan-11
- Tranche I 8% 4 years 59.50% 10% 187.60 94.82
- Tranche II 8% 3.4 years 61.63% 10% 187.60 90.62
30-Apr-11 8% 4 years 59.40% 25% 162.55 73.07
28-Jul-11 8% 4 years 58.64% 25% 175.35 79.17
27-Oct-11 8% 4 years 57.52% 25% 154.55 67.26
The shareholders of the company, at the 34th Annual General Meeting held on July 30, 2012, authorised extension of exercise period
from 3 years from the date of vesting to 6 years from the date of vesting. Accordingly, the Company has measured the fair value of the
options using the Black Scholes model immediately before and after the date of modification to arrive at the incremental fair value
arising due to the extension of the exercise period. The incremental fair value so calculated is recognised from the modification date
over the vesting period in addition to the amount based on the grant date fair value of the stock options.
The incremental (benefit)/cost due to modification of the exercise period from 3 years to 6 years from the date of vesting for the year
ended 31st March, 2019 is ₹ Nil (31st March, 2018 - ₹ Nil)
The fair value of the options has been calculated using the Black Scholes model on the date of modification.
The assumptions considered for the calculation of the fair value (on the date of modification) are as follows:
Variables Post Modification

Risk Free Interest Rate 7.92% - 8.12%
Expected Life 0.12 years - 6.25 years
Expected Volatility 28.28% - 63.00%
Dividend Yield 1.18%
Price of the underlying share in market at the time of the option grant.(₹) ₹ 212.05
151

ESOP 2016
Variables
Share in the (₹)
Market at the time
of the Option
Grant (₹)
25-01-2017 6.36% - 6.67% 3.5 - 6.51 years 33.39% - 34.47% 0.54% 1,010.00 401.29
30-01-2018 7.11% - 7.45% 3.5 - 5.50 years 30.16% - 31.46% 0.42% 1,309.70 496.82
30-01-2018 7.11% - 7.45% 3.5 - 5.50 years 30.16% - 31.46% 0.42% 1,309.70 531.84
23-04-2018 7.45% - 7.81% 3.51 - 6.51 years 30.33% - 32.38% 0.42% 1,562.35 646.08
26-07-2018 7.71% - 7.92% 3.51 - 5.51 years 30.56% - 31.83% 0.43% 1,497.30 586.32
30-10-2018 7.61% - 7.85% 3.51 - 6.51 years 32.34% - 32.70% 0.51% 1,268.50 531.36
19-03-2019 6.91% - 7.25% 3.51 - 6.51 years 32.19% - 32.59% 0.47% 1,390.05 564.13
Note : 41 SHARING OF COSTS

The company shares certain costs / service charges with other companies in the Group. These costs have been allocated between the
Companies on a basis mutually agreed between them, which has been relied upon by the Auditors.
Note : 42 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The company maintains an actively managed capital base to cover risks inherent in the business, meeting the capital adequacy
requirements of Reserve Bank of India (RBI), maintain strong credit rating and healthy capital ratios in order to support business and
maximise shareholder value. The adequacy of the Company’s capital is monitored by the Board using, among other measures, the
regulations issued by RBI.
The company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it according to changes in economic conditions and the risk
characteristics of its activities. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may adjust the amount of dividend
payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue capital securities.
The company has complied in full with the capital requirements prescribed by RBI over the reported period. Refer Note 52A(i) for disclosure
of capital adequacy as per applicable RBI regulations.
42.1 Risk Management
The company has put in place a robust risk management framework to promote a proactive approach in reporting, evaluating and
resolving risks associated with the business. Given the nature of the business, the company is engaged in, the risk framework recognizes
that there is uncertainty in creating and sustaining value as well as in identifying opportunities. Risk management is therefore made an
integral part of the company’s effective management practice.
Risk Management Framework: The company’s risk management framework is based on (a) clear understanding and identification of
various risks (b) disciplined risk assessment by evaluating the probability and impact of each risk (c) Measurement and monitoring of risks
by establishing Key Risk Indicators with thresholds for all critical risks and (d) adequate review mechanism to monitor and control risks.
The company has a well-established risk reporting and monitoring framework. The in-house developed risk monitoring tool, Chola
Composite Risk Index, highlights the movement of top critical risks. This provides the level and direction of the risks, which are arrived
at based on the two level risk thresholds for the identified Key Risk Indicators and are aligned to the overall company’s risk appetite
framework approved by the board. The company also developed such risk reporting and monitoring mechanism for the risks at business
/ vertical level. The company identifies and monitors risks periodically. This process enables the company to reassess the top critical risks
in a changing environment that need to be focused on.
Risk Governance structure: The Company’s risk governance structure operates with a robust board and risk management committee
with a clearly laid down charter and senior management direction and oversight. The board oversees the risk management process and
152

Note : 42 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT (Contd.)
monitors the risk profile of the company directly as well as through a board constituted risk management committee. The committee,
which meets a minimum of four times a year, reviews the risk management policy, implementation of risk management framework,
monitoring of critical risks, and review of various other initiatives with a structured annual plan. The risk management division has
established a comprehensive risk management framework across the business and provides appropriate reports on risk exposures and
analysis in its pursuit of creating awareness across the company about risk management. The company’s risk management initiatives and
risk MIS are reviewed monthly by the managing director and business heads. The key risks faced by the company are credit risk, liquidity
risk, interest rate risk, operational risk, foreign currency risk, reputational and regulatory risk, which are broadly classified as credit risk,
market risk, operational risk, liquidity and foreign currency risk.
42.2 Credit Risk
Credit risk arises when a borrower is unable to meet financial obligations to the lender. This could be either because of wrong assessment
of the borrower’s payment capabilities or due to uncertainties in future. The effective management of credit risk requires the establishment
of appropriate credit risk policies and processes.
The company has comprehensive and well-defined credit policies across various businesses, products and segments, which encompass
credit approval process for all businesses along with guidelines for mitigating the risks associated with them. The appraisal process includes
detailed risk assessment of the borrowers, physical verifications and field visits. The company has a robust post sanction monitoring
process to identify credit portfolio trends and early warning signals. This enables it to implement necessary changes to the credit policy,
whenever the need arises. Also, being in asset financing business, most of the company’s lending is covered by adequate collaterals
from the borrowers. The company developed application scoring model to assess the credit worthiness of the borrower for underwriting
decisions for its vehicle finance, home equity and home loan business.
The company also has a well developed business planning model for the vehicle finance portfolio, to help business teams plan volume
with adequate pricing of risk for different segments of the portfolio.
42.3 Market Risk
Market Risk is the possibility of loss arising from changes in the value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market variables such
as interest rates, exchange rates and other asset prices. The company’s exposure to market risk is a function of asset liability management
activities. The company is exposed to interest rate risk and liquidity risk.
The Company continuously monitors these risks and manages them through appropriate risk limits. The Asset Liability Management
Committee (ALCO) reviews market-related trends and risks and adopts various strategies related to assets and liabilities, in line with the
company’s risk management framework. ALCO activities are in turn monitored and reviewed by a board sub-committee.
42.4 Concentration of Risk/Exposure
Concentration of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic characteristics, or such
counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in same geographical area or industry sector so that collective ability to meet
contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. The Company is in retail lending
business on pan India basis targeting primarily customers who either do not get credit or sufficient credit from the traditional banking
sector. Vehicle Finance (consisting of new and used Commercial Vehicles, Passenger Vehicles, Tractors, Construction Equipment and Trade
advance to Automobile dealers) is lending against security (other than for trade advance) of Vehicle/ Tractor / Equipment and contributes
to 74% of the loan book of the Company as of 31st March, 2019 (73% as of 31st March, 2018). Hypothecation endorsement is made in
favour of the Company in the Registration Certificate in respect of all registerable collateral. Portfolio is reasonably well diversified across
South, North, East and Western parts of the country. Similarly, sub segments within Vehicle Finance like Heavy Commercial Vehicles,
Light Commercial Vehicles, Car and Multi Utility Vehicles, three wheeler and Small Commercial Vehicles, Refinance against existing
vehicles, older vehicles (first time buyers), Tractors and Construction Equipment have portfolio share between 5% and 22% leading to
well diversified sub product mix.
Home Equity is mortgage loan against security of existing immovable property (primarily self-occupied residential property) to self-
employed non-professional category of borrowers and contributes to 21% of the lending book of the company as of 31st March, 2019
(24% as of 31st March, 2018). Portfolio is concentrated in North (41%) with small presence in East (4%). The remaining is evenly distributed
between South and Western parts of the country.
153

The Concentration of risk is managed by company for each product by its region and its subsegments. Company did not overly depend
on few regions or sub-segments as of March 31, 2019.
42.5 Operational Risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems, or from external events.
The operational risks of the company are managed through comprehensive internal control systems and procedures and key back
up processes. In order to further strengthen the control framework and effectiveness, the company has established risk control self-
assessment at branches to identify process lapses by way of exception reporting. This enables the management to evaluate key areas of
operational risks and the process to adequately mitigate them on an ongoing basis. The company also undertakes Risk based audits on
a regular basis across all business units / functions. While examining the effectiveness of control framework through self-assessment, the
risk-based audit would assure effective implementation of self-certification and internal financial controls adherence, thereby, reducing
enterprise exposure.
The company has put in place a robust Disaster Recovery (DR) plan, which is periodically tested. Business Continuity Plan (BCP) is further
put in place to ensure seamless continuity of operations including services to customers, when confronted with adverse events such as
natural disasters, technological failures, human errors, terrorism, etc. Periodic testing is carried out to address gaps in the framework, if
any. DR and BCP audits are conducted on a periodical basis to provide assurance regarding the effectiveness of the company’s readiness.
42.6 Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the company will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities
that are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. Liquidity risk arises because of the possibility that the company might be
unable to meet its payment obligations when they fall due as a result of mismatches in the timing of the cash flows under both normal
and stress circumstances. Such scenarios could occur when funding needed for illiquid asset positions is not available to the company on
acceptable terms. To limit this risk, management has arranged for diversified funding sources and adopted a policy of availing funding in
line with the tenor and repayment pattern of its receivables and monitors future cash flows and liquidity on a daily basis. The company
has developed internal control processes and contingency plans for managing liquidity risk. This incorporates an assessment of expected
cash flows and the availability of unencumbered receivables which could be used to secure funding by way of assignment if required. The
company also has lines of credit that it can access to meet liquidity needs.
Refer Note No 47 for the summary of maturity profile of undiscounted cashflows of the company’s financial assets and financial liabilities
as at reporting period.
42.7 Foreign Currency Risk
Currency risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Foreign currency
risk for the company arise majorly on account of foreign currency borrowings. The company manages this foreign currency risk by entering
in to cross currency swaps and forward contract. When a derivative is entered in to for the purpose of being as hedge, the company
negotiates the terms of those derivatives to match with the terms of the hedge exposure. The company’s policy is to fully hedge its foreign
currency borrowings at the time of drawdown and remain so till repayment.
The company holds derivative financial instruments such as Cross currency interest rate swap to mitigate risk of changes in exchange
rate in foreign currency and floating interest rate. The Counterparty for these contracts is generally a bank. These derivative financial
instruments are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are directly or indirectly
observable in market place.
154

42.8 Disclosure of Effects of Hedge Accounting
Cash flow Hedge
Foreign Nominal Carrying Maturity Date Changes in Changes in the value Line item
Exchange Value of Hedging Value of Hedging Fair value of of Hedged Item in Balance
Risk on Cash Instruments Instruments Hedging used as a basis for sheet
Flow Hedge (No. of Contracts) (₹ in Lakhs) Instrument recognising hedge
(₹ in Lakhs) effectiveness (₹ in Lakhs)
Cross Currency Asset Liability Asset Liability November 07, 2019 (8,028) 8,415 Borrowings and
Interest rate swap 5 1 1,82,631 35,491 to March 18, 2022 Finance cost
Cash flow Hedge Change in the value of Hedge Effectiveness Amount reclassified Line item affected in
Hedging Instrument recognised in profit from Cash Flow Hedge Statement of Profit
recognised in Other and loss Reserve to Profit or Loss and Loss because of
Comprehensive Income (₹ in Lakhs) (₹ in Lakhs) the Reclassification
(₹ in Lakhs)
Foreign exchange 1,306 - - NA
risk and Interest rate risk

Cross Currency Asset Liability Asset Liability June 30, 2018 to (7,056) 5,363 Borrowings and
Interest rate swap 4 4 76,901 2,31,655 September 25, 2020 Finance cost
(₹ in Lakhs)

Cross Currency Asset Liability Asset Liability October 27, 2017 to (10,103) 7,310 Borrowings and
Interest rate swap - 5 - 2,47,503 November 08, 2019 Finance cost
(₹ in Lakhs)
155

42.9 Collateral and other Credit Enhancements
Although collateral can be an important mitigation of credit risk, it is the Company’s practice to lend on the basis of the customer’s ability
to meet the obligations out of cash flow resources other than placing primary reliance on collateral and other credit risk enhancements.
The company obtains first and exclusive charge on all collateral that it obtains for the loans given. Vehicle Finance and Home Equity loans
are secured by collateral at the time of origination. In case of Vehicle loans, Company values the vehicle either through proforma invoice
(for new vehicles) or using registered valuer for used vehicles. In case of Home equity loans, the value of the property at the time of
origination will be arrived by obtaining two valuation reports from Company’s empanelled valuers.
Hypothecation endorsement is obtained in favour of the Company in the Registration Certificate of the Vehicle/ Tractor / Equipment
funded under the vehicle finance category.
Immovable Property is the collateral for Home Equity loans. Security Interest in favour of the Company is created by Mortgage through
deposit of title deed which is registered wherever required by law.
In respect of Other loans, Home loans follow the same process as Home Equity and pledge is created in favour for the Company for loan
against securities.
The company does not obtain any other form of credit enhancement other than the above. 99% of the Company’s term loan are secured
by way of tangible Collateral.
Any surplus remaining after settlement of outstanding debt by way of sale of collateral is returned to the customer / borrower.
Note : 43 EVENTS AFTER REPORTING DATE
There have been no events after the reporting date that require disclosure in the financial statements.
Note : 44
44.1 Fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value
Set out below is a comparison, by class, of the carrying amounts and fair values of the company ’s financial instruments that are not carried
at fair value in the balance sheet. This table does not include the fair values of non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Value Value Value Value Value Value
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 313,893 313,893 25,379 25,379 27,404 27,404
Bank balances Other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 53,592 53,592 63,416 63,416 69,645 69,645
Receivables
i) Trade Receivables 441 441 3,823 3,823 1,965 1,965
ii) Other Receivables 3,908 3,908 5,577 5,577 4,492 4,492
Loans 5,262,227 5,244,731 4,225,323 4,313,801 3,322,439 3,376,236
Investments 7,292 7,292 7,292 7,292 6,968 6,968
Other Financial Assets 12,432 12,432 7,730 7,730 13,561 13,561
Total Financial Assets 5,653,785 5,636,289 4,338,540 4,427,018 3,446,474 3,500,271
Payables
i) Trade Payables 20,742 20,742 17,063 17,063 11,017 11,017
ii) Other Payables 12,894 12,894 10,047 10,047 8,143 8,143
Debt Securities 1,418,431 1,413,496 1,437,395 1,446,861 1,347,094 1,355,132
Borrowings (Other than Debt Securities) 3,212,375 3,210,512 2,016,635 2,027,639 1,378,288 1,374,011
Subordinated Liabilities 425,868 428,174 379,003 369,939 294,631 300,287
Other Financial Liabilities 21,207 21,207 19,967 19,967 20,093 20,093
Total Financial Liabilities 5,111,517 5,107,025 3,880,110 3,891,516 3,059,266 3,068,683
156

Note: 44.1 Fair value of financial instruments not measured at fair value (Contd.)
The Management assessed that cash and cash equivalents, bank balance other than Cash and cash equivalents, receivable, other financial
assets, payables and other financial liabilities approximates their carrying amount largely due to short term maturities of these instruments.
The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to
estimate the fair values of financial assets or liabilities disclosed under level 2 category.
i) The fair value of loans have estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using discount rate equal to the rate near to the
reporting date of the comparable product.
ii) The fair value of debt securities, borrowings other than debt securities and subordinated liabilities have estimated by discounting
expected future cash flows discounting rate near to report date based on comparable rate / market observable data.
Note : 44.2 Fair value hierarchy
The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Company's assets and liabilities
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of assets as at March 31, 2019
` in lakhs
Fair value measurement using
Carrying Value Quoted price in Significant Significant
active markets observable unobservable
(Level 1) inputs inputs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
Assets measured at Fair value
FVOCI Equity Instruments - - - -
Derivative financial instruments 8,869 - 8,869 -
Assets for which fair values are disclosed
Investment Properties * 47 - - 287
There have been no transfers between different levels during the period.
* Fair value of investment property is calculated based on valuation given by external independent valuer.
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of liabilities as at March 31, 2019 ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
Liabilities measured at Fair value
Derivative financial instruments 841 - 841 -
There have been no transfers between the level 1 and level 2 during the period.
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of assets as at March 31, 2018 ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
FVOCI Equity Instruments - - - -
157

Note : 44.2 Fair value hierarchy (Contd.)
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of liabilities as at March 31, 2018 ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
Derivative financial instruments 7,655 7,655
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of assets as at April 1, 2017 ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
FVOCI Equity Instruments 129 129
Investment Properties * 5 271
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of liabilities as at April 1, 2017 ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
Derivative financial instruments 10,103 10,103
Note : 44.3 Summary of Financial assets and liabilities which are recognised at amortised cost
` in lakhs
Particulars As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 313,893 25,379 27,404
Bank balances other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 53,592 63,416 69,645
Loans 5,262,227 4,225,323 3,322,439
Other Financial Assets 12,432 7,730 13,561
Debt Securities 1,418,431 1,437,395 1,347,094
Borrowings (Other than Debt Securities) 3,212,375 2,016,635 1,378,288
Subordinated Liabilities 425,868 379,003 294,631
Other Financial liabilities 21,207 19,967 20,093
Note : 44.4 Refer Note 13 for sensitivity analysis for investment property, whose fair value is disclosed under the level 3 category.
158

Note : 45 MATURITY ANALYSIS
The table below shows an analysis of assets and liabilities analysed according to when they are expected to be recovered or settled.
` in lakhs
Maturity
Amount Within 12 After 12
months months
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,13,893 3,13,893 -
Bank balances Other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 53,592 19,682 33,910
Derivative financial instruments 8,869 7,229 1,640
Receivables -
i) Trade Receivables 441 441
ii) Other Receivables 3,908 3,908
Loans 52,62,227 16,41,911 36,20,316
Investments 7,292 - 7,292
Total Financial Assets 56,62,654 19,91,269 36,71,385
Non-Financial Assets
Current tax assets (Net) 15,719 - 15,719
Deferred tax assets (Net) 45,300 - 45,300
Investment Property 47 - 47
Property, Plant and Equipment 14,253 - 14,253
Intangible assets under development 1,310 - 1,310
Other Intangible assets 1,976 - 1,976
Other Non-Financial Assets 1,371 1,073 298
Total Non-Financial Assets 79,976 1,073 78,903
Derivative financial instruments 841 - 841
Payables
i) Trade Payables 20,742 20,742 -
ii) Other Payables 12,894 12,894 -
Debt Securities 14,18,431 9,59,024 4,59,407
Subordinated Liabilities 4,25,868 47,164 3,78,704
Other Financial Liabilities 21,207 21,128 79
Total Financial Liabilities 51,12,358 19,26,024 31,86,334
Non-Financial Liabilities
Provisions 7,402 7,402 -
Other Non-Financial Liabilities 5,296 3,211 2,085
Total Non-Financial Liabilities 12,698 10,613 2,085
159

Note : 45 MATURITY ANALYSIS (Contd.) ` in lakhs
Maturity
months months
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 25,379 25,379 -
Derivative financial instruments 599 28 571
Receivables
i) Trade Receivables 3,823 3,823 -
ii) Other Receivables 5,577 5,577 -
Loans 4,225,323 1,343,391 2,881,932
Non- Financial Assets
Intangible assets under development 380 - 380
Total Non- Financial Assets 69,834 1,115 68,719
Payables
Debt Securities 1,437,395 711,103 726,292
Borrowings (Other than Debt Securities) 2,016,635 639,138 1,377,497
As on April 01 , 2017
Financial Assets
Derivative financial instruments - - -
160

Note : 45 MATURITY ANALYSIS (Contd.) ` in lakhs
Maturity
months months
Receivables
Loans 3,322,439 1,067,549 2,254,890
Other Non-Financial Assets 1,158 741 417
Total Non- Financial Assets 57,243 741 56,502
Derivative financial instruments 10,103 590 9,513
Payables
Debt Securities 1,347,094 629,613 717,481
Borrowings (Other than Debt Securities) 1,378,288 484,343 893,945
Other Non-Financial Liabilities 642 352 290
Total Non-Financial Liabilities 5,873 5,583 290
Note : 46 CHANGE IN LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

` in lakhs
Particulars 01.04.2018 Cash flows Exchange Other 31.03.2019
Difference
Debt Securities Borrowings other than debt securities 38,33,033 12,19,933 13,779 10,071 50,56,674
and Subordinated liabilities.
` in lakhs
Particulars 01.04.2017 Cash flows Exchange Other 31.03.2018
Difference
Debt Securities Borrowings other than debt securities 30,20,013 8,02,250 (1,946) 12,716 38,33,033
and Subordinated liabilities.
(i) Other column includes the effect of accrued but not paid interest on borrowing, amortisation of processing fees etc
(ii) Total Liabilities comprises of Debt securities, Borrowings (other than debt securities) and Subordinated Liabilities
161

Note : 47 ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES BY REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES
As at March 31, 2019 ` in lakhs
Particulars Upto 1 to 3 3 to 6 6 to 12 1 to 3 3 to 5 More than Total
1 month months months months years years 5 years
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 87,458 2,29,834 - - - - - 3,17,292
Bank balances other than Cash 370 6,810 3,997 11,702 22,226 2,172 19,394 66,671
and Cash Equivalents
Derivative financial instruments - - - 7,229 1,640 - - 8,869
Receivables

i)
Trade Receivables 441 - - - - - - 441

ii)
Other Receivables 3,908 - - - - - - 3,908
Loans 3,48,886 4,01,295 5,55,041 10,37,025 28,11,745 8,93,363 12,75,688 73,23,043
Investments - - - - - - 7,292 7,292
Other Financial Assets - 1,423 1,006 1,775 5,452 1,051 1,723 12,430
Total Undiscounted financial assets
4,41,063 6,39,362 5,60,044 10,57,731 28,41,063 8,96,586 13,04,097 77,39,946
Derivative financial instruments - - - - 841 - - 841
Payables
(I) Trade Payables

i)
Total outstanding dues of - - - - - - - -

ii)
Total outstanding dues of 20,742
20,742 - - - - - -
creditors other than micro
and small enterprises
(II) Other Payables

i)
Total outstanding dues of - - - - - - -

ii)
12,894 - - - - - -
Debt Securities 1,35,795 1,85,058 3,04,085 3,85,148 4,18,809 95,999 19,429 15,44,323
Borrowings (Other than 1,75,149 1,04,374 2,30,379 5,70,299 20,56,987 3,77,195 1,32,833 36,47,216
Debt Securities)
Subordinated Liabilities 1,366 31,953 8,427 31,516 1,98,024 1,42,836 2,31,807 6,45,929
Other Financial Liabilities 21,128 - - - 58 21,207
21 -
Total Undiscounted financial 3,67,074 3,21,385 5,42,891 9,86,963 26,74,719 6,16,051 3,84,069 58,93,152
liabilities
Total net Undiscounted financial 73,989 3,17,977 17,153 70,768 1,66,344 2,80,535 9,20,028 18,46,794
assets/(liabilities)
162

Note : 47 ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES BY REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES (Contd.)
Financial Assets
25,379
Cash and Cash Equivalents 25,379 - - - - - -
Derivative financial instruments 599 - - - - - - 599
Receivables

i)
Trade Receivables 3,823 - - - - - - 3,823

ii)
Loans 2,83,112 3,17,558 4,27,709 8,00,753 21,70,175 7,01,526 9,41,129 56,41,963
Investments - - - - - - 7,292 7,292
Other Financial Assets - 728 479 937 3,939 187 1,459 7,729
3,19,255 3,23,082 4,29,606 8,11,707 22,12,911 7,04,582 9,70,348 57,71,492
Derivative financial instruments - 1,311 1,484 4,859 - - 7,654
Payables
(I) Trade Payables

i)

ii)
17,063 - - - - - -
(II) Other Payables

i)

ii)
10,047 - - - - - -
Debt Securities 13,146 2,79,732 1,46,548 3,73,063 7,12,578 1,00,498 3,354 16,28,919
Debt Securities)
Subordinated Liabilities 275 11,962 24,326 20,044 1,32,016 1,70,868 1,80,929 5,40,420
21 -
liabilities
Total net Undiscounted financial 58,621 (1,28,813) 67,473 1,12,143 1,65,399 2,06,322 6,23,848 11,04,994
163

As at April 01, 2017 ` in lakhs
Financial Assets
1,92,231
Derivative financial instruments
Receivables

i)

ii)
Loans 2,35,647 2,58,306 3,45,671 6,43,776 16,76,108 5,20,312 8,10,009 42,54,182
Investments - - - - - - 6,968 6,968
Other Financial Assets - 1,145 952 2,569 6,158 1,242 1,496 13,562
2,69,847 2,63,864 3,57,037 6,55,316 17,17,069 5,31,359 8,35,985 45,52,861
Derivative financial instruments - - - 590 10,102
9,512 - -
Payables
(I) Trade Payables

i)

ii)
11,017 - - - - - -
(II) Other Payables

i)

ii)
Total outstanding dues of 8,143 - - - - - - 8,143
Debt Securities 37,277 1,95,647 62,980 3,86,306 7,82,545 26,826 3,568 14,95,149
Borrowings (Other than 94,088 90,942 2,59,260 2,17,765 7,86,327 79,025 1,46,760 16,74,167
Debt Securities)
21 -
liabilities
Total net Undiscounted financial 97,991 (31,978) 30,001 26,043 29,556 2,56,516 5,57,996 8,88,509
164

Note : 48 FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF IND AS
These financial statements, for the year ended 31st March, 2019, are the first financial statements the Company has prepared in accordance
with Ind AS. For periods up to and including the year ended 31st March, 2018, the Company prepared its financial statements in accordance
with accounting standards notified under section 133 of the Companies Act 2013, read together with paragraph 7 of the Companies
(Accounts) Rules, 2014 (Indian GAAP or Previous GAAP). Accordingly, the Company has prepared financial statements which comply
with Ind AS applicable for periods ending on 31st March, 2019, together with the comparative period data as at and for the year ended
31st March, 2018, as described in the summary of significant accounting policies. In preparing these financial statements, the Company’s
opening balance sheet was prepared as at 1st April, 2017, the Company’s date of transition to Ind AS. This note explains the principal
adjustments made by the Company in restating its Indian GAAP financial statements, including the balance sheet as at 1st April, 2017 and
the financial statements as at and for the year ended 31st March, 2018.
Ind AS 101 allows first-time adopters certain exemptions from the retrospective application of certain requirements under Ind AS. The
Company has applied the following exemptions/ exceptions:
i) Classification and measurement of financial assets
The company has classified the financial assets in accordance with Ind AS 109 on the basis of facts and circumstances that exist at the date
of transition to Ind AS.
ii) Impairment of financial assets
The company has applied the exception related to impairment of financial assets given in Ind AS 101. It has used reasonable and
supportable information that is available without undue cost or effort to determine the credit risk at the date that financial assets were
initially recognized and compared that to the credit risk as at 1st April, 2017
iii) Classification of debt instruments
The company has determined the classification of debt instruments in terms of whether they meet the amortised cost criteria or the
FVOCI criteria based on the facts and circumstances that existed as of the transition date
iv) Deemed cost for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
The company has elected to continue with the carrying value of all of its plant and equipment, capital work-in-progress and intangible
assets recognised as of 1st April, 2017 (transition date) measured as per the previous GAAP and use that carrying value as its deemed cost
as of the transition date
v) Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease
The company has applied Appendix C of Ind AS 17 to determine whether an arrangement existing at the transition date contains a lease
on the basis of facts and circumstances existing at that date.
vi) Classification and measurement of financial assets
The Company has classified the financial assets in accordance with Ind AS 109 on the basis of facts and circumstances that exist at the
date of transition to Ind AS.
vii) Share based payments:
Ind AS 102 Share based Payment has not been applied to equity instruments in share-based payment transactions that vested before
1st April, 2017
viii) Investment in Subsidiaries, Joint ventures and associates
The company has elected to measure investment in subsidiaries, joint venture and associate at cost.
ix) Derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities
The company has applied the derecognition requirements in Ind AS 109 retrospectively for securitisation and assignment transactions as
the information needed to apply Ind AS 109 to these financial assets derecognised as a result of past transactions was available at the time
of initially accounting for those transactions in the respective years.
x) Business combinations
In accordance with Ind AS transitional provisions, the Company has elected to apply Ind AS relating to business combinations prospectively
from 1st April, 2017. As such, previous GAAP balances relating to business combinations entered into before that date, have been carried
forward without adjustment.
The estimates are consistent with those made in accordance with Indian GAAP (after adjustments to reflect any differences in accounting
policies) apart from FVOCI - equity shares and Impairment of financial assets based on expected Credit loss model where application of
Indian GAAP did not require estimation.
165

Note : 48 FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF IND AS (Contd.)
First time adoption of Ind AS reconciliations
A. Reconciliations of Balance Sheet
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Particulars Note Amount as Effects of Amount as per Amount as Effects of Amount as
per previous transition to Ind AS per previous transition to per Ind AS
GAAP Ind AS GAAP Ind AS
I ASSETS
Financial assets
(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents 25,379 0 25,379 27,404 0 27,404
(b) Bank balances other than 10 63,473 (57) 63,416 69,668 (23) 69,645
cash and cash equivalents
(c) Derivative financial instruments 10 - 599 599 - - -
(d) Receivables 3 9,382 18 9,400 7,172 (715) 6,457
(e) Loans 1 37,44,577 4,80,746 42,25,323 28,64,508 4,57,931 33,22,439
(f ) Investments 10 31,895 (24,603) 7,292 23,854 (16,886) 6,968
(g) Other Financial Assets 2 3,623 4,107 7,730 5,126 8,435 13,561
38,78,329 4,60,810 43,39,139 29,97,732 4,48,742 34,46,474
Non Financial assets
(a) Current tax assets (Net) 15,961 - 15,961 10,387 - 10,387
(b) Deferred tax assets (Net) 5 33,956 2,215 36,171 31,516 11 31,527
(c) Investment Property 5 - 5 5 - 5
(d) Property, Plant and Equipment 14,005 - 14,005 11,809 - 11,809
(e) Intangible assets 380 - 380 162 - 162
under development
(e) Intangible assets 2,070 - 2,070 2,195 - 2,195
(f ) Other Non-Financial Assets 10 5,753 (4,511) 1,242 5,674 (4,516) 1,158
72,130 (2,296) 69,834 61,748 (4,505) 57,243
Total Assets 39,50,459 4,58,514 44,08,973 3,059,480 4,44,237 35,03,717
II LIABILITIES
(a) Derivative financial instruments 10 7,056 599 7,655 10,103 - 10,103
(b) payables
i)
Trade payables 10 17,071 (8) 17,063 11,017 - 11,017
ii) Other Payables 10,047 - 10,047 16,496 (8,353) 8,143
(c) Debt Securities 4 13,99,302 38,093 14,37,395 12,95,878 51,216 13,47,094
(d) Borrowings (Other than 4, 1 15,29,068 4,87,567 20,16,635 9,08,414 4,69,874 13,78,288
Debt Securities)
(e) Subordinated Liabilities 4 3,47,370 31,633 3,79,003 2,83,370 11,261 2,94,631
(f ) Other Financial Liabilities 1 46,883 (26,916) 19,967 37,609 (17,516) 20,093
33,56,797 5,30,968 38,87,765 25,62,887 5,06,482 30,69,369
(a) Provisions 9 76,434 (70,091) 6,343 67,264 (62,033) 5,231
(b) Other Non-Financial Liabilities 1 2,205 2,846 5,051 836 (194) 642
78,639 (67,245) 11,394 68,100 (62,227) 5,873
Equity
(a) Equity share capital 15,640 - 15,640 15,635 - 15,635
(b) Other Equity 4,99,383 (5,209) 4,94,174 4,12,858 (18) 4,12,840
5,15,023 (5,209) 5,09,814 4,28,493 (18) 4,28,475
Total 39,50,459 4,58,514 44,08,973 30,59,480 4,44,237 35,03,717
166

First time adoption of Ind AS reconciliations
B. Reconciliation of total comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018
` in lakhs
Particulars Note No. Amount as Effects of Amount as
per previous transition to per Ind AS
GAAP Ind AS
- Interest Income 1, 10 4,83,920 39,661 5,23,581
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments under 2 - -
amortised cost category
- Fee Income 10 52,154 (36,785) 15,369
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instrument 991 991
- Sale of Services 8, 10 5,468 2,514 7,982
Total Revenue from operations (I) 5,42,533 5,390 5,47,923
- Other income (II) 43 - 43
Total Income (I+II = III) 5,42,576 5,390 5,47,966
IV
Expenses
- Finance costs 1, 4, 10 2,30,785 35,148 2,65,933
- Net Loss on Fair value change on financial instrument -
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 1, 9 34,509 (4,139) 30,370
- Employee benefits expense 3 52,766 913 53,679
- Depreciation and amortisation expense 4,968 - 4,968
- Other expenses 10 71,218 (18,339) 52,879
Total expenses (IV) 3,94,246 13,583 4,07,829
Profit before tax (III-IV) 1,48,330 (8,193) 1,40,137
Tax expense
- Current tax
- Pertaining to profit for the current period 53,359 - 53,359
- Adjustment of tax relating to earlier periods -
- Deferred tax 5 (2,440) (2,612) (5,052)
Net tax expense 50,919 (2,612) 48,307
Profit for the period 97,411 (5,581) 91,830
Other Comprehensive Income/(loss) 6
Other comprehensive income not to be reclassified to profit
or loss in subsequent periods:
Hedge Reserve 1,100 1,100
Fair Valuation (129) (129)
Tax on above adjustments (384) (384)
Other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit -
Re-measurement gains and (losses) on defined 66 66
benefit obligations (net)
Tax on above adjustments (23) (23)
Total Comprehensive Income 97,411 (4,951) 92,460
167

C. Effects of IND AS adoption on Total Equity

` in lakhs
Particulars Note As at As at
below 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Net Worth under IGAAP 5,15,023 4,28,493
Adoption of effective interest rate for amortisation of expense and income - 1 (17,914) (16,142)
Financial assets at amortised cost
Adjustments on account of de-recognition of financial assets 2 4,107 9,735
Adoption of effective interest rate for amortisation of expense and income - 4 472 500
Financial Liabilities at amortised cost
Expected credit loss and related adjustments 1 8,743 5,878
Impact of application of IND AS 115 on revenue from certain customer contracts 8 (2,847) -
Tax adjustments on above items 5 2,230 11
Net Worth under IND AS 5,09,814 4,28,475
D. Effects of IND AS adoption on Cash Flows for year ended March 31, 2018
` in lakhs
Particulars Amount as Effects of Amount as

GAAP Ind AS
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities (7,59,621) (2,6,264) (7,33,357)
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities (7,928) (1,649) (6,279)
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities 7,65,525 (31,020) 7,96,545
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash (2,024) (58,933) 56,909
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 27,404 27,404
Cash and cash equivalents at close of year 25,379 - 25,379
Notes:
1. Loans
i) Under Indian GAAP, the Company has created provision for loans based on guidelines on prudential norms issued by RBI. Under
Ind AS, impairment allowance has been determined based on Expected Credit Loss Model (ECL). The differential impact has been
adjusted in Retained earnings / Profit and loss during the period.
ii) Under Indian GAAP, NPA provision along with Standard asset provision has been disclosed under Provisions. Under Ind AS the ECL
provision has been adjusted against loan balance.
iii) Under Indian GAAP, transaction cost incurred in connection with loans are amortised upfront and charged to profit and loss for the
period. Under Ind AS, transaction cost are included in the initial recognition amount of financial asset measured at amortised cost and
charged to profit and loss using effective interest method.
iv) The Company has securitised certain assets and under Indian GAAP, it has derecognised those assets in the books, upon satisfaction
of the "true sale" criteria laid down by the RBI. However, as per Ind AS, the Company has not transferred substantially all the risks and
rewards, the asset has been re-recognised on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Company has retained (related
liabilities has been recognised in Borrowings other than debt securities & related Interest income and expense has been recognised).
v) Under Indian GAAP, Income from Securitisation transaction recognised as Excess Interest Spread Where was under Ind AS, Company
has recognised the interest on the loans which has been re-recognised as Interest income using Effective Interest rate. Interest on
proceeds received from securitisation recognised as Finance cost.
vi) Under Indian GAAP, Company has reversed the interest on NPA accounts based on guidelines on prudential norms issued by RBI.
Ind AS, Interest income for Stage 3 receivables are recognised on the amortised cost of such receivables (Gross carrying value less
impairment provision) and the same is also tested for impairment.
168

2. Other Financial assets
Under Ind AS, with respect to assignment deals, Company has recognised an interest only strip receivable as at 31st March, 2018 and As
on 1st April, 2017, with corresponding credit to retained earning/ profit and loss for the year, which has been computed by discounting
excess interest spread (EIS) to present value. Necessary adjustments to credit risk has also been made.
3. Share-based payments
Under Indian GAAP, the Company recognised only the intrinsic value for the share based payment plans as an expense. Ind AS
required the fair value of the share options to be determined using an appropriate pricing model recognised over the vesting period.
An additional expense has been recognised in profit and loss for the period ended 31st March, 2018. Share options which were granted
before and still not vested as at 1st April, 2017, have been recognised as a separate component of equity in Share based payment
reserve against retained earnings as at1st April, 2017,. Further Company has granted ESOPs to employees of the subsidiary, the related
cost has been transferred to subsidiary and recorded as receivable from the Subsidiary
4. Debt Securities, Borrowings(Other than Debt Securities) and Subordinated Liabilities
i) Under Indian GAAP, transaction costs incurred in connection with borrowings are amortised over the period and charged to profit
and loss for the period. Under Ind AS, transaction costs are included in the initial recognition amount of financial liability and charged
to profit and loss using the effective interest method.
ii) The Company has securitised certain assets and under Indian GAAP, it has derecognised those assets in the books, upon satisfaction
of the "true sale" criteria laid down by the RBI. However, as per Ind AS, the Company has not transferred substantially all the risks
and rewards, the asset has been re-recognised on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Company has retained.
The proceeds from such transferred assets recognised as securitisation borrowing under the category "Borrowings other than
securitisation".
iii) Under Indian GAAP, Investment in pass-through certificates ('PTCs') made by the Company pursuant to the securitisation
transactions entered have been included in the carrying amount of investments computation. Under Ind AS such PTC investments
have been netted off against the securitisation borrowings.
5. Deferred tax
Indian GAAP requires deferred tax accounting using the statement of profit and loss approach, which focuses on differences between
taxable profits and accounting profits for the period. Ind AS 12 requires entities to account for deferred taxes using the balance sheet
approach, which focuses on temporary differences between the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the balance sheet and its
tax base. The application of Ind AS 12 approach has resulted in recognition of deferred tax on new temporary differences which was
not required under Indian GAAP. In addition, the various transitional adjustments lead to temporary differences. According to the
accounting policies, the Company has to account for such differences. Deferred tax adjustments are recognised in correlation to the
underlying transaction either in retained earnings or a separate component of equity.
6. Other comprehensive income
Under Indian GAAP, the Company has not presented other comprehensive income (OCI) separately. Hence, it has reconciled Indian
GAAP profit or loss to profit or profit or loss as per Ind AS. Further, Indian GAAP profit or loss is reconciled to total comprehensive
income as per Ind AS.
7. Re-measurement of post employment benefit plans
Both under Indian GAAP and Ind AS, the Company recognised costs related to its post-employment defined benefit plan on an actuarial
basis. Under Indian GAAP, the entire cost, including actuarial gains and losses, are charged to profit or loss. Under Ind AS, remeasurements
are recognised immediately in the balance sheet with a corresponding debit or credit to retained earnings through OCI.
8. Sale of Services
Under Indian GAAP, Company has recognised certain service income on upfront basis, Under Ind AS the same is required to be
amortised over the period based on satisfaction of performance obligations.
9. Provision for undrawn Commitments
Under Indian GAAP, Company is not required to create provision for ECL against undrawn commitments, however under Ind AS,
impairment allowance on undrawn commitment has been determined based on Expected Credit Loss Model (ECL) and shown under
Provisions. The differential impact has been adjusted in Retained earnings / Profit and loss during the period
10. Figures under previous GAAP have been regrouped/ reclassified for Ind AS purpose wherever applicable.
169

Note : 49 BASIS OF PREPARATION OF THE REGULATORY DISCLOSURES PROVIDED IN NOTE 50 TO NOTE 53 WHICH ARE REQUIRED
TO BE INCLUDED BY THE COMPANY IN THE NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS PURSUANT TO REQUIREMENTS OF EXTANT
REGULATIONS OF THE RBI
As mentioned in the basis of preparation detailed in Note 2 to these standalone financial statements, the company has adopted Indian
Accounting Standards (‘Ind AS’) notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act 2013 (‘the Act’) read with Companies (Indian Accounting
Standards) Rules, 2015 as amended, from1st April, 2018 and consequently these standalone financial statements for the year ended
31st March 2019 has been prepared under Ind AS.
The regulatory disclosures contained in Notes 50 to Note 53 are required to be disclosed in the financial statements by the Company in
accordance with the requirements of the Master Directions for Non-Banking Financial Company - Systemically Important Non-Deposit
taking Company Directions, 2016 dated 1st September, 2016 read with the applicable guidance / regulations issued by the RBI in this regard.
Pursuant to adoption of Ind AS by NBFCs, the RBI is yet to provide clarification on the basis / manner of computation of these regulatory
disclosures as per the extant regulations which require presentation of various information in the notes to the Company's financial
statements. Pending clarification from RBI, the Company has prepared the disclosures contained in Note 50 to Note 53 to these
standalone financial statements by making material / significant adjustments necessary to the Standalone Ind AS Financial Statements
for the year ended 31st March, 2019 to comply with the requirements of the Master Directions for Non-Banking Financial Company -
Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016 as amended ('the
NBFC Master Directions') including framework on prudential norms, related circulars and clarifications issued by the RBI from time to time,
interpretations thereon and relevant policies followed by the company (hereinafter referred to as 'Regulatory GAAP').
The information required for the preparation of the financial information for the year ended 31st March, 2019 in accordance with the
Regulatory GAAP have been compiled and certified by the management. Notes 49.1 and Note 49.2 below provide the reconciliation
between the information contained in the Ind AS Financial Statements and the financial information compiled by the management in
accordance with the requirements of the Regulatory GAAP.
49.1 Extract of the Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2019 as per Regulatory GAAP:
` in lakhs
Particulars As per Ind Adjustments As per
AS - March (2) Previous
2019 GAAP -
(1) March 2019 (3)
Audited Unaudited
ASSETS
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,13,893 - 3,13,893
Bank balances 53,592 (776) 52,816
Derivative financial instruments 8,869 - 8,869
Receivables
i) Trade Receivables 441 - 441
ii) Other Receivables 3,908 - 3,908
Loans 52,62,227 (4,94,094) 47,68,133
Investments 7,292 32,261 39,553
56,62,654 (4,32,328) 52,30,326
Other Non-Financial Assets 1,371 - 1,371
79,976 - 79,976
TOTAL ASSETS 57,42,630 (4,32,328) 53,10,302
170

Note : 49.1 Extract of the Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2019 as Regulatory GAAP: (Contd.)
` in lakhs
2019 GAAP -
(1) March 2019 (3)
Audited Unaudited
Payables - - -
(I) Trade Payables 20,742 - 20,742
(II) Other Payables 12,894 35 12,929
Debt Securities 14,18,431 (55,339) 13,63,092
Borrowings (Other than Debt Securities) 32,12,375 (5,49,331) 26,63,044
Subordinated Liabilities 4,25,868 (15,048) 4,10,820
Other Financial Liabilities 21,207 1,05,777 1,26,984
51,12,358 (5,13,906) 45,98,452
Provisions 7,402 80,767 88,169
Other Non-Financial Liabilities 5,296 (2,241) 3,055
12,698 78,526 91,224
Equity
Equity share capital 15,643 - 15,643
Other Equity (Refer Note III. below) 6,01,931 3,052 6,04,983
6,17,574 3,052 6,20,626
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 57,42,630 (4,32,328) 53,10,302
49.2 Extract of the Statement of Profit and Loss Account as at March 31, 2019 as per Regulatory GAAP:
` in lakhs
2019 GAAP -
(1) March 2019 (3)
Audited Unaudited
- Interest Income 6,56,526 (22,438) 6,34,088
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments under amortised cost category 8,670 (8,670) -
- Fee Income 18,631 - 18,631
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instrument 6,328 - 6,328
- Sale of Services 9,042 (620) 8,422
- Others
Total Revenue from operations (I) 6,99,197 (31,728) 6,67,469
Other income (II) 67 - 67
Total Income (III) = (I) + (II) 6,99,264 (31,728) 6,67,536
Expenses
- Finance costs 3,58,874 (39,322) 3,19,552
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 31,120 712 31,832
- Employee benefits expense 59,058 - 59,058
- Other expenses 62,349 10,051 72,400
Total Expenses (IV) 5,16,949 (28,559) 4,88,390
Profit before tax (V) = (III) - (IV) 1,82,315 (3,169) 1,79,146
Tax expense/(benefit)
- Current tax
- Adjustment of tax relating to earlier periods 1,600 1,600
- Deferred tax (9,349) - (9,349)
Net tax expense (VI) 63,700 - 63,700
Profit for the year - A = (V) - (VI) 1,18,615 (3,169) 1,15,446
171

49.2 Extract of the Statement of Profit and Loss Account as at March 31, 2019 as per Regulatory GAAP: (Contd.)
` in lakhs
2019 GAAP -
(1) March 2019 (3)
Audited Unaudited
Re-measurement gains and (losses) on defined benefit obligations (net) (678) (678)
Income tax impact 237 - 237
Cashflow Hedge Reserve gain 1,306 - 1,306
Income tax impact (456) - (456)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year (B) 409 - 409
Total comprehensive income for the year (A + B) (Refer Note IV below) 1,19,024 (3,169) 1,15,855
Note:
Commentary on the key accounting adjustments made to convert the Ind AS financial statements for March 2019 to Regulatory GAAP
along with considerations for CRAR computation (wherever applicable):
(i) Loans:
(a) Under Ind AS, securitisation transactions entered into by the Company do not qualify for de-recognition. Hence they continue to
be recognised as a part of on balance sheet assets. In preparing the financial information as per Regulatory GAAP, the Company has
derecognised the assets which have been transferred through securitisation transactions and outstanding as at 31st March, 2019.
(b) Under Ind AS, Interest income for Stage 3 receivables are recognised on the amortised cost of such receivables (Gross carrying
value less impairment provision) and the same is also tested for impairment. In the financial information prepared as per Regulatory
GAAP, interest income is not recognised on NPA accounts and any outstanding interest on such accounts are also reversed in
accordance with the applicable prudential norms issued by the RBI for NBFC-ND-SI.
(c) Under Ind AS, Effective Interest Rate ('EIR') method is used for recognition of interest income on loans and is determined by
considering all contracted cash flows along with transaction fees earned and expenses incurred. This results in amortisation of net
upfront fee earned (fee less expenses) by way of adjustment to loan receivable balance. In order to follow a consistent approach with
the previous years, the related adjustments have been eliminated by the Company while preparing the financial information as per
Regulatory GAAP, and accordingly the net upfront fee earned is recognised immediately in the financial statements coinciding with
the disbursal of the loans.
(d) Schedule III Division III applicable for NBFCs preparing their financial statements under Ind AS and Ind AS 109 on financial
instruments requires impairment provisions made to be reduced from the related financial assets for presentation purposes. In the
preparation of the financial information as per Regulatory GAAP, the related NPA and Standard Asset provisions made have been
presented under provisions.
(e) Under Ind AS, on the assignment transactions which are outstanding as at the date of transition, the Company has taken the
entire gain that it would earn through the tenure of the assignment transactions on an upfront basis as against recognising such
gains on an ongoing basis on realisation of these amounts as per RBI regulations.
(ii) Investments:
Investment in pass-through certificates ('PTCs') made by the Company pursuant to the securitisation transactions entered have been
included in the carrying amount of investments as per the financial information prepared as per Regulatory GAAP and have been
assigned 100% Risk Weight in the CRAR computation. Such PTC investments were netted off against the securitisation borrowings
under Ind AS.
(iii) Other Financial Assets:
Adjustments in connection with interest accrued but not due on loans which were clubbed under loans for the purpose of Ind AS
financial statements have been regrouped / reclassified into other financial assets in the financial information as per Regulatory
GAAP.
172

Note 49 - Basis of Preparation of the regulatory disclosures provided in Note 50 to Note 53 which are required to be included by
the Company in the notes to the financial statements pursuant to requirements of extant regulations of the RBI (Contd.)
(iv) Borrowings other than debt securities:
Under Ind AS, securitisation transactions entered into by the Company do not qualify for de-recognition. Hence they continue to be
recognised as a part of on balance sheet assets. Accordingly, amounts received from the securitisation trusts are treated as borrowings
in the category 'other debt securities' under Ind AS. However, these transactions are in compliance with the Securitisation guidelines
issued by RBI and hence qualify for de-recognition under such RBI guidelines. Hence, this is derecognised in the Regulatory GAAP
balance sheet as at March 31, 2019.
(v) Debt Securities and Subordinated Debts:
The interest accrued on such borrowings which was included in the borrowings for the purpose of the Ind AS financial statements
for the year ended March 31, 2019 have been reclassified into other financial liabilities in the financial information prepared as per
Regulatory GAAP.
(vi) Other financial liabilities:
Represents adjustments relating to the amounts payable to the Securitisation SPVs by the Company on the collections made on the
loans which have been securitised by the Company and outstanding as at March 31, 2019 for the instalments collected during the
month of March 2019.
(vii) Provisions:
Under Ind AS, the impairment loss allowance is determined based on the Expected Credit Loss Model ('ECL Model') as per Ind AS
109. In the ECL Model followed by the Company, the receivables (including securitised assets which have not been derecognised in
books) with overdue status of 3 months and above is considered under Stage 3 and the impairment loss is provided for based on the
requirements of Ind AS 109 for the relevant pool.
The NBFC Master Directions issued by the RBI provides for the prudential norms to be followed income recognition, asset classification
and provisioning by applicable NBFCs. Accordingly, the ECL provisions as per the Ind AS financial statements for the year ended
March 31, 2019 have been reversed in the preparation of the financial information as per Regulatory GAAP. For the purpose of
compliance with the prudential norms of the RBI, the Company has continued to apply the provisioning norms applied prior to the
introduction of Ind AS and thereby provision has been made for:
(a) Standard Assets as per internal estimates, based on past experience, realisation of security and other relevant factors on the
outstanding amount of Standard Assets for all types of lending, subject to the minimum provisioning requirements specified by the
RBI for an NBFC-ND-SI; and
(b) Non-Performing Assets as per the provisioning norms approved by the Board for each type of lending activity, subject to the
minimum provisioning requirements specified by the RBI.
(viii) Service Income / Deferred Revenue:
As per the requirements of Ind AS 115, the Company has accrued for certain income which was received and recognised in the
statement of profit and loss in the previous year over a period of time. As this income was already recognised in the P&L in the
previous year, this adjustment under Ind AS has been reversed in preparing the financial information as per Regulatory GAAP for the
current year ended March 31, 2019.
(ix) Deferred Tax:
Tax effects (if any), on adjustments made to arrive at Regulatory GAAP amounts have been ignored as these do not have consequential
impact on the regulatory disclosures made in Note 50 to Note 53 to the Standalone Financial Statements. ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 50 ASSETS DE-RECOGNISED
a) On Securitisation
Number of Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV) sponsored for Securitisation transactions 35 31
Outstanding securitised Assets in books of SPV 5,79,896 5,82,311
Less: Collections not yet due to be remitted to SPV* 23,797 25,988
Outstanding securitised Assets as per books 5,56,099 556,323
Total amount of exposure to comply with Minimum Retention Ratio (MRR)
173

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 50 ASSETS DE-RECOGNISED (Contd.)
a) Off Balance Sheet Exposure
• First Loss
• Others 46,574 35,579
b) On Balance Sheet Exposure
• First Loss - Cash collateral 51,832 59,648
• Others
i) Second Loss - Cash Collateral
ii) Investment in PTC 32,132 24,602
Amount of Exposures to Securitisation transactions Other than MRR Nil Nil
Book value of Assets sold 11,54,307 10,22,846
* excludes interest collected from customers on securitised assets.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
b) On Bilateral assignment
Number of Assignment Transactions 7 3
Outstanding Assigned Assets in books of Assignee 1,69,976 69,045
Less: Collections not yet due to be remitted to Assignee# 2,858 1,951
Outstanding Assigned Assets as per books 1,67,118 67,094
Total amount of exposure
a) Off Balance Sheet Exposure
• First Loss
• Others
b) On Balance Sheet Exposure
• First Loss - Cash Collateral
• Others 18,569 7,455
Book value of Assets sold 14,85,687 1,85,430
# excludes interest collected from customers on assigned assets
Note : 51 DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO RESERVE BANK OF INDIA NOTIFICATION DNBS.193DG (VL) - 2007 DATED FEBRUARY 22, 2007:
` in lakhs
SL Particulars Amount Amount
No. Outstanding Overdue
As at 31.03.2019
Liabilities:
(1) Loans and Advances availed by the NBFC inclusive of interest accrued thereon but not paid:
(a) Debentures
- Secured 10,55,939 -
- Unsecured (other than falling within the meaning of public deposits) 2,83,291 -
- Perpetual Debt Instrument 1,46,107 -
(b) Deferred Credits - -
(c) Term Loans 24,78,593 -
(d) Inter-Corporate Loans and Borrowings - -
(e) Commercial Paper 3,64,071 -
(f ) Other Loans 1,86,945 -
(Represents Working Capital Demand Loans & Cash Credit from Banks along with
Interest Accrued but Not Due on above)
174

Note : 51 DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO RESERVE BANK OF INDIA NOTIFICATION DNBS.193DG (VL) - 2007 DATED
FEBRUARY 22, 2007: (Contd.)
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2018
Liabilities:
(1) Loans and Advances availed by the NBFC inclusive of interest accrued thereon but not paid:
(a) Debentures
- Secured 12,25,673 -
- Unsecured (other than falling within the meaning of public deposits) 2,50,077 -
- Perpetual Debt Instrument 1,15,147 -
(b) Deferred Credits - -
(c) Term Loans 13,23,660 -
(d) Inter-Corporate Loans and Borrowings - -
(e) Commercial Paper 2,30,103 -
(f ) Other Loans 1,38,133 -
(Represents Working Capital Demand Loans & Cash Credit from Banks along with
Interest Accrued but Not Due on above) -
` in lakhs
As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(2) Break-up of Loans and Advances including Bills Receivables [other than those included in (3) below]:
(including interest accrued)
(a) Secured 10,35,865 8,60,549
(b) Unsecured 50,871 50,770
(3) Break up of Leased Assets and Stock on Hire and Other Assets counting towards AFC activities
(i) Lease Assets including Lease Rentals Accrued and Due: -
(ii) Stock on Hire including Hire Charges under Sundry Debtors:
(a) Assets on hire -
(b) Repossessed assets -
(iii) Other Loans counting towards AFC Activities
(a) Loans where assets have been repossessed (Net) 4,738 1,746
(b) Loans other than (a) above 37,08,007 28,31,512
` in lakhs
As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(4) Break-up of Investments (net of provision for diminution in value):
Current Investments:
I Quoted:
(i) Shares: (a) Equity
(b) Preference
(ii) Debentures and Bonds
(iii) Units of Mutual Funds
(iv) Government Securities (Net of amortisation)
(v) Others
II Unquoted:
(b) Preference
175

` in lakhs
As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(iv) Government Securities
Long-term Investments:
I Quoted:
(b) Preference
(iv) Government Securities (Net of amortisation)
(v) Others
II Unquoted:
(i) Shares:
(a) Equity (Net of Provision for Diminution in Value of Investment) 7,292 7,292
(b) Preference - -
(ii) Debentures and Bonds - -
(iii) Units of Mutual Funds - -
(iv) Government Securities - -
(v) Others
- Investment in Pass Through Certificates 32,132 24,602
- Investment property 47 4
` in lakhs
Category Amount (Net of provision for Non-performing assets)
Secured Unsecured Total
(5) Borrower Group-wise Classification of Assets Financed as in (2) and (3) above
1. Related Parties *
(a) Subsidiaries - 1,150 1,150
(b) Companies in the same Group - - -
(c) Other Related Parties - 340 340
2. Other than Related Parties 46,90,769 45,270 47,36,069
Total 46,90,769 46,760 47,37,529
(a) Subsidiaries - - -
(b) Companies in the same Group - - -
(c) Other Related Parties - 913 913
2. Other than Related Parties 36,17,012 46,624 36,63,636
Total 36,17,012 47,537 36,64,549
176

` in lakhs
Category Market value / Book Value
Break - up Value (Net of
or Fair Value or Provisioning)
Net Asset Value
(6) Investor Group-wise Classification of all Investments (Current and Long Term) in Shares
and Securities (both Quoted and Unquoted) :
(a) Subsidiaries 6,490 6,490
(b) Companies in the Same Group - -
(c) Other Related Parties 800 800
2. Other than Related Parties 32,181 32,181
Total 39,471 39,471
(a) Subsidiaries 7,290 7,290
(b) Companies in the Same Group - -
(c) Other Related Parties - -
2. Other than Related Parties 24,738 24,609
Total 32,028 31,899
` in lakhs
SL Other Information Amount Outstanding
No. As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(7)
(i) Gross Non-Performing Assets
a) With Related Parties *
b) With Others 1,16,613 1,25,693
(ii) Net Non-Performing Assets
b) With Others 54,662 65,157
(iii) Assets Acquired in Satisfaction of Debt
b) With Others
* Related Parties are as identified in Note 37 above.
Note : 52 A. DISCLOSURE PURSUANT TO RESERVE BANK OF INDIA NOTIFICATION RBI/2014-15/299 DNBR
(PD) CC.NO.002/03.10.001/2014-15 DATED NOVEMBER 10, 2014:
i. Capital Adequacy Ratio ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Tier I Capital 6,13,435 5,03,732
Tier II Capital 2,42,534 1,96,010
Total Capital 8,55,969 6,99,742
Total Risk Weighted Assets 49,30,327 38,35,651
Capital Ratios
Tier I Capital as a Percentage of Total Risk Weighted Assets (%) 12.44% 13.13%
Tier II Capital as a Percentage of Total Risk Weighted Assets (%) 4.92% 5.11%
Total (%) 17.36% 18.24%
Amount of Subordinated Debt raised as Tier - II capital during the year 51,500 71,500
Amount raised by issue of Perpetual Debt instruments during the year 30,600 -
177

(PD) CC.NO.002/03.10.001/2014-15 DATED NOVEMBER 10, 2014: (Contd.)
ii) Investments ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(1) Value of Investments
(i) Gross Value of Investments
(a) In India 39,600 32,035
(b) Outside India,
(ii) Provisions for Depreciation
(a) In India (129) (136)
(b) Outside India,
(iii) Net Value of Investments
(a) In India 39,471 31,899
(b) Outside India.
(2) Movement of provisions held towards depreciation on investments.
(i) Opening balance 137 461
(ii) Add:Provisions made during the year - 129
(iii) Less:Reversal of provision during the year - 453
(iv) Closing balance 137 137
iii. Asset Liability Management

Maturity pattern of certain items of assets and liabilities - As at March 31, 2019 ` in lakhs
Upto1 Over 1 Over 2 Over 3 Over 6 Over Over Over Total
month month to months to months to months to 1 year to 3 years to 5 years
2 months 3 months 6 months 1 year 3 years 5 years
Liabilities
Borrowing from 1,32,507 10,000 20,666 1,16,569 3,80,087 16,34,233 3,68,982 - 26,63,044
Banks
Market 1,28,791 1,17,260 73,865 2,72,818 3,53,587 4,65,231 1,79,020 1,83,340 17,73,912
Borrowings
Assets
Advances (Net 1,10,512 87,179 96,869 4,31,553 7,11,557 19,51,242 6,15,064 7,02,206 47,06,182
of Provision for
Non Performing
Assets)
Investment (Net 1,044 1,052 1,056 3,153 5,728 13,059 2,222 12,287 39,600
of Provision
for Diminution
in Value of
Investments)

Upto1 Over 1 Over 2 Over 3 Over 6 Over Over Over Total
month month to months to months to months to 1 year to 3 years to 5 years
2 months 3 months 6 months 1 year 3 years 5 years
Liabilities
Borrowing from 1,38,133 9,000 71,395 1,04,397 1,21,233 8,65,380 1,42,299 - 14,51,837
Banks
Market 7,100 1,64,754 86,562 1,08,338 3,24,800 6,96,650 2,08,186 1,42,000 17,38,390
Borrowings
Assets
Advances (Net 94,605 77,893 73,505 3,17,417 5,57,748 15,01,101 5,00,117 5,42,163 36,64,549
of Provision for
Non Performing
Assets)
Investment (Net 1,001 665 669 1,987 3,750 9,146 2,098 12,583 31,899
of Provision
for Diminution
in Value of
Investments)
178

iv. Exposure to the Real Estate Sector, both Direct and Indirect
` in lakhs
Category As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(a) Direct Exposure (Net of Advances from Customers)
(i) Residential Mortgages -
Lending fully secured by mortgages on residential property that is or will be
occupied by the borrower or that is rented:
- individual housing loans upto ₹ 15 lakhs 1,26,585 79,729
- individual housing loans more than ₹ 15 lakhs 7,88,219 6,93,351
(ii) Commercial Real Estate -
Lending secured by mortgages on commercial real estates (office buildings, retails
space, multipurpose commercial premises, multi-family residential buildings,
multi-tenanted commercial premises, industrial or warehouse space, hotels,
land acquisition, development and construction etc.).
- Fund Based 1,04,111 76,041
- Non Fund based
(iii) Investments in Mortgage Backed Securities (MBS) and other securitized exposures -
a. Residential - -
b. Commercial Real Estate - -
(b) Indirect Exposure
Fund based and non-fund based exposures on National Housing Bank (NHB) and - -
Housing Finance Companies (HFCs)
Total Exposure 10,18,915 8,49,121
Note:
The above summary is prepared based on the information available with the Company.
v. Exposure to the Capital Market ` in lakhs

31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(i) direct investment in equity shares, convertible bonds, convertible debentures and units of - -
equity-oriented mutual funds the corpus of which is not exclusively invested in corporate debt;
(ii) Advances against shares/bonds/debentures or other securities or on clean basis to individuals - -
for investment in shares (including IPOs/ ESOPs), convertible bonds, convertible debentures,
and units of equity-oriented mutual funds;
(iii) advances for any other purposes where shares or convertible bonds or convertible debentures 1,659 1,912
or units of equity oriented mutual funds are taken as primary security;
(iv) Advances for any other purposes to the extent secured by the collateral security of shares or - -
convertible bonds or convertible debentures or units of equity oriented mutual funds i.e.
where the primary security other than shares/convertible bonds /convertible debentures /
units of equity oriented mutual funds' does not fully cover the advances;
(v) secured and unsecured advances to stockbrokers and guarantees issued on behalf of stock - -
brokers and market makers;
(vi) Loans sanctioned to corporates against the security of shares/bonds/ debentures or other - -
securities or on clean basis for meeting promoter's contribution to the equity of
new companies in anticipation of raising resources;
(vii) bridge loans to companies against expected equity flows/issues; - -
(viii) all exposures to Venture Capital Funds (both registered and unregistered) - -
Pending Disbursements 2,391 2,096
Total Exposure 4,050 4,008
179

vi. Other Regulator Registration
S. No. Regulator Registration no.

1 Ministry of Corporate Affairs CIN: L65993TN1978PLC007576
2 Reserve Bank of India Certificate of Registration dt. 09/06/2011, No. 07-00306
vii. Penalties levied by the above Regulators - Nil
viii. Ratings assigned by Credit Rating Agencies

31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Commercial paper & Non- convertible Debentures - Short Term ICRA A1+, ICRA A1+
CRISIL A1+, CRISIL A1+
CARE A1+
Working Capital Demand Loans ICRA A1+ ICRA A1+
Cash Credit ICRA AA+ ICRA AA
Bank Term Loans ICRA AA+ ICRA AA
Non-Convertible Debentures – Long term ICRA AA+, ICRA AA,
IND AA+ CARE AA+,
IND AA
Subordinated Debt ICRA AA+, ICRA AA,
CARE AA+, CARE AA+,
CRISIL AA+, CRISIL AA,
IND AA+ IND AA+
Perpetual Debt ICRA AA, ICRA AA-,
CARE AA, CARE AA,
IND AA IND AA
ix. Concentration of Advances

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Total Advances to twenty largest borrowers 24,299 27,242
Percentage of Advances to twenty largest borrowers to Total Advances of the NBFC 0.51% 0.73%
x. Concentration of Exposures
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Total Exposure to twenty largest borrowers/customers 24,299 27,242
Percentage of Exposures to twenty largest borrowers /Customers to Total Exposure of the NBFC 0.51% 0.73%
on borrowers/customers.
180

xi. Concentration of NPAs
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2019
Total Exposure to top four NPA accounts 3,222 2,053
xii. Sector-wise NPAs as on March 31, 2018
Sl. Sector Percentage Percentage

No of NPAs to of NPAs to
Total Total
Advances Advances
in that in that
sector as on sector as on
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
1. Agriculture & allied activities 99.96% 17.35%
2. MSME - -
3. Corporate borrowers - -
4. Services - -
5. Unsecured personal loans - -
6. Auto loans 1.78% 2.22%
7. Other loans 4.5% 6.52%
xiii. Movement of NPAs

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
(i) Net NPAs to Net Advances(%) 1.16% 1.83%
(ii) Movement of Gross NPA
(a) Opening balance 1,25,693 1,60,038
(b) Additions during the year 54,331 60,737
(c) Reductions during the year 63,411 95,082
(d) Closing balance 1,16,613 1,25,693
(iii) Movement of Net NPA
(a) Opening balance 67,157 105,544
(b) Additions during the year 26,006 28,662
(c) Reductions during the year 38,501 67,049
(d) Closing balance 54,662 67,157
(iv) Movement of provisions for NPAs (excluding provisions on standard assets)
(a) Opening balance 58,536 54,494
(b) Provisions made during the year 28,325 32,075
(c) Write-off / write-back of excess provisions 24,910 28,032
(d) Closing balance 61,951 58,536
181

xiv. Disclosure on Restructured Accounts
Type of Restructuring asset classification details Standard Sub-standard Doubtful Loss Advances
Advances Advances Advances
Restructured loans as Number of borrowers - 284 - -
on April 1, 2018 Amount Outstanding - 1,622 - -
Provision thereon - 198 - -
Fresh Restructured during Number of borrowers 51 53 2 -
the year Amount Outstanding 547 640 12 -
Provision thereon 54 115 3 -
Upgradations to restructured Number of borrowers 232 - - -
category Amount Outstanding 770 - - -
Provision thereon - - - -
Restructured loans ceases to Number of borrowers
attract higher provision or Amount Outstanding
additional risk weight at the Provision thereon
end of year
Downgrade of restructured Number of borrowers - 50 1 -
accounts during the year Amount Outstanding - 479 7 -
Provision thereon - 50 7 -
Write-off of restructured Number of borrowers - 26 - -
accounts during the year Amount Outstanding - 232 - -
Provision thereon - 31 - -
Restructured loans as Number of borrowers - 94 2 -
on March 31, 2019 Amount Outstanding - 1,001 8 -
Provision thereon - 147 2 -
Amount outstanding and provision thereon have been reported - Rupees in lakhs.
xv. Customer Complaints

No. of Complaints
Particulars 31.03.2019 31.03.2018

(a) Pending as at beginning of the year 9 11
(b) Received during the year 1,428 1,316
(c) Redressed during the year 1,426 1,307
(d) Pending as at end of the year 11 9
Note: The above summary is prepared based on the information available with the company and relied upon by the Auditors.
Note : 53 DISCLOSURE OF FRAUDS REPORTED DURING THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2019 VIDE DNBS.
PD. CC NO. 256/ 03.10.042/ 2011-12 DATED MARCH 02, 2012
T here were 180 cases (March 31, 2018 - 202 cases) of frauds amounting to ₹ 657 lakhs (March 31, 2018 - ₹ 5,361 lakhs) reported during the
year. The Company has recovered an amount of ₹ 125 lakhs (March 31, 2018 - ₹ 136 lakhs). The un-recovered amounts are either pending
settlement with the insurance companies or have been fully provided/ written off.



182
Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Members of Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
Report on the Audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements of Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company
Limited (hereinafter referred to as “the Holding Company”), its subsidiaries (the Holding Company and its subsidiaries together referred to
as “the Group”) and its associate comprising of the Consolidated Balance sheet as at March 31 2019, the Consolidated Statement of Profit
and Loss, including other comprehensive income, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement and the Consolidated Statement of Changes in
Equity for the year then ended, and notes to the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements, including a summary of significant accounting
policies and other explanatory information (hereinafter referred to as “the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements”).
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us and based on the consideration of reports
of other auditors on separate financial statements and on the other financial information of a subsidiary, the aforesaid Consolidated Ind
AS Financial Statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013, as amended (“the Act”) in the manner so required and
give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, of the consolidated state of affairs of the
Group, and its associate as at March 31, 2019, their consolidated profit including other comprehensive income, their consolidated cash
flows and the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year ended on that date.
Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SAs), as specified
under Section 143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those Standards are further described in the ‘Auditor’s Responsibilities for
the Audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements’ section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with
the ‘Code of Ethics’ issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to
our audit of the financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have fulfilled our other ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements.
Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our audit of the Consolidated Ind
AS Financial Statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2019. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on
these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have determined the matters described below to be the key audit matters to be communicated in our report. We have fulfilled the
responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements section of our
report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our
assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements. The results of the audit procedures
performed by us including those procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the
accompanying Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements.
(a) C
hange in financial reporting framework – First time adoption of Indian Accounting Standards (‘Ind AS’) (as described in Note
2 of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements)
In accordance with the roadmap for implementation of Ind Our audit procedures with regard to the 1st time adoption of
AS for non-banking financial companies, as announced by the Ind AS included assessing the judgements applied by the
Ministry of Corporate Affairs, the Company has adopted Ind AS Management in this regard:
from April 1, 2018 with an effective date of April 1, 2017 for such
• Reading the Ind AS impact assessment performed by the
transition. For periods up to and including the year ended March
management to identify areas which were impacted on
31, 2018, the Company had prepared and presented its financial
account of Ind AS transition;
statements in accordance with the erstwhile generally accepted
183

accounting principles in India (Previous GAAP). In order to give • Understanding the financial statement closure process and
effect of the transition to Ind AS these financial statements for the controls established by the Company for transition to
the year ended March 31, 2019, together with the comparative Ind AS;
financial information for the previous year ended March 31, 2018 • Reading and assessing the changes made to the accounting
and the transition date balance sheet as at April 1, 2017 have been policies due to the requirements of the new financial reporting
prepared under Ind AS. framework;
The transition to Ind AS has involved changes in the Company’s • Assessing the judgements exercised by the management in
policies and processes relating to financial reporting. Further, applying the first-time adoption principles of Ind AS 101 as at
the management has also exercised judgement (wherever transition date;
applicable) in giving effect to various principles of Ind AS in its
• Testing accounting adjustments posted as at the transition
first-time adoption. In view of the complexity and the resultant
date, and in respect of the previous year to convert the
risk of a material misstatement arising from an error or omission
financial information reported under erstwhile Indian GAAP to
in correctly implementing the principles of Ind AS at the transition
Ind AS;
date, which could result in a misstatement of one or more periods
presented in these Ind AS financials statements, this has been an • Assessing the disclosures included in the Consolidated Ind
area of significance in our audit. AS Financial Statements in accordance with the requirements
of Ind AS (including with respect to the previous periods
Some of the key adjustments made to the financial statements on
presented).
first-time adoption of Ind AS for the year ended March 31, 2019
are as follows: Procedures in connection with Sl. No. 1:
1. The Company earns certain interest income and incurs certain Our audit response included (as applicable in each case):
expenses which are directly attributable to the origination of • Assessing the items which has been considered as part of
loans disbursed by the Company. Under Ind AS, the accounting effective interest rate as well as the related computation on a
for these upfront charges and interest income are based on test basis; and
the effective interest rate method for loans which is based on
•
Assessing the related IT system and manual controls
the loan cashflows.
implemented for effective interest rate accounting.
2. Under the Previous GAAP, the identification of delinquent
Procedures on the matter discussed in Sl. No. 2
accounts and consequent provisions for loan losses were
made on the loans based on the guidelines prescribed by We gained an understanding of the Company’s key credit
the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’) in this regard. Under Ind AS, processes comprising granting, recording and monitoring of
estimates regarding the impairment provision against financial loans as well as impairment provisioning. In addition,
assets are based on the expected credit loss model developed • We read and assessed the Company’s impairment provisioning
by the Company based on the principles prescribed under policy as per Ind AS 109;
Ind AS 109.
• Obtained an understanding of the Company’s Expected Credit
3. The Company from time to time enters into securitisation and Loss (‘ECL’) methodology, the underlying assumptions and
assignment transactions for transfer of financial assets under performed sample tests to assess the staging of outstanding
arrangements which have different terms and conditions. exposures;
Under Ind AS, management has performed an evaluation of
• We assessed the Exposure at Default used in the impairment
whether the financial asset de-recognition criteria prescribed
calculations on a test basis;
in Ind AS 109 is satisfied on a case to case basis and based on
such evaluation, related accounting adjustments are recorded • Obtained an understanding of the basis and methodology
in the financial statements. adopted by management to determine 12 month and life-time
probability of defaults for various homogenous segments and
Additionally, regarding the matter discussed in Sl. No. 2, as performed test checks;
explained in the notes to the financial statements for the year
ended March 31, 2019, the impairment provision based on the • Obtained an understanding of the basis and methodology
expected credit loss model requires the management of the adopted by management to determine Loss Given Defaults
Company to make significant judgments in connection with for various homogenous segments based on past recovery
experience, qualitative factors etc., and performed test checks;
related computation. These include:
184

(a) Segmentation of the loan portfolio into homogenous pool of •
Assessed the items of loans and advances, credit related
borrowers; contingent items as at the reporting date which are considered
in the impairment computation as at the reporting date;
(b) Identification of exposures where there is a significant increase
in credit risk and those that are credit impaired; •
Assessed the data used in the impairment computation
(including the data integrity of information extracted from the
(c) Determination of the 12 month and life-time probability of
Company’s IT systems);
default for each of the segments identified; and
•
Enquired with the management regarding significant
(d) Loss given default for various exposures based on past trends
judgments and estimates involved in the impairment
/ experience, management estimates etc., computation;
Note 5.3 to the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements explains • A
ssessed analytical reviews of disaggregated data to observe
the various matters that the management has considered for any unusual trends warranting additional audit procedures; and
developing this expected credit loss model.
• Read the financial statement disclosures made as per Ind AS
As at March 31, 2019, the Company has made a provision for 109 and Ind AS 107.
impairment loss aggregating Rs. 93,071 Lakhs against the loans
Procedures in relation to Sl no 3:
outstanding. Due to the significance of the judgments used in
both classification of loans and advances into various stages •
Obtained and read a sample of agreements entered for
as well as the computation of expected credit losses on such securitisation of financial assets and assignment transactions
financial assets as per Ind AS 109, this has been considered as an to assess management’s determination of the satisfaction of
area of significance for our audit. de-recognition conditions as per Ind AS 109;
• Assessed the management estimates used to determine the
gain on financial assets de-recognised during the year;
•
Assessed business model evaluation under Ind AS 109
in respect of portfolio of loans where financial assets are
de-recognised during the year.
Audit in an Information Technology (IT) enabled environment - including considerations on exceptions identified in IT
environment
Pursuant to various reporting requirements such as reporting on In assessing the reliability of electronic data processing, we
the internal controls over financial reporting, we place significant included specialized IT auditors in our audit team. Our audit
emphasis on the information systems and the controls and process procedures focused on the IT infrastructure and applications
around such information systems, the usage of information relevant to financial reporting:
from such systems for the purpose of financial reporting by the • Assessing the information systems and the applications that is
Management. available in the Company in two phases: (i) IT General Controls
The Company has information technology applications which and (ii) Application level embedded controls;
are used across various class of transactions in its operations • The aspects covered in the IT systems General Control audit
including the automated and IT dependent manual controls that were (i) User Access Management (ii) Change Management
are embedded in them. (iii) Other related ITGCs; - to understand the design and the
Hence, our audit procedures have focus on IT systems and operating effectiveness of such controls in the system;
controls in them due the pervasive nature and complexity of the •
Understanding of the changes that were made to the IT
IT environment, operational volume across numerous locations landscape during the audit period and assessing changes that
daily and the reliance on automated and IT dependent manual have impact on financial reporting;
controls. • Performed tests of controls (including over compensatory
controls wherever applicable) on the IT Application controls
and IT dependent manual controls in the system.
• Wherever applicable, we also assessed through direct sample
tests, the information produced from these systems which
were relied upon for our audit.
185

Pending litigations with tax authorities (as described in Note 39 of the Ind AS Financial Statements)
The Company operates in a complex tax environment and is In assessing the exposure of the Company for the tax litigations,
required to discharge direct and indirect tax obligations under we have performed the following procedures:
various legislations such as Income Tax Act, 1961, Finance Act, • Obtained an understanding of the process laid down by the
1994, Goods and Services Tax Acts and VAT Acts of various states. management for performing their assessment taking into
The tax authorities under these legislations have raised certain consideration past legal precedents, changes in laws and
tax demands on the Company in respect of the past periods. The regulations, expert opinions obtained from external tax / legal
Company has disputed such demands and has appealed against experts (as applicable);
them at appropriate forums. As at March 31, 2019 the Company • Assessed the processes and entity level controls established
has an amount of Rs. 63,667 Lakhs involved in various pending by the Company to ensure completeness of information with
tax litigations. respect to tax litigations;
Ind AS 37 requires the Company to perform an assessment of the •
Along with our tax experts, we undertook the following
probability of economic outflow on account of such disputed tax procedures:
matters and determine whether any particular obligation needs
to be recorded as a provision in the books of account or to be •
Reading communications with relevant tax authorities
disclosed as a contingent liability. Considering the significant including notices, demands, orders, etc., relevant to
degree of judgement applied by the management in making such the pending litigations, as made available to us by the
assessments and the resultant impact on the financial statements, management;
we have considered it to be an area of significance for our audit. • Testing the accuracy of disputed amounts from the underlying
communications received from tax authorities and responses
filed by the Company;
• Considered the submissions made to appellate authorities
and expert opinions obtained by the Company from external
tax / legal experts (wherever applicable) which form the basis
for management’s assessment;
• Assessed the positions taken by the management in the light
of the aforesaid information and based on the examination of
the matters by our tax experts.
• Read the disclosures included in the Consolidated Ind AS
Financial Statements in accordance with Ind AS 37.
Information Other than the Financial Statements and Auditor’s Report Thereon
The Holding Company’s Board of Directors is responsible for the other information. The other information comprises Board’s Report
including Annexures to the Board’s Report and Management Discussion and Analysis, Report on Corporate Governance and General
Shareholders Information and Business Responsibility Report included in the Annual report, but does not include the Consolidated Ind
AS Financial Statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements does not cover the other information and we do not express any form of
assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether such other information is materially inconsistent with the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements or our
knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of Management and those Charged with Governance for the Financial Statements
The Holding Company’s Board of Directors are responsible for the preparation and presentation of these Consolidated Ind AS Financial
Statements in terms of the requirements of the Act that give a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position, consolidated
186

financial performance including other comprehensive income, consolidated cash flows and consolidated statement of changes in equity
of the Group including its associate in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India, including the Indian
Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specified under section 133 of the Act read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules,
2015, as amended. The respective Board of Directors of the companies included in the Group and of its associate are responsible for
maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Group
and of its associate and for preventing and detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting
policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate
internal financial controls, that were operating effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant
to the preparation and presentation of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements that give a true and fair view and are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, which have been used for the purpose of preparation of the Consolidated Ind AS
Financial Statements by the Directors of the Holding Company, as aforesaid.
In preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements, the respective Board of Directors of the companies included in the Group and of
its associate are responsible for assessing the ability of the Group and of its associate to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as
applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either intends to
liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Those respective Board of Directors of the companies included in the Group and of its associate are also responsible for overseeing the
financial reporting process of the Group and of its associate.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements as a whole are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a
high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement
when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the audit.
We also:
• Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or
error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting
from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal control.
• Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the Holding
Company has adequate internal financial controls system in place and the operating effectiveness of such controls.
• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related disclosures
made by management.
• Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of accounting and, based on the audit evidence
obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the ability of the
Group and its associate to continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw
attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements or, if such disclosures are
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report.
However, future events or conditions may cause the Group and its associate to cease to continue as a going concern.
• Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements, including the disclosures,
and whether the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements represent the underlying transactions and events in a manner that
achieves fair presentation.
• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or business activities within the
Group and its associate of which we are the independent auditors, to express an opinion on the consolidated Ind AS Financial
Statements. We are responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the audit of the Financial Statements of such
187

entities included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of which we are the independent auditors. For the other entities included
in the Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been audited by other auditors, such other auditors remain responsible for the
direction, supervision and performance of the audits carried out by them. We remain solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance of the Holding Company and such other entities included in the Consolidated Ind
AS Financial Statements of which we are the independent auditors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the
audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding
independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our
independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters that were of most significance in the
audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements for the financial year ended March 31, 2019 and are therefore the key audit matters.
We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in
extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences
of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Other Matter
(a) We did not audit the financial statements and other financial information, in respect of 1 subsidiary, whose Ind AS Financial
Statements include total assets of `5,722 Lakhs as at March 31, 2019, and total revenues of ` 3,873.37 Lakhs and net cash outflows
of ` 2,241 Lakhs for the year ended on that date. These Ind AS Financial Statement and other financial information have been audited
by other auditors, which Financial Statements, other financial information and auditor’s reports have been furnished to us by the
management.
(b) The Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements also include the Group’s share of net loss of ` 505 Lakhs for the year ended
March 31, 2019, as considered in the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements, in respect of one associate, whose financial
statements, other financial information have not been audited and whose unaudited financial statements and other unaudited
financial information have been furnished to us by the Management. Our opinion, in so far as it relates amounts and disclosures
included in respect of this associate, and our report in terms of sub-sections (3) of Section 143 of the Act in so far as it relates to the
aforesaid associate, is based solely on such unaudited financial statements and other unaudited financial information. In our opinion
and according to the information and explanations given to us by the Management, these Financial Statements and other financial
information are not material to the Group.
Our opinion above on the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements, and our report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
below, is not modified in respect of the above matters with respect to our reliance on the work done and the reports of the other
auditors and the financial statements and other financial information certified by the Management.
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, based on our audit and on the consideration of report of the other auditors on separate financial
statements and the other financial information of subsidiary, as noted in the ‘other matter’ paragraph we report, to the extent applicable,
that:
(a) We/the other auditors whose report we have relied upon have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to
the best of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit of the aforesaid Consolidated Ind AS Financial
Statements;
(b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law relating to preparation of the aforesaid consolidation of the financial
statements have been kept so far as it appears from our examination of those books and reports of the other auditors;
(c) The Consolidated Balance Sheet, the Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss including the Statement of Other Comprehensive
Income, the Consolidated Cash Flow Statement and Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity dealt with by this Report are in
agreement with the books of account maintained for the purpose of preparation of the consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements;
(d) In our opinion, the aforesaid Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements comply with the Accounting Standards specified under
Section 133 of the Act, read with Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, as amended;
188

(e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors of the Holding Company as on March 31, 2019 taken on
record by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and the reports of the statutory auditors who are appointed under Section
139 of the Act, of its subsidiary companies, none of the directors of the Group’s companies, incorporated in India is disqualified as on
March 31, 2019 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164 (2) of the Act;
(f ) With respect to the adequacy and the operating effectiveness of the internal financial controls over financial reporting with reference
to these Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements of the Holding Company and its subsidiary Companies, refer to our separate
Report in “Annexure 1” to this report;
(g) In our opinion and based on the consideration of reports of other statutory auditors of the subsidiary incorporated in India, the
managerial remuneration for the year ended March 31, 2019 has been paid / provided by the Holding Company and its subsidiaries
incorporated in India to their directors in accordance with the provisions of Section 197 read with Schedule V to the Act;
(h) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditor’s Report in accordance with Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and
Auditors) Rules, 2014, as amended, in our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to
us and based on the consideration of the report of the other auditors on separate financial statements as also the other financial
information of the subsidiary, as noted in the ‘Other matter’ paragraph:
i. The Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements disclose the impact of pending litigations on its consolidated financial position
of the Group, its associate in its Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements – Refer Note 39 to the Consolidated Ind AS Financial
Statements;
ii. Provision has been made in the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements, as required under the applicable law or accounting
standards, for material foreseeable losses, if any, on long-term contracts including derivative contracts - Refer (a) Note 9 to the
Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements in respect of such items as it relates to the Group, and (b) the Group’s share of net
profit/loss in respect of its associate;
iii. There has been no delay in transferring amounts, required to be transferred, to the Investor Education and Protection Fund by
the Holding Company, its subsidiaries, associate incorporated in India during the year ended March 31, 2019.


Partner
189
Annexure 1 to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even date on

the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements of Cholamandalam
Investment and Finance Company Limited
Report on the Internal Financial Controls under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013
(“the Act”)
In conjunction with our audit of the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements of Cholamandalam Investment and Finance Company Limited
as of and for the year ended March 31, 2019, we have audited the internal financial controls over financial reporting of Cholamandalam
Investment and Finance Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as the “Holding Company”) and its subsidiary companies which are
companies incorporated in India, as of that date.
Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls

The respective Board of Directors of the Holding Company, its subsidiary companies which are companies incorporated in India, are
responsible for establishing and maintaining internal financial controls based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria
established by the Holding Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit
of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India. These responsibilities
include the design, implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating effectively for ensuring
the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to the respective company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets,
the prevention and detection of frauds and errors, the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation
of reliable financial information, as required under the Act.
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company's internal financial controls over financial reporting based on our audit. We
conducted our audit in accordance with the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting (the “Guidance
Note”) and the Standards on Auditing, both, issued by Institute of Chartered Accountants of India, and deemed to be prescribed under
section 143(10) of the Act, to the extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls. Those Standards and the Guidance Note
require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate
internal financial controls over financial reporting was established and maintained and if such controls operated effectively in all material
respects.
Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal financial controls system over
financial reporting and their operating effectiveness. Our audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting included obtaining
an understanding of internal financial controls over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the
auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or
error.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained and the audit evidence obtained by the other auditors in terms of their reports
referred to in the Other Matters paragraph below, is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion on the internal
financial controls system over financial reporting.
Meaning of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal financial control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted
accounting principles. A company's internal financial control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the
company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
190
Annexure 1 to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even date on

the Consolidated Ind AS Financial Statements of Cholamandalam
Investment and Finance Company Limited (Contd.)
accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention
or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting

Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper
management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any
evaluation of the internal financial controls over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the internal financial
control over financial reporting may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Opinion
In our opinion, the Holding Company and its subsidiary companies which are companies incorporated in India, have, maintained in all
material respects, an adequate internal financial controls system over financial reporting and such internal financial controls over financial
reporting were operating effectively as at March 31, 2019, based on the internal control over financial reporting criteria established by
the Holding Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial
Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India.
Other Matters
Our report under Section 143(3)(i) of the Act on the adequacy and operating effectiveness of the internal financial controls over financial
reporting of the Holding Company, in so far as it relates to one subsidiary Company incorporated in India, is based on the corresponding
report of the auditors of such subsidiary Companies incorporated in India.


Partner
191
Consolidated Balance Sheet

` in lakhs
Note No. As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
ASSETS
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 7 3,16,435 30,958 28,909
Bank balances other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 8 54,411 64,227 70,457
Derivative financial instruments 9 8,869 599 -
Receivables 10
i) Trade Receivables 4,128 6,884 3,871
ii) Other Receivables 3,908 5,577 4,504
Loans 11 52,61,077 42,24,396 33,21,439
Investments
i) Associate 45 2,519 - -
ii) Others 12 1,631 2,272 2,394
Other Financial Assets 13 13,896 10,250 14,738
56,66,874 43,45,163 34,46,312
Current tax assets (Net) 16,181 16,082 10,461
Deferred tax assets (Net) 14 46,012 36,581 31,731
Goodwill on Consolidation - 701 701
Investment Property 15 47 5 5
Property, Plant and Equipment 16 14,464 14,141 11,965
Intangible Assets under development 1,397 380 4
Other Intangible assets 17 2,220 2,203 2,308
Other Non-Financial Assets 18 1,817 1,422 1,768
82,138 71,515 58,943
TOTAL ASSETS 57,49,012 44,16,678 35,05,255
Derivative financial instruments 9 841 7,655 10,103
Payables
(I) Trade Payables
i) Total outstanding dues of micro and small enterprises - -
(II) Other Payables
Debt Securities 19 14,18,431 14,37,395 13,47,094
Borrowings (Other than Debt Securities) 20 32,12,375 20,16,636 13,74,438
Subordinated Liabilities 21 4,25,868 3,79,003 2,94,631
Other Financial Liabilities 22 21,676 20,406 20,400
51,15,230 38,92,548 30,68,055
Provisions 23 7,466 6,396 5,288
Other Non-Financial Liabilities 24 5,445 5,154 748
12,911 11,550 6,036
Equity
Equity share capital 25 15,642 15,640 15,635
Other Equity 26 6,05,229 4,96,906 4,15,329
Equity Attributable to Owners of the Company 6,20,871 5,12,546 4,30,964
Non Controlling Interest - 34 200
Total Equity 6,20,871 5,12,580 4,31,164
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 57,49,012 44,16,678 35,05,255


192
Consolidated Statement of Profit and Loss

` in lakhs
Note No. Year ended Year ended
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
- Interest Income 27A 6,56,596 5,23,438
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments under amortised cost category 8,670 -
- Fee & Commission income 27B 24,727 17,931
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instrument 27C 6,334 1,004
- Sale of Services 27D 12,435 13,495
Total Revenue from operations (I) 7,08,762 5,55,868
- Other income (II) 28 2,121 60
Total Income (III) = (I) + (II) 7,10,883 5,55,928
Expense
- Finance costs 29 3,58,814 2,65,668
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 30 31,134 30,841
- Employee benefits expense 31 60,468 55,081
- Depreciation and amortisation expense 15, 16 & 17 5,699 5,086
- Other expenses 32 71,615 59,171
Total Expenses (IV) 5,27,730 4,15,847
Profit before tax (V) = (III) - (IV) 1,83,153 1,40,081
Tax expense/(benefit) 33
- Current tax
- Adjustment of tax relating to earlier periods 1,596 (66)
- Deferred tax (9,669) (5,127)
Net tax expense (VI) 63,459 48,312
Profit for the year - (V) - (VI) 1,19,694 91,769
Share of loss from associate (net of tax) (35) -
Profit for the year - A 1,19,659 91,769
Re-measurement gains / (losses) on defined benefit obligations (net) (706) 69
Income tax impact 245 (22)
Net (Loss) / gain on equity instrument designated at FVOCI for the year (619) 6
Income tax impact - (3)
Cashflow Hedge Reserve 1,306 1,100
Income tax impact (437) (384)
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year (B) (211) 766
Total comprehensive income for the year (A + B ) 1,19,448 92,535
Profit for the year attributable to :
- Equity holders of the Parent Company 1,19,806 91,930
- Non-Controlling Interest (147) (164)
Other Comprehensive Income for the year attributable to :
- Equity holders of the Parent Company (211) 766
- Non-Controlling Interest - 3
Total Comprehensive Income for the year attributable to :
- Equity holders of the Parent Company 1,19,595 92,696
- Non-Controlling Interest (147) (161)
Earnings per equity share of ₹ 10 each
- Basic ( ₹) 76.56 58.71
- Diluted (₹) 76.50 58.66



193
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
` in lakhs
194
a) Equity Share Capital
Balances as on April 1, 2017 15,635
b) Other Equity (Refer Note 26)

` in lakhs
Reserve and Surplus Items of other
comprehensive income
Particulars Share Statutory Capital Capital Securities General Retained Share based Fair Effective Total
application Reserve Reserve Redemption Premium Reserve earnings payments valuation of portion of attributable
money Reserve Account reserve Investment cashflow to equity
pending hedge holders

allotment
Opening balance as at 18 62,046 4 3,300 1,66,421 1,40,967 44,006 184 1,176 (2,793) 4,15,329
April 01, 2017
Profit for the year 91,930 91,930
Re-measurement of defined - - - - - - 52 - - 52
benefit plans and
fair value change
Total comprehensive income - - - - - - - - 4 716 720
Addition during the year - - - - 242 862 1,104
Dividend including DDT - - - - - - (12,228) (12,228)
Application money (18) - - - 17 - - - - (1)
transferred on allotment
retained earnings
during the year
Closing balance as at - 82,046 4 3,300 1,66,680 1,90,967 53,760 1,046 1,180 (2,077) 4,96,906
March 31, 2018
Profit for the year - - - - - - 1,19,806 1,19,806
Re-measurement of defined - - - - - - (466) - - (466)
benefit plans and
fair value change
Total comprehensive income - - - - - - - (619) 869 250
Dividend including DDT - - - - - - (12,252) - - (12,252)
Addition during the year - - - - 170 815 985
retained earnings
during the year
Closing balance as at - 1,06,046 4 3,300 1,66,850 2,50,967 76,848 1,861 561 (1,208) 6,05,229
March 31, 2019
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
Profit Before Tax 183,153 140,081
Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to net cash flows:
Depreciation and amortisation expense 5,699 5,086
Impairment of financial instruments 31,134 30,841
Finance Costs 358,814 265,668
Loss on Sale of Property plant and equipment ( Net ) 17 11
Fair value gain on loss of control in Subsidiary (2,029) -
Net gain on fair value change in financial instruments (6,334) (1,004)
Interest Income on bank deposits (8,044) (5,026)
Dividend on Investments (23) (18)
3,80,045 2,96,420
Operating Profit Before Working Capital Changes 5,63,198 4,36,501
Adjustments for :-
(Increase)/Decrease in operating Assets
- Loans (11,86,025) (9,33,794)
- Trade Receivables 2,915 (4,086)
- Other Financial Assets (3,629) 4,488
- Other Non Financial Assets (553) (11,87,292) (61) (9,33,453)
Proceeds from de-recognition of financial assets recognised at amortised cost 1,18,220
Increase/(Decrease) in operating liabilities & Provisions
- Payables 5,882 10,133
- Other Financial liabilities 1,257 (3)
- Provisions 1,093 1,108
- Other Non-Financial liabilities 351 4,406
Cash Flow used in Operations (4,97,291) (4,81,308)
Finance Costs paid (3,68,772) (2,57,147)
Interest Received on Bank Deposits and Other Investments 7,496 4,990
Dividend received 23 18
(3,61,253) (2,52,139)
(8,58,544) (7,33,447)
Income tax paid (Net of refunds) (73,190) (59,187)
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities (A) (9,31,734) (7,92,634)
Cash Flow from Investing Activities
Purchase of Property, Plant and Equipment and Intangible Assets (6,529) (6,906)
Proceeds from Sale of Property, Plant and Equipment 292 145
Intangible assets under development (1,157) (376)
Purchase of Investment designated at FVTPL (1,29,48,560) (21,54,377)
Proceeds from sale of Investment designated at FVTPL 1,29,54,868 21,55,502
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities (B) (1,086) (6,012)
195
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement (Contd.)

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Cash Flow from Financing Activities
Proceeds from issue of Share Capital (Including Securities Premium) 174 245
Proceeds from issue of debt securities 17,08,570 14,07,516
Redemption of Debt securities (17,36,533) (13,03,148)
Borrowing - Other than debt securities 29,85,062 13,21,899
Repayment of borrowing - Other than debt securities (18,00,501) (6,83,864)
Proceeds from issue of subordinated liabilities 82,100 71,500
Repayment of subordinated liabilities (18,650) (7,500)
12,20,048 8,06,403
Investment in Bank Fixed Deposits (Net of withdrawals) 11,076 6,436
Dividends Paid (Including Distribution Tax) (12,239) (12,219)
Net Cash Flow From Financing Activities (C) 12,19,059 8,00,865
Net Increase / (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents (A+B+C) 2,86,239 2,219
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the Beginning of the year 29,969 27,750
Less: Cash and bank balances on loss of control in subsidiary during the year (50) -
Cash and Cash Equivalents at the End of the year 3,16,158 29,969



196
Notes forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Corporate Information Consolidated financial statements are prepared using
uniform accounting policies for like transactions and other

events in similar circumstances. If a member of the Group
(“the Company”) (CIN L65993TN1978PLC007576) is a
uses accounting policies other than those adopted in the
public limited company domiciled in India. The Company
is listed on Bombay Stock Exchange and National Stock consolidated financial statements for like transactions and
Exchange. The company and its subsidiaries (together events in similar circumstances, appropriate adjustments
hereinafter referred to as “Group”). The Group is one of the are made to that Group member’s financial statements in
premier diversified financial services companies in India, preparing the consolidated financial statements to ensure
engaged in providing vehicle finance, home loans and conformity with the Group’s accounting policies.
Loan against property, business of broking, distribution of The financial statements of all entities used for the purpose
financial products and freight data solutions. of consolidation are drawn up to same reporting date as
The consolidated financial statements are presented in INR that of the parent company, i.e., year ended on 31st March.
which is also functional currency of the Group. Consolidation procedure:
2. Basis of Consolidation (a) Combine like items of assets, liabilities, equity, income,
The consolidated financial statements comprise the expenses and cash flows of the parent with those of its
financial statements of the company, its subsidiaries subsidiaries. For this purpose, income and expenses of
(being the entity that it controls) and its Associate as at the subsidiary are based on the amounts of the assets
31st March 2019. Control is evidenced when the Group and liabilities recognised in the consolidated financial
is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from its statements at the acquisition date.
involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect
(b) Offset (eliminate) the carrying amount of the parent’s
those returns through its power over the investee.
investment in each subsidiary and the parent’s portion
Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting of equity of each subsidiary. Business combinations
rights result in control. To support this presumption and policy explains how to account for any related goodwill.
when the Group has less than a majority of the voting
(c)
Eliminate in full intra-group assets and liabilities,
or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers all
equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to
relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it
transactions between entities of the Group (profits
has power over an investee, including:
or losses resulting from intra-group transactions that
•
The contractual arrangement with the other vote are recognised in assets, such as inventory and fixed
holders of the investee assets, are eliminated in full). Intra-group losses may
• Rights arising from other contractual arrangements indicate an impairment that requires recognition in the
• The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights consolidated financial statements. Ind AS 12 Income
Taxes applies to temporary differences that arise from
• The size of the Group’s holding of voting rights relative
the elimination of profits and losses resulting from
to the size and dispersion of the holdings of the other
intragroup transactions.
voting rights holders
Profit or loss and each component of OCI are attributed
The Group re-assesses whether or not it controls an
to the equity holders of the parent of the Group and to
investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are
the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the
changes to one or more of the three elements of control.
non-controlling interests having a deficit balance.
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group
obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial
Group loses control of the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, statements of subsidiaries to bring their accounting
income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed policies in line with the Group’s accounting policies. All
of during the year are included in the consolidated intra-group assets, liabilities, equity, income, expenses and
financial statements from the date the Group gains control cash flows relating to transactions between members of
until the date the Group ceases to control the subsidiary. the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation.
197
Notes forming part of the Consolidated Financial Statements (Contd.)

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it: The statement of profit and loss reflects the Group’s share
•
Derecognises the assets (including goodwill) and of the results of operations of the associate. Any change in
liabilities of the subsidiary OCI of those investees is presented as part of the Group’s
•
Derecognises the carrying amount of any non- OCI. In addition, when there has been a change recognised
controlling interests directly in the equity of the associate, the Group recognises
• Derecognises the cumulative translation differences its share of any changes, when applicable, in the statement
recorded in equity of changes in equity. Unrealised gains and losses resulting
from transactions between the Group and the associate
• Recognises the fair value of the consideration received
are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the associate.
• Recognises the fair value of any investment retained
If an entity’s share of losses of an associate equals or exceeds
• Recognises any surplus or deficit in profit or loss
its interest in the associate (which includes any long term
Reclassifies the parent’s share of components previously
interest that, in substance, form part of the Group’s net
recognised in OCI to profit or loss or retained earnings,
investment in the associate), the entity discontinues
as appropriate, as would be required if the Group had
directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities recognising its share of further losses. Additional losses are
recognised only to the extent that the Group has incurred
A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary,
without loss of control, is accounted for as an equity legal or constructive obligations or made payments on
transaction. behalf of the associate. If the associate subsequently
reports profits, the entity resumes recognising its share of
3A. Particulars of consolidation
those profits only after its share of the profits equals the
The financial statements of the following subsidiaries/
share of losses not recognised.
associates (all incorporated in India) have been considered
for consolidation: The aggregate of the Group’s share of profit or loss of an
associate is shown on the face of the statement of profit
Name of the Company Percentage of Voting Power as on
and loss.
March 31, March 31,
2019 2018 The financial statements of the associate are prepared for
Cholamandalam Securities 100.00% 100.00%
Limited (CSEC) the same reporting period as the Group. When necessary,
Cholamandalam Home Finance 100.00% 100.00% adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in
Limited (CHFL) (formerly known
as Cholamandalam Distribution line with those of the Group.
Services Limited
After application of the equity method, the Group
White Data Systems 30.87% from 63.00%
India Private Limited Oct 2018 determines whether it is necessary to recognise an
(63.00% upto impairment loss on its investment in its associate. At each
Sep 2018)
reporting date, the Group determines whether there is
3B. Investment in an Associate objective evidence that the investment in the associate is
An associate is an entity over which the Group has impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates
significant influence. Significant influence is the power to the amount of impairment as the difference between the
participate in the financial and operating policy decisions recoverable amount of the associate and its carrying value,
of the investee. and then recognises the impairment loss with respect to
The Group’s investments in its associate are accounted the Group’s investment in an associate.
for using the equity method. Under the equity method, Upon loss of significant influence over the associate, the
the investment in an associate is initially recognised at
Group measures and recognises any retained investment
cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted
at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying
to recognise changes in the Group’s share of net assets of
the associate since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating amount of the associate upon loss of significant influence
to the associate is included in the carrying amount of the and the fair value of the retained investment and proceeds
investment and is not tested for impairment individually. from disposal is recognised in profit or loss.
198

4. Presentation of financial statements 5.1.4 Financial assets and liabilities
T he Group presents its balance sheet in order of liquidity. 5.1.5 Bank balances, Loans, Trade receivables and financial
An analysis regarding recovery or settlement within investments at amortised cost
12 months after the reporting date (current) and more The Group measures Bank balances, Loans, and other
than 12 months after the reporting date (non–current) is financial investments at amortised cost if both of the
presented in notes to the financial statements. following conditions are met:
Financial assets and financial liabilities are generally • The financial asset is held within a business model with
reported gross in the balance sheet. They are only offset and the objective to hold financial assets in order to collect
reported net when, in addition to having an unconditional contractual cash flows and
legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts • The contractual terms of the financial asset give rise on
without being contingent on a future event, the parties specified dates to cash flows that are solely payments
also intend to settle on a net basis in all of the following of principal and interest (SPPI) on the principal amount
circumstances: outstanding.
• The normal course of business The details of these conditions are outlined below.
• The event of default 5.1.6 Business model assessment
• The event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group The Group determines its business model at the level that
and/or its Counterparties best reflects how it manages Group’s of financial assets to
5. Significant accounting policies achieve its business objective.
5.1 Financial instruments - initial recognition The Group's business model is not assessed on an
instrument-by-instrument basis, but at a higher level of
5.1.1 Date of recognition
aggregated portfolios and is based on observable factors
F inancial assets and liabilities, with the exception of loans, such as:
debt securities, and borrowings are initially recognised
•
How the performance of the business model and
on the trade date, i.e., the date that the Group becomes
the financial assets held within that business model
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.
are evaluated and reported to the entity's key
Loans are recognised when fund transfers are initiated
management personnel
to the customers’ account or cheques for disbursement
have been prepared by the Group (as per the terms of the • The risks that affect the performance of the business
agreement with the borrowers). The Group recognises debt model (and the financial assets held within that
securities and borrowings when funds reach the Group. business model) and, in particular, the way those risks
are managed
5.1.2 Initial measurement of financial instruments
• How managers of the business are compensated (for
The classification of financial instruments at initial
example, whether the compensation is based on the
recognition depends on their contractual terms and the
fair value of the assets managed or on the contractual
business model for managing the instruments. Financial
cash flows collected)
instruments are initially measured at their fair value, except
in the case of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded The expected frequency, value and timing of sales are
at Fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL), transaction also important aspects of the Group’s assessment
costs are added to, or subtracted from, this amount. The business model assessment is based on reasonably
5.1.3
Measurement categories of financial assets and expected scenarios without taking 'worst case' or 'stress
liabilities case’ scenarios into account. If cash flows after initial
recognition are realised in a way that is different from the
The Group classifies all of its financial assets based on the
business model for managing the assets and the asset’s Group's original expectations, the Group does not change
contractual terms, measured at either: the classification of the remaining financial assets held in
that business model, but incorporates such information
• Amortised cost when assessing newly originated or newly purchased
• FVTPL financial assets going forward.
199

5.1.7 The SPPI test The nominal contractual value of undrawn loan
commitments, where the loan agreed to be provided is on
As a second step of its classification process the Group
market terms, are not recorded in the balance sheet. The
assesses the contractual terms of financial assets to identify
nominal values of these commitments together with the
whether they meet the SPPI test.
corresponding ECLs are disclosed in notes.
‘Principal’ for the purpose of this test is defined as the fair
5.1.11 Reclassification of financial assets and liabilities
value of the financial asset at initial recognition and may
change over the life of the financial asset (for example, if The Group does not reclassify its financial assets subsequent
there are repayments of principal or amortisation of the to their initial recognition, apart from the exceptional
premium/discount). circumstances in which the Group acquires, disposes of,
or terminates a business line. Financial liabilities are never
The most significant elements of interest within a lending
reclassified. The Group did not reclassify any of its financial
arrangement are typically the consideration for the
assets or liabilities in 2018-19 and 2017-18.
time value of money and credit risk. To make the SPPI
assessment, the Group applies judgement and considers 5.2 Derecognition of financial assets and liabilities
relevant factors such as the currency in which the financial 5.2.1 Derecognition of financial assets other than due to
asset is denominated, and the period for which the interest substantial modification
rate is set.
5.2.1.1 Financial assets
5.1.8 Equity instruments at FVOCI
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial
The Group subsequently measures all equity investments asset or part of a group of similar financial assets) is
at fair value through profit or loss, unless the Group’s derecognised when the rights to receive cash flows from the
management has elected to classify irrevocably some of its financial asset have expired. The Group also derecognises
equity investments as equity instruments at FVOCI, when the financial asset if it has both transferred the financial
such instruments meet the definition of definition of Equity asset and the transfer qualifies for derecognition.
under Ind AS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation and are
The Group has transferred the financial asset if, and only if,
not held for trading. Such classification is determined on
either:
an instrument-by-instrument basis.
• The Group has transferred its contractual rights to
Gains and losses on these equity instruments are never
receive cash flows from the financial asset
recycled to profit or loss. Dividends are recognised in profit
or loss as dividend income when the right of the payment Or
has been established, except when the Group benefits It retains the rights to the cash flows, but has assumed an
from such proceeds as a recovery of part of the cost of obligation to pay the received cash flows in full without
the instrument, in which case, such gains are recorded material delay to a third party under a ‘pass–through’
in OCI. Equity instruments at FVOCI are not subject to an arrangement.
impairment assessment.
Pass-through arrangements are transactions whereby the
5.1.9 Debt securities and other borrowed funds Group retains the contractual rights to receive the cash
After initial measurement, debt issued and other borrowed flows of a financial asset (the 'original asset'), but assumes
funds are subsequently measured at amortised cost. a contractual obligation to pay those cash flows to one or
Amortised cost is calculated by taking into account any more entities when all of the following three conditions
discount or premium on funds borrowed, and costs that are met:
are an integral part of the EIR. • The Group has no obligation to pay amounts to the
5.1.10 Undrawn loan commitments eventual recipients unless it has collected equivalent
amounts from the original asset, excluding short-term
Undrawn loan commitments are commitments under
which, over the duration of the commitment, the Group is advances with the right to full recovery of the amount
required to provide a loan with pre-specified terms to the lent plus accrued interest at market rates
customer. Undrawn loan commitments are in the scope of • The Group cannot sell or pledge the original asset
the ECL requirements. other than as security to the eventual recipients
200

• The Group has to remit any cash flows it collects on exchange or modification is treated as a derecognition of
behalf of the eventual recipients without material the original liability and the recognition of a new liability.
delay. In addition, the Group is not entitled to reinvest The difference between the carrying value of the original
such cash flows, except for investments in cash or financial liability and the consideration paid is recognised
cash equivalents including interest earned, during the in profit or loss.
period between the collection date and the date of
5.3 Impairment of financial assets
required remittance to the eventual recipients.
5.3.1 Overview of the ECL principles
A transfer only qualifies for derecognition if either:
The Group records allowance for expected credit losses
• The Group has transferred substantially all the risks
for all loans, other debt financial assets not held at FVTPL,
and rewards of the asset
together with loan commitments, in this section all
Or referred to as ‘financial instruments’. Equity instruments are
•
The Group has neither transferred nor retained not subject to impairment under Ind AS 109.
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but The ECL allowance is based on the credit losses expected
has transferred control of the asset to arise over the life of the asset (the lifetime expected
The Group considers control to be transferred if and only if, credit loss or LTECL), unless there has been no significant
the transferee has the practical ability to sell the asset in its increase in credit risk since origination, in which case, the
entirety to an unrelated third party and is able to exercise allowance is based on the 12 months’ expected credit
that ability unilaterally and without imposing additional loss (12mECL) as outlined in Notes. The Group’s policies
restrictions on the transfer. for determining if there has been a significant increase in
credit risk are set out in Notes.
When the Group has neither transferred nor retained
substantially all the risks and rewards and has retained The 12mECL is the portion of LTECLs that represent
control of the asset, the asset continues to be recognised the ECLs that result from default events on a financial
only to the extent of the Group’s continuing involvement, instrument that are possible within the 12 months after
in which case, the Group also recognises an associated the reporting date.
liability. The transferred asset and the associated liability Both LTECLs and 12mECLs are calculated on either an
are measured on a basis that reflects the rights and individual basis or a collective basis, depending on the
obligations that the Group has retained. nature of the underlying portfolio of financial instruments.
ontinuing involvement that takes the form of a guarantee
C The Group has established a policy to perform an
over the transferred asset is measured at the lower of the assessment, at the end of each reporting period, of
original carrying amount of the asset and the maximum whether a financial instrument’s credit risk has increased
amount of consideration the Group could be required to pay. significantly since initial recognition, by considering the
In case where transfer of a part of financial assets change in the risk of default occurring over the remaining
qualifies for de-recognition, any difference between the life of the financial instrument.
proceeds received on such sale and the carrying value Based on the above process, the Group categorises its
of the transferred asset is recognised as gain or loss on loans into Stage 1, Stage 2 and Stage 3, as described below:
de-recognition of such financial asset previously carried Stage 1: When loans are first recognised, the Group

under amortisation cost category. The resulting interest recognises an allowance based on 12mECLs. Stage 1 loans
only strip initially is recognised at FVTPL. also include facilities where the credit risk has improved
5.2.1.2 Financial liabilities and the loan has been reclassified from Stage 2.
A financial liability is derecognised when the obligation Stage 2: When a loan has shown a significant increase

under the liability is discharged, cancelled or expires. Where in credit risk since origination, the Group records an
an existing financial liability is replaced by another from the allowance for the LTECLs. Stage 2 loans also include
same lender on substantially different terms, or the terms facilities, where the credit risk has improved and the loan
of an existing liability are substantially modified, such an has been reclassified from Stage 3.
201

Stage 3: Loans considered credit-impaired. The Group Stage 2: When a loan has shown a significant increase
records an allowance for the LTECLs. in credit risk since origination, the group records an
allowance for the LTECLs, PDs and LGDs are estimated over
The calculation of ECLs
the lifetime of the instrument. The expected cash shortfalls
The Group calculates ECLs to measure the expected cash
are discounted by an approximation to the original EIR.
shortfalls, discounted at an approximation to the EIR. A
Stage 3: For loans considered credit-impaired, the group
cash shortfall is the difference between the cash flows that
recognises the lifetime expected credit losses for these
are due to an entity in accordance with the contract and
loans. The method is similar to that for Stage 2 assets, with
the cash flows that the entity expects to receive.
the PD set at 100%.
The key elements of ECL are as follows:
Loan commitment:
PD: The Probability of Default is an estimate of the likelihood

When estimating LTECLs for undrawn loan commitments,
of default over a given time horizon. A default may only
the Group estimates the expected portion of the loan
happen at a certain time over the assessed period, if the
commitment that will be drawn down over its expected
facility has not been previously derecognised and is still in
life. The ECL is then based on the present value of the
the portfolio.
expected shortfalls in cash flows if the loan is drawn
EAD: The Exposure at Default is an estimate of the exposure down. The expected cash shortfalls are discounted at
at a future default date (in case of Stage 1 and Stage 2), an approximation to the expected EIR on the loan. For
taking into account expected changes in the exposure an undrawn loan commitment, ECLs are calculated and
after the reporting date, including repayments of principal presented under provision.
and interest, whether scheduled by contract or otherwise,
5.3.2 Forward looking information
expected drawdowns on committed facilities, and accrued
interest from missed payments. In case of Stage 3 loans In its ECL models, the Group relies on a broad range of
EAD represents exposure when the default occurred. forward looking information as economic inputs, such as:
• GDP growth
LGD: The Loss Given Default is an estimate of the loss
arising in the case where a default occurs at a given time. • Unemployment rates
It is based on the difference between the contractual The inputs and models used for calculating ECLs may
cash flows due and those that the lender would expect to not always capture all characteristics of the market
receive, including from the realisation of any collateral. It is at the date of the financial statements. To reflect this,
usually expressed as a percentage of the EAD. qualitative adjustments or overlays are made as temporary
Impairment losses and releases are accounted for and adjustments.
disclosed separately from modification losses or gains that 5.4 Collateral repossessed
are accounted for as an adjustment of the financial asset’s
The Group generally does not use the assets repossessed
gross carrying value
for the internal operations. These repossessed assets
The mechanics of the ECL method are summarised below: which are intended to be realised by way of sale are

Stage 1: The 12mECL is calculated as the portion of LTECLs considered as stage 3 assets and the ECL allowance is
that represent the ECLs that result from default events determined based on the estimated net realisable value
on a financial instrument that are possible within the of the repossessed assets. The Group resorts to regular
12 months after the reporting date. The Group calculates the repossession of collateral provided against vehicle loans.
12mECL allowance based on the expectation of a default Further, in its normal course of business, the Group from
occurring in the 12 months following the reporting date. time to time, also exercise its right over property through
These expected 12-month default probabilities are applied legal procedures which include seizure of the property.
to a forecast EAD and multiplied by the expected LGD and As per the Group’s accounting policy, collateral repossessed
discounted by an approximation to the original EIR. are not recorded on the balance sheet.
202

5.5 Write-offs Hedges that meet the strict criteria for hedge accounting
Financial assets are written off either partially or in their are accounted for, as described below:
entirety only when the Group has stopped pursuing the 5.7.1 Cash flow hedges
recovery. If the amount to be written off is greater than
A cash flow hedge is a hedge of the exposure to variability
the accumulated loss allowance, the difference recorded
in cash flows that is attributable to a particular risk
as an expense in the period of write off. Any subsequent
associated with a recognised asset or liability (such as all
recoveries are credited to impairment on financial
or some future interest payments on variable rate debt)
instrument in the consolidated statement of profit and loss.
or a highly probable forecast transaction and could affect
5.6 Restructured, rescheduled and modified loans profit or loss.
The Group sometimes makes concessions or modifications For designated and qualifying cash flow hedges, the
to the original terms of loans such as changing the
effective portion of the cumulative gain or loss on the
instalment value or changing the tenor of the loan, as a
hedging instrument is initially recognised directly in OCI
response to the borrower’s request. The Group considers
within equity (cash flow hedge reserve).
the modification of the loan only before the loans gets
credit impaired. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging
instrument is recognised immediately in net gain/loss on
When the loan has been renegotiated or modified but not
fair value changes in the profit and loss statement.
derecognised, the Group also reassesses whether there
has been a significant increase in credit risk. The Group When the hedged cash flow affects the statement of profit
also considers whether the assets should be classified as and loss, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the
Stage 3. Once an asset has been classified as restructured, hedging instrument is recorded in the corresponding income
it will remain restructured for a period of year from the or expense line of the statement of profit and loss. When the
date on which it has been restructured. forecast transaction subsequently results in the recognition
5.7 Hedge accounting of a non-financial asset or a non-financial liability, the gains

and losses previously recognised in OCI are reversed and
The Group makes use of derivative instruments to manage
included in the initial cost of the asset or liability.
exposures to interest rate and foreign currency. In order
to manage particular risks, the Group applies hedge When a hedging instrument expires, is sold, terminated,
accounting for transactions that meet specified criteria. exercised, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria
for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss that has
At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Group formally
been recognised in OCI at that time re-mains in OCI and
designates and documents the hedge relationship to
is recognised when the hedged forecast transaction is
which the Group wishes to apply hedge accounting
ultimately recognised in the statement of profit and loss.
and the risk management objective and strategy for
undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur,
the Group’s risk management objective and strategy for the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in OCI is
undertaking hedge, the hedging/ economic relationship, immediately transferred to the statement of profit and loss.
the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being 5.8 Recognition of interest income
hedged, hedge ratio and how the entity will assess the
5.8.1 The effective interest rate method
effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair
value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged Under Ind AS 109 interest income is recorded using
item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged the effective interest rate (‘EIR’) method for all financial
risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in instruments measured at amortised cost. The EIR is the
achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash receipts
and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that through the expected life of the financial instrument
they actually have been highly effective throughout the or, when appropriate, to the net carrying amount of the
financial reporting periods for which they were designated. financial asset.
203

Interest Income • When the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible
temporary difference arises from the initial recognition
T he EIR (and therefore, the amortised cost of the asset) is
of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not
calculated by taking into account of fees and costs that are
a business combination and, at the time of the
an integral part of the EIR. The Group recognises interest
transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor
income using a rate of return that represents the best
taxable profit or loss
estimate of a constant rate of return over the life of the loan.
•
In respect of deductible temporary differences
5.9 Taxes associated with investments in subsidiaries, associates
5.9.1 Current tax and interests in joint ventures, deferred tax assets are
recognised only to the extent that it is probable that the
Current tax assets and liabilities for the current and
temporary differences will reverse in the foreseeable
prior years are measured at the amount expected to be future and taxable profit will be available against
recovered from, or paid to, the taxation authorities. The which the temporary differences can be utilised
tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed
those that are enacted, or substantively enacted, by the
at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it
reporting date in the countries where the Group operates
is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be
and generates taxable income. available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be
Current income tax relating to items recognised outside utilised. Unrecognised deferred tax assets are re-assessed
profit or loss is recognised outside profit or loss (either at each reporting date and are recognised to the extent
in other comprehensive income or in equity). Current that it has become probable that future taxable profits will
tax items are recognised in correlation to the underlying allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.
transaction either in OCI or directly in equity. Management Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax
periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset
with respect to situations in which applicable tax is realised or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and
regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted
provisions where appropriate. at the reporting date. Deferred tax relating to items
recognised outside profit or loss is recognised outside
5.9.2 Deferred Tax profit or loss (either in other comprehensive income or in
Deferred tax is provided on temporary differences at equity). Deferred tax items are recognised in correlation
the reporting date between the tax bases of assets and to the underlying transaction either in OCI or directly in
liabilities and their carrying amounts for financial reporting equity.
purposes. Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset if a
legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable
against current tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate
temporary differences, except:
to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.
• In respect of taxable temporary differences associated
5.9.3 Minimum Alternative Tax (MAT)
with investments in subsidiaries, where the timing
“Minimum alternate tax (MAT) paid in a year is charged
of the reversal of the temporary differences can be
to the statement of profit and loss as current tax for the
controlled and it is probable that the temporary
year. The deferred tax asset is recognised for MAT credit
differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future available only to the extent that it is probable that the
Deferred tax assets are recognised for all deductible concerned company will pay normal income tax during
temporary differences, the carry forward of unused the specified period, i.e., the period for which MAT credit
is allowed to be carried forward. In the year in which the
tax credits and any unused tax losses. Deferred tax
Group recognizes MAT credit as an asset, it is created by
assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable
way of credit to the statement of profit and loss and shown
that taxable profit will be available against which as part of deferred tax asset. The Group reviews the “MAT
the deductible temporary differences, and the carry credit entitlement” asset at each reporting date and writes
forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses down the asset to the extent that it is no longer probable
can be utilised, except: that it will pay normal tax during the specified period”.
204

5.10 Investment in Property Useful life of assets based on Management’s estimation:
Investment property represents property held to earn Asset Description Estimated Useful Life
rentals or for capital appreciation or both. Furniture and Fixtures* 5 years
Vehicles* 5 years
Investment properties are measured initially at cost, Membership card of stock 10 years
including transaction costs. Subsequent to initial exchanges
recognition, investment properties are stated at cost less
*Estimated useful life of these assets based on usage and
accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment
replacement policy of such assets.
loss, if any.
The residual values, useful lives and methods of
Depreciation on building classified as investment property
depreciation of property, plant and equipment are
has been provided on the straight-line method over a reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted
period of 60 years based on the Group’s estimate of their prospectively, if appropriate
useful lives taking into consideration technical factors,
Property plant and equipment is derecognised on disposal
which is the same as the period prescribed in Sch II to the
or when no future economic benefits are expected from
Companies Act 2013.
its use. Any gain or loss arising on derecognition of the
T hough the Group measures investment property using asset (calculated as the difference between the net
cost based measurement, the fair value of investment disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset)
property is disclosed in the notes. Fair values are determined is recognised in other income / expense in the statement
based on an annual evaluation performed by an external of profit and loss in the year the asset is derecognised.
independent valuer applying valuation models. The date of disposal of an item of property, plant and
equipment is the date the recipient obtains control of that
Investment properties are derecognised either when they
item in accordance with the requirements for determining
have been disposed of or when they are permanently
when a performance obligation is satisfied in Ind AS 115.
withdrawn from use and no future economic benefit is
5.12 Intangible assets
expected from their disposal. The difference between the
net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the The Group’s other intangible assets mainly include the value
asset is recognised in the statement of profit and loss in of computer software. An intangible asset is recognised
the period of derecognition. only when its cost can be measured reliably and it is
probable that the expected future economic benefits that
5.11 Property, plant and equipment
are attributable to it will flow to the Group. Intangible assets
Property plant and equipment is stated at cost excluding acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at
the costs of day–to–day servicing, less accumulated cost. Subsequently, they are carried at cost less accumulated
depreciation and accumulated impairment in value. amortisation and impairment losses if any, and are
Changes in the expected useful life are accounted for amortised over their estimated useful life on the straight line
by changing the amortisation period or methodology, basis over a 3 year period or the license period whichever
as appropriate, and treated as changes in accounting is lower. The carrying amount of the assets is reviewed at
each Balance sheet date to ascertain impairment based on
estimates.
internal or external factors. Impairment is recognised, if the
Depreciation is calculated using the straight–line method carrying value exceeds the higher of the net selling price of
to write down the cost of property and equipment to their the assets and its value in use.
residual values over their estimated useful lives. Land is not
5.13 Impairment of non–financial assets
depreciated.
The Group assesses, at each reporting date, whether
Useful life of assets as per Schedule II: there is an indication that an asset may be impaired. If
any indication exists, or when annual impairment testing
Asset Description Estimated Useful Life
Buildings 60 years
for an asset is required, the Group estimates the asset’s
Computer Equipment 3 years recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the
Other Equipment 5 years higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (CGU) fair
Leasehold improvements Lease Period or 5 years, value less costs of disposal and its value in use. Recoverable
whichever is lower
amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the
205

asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely Goodwill is tested for impairment annually and when
independent of those from other assets or Group of assets. circumstances indicate that the carrying value may be
When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its impaired. Impairment is determined for goodwill by
recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and assessing the recoverable amount of each CGU (or group of
is written down to its recoverable amount. CGUs) to which the goodwill relates. When the recoverable
In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows amount of the CGU is less than its carrying amount, an
are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax impairment loss is recognised. Impairment losses relating
discount rate that reflects current market assessments of to goodwill cannot be reversed in future periods.
the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are tested for
In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent impairment annually at the CGU level, as appropriate, and
market transactions are taken into account. If no such when circumstances indicate that the carrying value may
transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation be impaired.
model is used. These calculations are corroborated by 5.14 Retirement and other employee benefits
valuation multiples, quoted share prices for publicly traded
companies or other available fair value indicators.
Retirement benefit in the form of provident fund is a defined
contribution scheme. The Group has no obligation, other
The Group bases its impairment calculation on detailed than the contribution payable to the provident fund. The
budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared Group recognises contribution payable to the provident
separately for each of the Group’s CGUs to which the fund scheme as an expense, when an employee renders
individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast the related service. If the contribution payable to the
calculations generally cover a period of five years. For scheme for service received before the balance sheet date
longer periods, a long-term growth rate is calculated and exceeds the contribution already paid, the deficit payable
applied to project future cash flows after the fifth year. To to the scheme is recognised as a liability after deducting
estimate cash flow projections beyond periods covered by the contribution already paid. If the contribution already
the most recent budgets/forecasts, the Group extrapolates paid exceeds the contribution due for services received
cash flow projections in the budget using a steady or before the balance sheet date, then excess is recognised as
declining growth rate for subsequent years, unless an an asset to the extent that the pre-payment will lead to, for
increasing rate can be justified. In any case, this growth example, a reduction in future payment or a cash refund.
rate does not exceed the long-term average growth rate
for the products, industries, or country or countries in Employees’ State Insurance: The Group contributes to
which the entity operates, or for the market in which the Employees State Insurance Scheme and recognizes such
asset is used. contribution as an expense in the Statement of Profit
and Loss in the period when services are rendered by the
Impairment losses of continuing operations, are recognised employees.
in the statement of profit and loss.
Superannuation: The Group contributes a sum equivalent
For assets excluding goodwill, an assessment is made at to 15% of eligible employees’ salary to a Superannuation
each reporting date to determine whether there is an Fund administered by trustees and managed by Life
indication that previously recognised impairment losses no Insurance Corporation of India (“LIC”). The Group has no
longer exist or have decreased. If such indication exists, the liability for future Superannuation Fund benefits other
Group estimates the asset’s or CGU’s recoverable amount. than its contribution and recognizes such contributions
A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only as an expense in the Statement of Profit and Loss in the
if there has been a change in the assumptions used to period when services are rendered by the employees.
determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the last
impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so The Group makes contribution to a Gratuity Fund
that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its administered by trustees and managed by LIC. The Group
recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that accounts its liability for future gratuity benefits based
would have been determined, net of depreciation, had on actuarial valuation, as at the Balance Sheet date,
no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior determined every year by an independent actuary using
years. Such reversal is recognised in the statement of profit the Projected Unit Credit method.
or loss unless the asset is carried at a revalued amount, in Re-measurements, comprising of actuarial gains and losses,
which case, the reversal is treated as a revaluation increase. the effect of the asset ceiling, excluding amounts included
206

in net interest on the net defined benefit liability and the The dilutive effect of outstanding options is reflected as
return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in net additional share dilution in the computation of diluted
interest on the net defined benefit liability), are recognised earnings per share.
immediately in the balance sheet with a corresponding If the options vests in instalments (i.e. the options vest
debit or credit to retained earnings through OCI in the pro rata over the service period), then each instalment
period in which they occur. Re-0measurements are not is treated as a separate share option grant because each
reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods. instalment has a different vesting period.
Past service costs are recognised in profit or loss on the 5.16 Provisions
earlier of:
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present
• The date of the plan amendment or curtailment, and obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of past events,
The date that the Group recognises related and it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying
restructuring costs economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation,
and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the
Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate
obligation. When the effect of the time value of money
to the net defined benefit liability or asset. The Group
is material, the Group determines the level of provision
recognises the following changes in the net defined
by discounting the expected cash flows at a pre-tax rate
benefit obligation as an expense in the consolidated
reflecting the current rates specific to the liability. The
statement of profit and loss:
expense relating to any provision is presented in the
• Service costs comprising current service costs, past- statement of profit and loss net of any reimbursement.
service costs, gains and losses on curtailments and
5.16.1 Provision for Claw Back of Commission Income
non-routine settlements; and
The estimated liability for claw back of commission
• Net interest expense or income
income is recorded in the period in which the underlying
5.15 Share Based Payments revenue is recognised. These estimates are established
Stock options are granted to the employees under the using historical information on the nature, frequency and
stock option scheme. The costs of stock options granted expected average cost of claw back and management
to the employees (equity-settled awards) of the Group estimates regarding possible future incidence. The
are measured at the fair value of the equity instruments estimates used for accounting of claw back claims are
granted. For each stock option, the measurement of fair reviewed periodically and revisions are made as required.
value is performed on the grant date. The grant date is 5.17 Dividends on ordinary shares
the date on which the Group and the employees agree
The Group recognises a liability to make cash distributions
to the stock option scheme. The fair value so determined
to equity holders of the parent when the distribution
is revised only if the stock option scheme is modified in a
is authorised and the distribution is no longer at the
manner that is beneficial to the employees.
discretion of the Group. As per the Companies Act, 2013
This cost is recognised, together with a corresponding in India, a distribution is authorised when it is approved by
increase in share-based payment (SBP) reserves/ stock the shareholders. A corresponding amount is recognised
options outstanding account in equity, over the period directly in equity.
in which the performance and/or service conditions are
5.18 Determination of Fair value
fulfilled in employee benefits expense. The cumulative
expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each The Group measures financial instruments, such as,
reporting date until the vesting date reflects the extent to derivatives at fair value at each balance sheet date.
which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an
estimate of the number of equity instruments that will asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
ultimately vest. The statement of profit and loss expense or between market participants at the measurement date.
Credit for a period represents the movement in cumulative The fair value measurement is based on the presumption
expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability
period and is recognised in employee benefits expense. takes place either:
207

• In the principal market for the asset or liability, or Level 3 financial instruments - Those that include
•
•
In the absence of a principal market, in the most one or more unobservable input that is significant to
advantageous market for the asset or liability the measurement as whole.
The principal or the most advantageous market must be For assets and liabilities that are recognised in the financial
accessible by the Group. statements on a recurring basis, the Group determines
whether transfers have occurred between levels in the
The fair value of an asset or a liability is measured using
hierarchy by re-assessing categorisation (based on the
the assumptions that market participants would use
lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
when pricing the asset or liability, assuming that market
measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting
participants act in their economic best interest.
period.
A fair value measurement of a non-financial asset takes
The Group evaluates the levelling at each reporting period
into account a market participant’s ability to generate
on an instrument-by-instrument basis and reclassifies
economic benefits by using the asset in its highest and
instruments when necessary based on the facts at the end
best use or by selling it to another market participant that
of the reporting period.
would use the asset in its highest and best use.
5.19 Recognition of Income
The Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate
in the circumstances and for which sufficient data are Revenue (other than for those items to which Ind AS 109
available to measure fair value, maximising the use of Financial Instruments are applicable) is measured at fair
relevant observable inputs and minimising the use of value of the consideration received or receivable. Ind AS
unobservable inputs. 115 Revenue from contracts with customers outlines a
single comprehensive model of accounting for revenue
In order to show how fair values have been derived,
arising from contracts with customers and supersedes
financial instruments are classified based on a hierarchy of
current revenue recognition guidance found within Ind
valuation techniques, as summarised below:
ASs.
Level 1 financial instruments - Those where the inputs
•
The Group recognises revenue from contracts with
used in the valuation are unadjusted quoted prices
customers based on a five step model as set out in Ind 115:
from active markets for identical assets or liabilities
that the Group has access to at the measurement date. Step 1: Identify contract(s) with a customer: A contract

The Group considers markets as active only if there are is defined as an agreement between two or more parties
sufficient trading activities with regards to the volume that creates enforceable rights and obligations and sets
and liquidity of the identical assets or liabilities and out the criteria for every contract that must be met.
when there are binding and exercisable price quotes Step 2: Identify performance obligations in the contract:

available on the balance sheet date. A performance obligation is a promise in a contract with a
Level 2 financial instruments - Those where the

• customer to transfer a good or service to the customer.
inputs that are used for valuation and are significant, Step 3: Determine the transaction price: The transaction

are derived from directly or indirectly observable price is the amount of consideration to which the Group
market data available over the entire period of the expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring
instrument’s life. Such inputs include quoted prices promised goods or services to a customer, excluding
for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted amounts collected on behalf of third parties.
prices for identical instruments in inactive markets
Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance

and observable inputs other than quoted prices such
obligations in the contract: For a contract that has more
as interest rates and yield curves, implied volatilities,
than one performance obligation, the Group allocates the
and credit spreads. In addition, adjustments may be
transaction price to each performance obligation in an
required for the condition or location of the asset
amount that depicts the amount of consideration to which
or the extent to which it relates to items that are
the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for satisfying
comparable to the valued instrument. However, if such
adjustments are based on unobservable inputs which each performance obligation.
are significant to the entire measurement, the Group Step 5: Recognise revenue when (or as) the Group satisfies

will classify the instruments as Level 3. a performance obligation
208

5.19.1 Interest on overdue balances and Other Charges Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of
Overdue interest in respect of loans is recognised upon historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using
realisation. the exchange rates at the dates of the initial transactions.
Non-monetary items measured at fair value in a foreign
5.19.2 Fee Income & Sale of Services
currency are translated using the exchange rates at the
a) Fee income from loans are recognised upon satisfaction
date when the fair value is determined. The gain or loss
of following:
arising on translation of non-monetary items measured
i) Completion of service
at fair value is treated in line with the recognition of
ii) and realisation of the fee income. the gain or loss on the change in fair value of the item
b)
Servicing and collections fees on assignment are (i.e., translation differences on items whose fair value
recognised upon completion of service. gain or loss is recognized in OCI or profit or loss are also
c)
Advertising income is recognised over the contract recognized in OCI or profit or loss, respectively).
period as and when related services are rendered. 5.23 Earnings Per Share
d) Revenue from contract with customer is recognised Basic Earnings Per Share is calculated by dividing the
point in time when performance obligation is satisfied
net profit or loss for the period attributable to equity
(when the trade is executed). These include brokerage
shareholders by the weighted average number of equity
fees which is charged per transaction executed.
shares outstanding during the period.
5.20 Dividend Income
The weighted average number of equity shares outstanding
Dividend income (including from FVOCI investments) is
during the period and for all periods presented is adjusted
recognised when the Group’s right to receive the payment
for events, such as bonus shares, other than the conversion
is established, it is probable that the economic benefits
associated with the dividend will flow to the entity and the of potential equity shares, that have changed the number of
amount of the dividend can be measured reliably. This is equity shares outstanding, without a corresponding change
generally when the shareholders approve the dividend. in resources. For the purpose of calculating diluted earnings
5.21 Input Tax credit (Service tax/ Goods and Service Tax) per share, the net profit or loss for the period attributable
to equity shareholders and the weighted average number
Input Tax Credit is accounted for in the books in the
of shares outstanding during the period is adjusted for the
period when the underlying service / supply received is
accounted, and when there is no uncertainty in availing / effects of all dilutive potential equity shares.
utilising the same. Group can avail 50% of the input credit 5.24 Segment Information
as per the applicable regulatory requirement hence it
The accounting policies adopted for Segment reporting
expenses off the balance 50% to the respective expense.
are in line with the accounting policies of the Group with
5.22 Foreign Currency transactions
the following additional policies:
The Group’s financial statements are presented in Indian
Revenue and expenses have been identified to segments
Rupees (INR) which is also the Group’s functional currency.
on the basis of their relationship to the operating activities
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially recorded by
of the Segment. Revenue and expenses, which relate
the Group at their respective functional currency spot rates
to the enterprise as a whole and are not allocable to
at the date the transaction first qualifies for recognition.
Segments on a reasonable basis have been included under
Income and expenses in foreign currencies are initially
“Un-allocable”.
recorded by the Group at the exchange rates prevailing on
the date of the transaction. Assets and liabilities have been identified to segments on
the basis of their relationship to the operating activities
Foreign currency denominated monetary assets and
liabilities are translated at the functional currency spot of the segment. Assets and liabilities, which relate to the
rates of exchange at the reporting date and exchange enterprise as a whole and are not allocable to segments
gains and losses arising on settlement and restatement are on a reasonable basis have been included under
recognized in the statement of profit and loss. “Un-allocable”.
209

5.25 Cash and Cash equivalents Operating Lease
Cash and cash equivalent in the balance sheet comprise Leases where the lessor effectively retains substantially all
cash at banks and on hand and short-term deposits with the risks and benefits of ownership of the leased assets are
classified as operating leases. Operating lease payments
an original maturity of three months or less, which are
are recognised as an expense in the Statement of Profit
subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value. and Loss on a straight line basis over the lease term
5.26 Cash Flow Statement 5.28 Trade receivable
Cash flows are reported using the indirect method, where The Group follows ‘simplified approach’ for recognition
by profit / (loss) before tax is adjusted for the effects of of impairment loss allowance on trade receivables. The
transactions of non-cash nature and any deferrals or application of simplified approach does not require the
Group to track changes in credit risk. Rather, it recognises
accruals of past or future cash receipts or payments
impairment loss allowance based on lifetime ECLs at
For the purpose of the Statement of Cash Flows, cash and each reporting date, right from its initial recognition. The
cash equivalents as defined above, net of outstanding Group uses a provision matrix to determine impairment
bank overdrafts as they are considered an integral part of loss allowance on portfolio of its trade receivables. The
provision matrix is based on its historically observed
cash management of the Group.
default rates over the expected life of the trade receivables
5.27 Leases and is adjusted for forward-looking estimates. At every
reporting date, the historical observed default rates are
The determination of whether an arrangement is or
updated for changes in the forward-looking estimates.
contains a lease is based on the substance of the
6.
Goodwill recognised at the time of
arrangement at the inception of the lease. The
acquisition of other entities
arrangement is, or contains, a lease if fulfilment of the
This represents the goodwill recognised on the acquisition
arrangement is dependent on the use of a specific asset
of subsidiary - White Data Systems India Private Limited.
or assets and the arrangement conveys a right to use the The aggregate values of the same are not significant. The
asset or assets, even if that right is not explicitly specified Group believes that the carrying amount of the goodwill is
in an arrangement. recoverable.
210

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 7 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash on hand 4,997 2,528 3,627
Balances with banks
- In Current Accounts 35,075 21,244 21,238
- In Deposit Accounts - Original maturity 3 months or less 2,68,762 4,476 145
Cheques, drafts on hand 7,324 1,721 2,740
On other bank balances
- On client and exchange related accounts & other deposits 277 989 1,159
Total 3,16,435 30,958 28,909
Cash and cash equivalents 3,16,435 30,958 28,909
Less: Other bank balances 277 989 1,159
Cash and cash equivalents for cashflow purpose 3,16,158 29,969 27,750
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 8 BANK BALANCES OTHER THAN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
- In Deposit Accounts - Original maturity more than 3 months including interest accrued 1,521 3,481 3,006
- Non current bank balances 819 811
- In earmarked accounts:
- In Unpaid Dividend Accounts 68 55 46
- Deposits with Banks as collateral towards securitisation loan 51,995 59,872 67,397
- Other deposit Account on amalgamation of Cholamandalam Factoring Limited 8 8 8
Total 54,411 64,227 70,457
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Part I Notional Fair Fair Notional Fair Fair Notional Fair Fair
amounts Value Value amounts Value Value amounts Value Value
-Assets -Liabilites -Assets -Liabilites -Assets -Liabilites
NOTE : 9 DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS
(i) Other derivatives - Cross 2,26,150 8,869 840 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
Currency Interest Rate Swap
Total Derivative financial Instruments 2,26,150 8,869 840 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
Part II
Included in above (Part I) are
derivatives held for hedging and
risk management purposes as follows:
(i) Cash flow hedging:
Others - Cross currency 2,26,150 8,869 840 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
interest rate swap
Total Derivative financial 2,26,150 8,869 840 3,01,500 599 7,655 2,37,400 - 10,103
Instruments
The Group has a Board approved policy for entering into derivative transactions. Derivative transaction comprises of Currency and Interest
Rate Swaps. The Group undertakes such transactions for hedging borrowings. The Asset Liability Management Committee and Business
Committee periodically monitors and reviews the risks involved.
211

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 10 RECEIVABLES (Unsecured)
(i) Trade Receivables
Considered Good * 4,128 6,884 3,871
Doubtful
Subtotal (i) 4,128 6,884 3,871
(ii) Other Receivables
Considered Good * 3,908 5,577 4,504
Doubtful
Subtotal (ii) 3,908 5,577 4,504
Total (i)+(ii) 8,036 12,461 8,375
* Includes dues from related parties, Refer Note 38 (b)
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 11 LOANS (At amortised cost)
(A)
(i) Bills Discounted 8,841 13,509 14,717
(ii) Term loans 53,45,307 42,97,146 33,89,298
Total (A) - Gross 53,54,148 43,10,655 34,04,015
Less: Impairment Allowance for (i) & (ii) (93,071) (86,259) (82,576)
Total (A) - Net 52,61,077 42,24,396 33,21,439
(B)
(i) Secured by tangible assets 53,03,106 42,60,173 33,73,622
(ii) Secured by intangible assets - - -
(iii) Covered by Bank and Govt guarantees - - -
(iv) Unsecured 51,042 50,482 30,393
Total (B) - Gross 53,54,148 43,10,655 34,04,015
Less: Impairment Allowance (93,071) (86,259) (82,576)
Total (B) - Net 52,61,077 42,24,396 33,21,439
All loans are in India granted to individuals or entities other than public sector
Secured means exposures secured wholly or partly by hypothecation of automobile assets and / or pledge of securities and / or equitable
mortgage of property and/ or corporate guarantees or personal guarantees and/ or undertaking to create a security.
Term loans Includes unsecured short term loan to an associate. The same has been classified under Stage 1 Category as at 31st March 2019
and related impairment provision as per the Group's accounting policy has been created. The details of the same are disclosed below:
` in lakhs
Particulars As at
31.03.2019
Loan - Outstanding value
White Data System India Private Limited - Associate 340
Impairment provision
White Data System India Private Limited - Associate -
Note : 11.1 LOANS

An analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and corresponding ECL allowances in relations to loans
` in lakhs
Bill discounted
Opening as on April 1, 2018 10,316 850 2,343 13,509 26 62 1,270 1,358
Exposure de-recognised / matured / repaid (10,024) (780) (67) (10,871) (25) (57) (41) (123)
212

Note : 11.1 LOANS (Contd.)
An analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and corresponding ECL allowances in relations to loans ` in lakhs
Transfer to Stage 3 (296) (69) 365 - (1) (5) 6 -
Impact of changes on items within the 3 - (80) (77) - - 997 997
same stage
Term loans
Opening as on April 1, 2018 39,56,838 1,94,188 1,46,120 42,97,146 19,810 20,693 44,396 84,899
Exposure de-recognised / matured / repaid (15,26,840) (1,13,191) (55,853) (16,95,884) (1,841) (3,955) (6,074) (11,870)
Transfer to Stage 2 (1,71,530) 1,78,274 (6,744) - 2,298 (850) (1,448) -
Transfer to Stage 3 (44,907) (25,631) 70,538 - (250) (2,481) 2,731 -
Impact of changes on items within - - 4,144 4,144 (3,667) (1,457) 2,885 (2,239)
the same stage
Write off (9,024) (5,825) (17,692) (32,541) (729) (1,920) (11,289) (13,938)
Closing as on March 31, 2019 49,97,112 2,07,102 1,41,093 53,45,307 24,641 18,832 46,425 89,898
Bills Discounted
Opening as on April 01, 2017 13,098 297 1,322 14,717 31 27 227 285
Exposure de-recognised / matured / repaid (12,560) (64) (23) (12,647) (29) (6) - (35)
Transfer to Stage 3 (538) (233) 771 - - (21) 21 -
Impact of changes on items within - - - - - - - -
the same stage
Term loans
Opening as on April 01, 2017 29,71,109 2,39,716 1,78,473 33,89,298 11,098 19,598 51,595 82,291
Exposure de-recognised / matured / repaid (11,59,059) (1,13,408) (60,147) (13,32,614) (1,279) (3,603) (6,520) (11,402)
Transfer to Stage 2 (1,47,324) 1,59,990 (12,666) - (591) 3,366 (2,775) -
Transfer to Stage 3 (40,840) (29,456) 70,296 - 2,620 (181) (2,439) -
Impact of changes on items within - - 3,712 3,712 (444) (968) 6,691 5,279
the same stage
Write off (7,461) (6,740) (24,948) (39,149) (705) (1,646) (14,793) (17,144)
Closing as on March 31, 2018 39,56,838 1,94,188 1,46,120 42,97,146 19,810 20,693 44,396 84,899
ECL across stages have been computed on collective basis.
213

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 12 INVESTMENTS
Investment in Equity Instruments
a) Unquoted - FVOCI*
Amaravathi Sri Venkatesa Paper Mills Limited - - 129
Saraswat Co-operative Bank Limited - - -
T he Shamrao Vithal Co-operative Bank Limited - - -
Chola Insurance Services Private Ltd. 2 2 2
19,133 Equity shares of ₹10 each fully paid up
Fearing Capital India Evolving Fund 516 588 657
39,350 Equity shares of ₹10 each fully paid up
b) Quoted - FVOCI
Bombay Stock Exchange Limited 398 492 635
Madras Enterprises Limited - - -
Coromandel Engineering Co. Ltd 715 1,190 971
Total 1,631 2,272 2,394
All Investments represented above are made in India.
* The Group has designated certain unquoted investments as FVOCI on the basis that these are not held for trading.
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 13 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSET
At amortised cost
Security Deposits 3,298 3,541 2,567
Other Deposits - 39 1
Interest Only Strip receivable 9,062 4,107 9,735
Other advances 1,536 2,563 2,435
13,896 10,250 14,738
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 14 DEFERRED TAX
Deferred Tax Assets
Impairment on financial instrument 32,430 28,700 27,938
Provision for Contingencies and undrawn commitments 1,379 1,389 1,302
Provision for Claw back 5 - 2
Provision for Compensated Absences and Gratuity 1,280 920 893
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Assets 9,761 6,207 5,588
Contract Liability as per IND AS 115 995 995 -
Difference between Depreciation as per Books of Account and the Income Tax Act, 1961. 671 786 480
Carry forward of tax losses 299 - -
MAT credit entitlement 327 363 236
Others 376 277 235
(A) 47,523 39,637 36,674
214

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 14 DEFERRED TAX (Contd.)
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Liabilities 856 1,184 1,516
Difference between Depreciation as per Books of Account and the Income Tax Act, 1961. - 11 4
Gain on de-recognition of loans - 1,404 3,370
Other Comprehensive income 655 457 53
(B) 1,511 3,056 4,943
Net Deferred Tax Assets (A) - (B) 46,012 36,581 31,731
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018
Income OCI Income OCI
Statement Statement
Deferred Tax Assets
Impairment on financial instrument 3,730 - 762 -
Provision for Contingencies and undrawn commitments (10) - 87 -
Provision for Claw back 5 - (2) -
Provision for Compensated Absences and Gratuity 360 - 27 -
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Assets 3,554 - 619 -
Contract Liability as per IND AS 115 - - 995 -
Difference between Depreciation as per (115) - 306 -
Books of Account and the Income Tax Act, 1961.
Re-measurement gains / (losses) on defined benefit plans (Net) - 245 - (22)
Carry forward of tax losses 299 - - -
Others 99 - 42 -
(A) 7,922 245 2,836 (22)
Impact of Effective interest rate adjustment on Financial Liabilities (328) - (332) -
Difference between Depreciation as per Books of Account and (11) - 7 -
the Income Tax Act, 1961.
Gain on de-recognition of loans (1,404) - (1,966) -
Net (Loss)/gain on equity instrument designated at FVOCI - - - 3
Cashflow Hedge Reserve - 437 - 384
(B) (1,743) 437 (2,291) 387
Net Deferred Tax Assets (A) - (B) 9,665 (192) 5,127 (409)
215

` in lakhs
Particulars Total
Note : 15 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES
Deemed cost as at April 01, 2017 5
Additions -
Disposals -
Additions* 42
Disposals -
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
Balance as at April 01, 2017
Net Carrying amount
As at April 01, 2017 5
As at March 31, 2018 5
As at March 31, 2019 47
Note: The Group has elected to continue with the carrying value for all of its property as recognised in the financial statements as at
the date of transition to Ind AS i.e. 1st April, 2017, measured as per the previous GAAP and use that as its deemed cost as at the date of
transition. The carrying value as at 1st April, 2017 amounting to ` 5 lakhs of Investment property represents gross cost of ` 12 lakhs net of
accumulated depreciation of ` 7 lakhs as at 31st March, 2017.
*Additions represents transfer from Property plant and Equipment.
The Group's investment property consists of 3 properties as at 31st March, 2019. Group has let one property as of 31st March, 2019.
i) Income earned and expense incurred in connection with Investment Property

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Rental Income 29 28
Direct Operating expense from property that generated rental income 1 1
Direct Operating expense from property that did not generated rental income - -
ii) Contractual obligations

There are no contractual obligations to purchase, construct or develop investment property.
iii) Leasing Arrangements

Certain investment properties are leased out to tenants under cancellable operating lease.
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
iv) Fair Value
Investment Property 287 279 271
216

Note : 15 INVESTMENT PROPERTIES (Contd.)
Particulars Valuation Significant Range Sensitivity of Fair value Sensitivity
technique unobservable (Weighted avg) the input to ` in lakhs
inputs fair value
v) Sensitivity analysis
Investment Property Professional Price per `7,000 - `13,000 5% sensitivity 287 14
As at March 31 2019 valuer Sq. feet per Sq. feet 2018-19 -
Rate per Sq. ft -
5%, `14.35 Lakhs
Rate per Sq. ft -
5%, `13.95 Lakhs
Rate per Sq. ft -
5%, `13.55 Lakhs
` in lakhs
Particulars Freehold Buildings Computer Office Furniture Leasehold Vehicles Total
Land (Refer Note Equipment Equipment and Improvements Tangible
below)* Fixtures Asset
Note : 16 PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Deemed cost as at April 01, 2017 3,956 2,575 2,053 872 587 1,130 792 11,965
Additions - - 1,963 791 805 1,810 647 6,016
Disposals - - 238 25 17 31 354 665
March 31, 2018
Additions - - 1,997 567 484 801 592 4,441
Disposals - 42 152 63 64 122 401 844
March 31, 2019
Accumulated depreciation /
amortisation and impairment
Balance as at April 01, 2017 - - - - - - - -
Depreciation for the year - 48 1,506 481 662 727 269 3,693
Balance as at March 31, 2018 - 48 1,283 464 646 696 38 3,175
Depreciation for the year 48 1,757 465 480 757 327 3,834
Balance as at March 31, 2019 - 96 2,963 886 1,069 1,345 90 6,449
Net Carrying amount
As at April 01, 2017 3,956 2,575 2,053 872 587 1,130 792 11,965
As at March 31, 2018 3,956 2,527 2,495 1,174 729 2,213 1,047 14,141
As at March 31, 2019 3,956 2,437 2,660 1,256 726 2,243 1,186 14,464
Useful Life of the asset (In Years) 60 3 5 5 5 5
Method of depreciation Straightline method
Note
The Group has elected to continue with the carrying value for all of its property, plant and equipment as recognised in the financial
statements as at the date of transition to Ind AS i.e. 1st April, 2017, measured as per the previous GAAP and use that as its deemed cost as
at the date of transition. The carrying value as at April 01, 2017 amounting to ` 11,964 lakhs of Property, plant and equipment represents
gross cost of ` 23,919 lakhs net of accumulated depreciation of ` 11,955 lakhs as at 31st March, 2017.
Details of Immovable properties of land and buildings whose title deeds have been pledged in favour of Trustees for the benefit of
debenture holders as security has been explained in Note 19.1
* Disposal represents transfer to Investment property.
217

` in lakhs
Particulars Computer Software
Note : 17 INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Deemed cost as at April 01, 2017 2,308
Additions 1,297
Disposals 9
Additions 1,992
Disposals 111
Accumulated Amortization and impairment
Balance as at April 01, 2017 -
Net Carrying amount
As at April 01, 2017 2,308
As at March 31, 2018 2,203
As at March 31, 2019 2,220
The group has elected to continue with the carrying value for all of its intangible assets as recognised in the financial statement as at
the date of transition to Ind AS i.e 1st April, 2017, measured as per the previous GAAP and use that as its deemed cost as at the date of
transition. The carrying value as at 1st April, 2017 amounting to ` 2,308 lakhs of intangible assets represents gross cost of ` 6,811 lakhs net
of accumulated depreciation of ` 4,503 lakhs as at 31st March, 2017.
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 18 OTHER NON FINANCIAL ASSETS
Prepaid expenses 1,195 1,171 820
Capital Advances 224 128 535
Deposits with others - 29 16
Balance with Government authorities - 48 23
Other assets 398 46 374
1,817 1,422 1,768
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 19 DEBT SECURITIES (at amortised cost)
Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures Medium-Term - Secured 10,54,445 12,07,379 10,90,391
Commercial Papers - Unsecured 3,63,986 2,30,016 2,56,703
14,18,431 14,37,395 13,47,094
All debt securities in india
19.1 Security
(i) Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Medium-term is secured by way of specific charge on assets under hypothecation
relating to Vehicle Finance, Home Equity, Bills discounted and other loans and pari passu charge on immovable property situated at
Ahmedabad and Chennai.
(ii) The Group has not defaulted in the repayment of dues to its lenders.
218

19.1 Security (Contd.)
(iii) Details of repayment such as date of repayment, interest rate and amount to be paid have been disclosed in note 19.2 based on
the Contractual terms basis.
19.2 Details of Debentures

(i) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at par - No put call option

redemption
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Nov-26 8.55
1,500 10,00,000 15,000 - Apr-24 8.65
3,523 10,00,000 35,230 - Sep-23 8.80
1,500 10,00,000 15,000 15,000 Nov-22 8.00
3,523 10,00,000 35,230 - Sep-22 8.70
1,050 10,00,000 10,500 500 Mar-22 8.35 to 9.06
3,523 10,00,000 35,230 - Sep-21 8.45
2,550 10,00,000 25,500 - Jul-21 8.97 to 9.06
2,000 10,00,000 20,000 20,000 Jun-21 8.52
4,770 10,00,000 47,700 47,700 Apr-21 8.09
600 10,00,000 6,000 - Feb-21 9.09
4,650 10,00,000 46,500 19,500 Dec-20 8.00 to 9.15
1,750 10,00,000 17,500 17,500 Oct-20 7.75
2,200 10,00,000 22,000 15,000 Jun-20 8.10 to 9.10
4,800 10,00,000 48,000 8,000 May-20 8.12 to 8.90
800 10,00,000 8,000 8,000 Apr-20 8.10 to 9.02
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Mar-20 9.02
9,850 10,00,000 98,500 40,000 Feb-20 8.02 to 8.85
5,500 10,00,000 55,000 55,000 Dec-19 7.97
2,750 10,00,000 27,500 27,500 Nov-19 8.10 to 9.10
5,750 10,00,000 57,500 57,500 Oct-19 8.05 to 8.20
5,850 10,00,000 58,500 83,500 Sep-19 8.06 to 8.46
2,250 10,00,000 22,500 22,500 Aug-19 7.50 to 9.90
7,300 10,00,000 73,000 73,000 Jul-19 7.80 to 9.90
2,750 10,00,000 27,500 27,500 Jun-19 9.13 to 9.90
6,750 10,00,000 67,500 67,500 May-19 8.03 to 9.20
1,100 10,00,000 11,000 11,000 Apr-19 8.00 to 9.20
8,800 10,00,000 - 88,000 Mar-19 7.65 to 9.20
5,200 10,00,000 - 52,000 Feb-19 7.96 to 8.05
2,000 10,00,000 - 20,000 Dec-18 8.20
2,350 10,00,000 - 23,500 Nov-18 7.80 to 10.35
6,400 10,00,000 - 64,000 Sep-18 8.27 to 11.00
500 10,00,000 - 5,000 Aug-18 9.03
5,450 10,00,000 - 54,500 Jun-18 8.95 to 9.13
11,430 10,00,000 - 1,14,300 May-18 8.96 to 10.13
400 10,00,000 - 4,000 Apr-18 9.94 to 9.95
8,93,390 10,49,000
219

Note : 19 DEBT SECURITIES (at amortised cost) (Contd.)
(ii) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at premium - No put call option
` in lakhs
o. of Debentures
N Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Redemption Premium ₹
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
1100 10,00,000 11,000 - May-21 12,94,211 2,94,211
1000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 Mar-21 12,76,583 2,76,583
2050 10,00,000 20,500 20,500 May-20 12,63,916 2,63,916
190 10,00,000 1,900 1,900 Apr-20 12,56,100 2,56,100
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Apr-20 13,54,976 3,54,976
800 10,00,000 8,000 8,000 Apr-20 12,74,682 2,74,682
750 10,00,000 7,500 7,500 Sep-19 12,66,148 2,66,148
80 10,00,000 800 800 Jul-19 12,98,729 2,98,729
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Jul-19 13,63,101 3,63,101
80 10,00,000 800 800 Apr-19 13,08,150 3,08,150
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Apr-19 13,13,730 3,13,730
250 10,00,000 - 2,500 Mar-19 16,23,240 6,23,240
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 Mar-19 16,19,345 6,19,345
160 10,00,000 - 1,600 Feb-19 16,35,566 6,35,566
580 10,00,000 - 5,800 Nov-18 13,57,496 3,57,496
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 Jul-18 13,02,320 3,02,320
150 10,00,000 - 1,500 Jul-18 12,59,970 2,59,970
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 May-18 15,80,260 5,80,260
250 10,00,000 - 2,500 Apr-18 13,01,077 3,01,077
60 10,00,000 - 600 Apr-18 12,95,193 2,95,193
73,000 79,500
(iii) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at par - with Put option
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Put option Rate of
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
15 10,00,000 150 - Mar-21 Feb-20 8.85
10 10,00,000 100 - Aug-23 Jul-21 9.06
500 10,00,000 - 5,000 Mar-19 Feb-18 8.90
2500 10,00,000 - 25,000 Sep-19 Sep-18 8.20
250 30,000
(iv) Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Redeemable at par - with Call option
No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Call option Rate of
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
3,250 10,00,000 32,500 32,500 Aug-19 Aug-18 7.85
32,500 32,500
220

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 20 BORROWINGS (Other than Debt Securities) at amortised cost
a) Term Loans
i) a) From Banks - Secured
Rupee Loans 21,62,592 9,44,428 5,40,414
Foreign currency Loans 2,00,467 2,96,830 2,30,346
External Commercial Borrowings 34,629 - -
i) b) From Banks - Unsecured
Rupee Loans 50,000 42,000 -
ii) From Other Parties - Secured
Financial Institutions - Rupee Loans 93,481 75,000 -
Securitisation - Rupee Loans 5,49,261 5,62,244 5,37,364
b) Loan repayable on demand - Secured from Banks - Rupee Loans 1,21,945 96,134 66,314
32,12,375 20,16,636 13,74,438
Borrowings within India 31,77,746 20,16,636 13,74,438

Borrowings Outside India 34,629 - -
20.1 Security
(i) Secured term loans from banks and financial institution are secured by way of specific /pari passu charge on assets under
hypothecation relating to automobile financing and loans against immovable property.
(ii) Loan repayable on demand is in the nature of Cash Credit from banks are secured by way of floating charge on assets under
hypothecation and other assets.
(iii) The Group has not defaulted in the repayment of dues to its lenders.
(iv) Securitisation borrowings represents the net outstanding value (Net of Investment in Pass-through Certificates) of the sale
proceeds received by the Group from securitisation trust in respect of loan assets transferred by the Group pursuant to Deed
of Assignment. The Group has provided Credit enhancement to the trust by way of cash collateral and Bank guarantee. Refer
note 35(1) for further details.
(v) Details of repayment such as date of repayment, interest rate and amount to be paid have been disclosed in note 20.2 based on
the Contractual terms basis.
20.2 Details of term loans - Contractual principal repayment value
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Base Rate / MCLR < 1year 1 21,000 22,867
3 12,000 -
4 20,000 8,000
1 - 2 years 1 60,000 56,000
2 - 10,000
4 60,000 20,000
5 - 30,000
2 - 3 years 1 40,000 60,000
3 15,000 -
4 - 70,000
3 - 4 years 6 1,00,000 20,000
16 25,000 -
4 - 5 years 6 80,000 1,00,000
16 - 25,000
221

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Base Rate/ MCLR + spread (0.05% to 0.92%) < 1year 1 52,000 85,000
2 - 18,000
1 - 2 years 1 3,10,000 -
4 50,000 -
2 - 3 years 1 5,20,000 3,00,000
4 1,00,000 15,000
8 1,00,000 -
3 - 4 years 1 1,00,000 -
4- 5 years 10 1,00,000 -
20 3,00,000 -
Rate based on T Bill + Spread < 1 year 1 5,000 -
1 - 2 years 1 20,000 10,000
3 3,000 -
5 8,334 -
2 - 3 years 1 - 20,000
3 - 4,500
3 - 4 years 3 28,200 -
4 - 5 years 3 - 28,200
4 - 10,000
Fixed Rate < 1year 1 74,000 30,000
1 - 2 years 1 - 23,439
2 - 3 years 10 30,000 -
3 - 4 years 16 63,000
4 - 5 years 1 - 75000
3 Months Repo 2 - 3 years 1 30,000 -
Total 23,56,534 10,41,006
USD 2Y MIBOR + Spread 1-2 years 1 4,000 -
USD 3M LIBOR + Spread < 1year 1 - 28,879
4 - 30,065
1-2 years 1 - 27,559
5 20,000 -
2-3 years 5 - 20,304
USD 6M LIBOR + Spread < 1year 1 1,47,500 48,714
1-2 years 1 - 1,17,177
2-3 years 1 34,650 -
Total 2,06,150 2,72,698
222

Details of Securitised loan
` in lakhs
Rate of Interest Maturity Amount outstanding*
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Less than 1 year 1,90,854 1,76,435
Fixed 1-2 year 1,26,195 1,20,697
(6.1% to 8.5%) 2-3 year 56,971 53,672
3-4 year 13,886 15,188
4-5 year 6,506 7,949
Total 4,21,112 4,12,839
Less than 1 year 11,287 12,170
Floating 1-2 year 11,921 13,083
Base Rate/ MCLR - spread 2-3 year 12,280 13,926
(0.75% to 2.65%) 3-4 year 12,060 14,320
4-5 year 12,319 14,072
Total 1,26,653 1,44,869
* Represents amounts to be paid to the securitisation trust as per the securitisation cash flows net of amounts to be received
Investment PTC.
20.3 Loan repayable on demand represents cash credit and overdraft facilities ` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 21 SUBORDINATED LIABILITIES (at amortised cost)
Perpetual Debt - Unsecured 1,44,179 1,17,625 1,11,937
Subordinated Debt - Unsecured 2,81,689 2,61,378 1,82,694
4,25,868 3,79,003 2,94,631
All Suborindated liabilities have been contracted in India.

The Group has not defaulted in the repayment of dues to its lenders.
Details of repayment such as date of repayment, interest rate and amount to be paid have been disclosed in note 21.1 based on the
21.1 Details of Subordinated Liabilities - Contractual principal repayment value

(i) Unsecured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Subordinated debt - Redeemable at par - No put call option
redemption
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
3000 10,00,000 30,000 - Aug-28 9.75
5300 10,00,000 53,000 31,500 Mar-28 9.05
1500 10,00,000 15,000 15,000 Aug-27 8.53
2500 10,00,000 25,000 25,000 Jun-27 8.78 to 8.80
100 10,00,000 1,000 1,000 Nov-26 9.20
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Jun-24 11.00
50 10,00,000 500 500 May-24 11.00
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Apr-24 11.00
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Mar-24 11.00
200 10,00,000 2,000 2,000 Feb-24 11.00
250 10,00,000 2,500 2,500 Jan-24 11.00
2000 10,00,000 20,000 20,000 Nov-23 9.08 to 9.20
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Oct-23 9.08
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Sep-23 11.00
600 10,00,000 6,000 6,000 Dec-22 11.05 to 11.25
3,150 10,00,000 31,500 31,500 Nov-21 10.02
1,000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 Jun-21 11.30
223

21.1 Details of Subordinated Liabilities - Contractual principal repayment value (Contd.)

redemption
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
1,000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 May-21 11.30
100 10,00,000 1,000 1,000 Mar-21 11.00
100 10,00,000 1,000 1,000 Feb-21 11.00
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Oct-20 11.00
500 10,00,000 5,000 5,000 Jul-20 10.70
115 10,00,000 1,150 1,150 May-20 11.00
1,000 10,00,000 10,000 10,000 Apr-20 11.00
750 10,00,000 7,500 7,500 Dec-19 11.50
700 10,00,000 7,000 7,000 Jun-19 11.40
1,500 10,00,000 15,000 15,000 May-19 11.70 to 11.75
100 10,00,000 - 1,000 Nov-18 10.55
250 10,00,000 - 2,500 Sep-18 11.25
895 10,00,000 - 8,950 Aug-18 12.25
620 10,00,000 - 6,200 Jun-18 10.55 to 12.25
2,68,650 2,35,800
(ii) Unsecured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Subordinated debt -Redeemable at premium - No put call option
o. of Debentures
N Face Value ₹ Balance as at Due date of Redemption Premium ₹
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
150 10,00,000 1,500 1,500 Nov-23 17,57,947 7,57,947
(iii) Unsecured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures - Perpetual debt

No. of Debentures Face Value ₹ Balance as at Maturity Date Rate of interest %
- Perpetual (increase by 100 bps
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 # if call option is not
₹ in lakhs ₹ in lakhs exercised on the due date)
1120 5,00,000 5,600 - Mar-29 10.83
5000 5,00,000 25,000 - Feb-29 10.88
500 5,00,000 2,500 2,500 Aug-24 12.80
174 10,00,000 1,740 1,740 Jul-24 12.90
500 5,00,000 2,500 2,500 Jun-24 12.90
500 5,00,000 2,500 2,500 Feb-24 12.90
50 10,00,000 500 500 Jan-24 12.60
1,031 10,00,000 10,310 10,310 Dec-23 12.50 to 12.60
245 10,00,000 2,450 2,450 Oct-23 12.60
1,000 5,00,000 5,000 5,000 Oct-23 12.90
300 10,00,000 3,000 3,000 Feb-23 12.80
1,450 10,00,000 14,500 14,500 Dec-22 12.70 to 12.80
860 5,00,000 4,300 4,300 Sep-22 12.75
2,000 5,00,000 10,000 10,000 Aug-22 12.90
200 5,00,000 1,000 1,000 Mar-22 12.50
700 5,00,000 3,500 3,500 Jan-22 12.50
3,500 5,00,000 17,500 17,500 Dec-21 12.50 to 12.95
320 5,00,000 1,600 1,600 Aug-21 12.50
413 5,00,000 2,065 2,065 Jul-21 12.50
2,021 5,00,000 10,105 10,105 Jun-21 12.50
3,000 5,00,000 15,000 15,000 Oct-20 12.05
1,40,670 1,10,070
# Group can redeem using Call Option on the maturity date with prior approval of RBI.
224

` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 22 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Unpaid Dividend 68 55 46
Advances from customers 1,991 1,366 2,299
Security Deposits received 221 212 345
Collections towards derecognised assets pending remittances 4,607 6,901 8,124
Other liabilities 14,789 11,872 9,586
21,676 20,406 20,400
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 23 PROVISIONS
Provision for Employee Benefits
- Compensated Absences 3,578 2,570 1,531
3,578 2,570 1,531
Other Provisions (Refer Note 40)
Provision for Contingencies and Service Tax claims 3,837 3,814 3,747
Provision for undrawn commitments 51 12 10
3,888 3,826 3,757
7,466 6,396 5,288
` in lakhs
As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 24 OTHER NON FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
Deferred Rent 834 663 396
Income received in advance 2,303 2,965 158
Statutory Liabilities 2,308 1,501 156
Other Liabilities - 25 38
5,445 5,154 748
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Note : 25 EQUITY SHARE CAPITAL
AUTHORISED
Preference Shares of ₹ 100 each 5,00,00,000 50,000 5,00,00,000 50,000 5,00,00,000 50,000
74,000 74,000 74,000
ISSUED
15,650 15,647 15,641
SUBSCRIBED AND FULLY PAID UP
Add : Forfeited Shares 1,30,900 6 1,30,900 7 1,30,900 7
15,642 15,640 15,635
225

a) Reconciliation of number of shares and amount outstanding at the beginning and at the end of the year:
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Equity Shares
At the beginning of the year 15,63,31,371 15,633 15,62,77,533 15,628 15,61,45,644 15,615
Issued during the year - 27,742 3 53,838 5 1,31,889 13
Employees Stock Option (ESOP) Scheme
Outstanding at the end of the year 15,63,59,113 15,636 15,63,31,371 15,633 15,62,77,533 15,628
Forfeited shares
Equity Shares - Amount originally paid up 1,30,900 7 1,30,900 7 1,30,900 7
Terms/rights attached to Equity shares

The company has only one class of equity shares having a par value of ₹ 10 per share. All these shares have the same rights and
preferences with respect to payment of dividend, repayment of capital and voting. The dividend proposed by the Board of Directors
is subject to the approval of the shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting except for interim dividend.
Repayment of capital will be in proportion to the number of equity shares held.
b) Equity Shares held by Holding Company

As at As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 7,25,33,019 7,22,33,019 7,22,33,019
(formerly known as "TI Financial Holdings Limited") - Holding Company
c) Details of shareholding more than 5% shares in the Company ` in lakhs

As at 31.03.2019 As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Nos. % holding Nos. % holding Nos. % holding
in the class in the class in the class
Equity Shares
Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 7,25,33,019 46.39 7,22,33,019 46.22 7,22,33,019 46.22
- Holding Company
As per records of the company, including its register of shareholders/members and other declarations received from shareholders
regarding beneficial interest, the above shareholding represents both legal and beneficial ownership of shares.
d) Shares reserved for issue under options
Refer Note 44 for details of shares reserved for issue under options.
` in lakhs
As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 26 OTHER EQUITY
Statutory Reserve (Refer Note a)
Closing balance at the end of the year 1,06,046 82,046
Capital Reserve (Refer Note b)
Closing balance at the end of the year 4 4
Capital Redemption Reserve (Refer Note c)
226

` in lakhs
As at As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 26 OTHER EQUITY (Contd.)
Securities Premium Account (Refer Note d)
Add: Premium on ESOPs exercised 170 259
General Reserve (Refer Note e)
Share Based Payments Reserve (Refer Note f)
Balance at the beginning of the year 1,046 184
Addition during the year 815 862
Retained Earnings (Refer Note g)
Profit for the year 1,19,806 91,930
Less:
Dividend
Equity - Final (₹ 2 per share - March 31, 2018, ₹ 2 per share - March 31, 2017) (3,127) (3,126)
Equity - Interim (₹ 4.5 per share - March 31, 2019, ₹ 4.5 per share - March 31, 2018) (7,036) (7,034)
Distribution tax on Equity Dividend (2,089) (2,068)
Transfer to Statutory Reserve (24,000) (20,000)
Transfer to General Reserve (60,000) (50,000)
Re-measurement Gain / (Loss) on Defined Benefit Obligation (Net) transferred to (466) 52
Retained Earnings
Cashflow hedge reserve (Refer Note h)
Balance at the beginning of the year (2,077) (2,793)
Addition 869 716
Closing balance at the end of the year (1,208) (2,077)
FVOCI Reserve (Refer Note i)
Addition (619) 521
Deduction - (517)
Closing balance at the end of the year 561 1,180
Share Application Money pending Allotment at the end of the year - -
Total Other Equity 6,05,229 4,96,906
a) S tatutory reserve represents the reserve created as per Section 45IC of the RBI Act, 1934, pursuant to which a Non-Banking Financial
Company shall create a reserve fund and transfer therein a sum not less than twenty per cent of its net profit every year as disclosed
in the Statement of Profit and Loss account, before any dividend is declared.
b) Capital reserve represents the reserve created on account of amalgamation of Cholamandalam Factoring Limited in the year 2013-14.
c) Capital redemption reserve represents the amount equal to the nominal value of shares that were redeemed during the prior years.
The reserve can be utilized only for limited purposes such as issuance of bonus shares in accordance with the provisions of the
Companies Act, 2013
d) Securities premium reserve is used to record the premium on issue of shares. The premium received during the year represents the
premium received towards allotment of 27,742 shares. The reserve can be utilized only for limited purposes such as issuance of bonus
shares, buy back of its own shares and securities in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act, 2013.
e) The general reserve is a free reserve, retained from Group’s profits and can be utilized upon fulfilling certain conditions in accordance
with statute of the relevant Act.
227

f ) Under IND AS 102, fair value of the options granted is required to be accounted as expense over the life of the vesting period as
employee compensation costs, reflecting the period of receipt of service. Stock options granted but not vested as on the transition
date were valued for expired period, calculated from the grant date till date of transition, and were credited to Share Based Payment
reserve.
g) The amount that can be distributed by the Company as dividends to its equity shareholders is determined based on the financial
position of the Group and also considering the requirements of the Companies Act, 2013. Thus, the amounts reported above are not
distributable in entirety.
h) Cash flow hedge reserve represents the cumulative effective portion of gains or losses arising on changes in fair value of hedging
instruments entered into for cash flow hedges, which shall be reclassified to profit or loss only when the hedged transaction affects
the profit or loss, or included as a basis adjustment to the non-financial hedged item, consistent with the Group accounting policies.
i) FVOCI Reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses arising on the revaluation of equity instruments measured at fair value
through Other Comprehensive Income.
Proposed dividend
The Board of Directors of the company have recommended a final dividend of 20% being ₹ 2 per share on the equity shares of the
Company, for the year ended 31st March, 2019 ( ₹ 2 per share - 31st March, 2018) which is subject to approval of shareholders. Consequently
the proposed dividend has not been recorded in the books in accordance with IND AS 10.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 27 REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS
Note: 27A
(i) Interest - on financial assets measured at amortised cost
(a) Loans
- Bills Discounting 1,027 1,573
- Term Loans 6,47,525 5,16,838
(b) Bank Deposits
- Bank Deposits under lien 4,384 4,950
- Other Bank Deposits free of lien 3,660 76
Total (A) 6,56,596 5,23,437
Note: 27B
i) Fee & Commission income *
- Term loans 24,727 17,931
Total (B) 24,727 17,931
*Services are transferred at a point in time
Note: 27C
Net gain on fair value changes on FVTPL - Realised
Income from mutual funds 6,334 1,004
Total (C) 6,334 1,004
Note: 27D
(i) Sale of Services (Refer note below)
(a) Servicing and Collection fee on Assignment 242 288
(b) Other Servicing Income 8,800 7,694
(c) Freight Income 3,393 5,513
Total (D) 12,435 13,495
Note: Timing of revenue recognition
Services transferred at a point in time 8,194 7,491
Services transferred over a time 606 203
Total 8,800 7,694
228

Note : 27 REVENUE FROM OPERATIONS (Contd.)
Details related to services transferred over a time.
a) Contract balances ` in lakhs
Particulars As at 31.03 2019 As at 31.03.2018
Contract Liabilities 2,241 2,847
Contract liability relates to payments received in advance of performance under the contract. Contract liabilities are recognised as
revenue as (or when) we perform under the contract.
b) Movement in Contract liability during the period as follows
Particulars 2018-19 2017-18
Contract liability at the beginning of the year 2,847 -
Revenue Recognised during the period 606 203
Contract liability at the end of the year 2,241 2,847
c) Particulars 2018-19 2017-18
Total Revenue from contracts with Customer 37,162 31,426
d) Due to Group’s nature of business and the type of contracts entered with the customers, the Company does not have any difference
between the amount of revenue recognized in the statement of profit and loss and the contracted price.
e) Impairment recognised for Contract asset is Nil (Nil - March 31, 2018)
f ) Performance Obligation:
Servicing and Collection fee on Assignment: to collect the receivable from the customer and transfer the same to the assignee
representative.
Other Servicing Income: To provide required details to the customer and enable space for advertising at the branches.
g) There are no significant return / refund / other obligations for any of the above mentioned services.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 28 OTHER INCOME
Dividend Income from long-term investments 23 18
Gain on loss of control in Subsidiary 2,029 -
Other Non-operating Income
Rent 29 26
Miscellaneous Income 40 16
2,121 60
Rent received are from cancellable operating lease for office space 29 26
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 29 FINANCE COSTS
Interest on financial liabilities measured at amortised cost
- Debt Securities 1,36,560 1,71,632
- Borrowings Other than Debt securities 1,89,283 70,004
- Subordinated Liabilities 31,588 21,515
Others
- Bank charges 1,383 2,517
3,58,814 2,65,668
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 30 IMPAIRMENT ON FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Loss Assets Written Off (Net) -Loans 4,366 9,697
Loss on disposal of Re-possessed assets 19,882 17,474
Impairment provision- Loans - measured at amortised cost 6,886 3,670
31,134 30,841
229

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 31 EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSES
Salaries, Bonus and Commission 54,782 49,029
Contribution to Provident and Other Funds
- Employees' Provident Fund 2,257 1,894
- Superannuation Fund 256 199
Share based employee payments 811 862
Gratuity Expense 689 646
Staff Welfare Expenses 1,673 2,451
60,468 55,081
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 32 OTHER EXPENDITURE
Rent and facility charges 5,349 4,888
Rates and Taxes 755 2,456
Energy cost 1,216 1,131
Repairs and Maintenance 319 229
Communication Costs 2,557 2,301
Business development expense 34 43
Brokerage 177 296
Deputation charges 3,575 -
Freight charges 3,369 5,240
Printing and Stationery 1,255 1,173
Advertisement and publicity Expenses 1,600 863
Directors Fees, allowances and expenses 69 49
Auditors' Remuneration 81 122
Legal and Professional Charges 4,710 3,664
Insurance 1,192 934
Travelling and Conveyance 4,672 6,320
Information Technology Expenses 2,581 3,065
Loss on Sale of Property, Plant and Equipment (Net) 17 11
Recovery Charges 20,294 16,730
Corporate Social Responsibility Expenditure (Refer Note 32.3 below) 2,318 1,769
Outsource cost 15,294 7,884
Miscellaneous Expenses 430 239
71,864 59,407
Less : Expenses Recovered (249) (236)
71,615 59,171
32.1 Cancellable operating lease entered for office space 4,617 4,259
32.2 Miscellaneous Expenses includes:
Donations 50 -
32.3 Details of CSR expenditure
Gross amount required to be spent towards CSR u/s 135 (5) of Companies Act , 2013 2,317 1,768
Amount spent during the year
a) Construction / acquisition of asset - -
b) Others 2,318 1,769
230

Note : 33
a) Share application money pending allotment as at 31st March, 2017 represents amount received towards 10,261 Equity shares of the
Company pursuant to ESOP scheme and have been subsequently allotted.
b) Earnings Per Share

31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Profit After Tax (₹ ‘lakhs) 1,19,691 91,770
Preference Dividend Paid (including tax thereon) (₹ ‘lakhs) - -
Profit After Tax Attributable to Equity Shareholders (₹ ‘lakhs) 1,19,691 91,770
Weighted Average Number of Equity Shares (Basic) 15,63,46,240 15,62,99,308
Add: Dilutive effect relating to ESOP/CCPS 1,15,599 1,54,853
Weighted Average Number of Equity Shares (Diluted) 15,64,61,839 15,64,54,161
Earnings per Share - Basic (₹) 76.56 58.71
Earnings per Share - Diluted (₹) 76.50 58.66
Face Value Per Share (₹) 10.00 10.00
Note:
Earnings per Share calculations are done in accordance with Ind AS 33 "Earnings per Share".
c) Income tax reconciliation

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Accounting profit before tax from continuing operations 1,83,153 1,40,081
Income tax rate of 34.944% (March 31, 2018: 34.608%) 64,000 48,479
Effects of:
Impact of difference in tax base for Donation & CSR expense 461 420
Share based payment expense - No deduction claimed under tax 279 293
Impact of Deduction u/s 35(1)(ii) (189) -
Deduction u/s 80JJA (360) (357)
Other adjustments (732) (154)
Effect of enacted tax rate on Deferred tax - (370)
Income tax expense reported in statement of Profit and Loss 63,459 48,311
The effective income tax rate for 31st March, 2019 is 34.944% (31st March, 2018: 34.608%).
Note : 34 TRANSFER OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
34.1 Transferred financial assets that are not derecognised in their entirety
The following tables provide a summary of financial assets that have been transferred in such a way that part or all of the transferred
financial assets do not qualify for derecognition, together with the associated liabilities:
A) Securitisation
The Group has Securitised certain loans, however the Group has not transferred substantially all risks and rewards, hence these assets
have not been de-recognised in its entirety.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Securitisations
Carrying amount of transferred assets measured at amortised cost (Held as collateral) 5,64,273 5,65,367 5,32,084
Carrying amount of associated liabilities (Debt securities - measured at amortised cost) 5,49,261 5,62,244 5,37,364
Fair value of assets 5,87,198 5,92,874 5,56,963
Fair value of associated liabilities 5,47,398 5,73,248 5,33,087
Net position at Fair Value 39,800 19,626 23,876
231

B) Direct bilateral assignment
The Group has sold some loans (measured at amortised cost) by way of direct bilateral assignment, as a source of finance.
As per the terms of these deals, since substantial risk and rewards related to these assets were transferred to the extent of 90% of the
assets transferred to the buyer, the assets have been de-recognised from the Group’s balance sheet.
The table below summarises the carrying amount of the derecognised financial assets measured at amortised cost and the gain/(loss) on
derecognition, per type of asset.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Assignment
Carrying amount of de-recognised financial asset 1,67,117 67,091 1,02,950
Carrying amount of Retained Assets at amortised cost 19,020 8,648 12,467
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Assignment
Gain on sale of the de-recognised financial asset 8,670 -
34.2 Transferred financial assets that are derecognised in their entirety but where the Group has continuing involvement
The Group has not transferred any assets that are derecognised in their entirety where the Group continues to have continuing
involvement.
Note : 35 MICRO, SMALL & MEDIUM ENTERPRISES

Based on and to the extent of the information received by the Group from the suppliers during the year regarding their status under the
Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006 (MSMED Act) and relied upon by the auditors, there are no amounts due to
MSME as at 31st March, 2019.
The relevant particulars are furnished below:
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Principal amount due to suppliers under MSMED Act, as at the year end - -
Interest accrued and due to suppliers under MSMED Act, on the above amount as at the year end - -
Payment made to suppliers (other than interest) beyond the appointed day, during the year - -
Interest paid to suppliers under MSMED Act (other than Section 16) - -
Interest paid to suppliers under MSMED Act (Section 16) - -
Interest due and payable to suppliers under MSMED Act, for payments already made - -
Interest accrued and remaining unpaid at the year end to suppliers under MSMED Act - -
232

Note : 36 RETIREMENT BENEFIT
A) Defined contribution plan
A defined contribution plan is a pension plan under which the Group pays fixed contributions and where there is no legal or constructive
obligation to pay further contributions. During the year, the Group recognised ` 2,257 lakhs (Previous Year - ` 1,894 lakhs) to Provident
Fund under Defined Contribution Plan, ` 256 lakhs (Previous Year - ` 199 lakhs) for Contributions to Superannuation Fund and
` 208 lakhs (Previous Year - ` 361 lakhs) for Contributions to Employee State Insurance Scheme in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
B) Gratuity
The Group’s defined benefit gratuity plan is a final salary plan for India employees, which requires contributions to be made to a separately
administered fund. The gratuity plan is funded with Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC). The gratuity plan is governed by the Payment
of Gratuity Act, 1972. Under the act, employee who has completed five years of service is entitled to specific benefit. The level of benefits
provided depends on the member’s length of service and salary at retirement age. The following tables summarise the components of
net benefit expense recognised in the statement of profit or loss and the funded status and amounts recognised in the balance sheet for
the respective plans :
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Details of Actuarial Valuation:
Projected Benefit Obligation at the beginning of the year 3,152 2,595
Interest Cost 240 179
a) Effect of changes in demographic assumptions 88 (145)
Benefits paid (177) (211)
Transfer in / Out 17 (14)
Projected Benefit Obligation at the end of the year 4,586 3,153
Change in Plan Assets
Fair Value of Plan Assets at the Beginning of the Year 3,480 1,498
Expected Returns on Plan Assets 264 111
Employer’s Contribution 43 2,006
Benefits paid (177) (227)
Return on plan assets (excluding interest income) (72) 91
Transfer in / Out 17 -
Fair Value of Plan Assets at the end of the year 3,555 3,479
Amount Recognised in the Balance Sheet
Fair Value of Plan Assets as at the End of the Year 3,555 3,479
Liability at the End of the Year 4,586 3,153
Amount Recognised in the Balance Sheet under Note - 22 (1,031) 326
Other Financial Liabilities (Note - 13 Other Financial Assets - March 31, 2018)
Cost of the Defined Benefit Plan for the Year
Net interest (income) / expense 234 175
Expected Return on Plan Assets (258) (107)
Net Cost recognized in the statement of Profit and Loss 692 648
Re-measurement Losses / (Gains)
a) Effect of changes in demographic assumptions 87 (146)
c) Return on plan assets (excluding interest income) 72 (91)
Net cost recognised in Other Comprehensive Income 709 (66)
Assumptions
233

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Attrition Rate
- Senior management 13% p.a. 13% to 33% p.a.
- Middle management 13% p.a. 13% to 33% p.a.
- Others 13% p.a. 13% to 33% p.a.
Expected rate of return on Plan Assets 7.50% p.a. 7.50% p.a.
Lives (2006-08) Lives (2006-08)
Ultimate Ultimate
Expected Payment for future years
Within the next 12 months(next annual reporting period) 555 391
Beyond 10 Years 2,758 2,005
Total Expected Payments 7,902 5,569
` in lakhs
Particulars 31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
Sensitivity Analysis:
Discount Rate (+/- 1%) 4,297 4,825 3,007 3,334
Salary Growth Rate (+/- 1%) 4,844 4,279 3,370 2,952
Attrition Rate (+/- 50% of attrition rates) 4,454 4,648 3,116 3,218
Mortality Rate (+/- 10% of mortality rates) 4,456 4,456 3,072 3,071
Notes:
The Group’s best estimate of contribution during the next year is ₹ 1,793 lakhs.
2.
4. The entire Plan Assets are invested in insurer managed funds with Life Insurance Corporation of India (LIC).
C) Compensated Absences
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Assumptions
Attrition Rate
- Senior management 13% p.a. 13% to 33% p.a.
- Middle management 13% p.a. 13% to 33% p.a.
- Others 13% p.a. 13% to 33% p.a.
Lives (2006-08) Lives (2006-08)
Ultimate Ultimate
Notes:
1. The Group has not funded its Compensated Absences liability and the same continues to remain as unfunded as at 31st March, 2019.
234

Note : 37 SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Group is primarily engaged in the business of financing. All the activities of the Group revolve around the main business. Further, the
Group does not have any separate geographic segments other than India.
During year ending 31st March 2019, For management purposes, the Group has been organised into three operating segments based on
products and services, as follows:
Vehicle Finance Loans - Loans to customers against purchase of new/used vehicles, tractors, construction equipments and loan to
automobile dealers. Loan against property - Loans to customer against immovable property, Others - This includes loans given for
acquisition of residential property, loan against security, and other unsecured loans & security broking and insurance agency business.
The CODM monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation
and performance assessment. Segment performance is evaluated based on operating profits or losses and is measured consistently with
operating profits or losses in the financial statements. However, income taxes are managed on a legal entity as whole basis and are not
allocated to operating segments.
` in lakhs
Particulars Vehicle Home Others Unallocable Total
finance equity
- Interest Income 5,17,529 1,08,420 22,654 7,993 6,56,596
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments - 8,670 - - 8,670
- Fee & Commission Income 16,766 1,711 6,251 (1) 24,727
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instrument - - 6 6,328 6,334
- Sale of Services 8,064 238 3,513 620 12,435
- Others - - - - -
- Other income (II) - - 2,054 67 2,121
Expenses
- Finance costs 2,80,263 70,738 12,505 (4,692) 3,58,814
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 26,883 (433) 4,684 - 31,134
- Other expenses 52,488 5,263 11,547 2,317 71,615
Segment Profit before taxation 1,27,822 37,672 470 17,189 1,83,153
Tax expense 63,459
Profit for the year 1,19,694
` in lakhs
finance equity
- Interest Income 3,99,138 1,03,116 16,194 4,990 5,23,438
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments - -
235

Note : 37 SEGMENT INFORMATION (Contd.) ` in lakhs
finance equity
- Fee Income 13,299 1,815 2,783 34 17,931
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instrument - - 13 991 1,004
- Sale of Services 6,536 339 5,514 1,106 13,495
- Others - - - - -
- Other income (II) - - 17 43 60
Expenses
- Finance costs 2,04,538 68,223 8,231 (15,324) 2,65,668
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 20,072 7,059 4,163 (453) 30,841
- Other expenses 43,263 5,703 8,627 1,578 59,171
Segment Profit / (loss) before taxation 99,594 19,742 (445) 21,190 1,40,081
Tax expense 48,312
Profit for the year 91,769
` in lakhs

finance equity

Segment Assets 40,58,768 9,95,439 2,12,907 52,67,114
Unallocable Liabilities 3,67,483 3,67,483
Segment Assets 31,44,019 9,42,431 1,46,601 42,33,051
As on April 01, 2017
Segment Assets 23,63,402 8,62,600 95,436 33,21,438
Segment Liabilities 21,19,163 7,73,457 82,884 29,75,504
In computing the segment information, certain estimates and assumptions have been made by the management, which have been relied upon.
As the asset are allocated to segment based on certain assumptions, hence additions to the Property, plant and equipment have not disclosed
separately for each specific segment.
There are no revenue from transactions with a single external customer or counter party which amounted to 10% or more of the Group's total
revenue in the Current year and Previous year.
236

Note : 38 RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
List of Related Parties (As per AS-18):
• Holding Company : Cholamandalam Financial holdings Limited (formerly known as TI Financial Holdings Limited)
• Associate : White Data Systems India Private Limited
• Entity having significant influence over holding company: Ambadi Investments Limited
• Subsidiaries of Entity having significant influence over holding company: Parry Enterprises Limited and Parry Agro Limited.
• Fellow Subsidiaries: Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Limited, Cholamandalam Health Insurance Limited
• Joint Venture of Holding Company: Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited
• Key Managerial Personnel:
a) Mr. S. Vellayan, Managing Director (upto August 19, 2017)
b) Mr. N. Srinivasan, Executive Vice Chairman and Managing Director (from August 19, 2017 upto August 18, 2018);
c) Mr. Arun Alagappan, Executive Director (From August 19, 2017)
d) Mr. D. Arul selvan, Chief Financial Officer
e) Ms. P. Sujatha, Company Secretary
• Non-Executive Directors
1. Mr. M.B.N. Rao (upto July 26, 2018)
2. Mr. V Srinivasa Rangan
3. Ms. Bharati Rao
4. Mr. Ashok Kumar Barat
5. Mr. Nalin Mansukhlal Shah (upto July 27, 2017)
6. Mr. M.M. Murugappan (upto October 31, 2017 for FY 17-18, From May 31, 2018 for FY 18-19)
7. Mr. N. Ramesh Rajan (From October 30, 2018)
8. Mr. Rohan Verma (From March 25, 2019)
Note:
Related party relationships are as identified by the Management and relied upon by the Auditors
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 38 a) TRANSACTIONS DURING THE YEAR
Dividend Payments (Equity Shares)
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 4,709 4,695
b) Ambadi Investments Limited 456 469
c) Parry Enterprises Limited (` 0.03 Lakhs for year ended March 31, 2019 and 0 0
(` 0.03 lakhs for year ended March 31, 2018)
Amounts received towards reimbursement of expenses
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited 73 38
b) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 28 6,602
c) Cholamandalam MS Risk Services Limited - 1
Expenses - Reimbursed
a) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 126 97
b) Parry Enterprises Limited 3 -
Payments for services availed
a) Ambadi Investments Limited 0 -
b) Parry Enterprises Limited 748 2,738
c) Parry Agro Limited 2 -
Expense recovered - Rent receipts
a) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 56 51
b) Parry Enterprises Limited 1 -
Interest Payments
a) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 1,991 1,036
237

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 38 a) TRANSACTIONS DURING THE YEAR (Contd.)
Insurance Commission - Income
a) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 3,821 -
Insurance Premium - Paid
a) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited - 1
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Note : 38 b) BALANCES OUTSTANDING AT THE YEAR END
Security Deposit Receivable / (Payable)
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited - - (1)
b) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited (21) (21) (21)
Debt Securites - Payable
a) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited (22,249) (23,341) -
Other Receivables / (Payables)
a) Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited - - 3
b) Cholamandalam MS General Insurance Company Limited 651 1,855 1,188
c) Parry Enterprises Limited - 1 -
d) Parry Agro Limited - 1 -
` in lakhs
Nature of Transaction Year ended Year ended
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 38 c) KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL
Short- term employee benefits 799 885
Post-employment pension (defined Contribution) 81 49
Dividend Payments 16 16
Share based payments 56 88
Note : 39 CONTINGENT LIABILITIES AND COMMITMENTS

(a) Contested Claims not provided for: ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Income tax and Interest on Tax issues where the Group has gone on appeal 17,316 15,577 30,850
Decided in the Groups’s favour by Appellate Authorities and for which the 21,292 13 38
Department is on further appeal with respect to Income Tax
Sales Tax issues pending before Appellate Authorities in respect of which 5,081 4,992 2,843
the Group is on appeal.
Service Tax issues pending before Appellate Authorities in respect of 19,978 13,702 13,693
which the Group is on appeal.
Disputed claims against the Group lodged by various parties under litigation 6,761 8,062 6,294
(to the extent quantifiable)
Order in respect of alleged violations of the Provisions of SEBI Act 7 7 7
Appeal pertaining to Service Tax payable on turnover charges and 68 68 68
ineligible Service Tax Input Credit
i) The Group is of the opinion that the above demands are not sustainable and expects to succeed in its appeals / defence.
ii) It is not practicable for the Group to estimate the timings of the cashflows, if any, in respect of the above pending resolution of the
respective proceedings.
238

iii) The Group does not expect any reimbursement in respect of the above contingent liabilities.
iv) Future Cash outflows in respect of the above are determinable only on receipt of judgements/decisions pending with various
forums/authorities.
(b) Commitments ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Capital commitments 1,807 435 966
Investment commitment to Fearing Capital India Evolving Fund 16 16 32
Disbursements - Undrawn lines 73,345 56,632 38,670
(c) The Supreme Court had passed judgement on 28th February 2019 that all allowances paid to employees are to be considered for
the purposes of PF wage determination. There are numerous interpretative issues relating to the above judgement. As a matter of
caution, the Group has complied the same on prospective basis from the date of the SC order.
d) Bank Guarantee: ` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Outstanding bank guarantees given to stock exchanges/stock holding corporation 1,639 1,625 1,625
of India limited to meet margin requirements
Note : 40 CHANGES IN PROVISIONS

` in lakhs
Undrawn loan commitments are commitments under which the Group is required to provide a loan under pre-sanctioned terms to
the customer.
The undrawn commitments provided by the Group are predominantly in the nature of limits provided for Automobile dealers based
on the monthly loan conversions and partly disbursed loans for immovable properties. These undrawn limits are converted within
a short period of time and do not generally remain undisbursed / undrawn beyond one year from the reporting date. The undrawn
commitments amount outstanding as at 31st March, 2019 is ₹ 73,345 lakhs (₹ 56,632 lakhs as at 31st March, 2018 and ₹ 38,670 as at
1st April, 2017).
The Group creates expected credit loss provision on the undrawn commitments outstanding as at the end of the reporting period
and the related expected credit loss on these commitments as at 31st March, 2019 is ₹ 51 lakhs (₹ 12 lakhs as at 31st March, 2018 and
₹ 10 lakhs as at 1st April, 2017).
Note : 41 ESOP DISCLOSURE

ESOP 2007
The Board at its meeting held on 22nd June, 2007, approved an issue of Stock Options up to a maximum of 5% of the issued Equity
Capital of the Company (before Rights Issue) aggregating to 1,904,162 Equity Shares in a manner provided in the SEBI (Employee
Stock Option Scheme and Employee Stock Purchase Scheme) Guidelines.
ESOP 2016
The Board at its meeting held on 27th October, 2016, approved to create, and grant from time to time, in one or more tranches, not
exceeding 31,25,102 Employee Stock Options to or for the benefit of such person(s) who are in permanent employment of the
company including some of subsidiaries, managing director and whole time director, (other than promoter/promoter group of the
company, independent directors and directors holding directly or indirectly more than 10% of the outstanding equity shares of the
company), as may be decided by the board, exercisable into not more than 31,25,102 equity shares of face value of ₹ 10/- each fully
paid-up, on such terms and in such manner as the board may decide in accordance with the provisions of the applicable laws and
the provisions of ESOP 2016.
In this regard, the Group has recognised expense amounting to ₹ 798 lakhs for employees services received during the year, shown
under Employee Benefit Expenses (Refer Note 28).
239

Note : 41 ESOP DISCLOSURE (CONTD.)
The movement in Stock Options during the current year are given below:
Options Options
Options
Options
outstanding
but not
exercised
Life
Gt 25 25-Apr-08 300 - - 300 - - - 192 -
Apr 2008
GT 27 27-Jan-11 15,625 - - 6,462 9,163 9,163 - 188 -
JAN 2011A
GT 27 27-Jan-11 5,976 - - - 5,976 5,976 - 188 -
JAN 2011B
GT 30 30-Apr-11 14,357 - 400 6,009 7,948 7,948 - 163 -
APR 2011
GT 27 27-Oct-11 8,036 - - 100 7,936 7,936 - 155 -
OCT 2011
Total 44,294 - 400 12,871 31,023 31,023 -
Options Options Options

Options
outstanding
but not
exercised
Life
GT25 25-Jan-17 5,22,653 - 34,940 14,871 4,72,842 1,70,418 3,02,424 1,010 1.32 years
JAN2017
GT30 30-Jan-18 55,920 - 6,880 - 49,040 12,260 36,780 1,310 1.34 years
JAN2018
GT30 30-Jan-18 26,940 - 8,980 - 17,960 3,592 14,368 1,310 1.96 years
JAN2018A
GT23 23-Apr-18 - 8,980 - - 8,980 - 8,980 1,562 1.77 years
APR2018
GT26 26-Jul-18 - 54,972 - - 54,972 - 54,972 1,497 1.45 years
JUL2018
GT30 30-Oct-18 - 73,460 - - 73,460 - 73,460 1,269 2.29 years
OCT2018
GT19 19-Mar-19 - 1,17,692 - - 1,17,692 - 1,17,692 1,390 2.67 years
MAR2019
Total 6,05,513 2,55,104 50,800 14,871 7,94,946 1,86,270 6,08,676
240

The movement in Stock Options during the previous year are given below:
Options Options
Options
Options
outstanding
but not
exercised
Life
Gt 30 30-Jul-07 4,224 - - 4,224 - - - 193 -
Jul 2007
Gt 25 25-Jan-08 328 - - 328 - - - 262 -
Jan 2008
Gt 25 25-Apr-08 6,069 - - 5,769 300 300 - 192 -
Apr 2008
GT 27 27-Jan-11 27,563 - - 11,938 15,625 15,625 - 188 -
JAN 2011A
GT 27 27-Jan-11 5,976 - - - 5,976 5,976 - 188 -
JAN 2011B
GT 30 30-Apr-11 23,482 - - 9,125 14,357 14,357 - 163 -
APR 2011
GT 27 27-Oct-11 10,323 - - 2,287 8,036 8,036 - 155 -
OCT 2011
Total 77,965 - - 33,671 44,294 44,294 -
Options Options
Options
Options
outstanding
but not
exercised
Life
GT25 25-Jan-17 5,71,000 - 28,180 20,167 5,22,653 88,397 4,34,256 1,010 1.95
JAN2017
GT30 30-Jan-18 - 55,920 - - 55,920 - 55,920 1,310 1.96
JAN2018
GT30 30-Jan-18 - 26,940 - - 26,940 - 26,940 1,310 2.54
JAN2018A
Total 5,71,000 82,860 28,180 20,167 6,05,513 88,397 5,17,116
241

The following tables list the inputs to the Black Scholes model used for the plans for the year ended 31st March 2019:
ESOP 2007
Variables
Share in the (₹)
Market at the time
of the Option
Grant (₹)
30-Jul-07 7.10% - 7.56% 3-6 years 40.64% -43.16% 5.65% 193.40 61.42
24-Oct-07 7.87% -7.98% 3-6 years 41.24% -43.84% 5.65% 149.90 44.25
25-Jan-08 6.14% -7.10% 3-6 years 44.58% -47.63% 5.65% 262.20 78.15
25-Apr-08 7.79% - 8.00% 2.5-5.5 years 45.78% - 53.39% 3.97% 191.80 76.74
30-Jul-08 9.14% - 9.27% 2.5-5.5 years 46.52% - 53.14% 3.97% 105.00 39.22
24-Oct-08 7.54% - 7.68% 2.5-5.5 years 48.2% - 55.48% 3.97% 37.70 14.01
27-Jan-11
- Tranche I 8% 4 years 59.50% 10% 187.60 94.82
- Tranche II 8% 3.4 years 61.63% 10% 187.60 90.62
30-Apr-11 8% 4 years 59.40% 25% 162.55 73.07
28-Jul-11 8% 4 years 58.64% 25% 175.35 79.17
27-Oct-11 8% 4 years 57.52% 25% 154.55 67.26
The shareholders of the company, at the 34th Annual General Meeting held on July 30, 2012, authorised extension of exercise period
from 3 years from the date of vesting to 6 years from the date of vesting. Accordingly, the Company has measured the fair value of the
options using the Black Scholes model immediately before and after the date of modification to arrive at the incremental fair value
arising due to the extension of the exercise period. The incremental fair value so calculated is recognised from the modification date
over the vesting period in addition to the amount based on the grant date fair value of the stock options.
The incremental (benefit)/cost due to modification of the exercise period from 3 years to 6 years from the date of vesting for the year
ended 31st March, 2019 is ₹ Nil (31st March, 2018- ₹ Nil)
The fair value of the options has been calculated using the Black Scholes model on the date of modification.
The assumptions considered for the calculation of the fair value (on the date of modification) are as follows:
Variables Post Modification

Risk Free Interest Rate 7.92% - 8.12%
Expected Life 0.12 years - 6.25 years
Expected Volatility 28.28% - 63.00%
Dividend Yield 1.18%
Price of the underlying share in market at the time of the option grant(₹) ₹ 212.05
242

ESOP 2016
Variables
Share in the (₹)
Market at the time
of the Option
Grant (₹)
25-Jan-2017 6.36% - 6.67% 3.5 - 6.51 years 33.39% - 34.47% 0.54% 1,010.00 401.29
30-Jan-2018 7.11% - 7.45% 3.5 - 5.50 years 30.16% - 31.46% 0.42% 1,309.70 496.82
30-Jan-2018 7.11% - 7.45% 3.5 - 5.50 years 30.16% - 31.46% 0.42% 1,309.70 531.84
23-Apr-2018 7.45% - 7.81% 3.51 - 6.51 years 30.33% - 32.38% 0.42% 1,562.35 646.08
26-Jul-2018 7.71% - 7.92% 3.51 - 5.51 years 30.56% - 31.83% 0.43% 1,497.30 586.32
30-Oct-2018 7.61% - 7.85% 3.51 - 6.51 years 32.34% - 32.70% 0.51% 1,268.50 531.36
19-Mar-2019 6.91% - 7.25% 3.51 - 6.51 years 32.19% - 32.59% 0.47% 1,390.05 564.13
Note : 42 CHANGE IN LIABILITIES ARISING FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES ` in lakhs

Particulars April 01, 2018 Cash flows Exchange Other March 31, 2019
Difference
Debt Securities. Borrowings other than debt 38,33,034 12,20,048 13,779 (10,072) 50,56,674
securities and Sub-ordinated liabilities.
` in lakhs
Particulars April 01, 2017 Cash flows Exchange Other March 31, 2018
Difference
Debt Securities. Borrowings other than debt 30,16,163 8,06,403 (1,946) 12,414 38,33,034
securities and Sub-ordinated liabilities.
(i) Other column includes the effect of accrued but not paid interest on borrowing, amortisation of processing fees etc.
(ii) Total Liabilities comprises of Debt securities, Borrowings (other than debt securities) and Subordinated Liabilities.
Note : 43 MATURITY ANALYSIS

The table below shows an analysis of assets and liabilities analysed according to when they are expected to be recovered or settled.
` in lakhs
Maturity
Particulars Amount Within After
12 months 12 months
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,16,435 3,16,435 -
Receivables -
Loans 52,61,077 16,40,761 36,20,316
243

` in lakhs
Maturity
12 months 12 months
Note : 43 MATURITY ANALYSIS (Contd.)
Goodwill on Consolidation - - -
Payables
Debt Securities 14,18,431 9,59,024 4,59,407
Financial Assets
Receivables
Loans 42,24,396 13,42,463 28,81,933
Goodwill on Consolidation 701 - 701
244

` in lakhs
Maturity
12 months 12 months
Note : 43 MATURITY ANALYSIS (Contd.)
Payables
Debt Securities 14,37,395 7,11,103 7,26,292
Financial Assets
Derivative financial instruments - - -
Receivables
Loans 33,21,439 10,66,549 22,54,890
Non - Financial Assets
Goodwill on Consolidation 701 - 701
Total Non - Financial Assets 58,943 1,176 57,767
Derivative financial instruments 10,103 590 9,513
Payables
Debt Securities 13,47,094 6,29,613 7,17,481
Provisions 5,288 5,231 57
Other Non-Financial Liabilities 748 458 290
Total Non-Financial Liabilities 6,036 5,689 347
245

` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018
Note : 44 NON-CONTROLLING INTEREST
Share of loss (147) (161)
Share of other comprehensive income (5)
Adjustment on account of loss of control in subsidiary* 113
Balance at the end of the year - 34
* During the current year, pursuant to investment by another entity in WDSI, the Group's interest in WDSI has reduced from 63% to 30.87%,
consequently resulting in loss of control of the Group in WDSI. In view of this change in status, the retained interest of the Group in WDSI,
Company has de-recognised the non-controlling interest.
Note : 45 INVESTMENT IN AN ASSOCIATE

As at 31st March, 2018, the Group had 63% interest in White Data Systems India Private Limited ("WDSI") and this entity was treated as
a subsidiary in the consolidated financial statements. During the current year, pursuant to investment by another entity in WDSI, the
Group's interest in WDSI has reduced from 63% to 30.87%, consequently resulting in loss of control of the Group in WDSI. In view of this
change in status, the retained interest of the Group in WDSI aggregating to 30.87% interest has been fair valued and a resultant fair value
gain of ` 2,029 lakhs have been recognised in the consolidated statement of profit and loss for the current year.
Particulars ` in lakhs
Fair value of Net assets on the date of Investment by other entity 8,274
Group's share on the date of loss of control 30.87%
Fair value of Net assets attributable to Group 2,554
Add: Net liabilities on the date of loss of control 278
Less: Minority Interest (103)
Less: Goodwill recognised earlier on acquisition of WDSI (700)
Fair value gain on loss of control in subsidiary 2,029
The Group has recognised the value of investment in associate at fair value on the date of loss of control and the same is carried at cost
as at reporting date.
Particulars ` in lakhs
Value of Investment in Subsidiary on the date of loss of control 2,554
Less: Share of Loss of from Associate (35)
Amount recognised in the Balance Sheet 2,519
The Group has a 30.87% interest in White Data Systems India Private Limited, which is in the business of providing freight data solutions
encompassing technology, certification and finance offering in India. The WDSI has dedicated logistics platform “i-loads”, seamlessly
connects load providers, logistics agents, brokers and transporters through its disruptive technology. It is accounted for using the equity
method in the consolidated financial statements. The following table illustrates the summarised financial information of the Group’s
investment in White Data Systems India Private Limited:
` in lakhs
Particulars 31.03.2019
Current assets 4,333
Non-current assets 540
Current liabilities (1,067)
Non-current liabilities (28)
Equity 3,778
Proportion of the Group’s ownership 30.87%
Group's share in the Equity of the associate 1,166
246

Note : 45 INVESTMENT IN AN ASSOCIATE (Contd.) ` in lakhs
Particulars 31.03.2019
Revenue from contracts with customers 7,180
Other Income 93
Depreciation & amortization (87)
Finance cost (140)
Employee benefit (350)
Other expense (7,204)
Profit before tax (508)
Income tax expense 3
Profit for the year (continuing operations) (505)
Other comprehensive loss that may be reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods, net of tax (3)
Other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified to profit or loss in the subsequent periods, net of tax -
Total comprehensive income for the year (continuing operations) (508)
Total comprehensive income from the date on which status changed from subsidiary to associate till March 31, 2019 (113)
Group’s share of loss considered in the consolidated statement of Profit and loss (35)
The associate had no contingent liabilities or capital commitments as at 31st March, 2018 or 31st March, 2019.
Note : 46 CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Group maintains an actively managed capital base to cover risks inherent in the business, meeting the capital adequacy requirements
of Reserve Bank of India (RBI), maintain strong credit rating healthy capital ratios in order to support business and maximise shareholder
value. The adequacy of the Group’s capital is monitored by the Board using, among other measures, the regulations issued by RBI.
The Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it according to changes in economic conditions and the risk
characteristics of its activities. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the group may adjust the amount of dividend payment
to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or issue capital securities.
The Group has complied in full with the capital requirements prescribed by RBI over the reported period.
46.1 Risk Management
The Group has put in place a robust risk management framework to promote a proactive approach in reporting, evaluating and resolving
risks associated with the business. Given the nature of the business, the Group is engaged in, the risk framework recognizes that there is
uncertainty in creating and sustaining value as well as in identifying opportunities. Risk management is therefore made an integral part
of the Group’s effective management practice.
Risk Management Framework: The Group’s risk management framework is based on (a) clear understanding and identification of various
risks (b) disciplined risk assessment by evaluating the probability and impact of each risk (c) Measurement and monitoring of risks by
establishing Key Risk Indicators with thresholds for all critical risks and (d) adequate review mechanism to monitor and control risks.
The Group has a well-established risk reporting and monitoring framework. The in-house developed risk monitoring tool, Chola Composite
Risk Index, highlights the movement of top critical risks. This provides the level and direction of the risks, which are arrived at based on the
two-level risk thresholds for the identified Key Risk Indicators and are aligned to the overall Group’s risk appetite framework approved by
the board. The Group also developed such risk reporting and monitoring mechanism for the risks at business / vertical level. The Group
identifies and monitors risks periodically. This process enables the Group to reassess the top critical risks in a changing environment that
need to be focused on.
Risk Governance structure: The Group’s risk governance structure operates with a robust board and risk management committee with a
clearly laid down charter and senior management direction and oversight. The board oversees the risk management process and monitors
the risk profile of the Group directly as well as through a board constituted risk management committee. The committee, which meets a
minimum of four times a year, reviews the risk management policy, implementation of risk management framework, monitoring of critical
risks, and review of various other initiatives with a structured annual plan. The risk management division has established a comprehensive
risk management framework across the business and provides appropriate reports on risk exposures and analysis in its pursuit of creating
awareness across the Group about risk management. The Group’s risk management initiatives and risk MIS are reviewed monthly by the
247

managing director and business heads. The key risks faced by the Group are credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk, operational risk,
reputational and regulatory risk, which are broadly classified as credit risk, market risk, operational risk, liquidity and foreign currency risk.
46.2 Credit Risk
Credit risk arises when a borrower is unable to meet financial obligations to the lender. This could be either because of wrong assessment
of the borrower’s payment capabilities or due to uncertainties in future. The effective management of credit risk requires the establishment
of appropriate credit risk policies and processes.
The Group has comprehensive and well-defined credit policies across various businesses, products and segments, which encompass
credit approval process for all businesses along with guidelines for mitigating the risks associated with them. The appraisal process
includes detailed risk assessment of the borrowers, physical verifications and field visits. The Group has a robust post sanction monitoring
process to identify credit portfolio trends and early warning signals. This enables it to implement necessary changes to the credit policy,
whenever the need arises. Also, being in asset financing business, most of the Group’s lending is covered by adequate collaterals from the
borrowers. The Group developed application scoring model to assess the credit worthiness of the borrower for underwriting decisions for
its vehicle finance, home equity and home loan business.
The Group also has a well developed business planning model for the vehicle finance portfolio, to help business teams plan volume with
adequate pricing of risk for different segments of the portfolio.
46.3 Market Risk
Market Risk is the possibility of loss arising from changes in the value of a financial instrument as a result of changes in market variables
such as interest rates, exchange rates and other asset prices. The Group’s exposure to market risk is a function of asset liability management
activities. The Group is exposed to interest rate risk and liquidity risk.
The Group continuously monitors these risks and manages them through appropriate risk limits. The Asset Liability Management
Committee (ALCO) reviews market-related trends and risks and adopts various strategies related to assets and liabilities, in line with the
Group’s risk management framework. ALCO activities are in turn monitored and reviewed by a board sub-committee.
46.4 Concentration of Risk/Exposure
Concentration of credit risk arise when a number of counterparties or exposures have comparable economic characteristics, or such
counterparties are engaged in similar activities or operate in same geographical area or industry sector so that collective ability to meet
contractual obligations is uniformly affected by changes in economic, political or other conditions. The Group is in retail lending business
on pan India basis targeting primarily customers who either do not get credit or sufficient credit from the traditional banking sector. Vehicle
Finance (consisting of new and used Commercial Vehicles, Passenger Vehicles, Tractors, Construction Equipment and Trade advance to
Automobile dealers) is lending against security (other than for trade advance) of Vehicle/ Tractor / Equipment and contributes to 74% of
the loan book of the Group as of 31st March, 2019 (73% as of 31st March, 2018). Hypothecation endorsement is made in favour of the Group
in the Registration Certificate in respect of all registerable collateral. Portfolio is reasonably well diversified across South, North, East and
Western parts of the country. Similarly, sub segments within Vehicle Finance like Heavy Commercial Vehicles, Light Commercial Vehicles,
Car and Muti Utility Vehicles, Three wheeler and Small Commercial Vehicles, Refinance against existing vehicles, older vehicles (first time
buyers), Tractors and Construction Equipment have portfolio share between 5% and 22% leading to well diversified sub product mix.
Home Equity is mortgage loan against security of existing immovable property (primarily self occupied residential property) to self
employed non professional category of borrowers and contributes to 21% of the lending book of the group as of 31st March, 2019
(24% as of 1st March, 2018). Portfolio is concentrated in North (41%) with small presence in East (4%). The remaining is evenly distributed
between South and Western parts of the country.
The Concentration of risk is managed by group for each product by its region and its sub-segments. Group did not overly depend on few
regions or products as of 31st March, 2019.
46.5 Operational Risk
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people or systems, or from external events.
The operational risks of the Group are managed through comprehensive internal control systems and procedures and key back up
processes. In order to further strengthen the control framework and effectiveness, the Group has established risk control self-assessment
at branches to identify process lapses by way of exception reporting. This enables the management to evaluate key areas of operational
248

risks and the process to adequately mitigate them on an ongoing basis. The Group also undertakes Risk based audits on a regular basis
across all business units / functions. While examining the effectiveness of control framework through self-assessment, the risk-based
audit would assure effective implementation of self-certification and internal financial controls adherence, thereby, reducing enterprise
exposure.
The Group has put in place a robust Disaster Recovery (DR) plan, which is periodically tested. Business Continuity Plan (BCP) is further
put in place to ensure seamless continuity of operations including services to customers, when confronted with adverse events such as
natural disasters, technological failures, human errors, terrorism, etc. Periodic testing is carried out to address gaps in the framework, if
any. DR and BCP audits are conducted on a periodical basis to provide assurance regarding the effectiveness of the Group’s readiness.
46.6 Liquidity Risk
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the group will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities that
are settled by delivering cash or another financial asset. Liquidity risk arises because of the possibility that the group might be unable to
meet its payment obligations when they fall due as a result of mismatches in the timing of the cash flows under both normal and stress
circumstances. Such scenarios could occur when funding needed for illiquid asset positions is not available to the group on acceptable
terms. To limit this risk, management has arranged for diversified funding sources and adopted a policy of availing funding in line with
the tenor and repayment pattern of its receivables and monitors future cash flows and liquidity on a daily basis. The group has developed
internal control processes and contingency plans for managing liquidity risk. This incorporates an assessment of expected cash flows and
the availability of unencumbered receivables which could be used to secure funding by way of assignment if required. The group also has
lines of credit that it can access to meet liquidity needs.
Refer Note No 47 for the summary of maturity profile of undiscounted cashflows of the Group's financial assets and financial liabilities as
at reporting period.
46.7 Foreign Currency Risk
Foreign Currency risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument will fluctuate due to changes in foreign exchange rates. Foreign
currency risk for the group arise majorly on account of foreign currency borrowings. The group manages this foreign currency risk by
entering in to cross currency swaps and forward contract. When a derivative is entered in to for the purpose of being as hedge, the group
negotiates the terms of those derivatives to match with the terms of the hedge exposure. The Group's policy is to fully hedge its foreign
currency borrowings at the time of drawdown and remain so till repayment.
The group holds derivative financial instruments such as Cross currency interest rate swap to mitigate risk of changes in exchange rate in
foreign currency and floating interest rate. The Counterparty for these contracts is generally a bank. These derivative financial instruments
are valued based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or inputs that are directly or indirectly observable in
market place.
46.8 Disclosure of Effects of Hedge Accounting
Cash flow Hedge
effectiveness
Cross Currency Asset Liability Asset Liability November 07, 2019 8,028 (8,415) Borrowings and
Interest rate swap 5 1 1,82,631 35,491 to March 18, 2022 Finance cost
Comprehensive Income the Reclassification
249

46.8 Disclosure of Effects of Hedge Accounting (Contd.)
effectiveness
Cross Currency Asset Liability Asset Liability June 30, 2018 to 7,056 5,363 Borrowings and
Interest rate swap 4 4 76,901 2,31,655 September 25, 2020 Finance cost
As at April 01, 2017

effectiveness
Cross Currency Asset Liability Asset Liability October 27, 2017 to (10,103) 7,310 Borrowings and
Interest rate swap - 5 - 2,47,503 November 08, 2019 Finance cost
46.9 COLLATERAL AND OTHER CREDIT ENHANCEMENTS

Although collateral can be an important mitigation of credit risk, it is the Group’s practice to lend on the basis of the customer’s ability
to meet the obligations out of cash flow resources other than placing primary reliance on collateral and other credit risk enhancements.
The Group obtains first and exclusive charge on all collateral that it obtains for the loans given. Vehicle Finance and Home Equity loans are
secured by collateral at the time of origination. In case of Vehicle loans, Group values the vehicle either through proforma invoice (for new
vehicles) or using registered valuer for used vehicles. In case of Home equity loans, the value of the property at the time of origination will
be arrived by obtaining two valuation reports from Group’s empanelled valuer.
Hypothecation endorsement in favour of the Group in the Registration Certificate of the Vehicle/ Tractor / Equipment funded under the
vehicle finance category.
Immovable Property is the collateral for Home Equity loans. Security Interest in favour of the Group is created by Mortgage through
deposit of title deed which is registered wherever required by law.
In respect of Other loans, Home loans follow the same process as Home Equity and pledge is created in favour for the Group for loan
against securities. The Group does not obtain any other form of credit enhancement other than the above. 99% of the Group’s term
loan are secured by way of tangible Collateral. Any surplus remaining after settlement of outstanding debt by way of sale of collateral is
returned to the customer / borrower.
250

Note : 47 ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES BY REMAINING CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 89,996 2,29,834 - - - - - 3,19,830
Derivative financial instruments - - - 7,229 1,640 - - 8,869
Receivables

i)

ii)
Loans 3,47,736 4,01,295 555,041 10,37,025 2,811,745 8,93,363 12,75,688 73,21,893
Investments

i)
Associate - - - - - - 2,519 2,519

ii)
Others 1,631 1,631
Other Financial Assets - 1,461 1,006 1,775 5,487 1,051 3,117 13,897
Total Undiscounted financial assets 4,46,138 6,39,400 5,60,044 10,58,550 28,41,098 8,96,586 13,02,349 77,44,165
Derivative financial instruments - - - - 841 - - 841
Payables
(I) Trade Payables

i)

ii)
23,145 - - - - - -
(II) Other Payables

i)

ii)
12,894 - - - - - -
Debt Securities 1,35,795 1,85,058 3,04,085 3,85,148 4,18,809 95,999 19,429 15,44,323
Debt Securities)
21 -
liabilities
Total net Undiscounted financial 76,427 3,18,015 17,153 71,587 1,66,185 2,80,535 9,18,280 18,48,182
assets / (liabilities)
251

Financial Assets
30,958
Receivables

i)

ii)
Loans 2,82,184 3,17,558 4,27,709 8,00,753 21,70,175 7,01,526 9,41,129 56,41,035
Investments - - - - - - - -

i)
Associate - - - - - - - -

ii)
Others - - - - - - 2,272 2,272
Other Financial Assets 2,210 766 479 937 3,944 187 1,726 10,249
3,28,578 3,23,120 4,29,606 8,12,547 22,13,487 7,04,582 9,65,595 57,77,516
Derivative financial instruments - 1,311 1,484 - 4,859 - - 7,654
Payables
(I) Trade Payables

i)

ii)
21,403 - - - - - -
(II) Other Payables

i)

ii)
10,050 - - - - - -
Debt Securities 13,146 2,79,732 1,46,548 3,73,063 7,12,578 1,00,498 3,354 16,28,919
Debt Securities)
Subordinated Liabilities 275 11,962 24,326 20,044 1,32,016 1,70,868 1,80,929 5,40,420
21 -
liabilities
Total net Undiscounted financial 63,326 (1,28,775) 67,473 1,12,983 1,65,811 2,06,322 6,19,095 11,06,236
252

Financial Assets
28,910
Derivative financial instruments - - - - - - - -
Receivables

i)

ii)
Loans 2,34,647 2,58,306 3,45,671 6,43,776 16,76,108 5,20,312 8,10,009 44,88,829
Investments - - - - - - - -

i)
Associate - - - - - - - -

ii)
Others - - - - - - 2,394 2,394
Other Financial Assets 1,030 1,145 952 2,569 6,158 1,242 1,643 14,739
2,73,301 2,63,864 3,57,037 6,56,129 17,17,069 5,31,359 8,31,558 46,30,317
Derivative financial instruments - - - 590 10,102
9,512 - -
Payables
(I) Trade Payables

i)

ii)
13,246 - - - - - -
(II) Other Payables

i)

ii)
Total outstanding dues of 8,143 - - - - - - 8,143
Debt Securities 37,277 1,95,647 62,980 3,86,306 7,82,545 26,826 3,568 14,95,149
Borrowings (Other than 90,238 90,942 2,59,260 2,17,765 7,86,327 79,025 1,46,760 16,70,317
Debt Securities)
21 -
liabilities
Total net Undiscounted financial 1,02,930 (31,978) 30,001 26,856 29,425 2,56,516 5,53,569 9,67,319
253

Note : 48
Note : 48.1 FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Set out below is a comparison, by class, of the carrying amounts and fair values of the Group’s financial instruments that are not carried at
fair value in the financial statements. This table does not include the fair values of non–financial assets and non-financial liabilities.
` in lakhs
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
Value Value Value Value Value Value
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,16,435 3,16,435 30,958 30,958 28,909 28,909
Bank balances Other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 54,411 54,411 64,227 64,227 70,457 70,457
Derivative financial instruments 8,869 8,869 599 599 - -
Receivables
i) Trade Receivables 4,128 4,128 6,884 6,884 3,871 3,871
ii) Other Receivables 3,908 3,908 5,577 5,577 4,504 4,504
Loans 52,61,077 52,80,975 42,24,396 43,12,873 33,21,439 33,75,236
Investments 1,631 1,631 2,272 2,272 2,394 2,394
Other Financial Assets 13,896 13,896 10,250 10,250 14,738 14,738
Total Financial Assets 56,64,355 56,84,253 43,45,163 44,33,640 34,46,312 35,00,109
Derivative financial instruments 841 841 7,655 7,655 10,103 10,103
Payables
i) Trade Payables 23,145 23,145 21,403 21,403 13,246 13,246
ii) Other Payables 12,894 12,894 10,050 10,050 8,143 8,143
Debt Securities 14,18,431 14,13,496 14,37,395 14,46,861 13,47,094 13,55,132
Borrowings(Other than Debt Securities) 32,12,375 32,10,512 20,16,636 20,27,640 13,74,438 13,70,161
Subordinated Liabilities 4,25,868 4,28,174 3,79,003 3,69,939 2,94,631 3,00,287
Other Financial Liabilities 21,676 21,676 20,406 20,406 20,400 20,400
Total Financial Liabilities 51,15,230 51,10,738 38,92,548 39,03,954 30,68,055 30,77,472
The Management assessed that cash and cash equivalents, bank balance other than Cash and cash equivalents, receivable, other
financial assets, payables and other financial liabilities approximates their carrying amount largely due to short term maturities of these
instruments.
The fair value of the financial assets and liabilities is included at the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current
transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. The following methods and assumptions were used to
estimate the fair values of financial assets or liabilities
i) Derivatives are fair valued using market observable rates and publishing prices
ii) The fair value of loans have estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using discount rate equal to the rate near to the
reporting date of the comparable product.
iii) The fair value of debt securities, borrowings other than debt securities and subordinated liabilities have estimated by discounting
expected future cash flows discounting rate near to report date based on comparable rate / market observable data.
iv) The fair values of quoted equity investments are derived from quoted market prices in active markets.
254

Note : 48 (Contd.)
Note : 48.2 FAIR VALUE HIERARCHY
The following table provides the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group's assets and liabilities.
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of assets as at March 31, 2019. ` in lakhs
Carrying Quoted price in Significant Significant
Value active markets observable unobservable
(Level 2) (Level 3)
FVOCI Equity Instruments 1,648 1,132 516 -
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of liabilities as at March 31, 2019. ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of assets as at March 31, 2018. ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
FVOCI Equity Instruments 2,340 1,752 588 -
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of liabilities as at March 31, 2018. ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
255

Note : 48 (Contd.)
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of assets as at April 01, 2017 ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
FVOCI Equity Instruments 2,408 1622 656 129
Quantitative disclosure fair value measurement hierarchy of liabilities as at April 01, 2017 ` in lakhs
(Level 2) (Level 3)
Note 48.3 Summary of Financial assets and liabilities which are recognised at amortised cost
` in lakhs
Particulars As at
31.03.2019 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Financial Assets
Cash and Cash Equivalents 3,16,435 30,958 28,909
Bank balances other than Cash and Cash Equivalents 54,411 64,227 70,457
Loans 5,259,927 4,223,468 33,20,172
Debt Securities 14,18,431 14,37,395 13,47,094
Subordinated Liabilities 4,25,868 3,79,003 2,94,631
Other Financial liabilities 21,676 20,406 20,400
48.4 Refer Note 15 for sensitivity analysis for investment property, whose fair value is disclosed under the level 3 category.
256

Note : 49 FIRST-TIME ADOPTION OF IND AS
These financial statements, for the year ended 31st March 2019, are the first financial statements the Group has prepared in accordance
with Ind AS. For periods up to and including the year ended 31st March 2018, the Group prepared its financial statements in accordance
with accounting standards notified under section 133 of the Companies Act 2013, read together with paragraph 7 of the Companies
(Accounts) Rules, 2014 (Indian GAAP or Previous GAAP).
Accordingly, the Group has prepared financial statements which comply with Ind AS applicable for periods ending on 31st March 2019,
together with the comparative period data as at and for the year ended 31st March 2018, as described in the summary of significant
accounting policies. In preparing these financial statements, the Group’s opening balance sheet was prepared as at 1st April 2017, the
Group’s date of transition to Ind AS. This note explains the principal adjustments made by the Group in restating its Indian GAAP financial
statements, including the balance sheet as at 1st April 2017 and the financial statements as at and for the year ended 31st March 2018.
Exemptions applied
Ind AS 101 allows first-time adopters certain exemptions from the retrospective application of certain requirements under Ind AS. The
Group has applied the following exemptions/ exceptions:
Mandatory exemptions
i) Classification and measurement of financial assets
The Group has classified the financial assets in accordance with Ind AS 109 on the basis of facts and circumstances that exist at the date
ii) Impairment of financial assets
The Group has applied the exception related impairment of financial assets given in Ind AS 101. It has used reasonable and supportable
information that is available without undue cost or effort to determine the credit risk at the date that financial assets were initially
recognized and compared that to the credit risk as at 1st April, 2017.
iii) Classification of debt instruments
The Group has determined the classification of debt instruments in terms of whether they meet the amortised cost criteria or the FVOCI
criteria based on the facts and circumstances that existed as of the transition date.
iv) Deemed cost for property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
The Group has elected to continue with the carrying value of all of its plant and equipment, capital work-in-progress and intangible assets
recognised as of 1st April, 2017 (transition date) measured as per the previous GAAP and use that carrying value as its deemed cost as of
the transition date.
v) Determining whether an arrangement contains a lease
The Group has applied Appendix C of Ind AS 17 whether an arrangement existing at the transition date contains a lease on the basis of
facts and circumstances existing at that date.
vi) Classification and measurement of financial assets
The Group has classified the financial assets in accordance with Ind AS 109 on the basis of facts and circumstances that exist at the date
vii) Share based payments
Ind AS 102 Share based Payment has not been applied to equity instruments in share-based payment transactions that vested before
1st April, 2017.
viii) Investment in associates
The Group has elected to measure investment in associate at cost.
xi) Derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities
The Group has applied the derecognition requirements in Ind AS 109 retrospectively for securitisation and assignment transactions as the
information needed to apply Ind AS 109 to these financial assets derecognised as a result of past transactions was obtained at the time of
initially accounting for those transactions in the respective years.
x) Business combinations
In accordance with Ind AS transitional provisions, the Group has elected to apply Ind AS relating to business combinations prospectively
from 1st April, 2017. As such, previous GAAP balances relating to business combinations entered into before that date, have been carried
forward without adjustment.
The estimates are consistent with those made in accordance with Indian GAAP (after adjustments to reflect any differences in accounting
policies) apart from FVOCI - equity shares and Impairment of financial assets based on expected Credit loss model where application of
Indian GAAP did not require estimation.
257

First time adoption Ind AS reconciliations
A. Reconciliations of Balance Sheet
` in lakhs
As at 31.03.2018 As at 01.04.2017
Particulars Note Amount as Effects of Amount as per Amount as Effects of Amount as
per previous transition to Ind AS per previous transition to per Ind AS
GAAP Ind AS GAAP Ind AS
I ASSETS
Financial assets
(a) Cash and Cash Equivalents 10 30,958 - 30,958 28,909 - 28,909
(b) Bank balances 10 63,991 236 64,227 70,256 201 70,457
(c) Derivative financial instruments 10 - 599 599 - - -
(d) Receivables 3 12,508 (47) 12,461 9,569 (1,194) 8,375
(e) Loans 1 37,20,933 5,03,463 42,24,396 28,43,384 4,78,055 33,21,439
(f ) Investments 10 25,678 (23,406) 2,272 18,206 (15,812) 2,394
(g) Other Financial Assets 2 29,216 (18,966) 10,250 26,943 (12,205) 14,738
38,83,284 4,61,879 43,45,163 29,97,267 4,49,045 34,46,312
Non Financial assets
(a) Current tax assets (Net) 16,082 - 16,082 10,461 - 10,461
(b) Deferred tax assets (Net) 5 34,349 2,232 36,581 31,774 (43) 31,731
(c) Goodwill on consolidation 701 - 701 701 - 701
(d) Investment Property 5 - 5 5 - 5
(e) Intangible assets under development 380 - 380 4 - 4
(f ) Property, Plant and Equipment 14,141 - 14,141 11,965 - 11,965
(g) Intangible assets 2,203 - 2,203 2,308 - 2,308
(h) Other Non-Financial Assets 10 5,692 (4,270) 1,422 5,339 (3,571) 1,768
73,553 (2,038) 71,515 62,557 (3,614) 58,943
Total Assets 39,56,837 4,59,841 44,16,678 30,59,824 4,45,431 35,05,255
II LIABILITIES
(a) Derivative financial instruments 10 7,056 599 7,655 10,103 - 10,103
(b) Trade payables 10
i) Dues to Micro and Small Enterprises - - - -
ii) Other Trade payables 40,386 (8,933) 31,453 29,869 (8,480) 21,389
(c) Debt Securities 4 13,99,302 38,093 14,37,395 12,95,878 51,216 13,47,094
(d) Borrowings (Other than 4,1 15,29,068 4,87,568 20,16,636 9,04,564 4,69,874 13,74,438
Debt Securities)
(e) Subordinated Liabilities 4 3,47,370 31,633 3,79,003 2,83,370 11,261 2,94,631
(f ) Other Financial Liabilities 1 39,786 (19,380) 20,406 37,803 (17,403) 20,400
33,62,968 5,29,580 38,92,548 25,61,587 5,06,468 30,68,055
(a) Provisions 9 76,483 (70,087) 6,396 67,321 (62,033) 5,288
(b) Other Non-Financial Liabilities 1 897 4,257 5,154 924 (176) 748
77,380 (65,830) 11,550 68,245 (62,209) 6,036
Equity
(a) Equity share capital 15,640 - 15,640 15,635 - 15,635
(b) Other Equity 5,00,811 (3,905) 4,96,906 4,14,157 1,172 4,15,329
5,16,451 (3,905) 5,12,546 4,29,792 1,172 4,30,964
Non Controlling Interest 38 (4) 34 200 - 200
Total 39,56,837 4,59,841 44,16,678 30,59,824 4,45,431 35,05,255
258

First time adoption Ind AS reconciliations
B. Reconciliation of total comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018
` in lakhs
Particulars Note No. Amount as Effects of Amount as
GAAP Ind AS
- Interest Income 1, 10 4,83,838 39,600 5,23,438
- Net gain on derecognition of financial instruments under 2 - - -
amortised cost category
- Fee & Commission income 10 59,723 (41,792) 17,931
- Net gain on Fair value change on financial instruments 1,098 (94) 1,004
- Sale of Services 8,10 5,405 8,090 13,495
Total Revenue from operations (I) 5,50,064 5,804 5,55,868
- Other income (II) 63 (3) 60
Total Income (I+II = III) 5,50,127 5,801 5,55,928
IV Expenses
- Finance costs 1, 4, 10 2,30,521 35,147 2,65,668
- Net Loss on Fair value change on financial instrument - - -
- Impairment of Financial Instruments 1, 9 34,977 (4,136) 30,841
- Employee benefits expense 3 54,158 923 55,081
- Other expenses 10 77,009 (17,838) 59,171
Total expenses (IV) 4,01,751 14,096 4,15,847
Profit before tax (III-IV) 1,48,376 (8,295) 1,40,081
Tax expense
- Current tax
- Pertaining to profit for the current period 53,533 (28) 53,505
- Adjustment of tax relating to earlier periods (89) 23 (66)
- Deferred tax 5 (2,448) (2,679) (5,127)
Net tax expense 50,996 (2,684) 48,312
Profit for the period 97,380 (5,611) 91,769
Share of Loss attributable to non controlling interest 162 (1) 161
Other Comprehensive Income/(loss) 6
Other comprehensive income not to be reclassified to profit
Re-measurement gains and (losses) on defined benefit obligations (net) - 69 69
Tax on above adjustments - (22) (22)
Fair value of investment - Gain/(Loss) - 6 6
Other comprehensive income to be reclassified to profit
Cashflow Hedge Reserve Gain/(Loss) - 1,100 1,100
Total Comprehensive Income 97,542 (4,846) 92,696
259

C. Effects of IND AS adoption on Total Equity
Particulars Note As at As at
below 31.03.2018 01.04.2017
Net Worth under IGAAP 5,16,451 4,29,791
Adoption of effective interest rate for amortisation of expense and income - 3 (17,914) (16,142)
Financial assets at amortised cost
Adjustments on account of de-recognition of financial assets 4,107 9,735
Adoption of effective interest rate for amortisation of expense and income - 3 472 500
Financial Liabilities at amortised cost
Expected credit loss and related adjustments 2 8,743 5,878
Impact of application of IND AS 115 on revenue from certain customer contracts (2,847) -
Adjustments on account of change to Fair value of investment through OCI 1,285 1,244
Tax adjustments on above items 2,249 (42)
Net Worth under IND AS 5,12,546 4,30,964
D. Effects of IND AS adoption on Cash Flows for year ended 31 March 2018
` in lakhs
Particulars Amount as Effects of Amount as

GAAP Ind AS
Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities (7,59,215) (33,419) (7,92,634)
Net cash generated from/(used in) investing activities (12,292) 6,280 (6,012)
Net cash generated from/(used in) financing activities 7,69,375 31,490 8,00,865
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents (2,132) 4,351 2,219
Cash and cash equivalents at start of year 27,750 - 27,750
Cash and cash equivalents at close of year 25,618 4,351 29,969
Notes:
1. Loans
i) Under Indian GAAP, the Group has created provision for loans based on guidelines on prudential norms issued by RBI. Under Ind AS,
impairment allowance has been determined based on Expected Credit Loss Model (ECL). The differential impact has been adjusted in
Retained earnings / Profit and loss during the period.
ii) Under Indian GAAP, NPA provision along with Standard asset provision has been disclosed under Provisions. Under Ind AS the ECL
provision has been shown net of loan balance.
iii) Under Indian GAAP, transaction cost incurred in connection with loans are amortised upfront and charged to profit and loss for the
period. Under Ind AS, transaction cost are included in the initial recognition amount of financial asset measured at amortised cost and
charged to profit and loss using effective interest method.
iv) The Group has securitised certain assets and under Indian GAAP, it has derecognised those assets in the books, upon satisfaction
of the "true sale" criteria laid down by the RBI. However, as per Ind AS, the Group has not transferred substantially all the risks and
rewards, the asset has been re-recognised on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained (related
liabilities has been recognised in Borrowings other than debt securities & related Interest income and expense has been recognised).
v) Under Indian GAAP, Income from Securitisation transaction recognised as Excess Interest Spread where was under Ind AS, Group
has recognised the interest on the loans which has been re-recognised as Interest income using Effective Interest rate. Interest on
proceeds received from securitisation recognised as Finance cost.
vi) Under Indian GAAP, Group has reversed the interest on NPA accounts based on guidelines on prudential norms issued by RBI.
Ind AS, Interest income for Stage 3 receivables are recognised on the amortised cost of such receivables (Gross carrying value less
impairment provision) and the same is also tested for impairment.
260

2 Other Financial assets
Under Ind AS, with respect to assignment deals, Group has recognised an interest only strip receivable as at 31st March, 2018 and As on
01st April, 2017, with corresponding credit to retained earning/ profit and loss for the year, which has been computed by discounting
excess interest spread (EIS) to present value. Necessary adjustments to credit risk has also been made.
3 Share-based payments
Under Indian GAAP, the Group recognised only the intrinsic value for the share based payment plans as an expense. Ind AS required
the fair value of the share options to be determined using an appropriate pricing model recognised over the vesting period. An
additional expense has been recognised in profit and loss for the period ended 31st March, 2018. Share options which were granted
before and still not vested as at 01st April, 2017, have been recognised as a separate component of equity in Share based payment
reserve against retained earnings as at 01st April, 2017.
4. Debt Securities, Borrowings (Other than Debt Securities) and Subordinated Liabilities
i) Under Indian GAAP, transaction costs incurred in connection with borrowings are amortised over the period and charged to profit
and loss for the period. Under Ind AS, transaction costs are included in the initial recognition amount of financial liability and charged
to profit and loss using the effective interest method.
ii) The Group has securitised certain assets and under Indian GAAP, it has derecognised those assets in the books, upon satisfaction
of the "true sale" criteria laid down by the RBI. However, as per Ind AS, the Group has not transferred substantially all the risks and
rewards, the asset has been re-recognised on a basis that reflects the rights and obligations that the Group has retained. The proceeds
from such transferred assets recognised as securitisation borrowing under the category "Borrowings other than securitisation".
iii) Under Indian GAAP, Investment in pass-through certificates ('PTCs') made by the Group pursuant to the securitisation transactions
entered have been included in the carrying amount of investments. Under Ind AS such PTC investments have been netted off against
the securitisation borrowings.
5. Deferred tax
Indian GAAP requires deferred tax accounting using the statement of profit and loss approach, which focuses on differences between
taxable profits and accounting profits for the period. Ind AS 12 requires entities to account for deferred taxes using the balance sheet
approach, which focuses on temporary differences between the carrying amount of an asset or liability in the balance sheet and its
tax base. The application of Ind AS 12 approach has resulted in recognition of deferred tax on new temporary differences which was
not required under Indian GAAP. In addition, the various transitional adjustments lead to temporary differences. According to the
accounting policies, the Group has to account for such differences. Deferred tax adjustments are recognised in correlation to the
underlying transaction either in retained earnings or a separate component of equity.
6. Other comprehensive income
Under Indian GAAP, the Group has not presented other comprehensive income (OCI) separately. Hence, it has reconciled Indian GAAP
profit or loss to profit or profit or loss as per Ind AS. Further, Indian GAAP profit or loss is reconciled to total comprehensive income as
per Ind AS.
7. Re-measurement of post employment benefit plans
Both under Indian GAAP and Ind AS, the Group recognised costs related to its post-employment defined benefit plan on an
actuarial basis. Under Indian GAAP, the entire cost, including actuarial gains and losses, are charged to profit or loss. Under Ind AS,
re-measurements are recognised immediately in the balance sheet with a corresponding debit or credit to retained earnings through
OCI.
8. Sale of Services
Under Indian GAAP, Group has recognised certain service income on upfront basis, Under Ind AS the same is required to be amortised
over the period based on satisfaction of performance obligations.
9. Provision for undrawn Commitments
Under Indian GAAP, Group is not required to create provision for ECL against undrawn commitments, however under Ind AS,
impairment allowance on undrawn commitment has been determined based on Expected Credit Loss Model (ECL) and shown under
Provisions. The differential impact has been adjusted in Retained earnings / Profit and loss during the period.
10. Figures under previous GAAP have been regrouped/ reclassified for Ind AS purpose wherever applicable.
261

Note : 50 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AS REQUIRED BY PARAGRAPH 2 OF THE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR PREPARATION
OF CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS TO SCHEDULE III TO THE COMPANIES ACT, 2013 AS AT AND FOR THE YEAR ENDED
31ST MARCH 2018 AND 31ST MARCH 2019

Net Assets (i.e total assets Share in Profit and Other Comprehensive Total Comprehensive
less total liabilities Loss Income Income
Name of the As % of As % of As % of As % of
entities Consolidated Consolidated Consolidated Consolidated
Net Assets Profit and Loss Other Total
Comprehensive Comprehensive
Amount Amount Income Amount Income Amount
I. Parent
Cholamandalam Investment 98% 6,09,139 101% 1,20,412 -194% 409 101% 1,20,820
and Finance Company Limited
II. Subsidiaries
Cholamandalam Securities Limited 1% 3,904 0% 255 53% (112) 0% 143
Cholamandalam Home 1% 5,309 -1% (762) 241% (508) -1% (1,270)
Finance Limited
Minority Interests in all 0% - 0% (147) 0% - 0% (147)
subsidiaries
II. Associates (Investment
as per equity method)
White Data Systems 0% 2,519 0% (98) 0% 0 0% (98)
India Private Limited
100% 6,20,872 100% 1,19,659 100% (210.97) 100% 1,19,448

Net Assets (i.e total assets Share in Profit and Other Comprehensive Total Comprehensive
less total liabilities Loss Income Income
Name of the As % of As % of As % of As % of
entities Consolidated Consolidated Consolidated Consolidated
Net Assets Profit and Loss Other Total
Comprehensive Comprehensive
Amount Amount Income Amount Income Amount
I. Parent
Cholamandalam Investment 98% 5,02,296 98% 90,885 82% 630 99% 91,515
and Finance Company Limited
II. Subsidiaries
Cholamandalam Securities Limited 1% 2,658 1% 533 -19% (146) 0% 387
Cholamandalam Home 1% 6,579 1% 609 36% 275 1% 884
Finance Limited
White Data Systems 0% 1,012 0% (160) 1% 7 0% (153)
India Private Limited
Minority Interests in all 0% 34 0% (95) 0% - 0% (95)
subsidiaries
100% 5,12,579 100% 91,770 100% 766 100% 92,538
262

Note : 51 EVENTS AFTER REPORTING DATE

There have been no events after the reporting date that require disclosure in the financial statements.



263
Form AOC-1
(Pursuant to first proviso to sub-section (3) of section 129 read with rule 5 of Companies
(Accounts) Rules, 2014)
Statement containing salient features of the financial statement of subsidiaries/ associate companies/ joint ventures
Part “A”: Subsidiaries ` in lakhs
Name of the subsidiary Cholamandalam Home Finance Limited Cholamandalam Securities Limited
Reporting period for the subsidiary concerned, if March 31, 2019 March 31, 2019
different from the holding company’s reporting
period
Reporting currency and Exchange rate as on the Not applicable Not applicable
last date of the relevant Financial year in the case of
foreign subsidiaries.
Share capital 4,240 2,250
Reserves & surplus 1,069 504
Total assets 5,722 6,573
Total Liabilities 414 3,819
Investments 1,251 397
Turnover 4,123 2,202
Profit/(Loss) before taxation (1,052) 269
Provision for taxation 291 61
Profit/(Loss) after taxation (762) 208
Proposed Dividend - -
% of shareholding 100.00% 100.00%
Names of subsidiaries which are yet to commence Not applicable Not applicable
operations
Names of subsidiaries which have been liquidated Not applicable Not applicable
or sold during the year.
Part “B”: Associates and Joint Ventures

Statement pursuant to Section 129 (3) of the Companies Act, 2013 related to Associate Companies and Joint Ventures
Name of Associates White Data Systems Private Limited
Latest audited Balance Sheet Date March 31, 2019
Shares of Associate/Joint Ventures held by the company on the year end
No. 12,75,917
Amount of Investment in Associates/Joint Venture (` in lakhs) 800
Extend of Holding % 30.87%
Description of how there is significant influence By way of shareholding
Reason why the associate/joint venture is not consolidated Not applicable
Networth attributable to Shareholding as per latest audited Balance Sheet 1,166
Profit / (Loss) for the year - ` in lakhs (506)
Considered in Consolidation - ` in Lakhs (285)
Not Considered in Consolidation - ` in Lakhs (221)
Names of associates or joint ventures which are yet to commence operations Not applicable
Names of associates or joint ventures which have been liquidated or sold during the year. Not applicable
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
M.M. Murugappan
Chairman
Date : April 27, 2019 P. Sujatha D. Arul Selvan Arun Alagappan

Place : Chennai Company Secretary Chief Financial Officer Executive Director
OUR PRESENCE
Jammu & Kashmir (3)
Himachal Pradesh (13)

Punjab (21)
Chandigarh (3) Uttarakhand (14)
Harayana (27)
Delhi (5)
Rajasthan (69) UP (63) Assam (23)
Bihar (34) Meghalaya (3)

Mizoram (1)
Madhya Pradesh Tripura (4)
Gujarat (64)
(55) West Bengal (51)
Jharkand (22)
Maharashtra (95)
Goa (2) Chattisgarh (51)
Odisha (43)
Telangana (30)
• 911 branches across 27 states/Union
Karnataka (52) Andhra Pradesh (41) territories as on 31st March 2019
• 79% locations are in Tier-III, Tier-IV, Tier V
Pondicherry (1)
and Tier-VI towns
Tamil Nadu (75)
Kerala (42)
GLOSSARY
A. TERMS
Assets Under Management (AUM) Business AUM and Investments
Business AUM On - Balance sheet Business assets and Off – Balance sheet Business assets
Business AUM(Net) Business AUM less Expected Credit Losses(ECL) provisions
Total Assets Under Management Total Balance sheet assets and Off Balance sheet Business assets
Net credit Losses (NCL) Loan losses and ECL provision
B. PERFORMANCE RATIOS
Operating Expenses to Assets Total Expenses (Less: Finance Costs & Impairment of Financial Instruments)/Average
of Closing Assets
Loan Losses % Impairment of Financial instruments/Average of Closing Assets
PBT-ROTA Profit Before Tax/Average of Closing Assets
Profit Before Tax to Income Profit Before Tax/Total Income
Return on Total Assets - PAT Profit After Tax/Average of Closing Assets
Return on Equity - PAT Profit After Tax/Average of Shareholder's funds
Closing assets Represents Business AUM for Respective Business and represents on-balance sheet business assets and Investment
at Company’s level for computing ratios
C. INVESTOR RATIOS
Earnings per Equity share Profit After Tax/Weighted Average number of shares
Book value per Equity share Networth/Total Number of Shares
Dividend per Equity share Interim Dividend paid & Final Dividend proposed per Equity share
CAR (Capital Adequacy Ratio) Tier I & Tier II Capital/Risk Weighted Assets
CHOLAMANDALAM INVESTMENT AND FINANCE COMPANY LIMITED
Dare House, No. 2, N.S.C Bose Road, Parrys, Chennai - 600 001.
Phone : 044 4090 7172; Fax : 044 2534 6464
E - mail : customercare@chola.murugappa.com | Website : www.cholamandalam.com

Chola

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chola

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Chola

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AUGMENTING PHYSICAL PRESENCE WITH DIGITAL LEADERSHIP

Annual Report 2018 - 19

CORPORATE OVERVIEW MANAGEMENT REPORTS

02 Corporate Information 26 Board’s Report

05 Message From The Chairman 56 Management Discussion and Analysis

06 Message From The Executive Director 64 Report on Corporate Governance

08 Board of Directors 76 General Shareholders Information

10 Business Highlights 82 Business Responsibility Report

12 Business Review FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

22 CSR Initiatives 87 Standalone Financial Statements

24 Financial Highlights 183 Consolidated Financial Statements

BOARD OF DIRECTORS REGISTERED OFFICE

SECRETARY CORPORATE IDENTITY NUMBER

Ms. P. Sujatha L65993TN1978PLC007576

AUDITORS REGISTRAR & SHARE TRANSFER AGENT

Enable customers to enter a better life.

COMMERCIAL PASSENGER VEHICLE TWO WHEELER TRACTOR LOANS CONSTRUCTION

ABOUT MURUGAPPA GROUP

For more details, visit www.murugappa.com

VALUES & BELIEFS

INTEGRITY : We value professional and personal integrity above all else.

PASSION : We play to win. We have a healthy desire to stretch, to achieve

QUALITY : We take ownership of our work. We unfailingly meet high

RESPECT : We respect the dignity of every individual. We are open and

RESPONSIBILITY : We are responsible corporate citizens. We believe we

MESSAGE FROM THE CHAIRMAN

MESSAGE FROM THE EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR

Notwithstanding the above event, your company scaled new heights of

 Sales Excellence in Lead Generation and Conversion Funnel

 Credit and Operational Process Improvements with Automation and Digitization

 Exploring business adjacencies in Co - origination with Banks and Leasing

All of these will be rolled out during FY 20.

 Is the Executive Chairman of Murugappa Corporate Advisory Board

 Holds a Bachelor’s degree in Chemical Engineering from the AC College of Technology,

 Is the non - executive Chairman of Cholamandalam Financial Holdings Limited,

 Graduate in commerce, a Fellow member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 Graduate in Commerce, a fellow member of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of India

 Graduate in commerce and holds a Masters in Business Administration from

PARTICULARS FY19 FY18 FY17 FY16 FY15

Branch Network (in nos.) 911 870 709 534 534

Disbursement 30,451 25,114 18,591 16,380 12,808

Assets Under Management (AUM) 57,560 43,629 35,110 30,362 26,191

Net Income Margin (NIM) 3,404 2,820 2,430 2,143 1,731

Operating profit 2,134 1,705 1,416 1,298 982

Profit After Tax (PAT) 1,186 918 719 568 435

KEY RATIOS (IN %)

NIM 6.9 7.5 8.6 8.7 7.9

Expense Ratio 2.6 3.0 3.6 3.4 3.4

Tier I Capital 12.4 13.2 13.6 13.3 13.0

Tier II Capital 4.9 5.1 5.0 6.4 8.2

Capital Adequacy Ratio 17.4 18.4 18.6 19.7 21.2

Return on Total Assets - PBT 3.7 3.7 3.9 3.6 3.0

Return on Equity 20.9 19.6 18.0 16.7 15.8

GROWTH RATIOS (IN %)*

AUM Growth 31.9 24.8 15.6 15.9 8.4

Disbursement Growth 21.3 35.1 13.5 27.9 -2.3

Earnings per Share Growth 29.1 27.7 22.7 25 18.3

Book Value per Share Growth 21.1 18.9 17.1 15 27.0

BRANCH EFFICIENCY RATIOS (IN CRORES)

Disbursements per Branch 33.6 28.9 26.2 30.7 24.0